Hymns, by Marilyn Byrnes

Hymns - Album Artwork

Classic hymns played in a contemporary style.  100% Pure Piano from Marilyn Byrnes.

Songs include

  1. The Lord’s Prayer
  2. What A Friend We Have In Jesus
  3. The Old Rugged Cross
  4. Immortal, Invisible
  5. Amazing Grace
  6. Near To The Heart
  7. Were You There?
  8. Ave Maria
  9. Jesu, Joy Of Man’s Desire
  10. For The Beauty Of The Earth
  11. How Great Thou Art

(Suggested Donation: $15 or more)

paypal-donate-button-cc-lgClick Play to listen to one of my favorites, “Immortal, Invisible”:

Also available from Amazon.com or get the MP3’s from Amazon.comiTunes, or CDBaby or listen to this album on: Spotify or Pandora

Hymns

Fresh arrangements of your favorite hymns. 100% Pure Piano by Marilyn Byrnes.

Listen Here!

You're listening to HYMNS, featuring 100% Pure Piano interpretations of your favorite hymns, performed by Marilyn Byrnes. Also available in CD and MP3 formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re listening to HYMNS, featuring 100% Pure Piano interpretations of your favorite hymns, performed by Marilyn Byrnes. Also available in CD and MP3 formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

A Word from Marilyn

I hope you’ll find that Hymns brings you peace, rest and healing.

Credits

All songs performed by Marilyn Byrnes.

  1. The Lord’s Prayer arr. Lorie Line
  2. What a Friend We Have in Jesus by Charles Converse
  3. The Old Rugged Cross by Geroge Bennard
  4. Immortal, Invisible by John Roberts arr. Joseph Martin
  5. Amazing Grace early American Melody, arr. Myra Schubert
  6. Near to the Heart by Cleland Mcafee
  7. Were You There? Traditional Spiritual arr. by Fred Bock
  8. Ave Maria by Franz Schubert
  9. Jesu, Joy of Man’s Desire by Johann Sebastian Bach
  10. For the Beauty of the Earth by Folliott S. Pierpont
  11. How Great Thou Art by Carl Gustav Boberg

Copyright 2007 Marilyn Byrnes.  All rights reserved. Produced and Designed by Eric Elder, IMR Publishing.

All songs streamed from The Ranch by permission of the artists and through ASCAP and BMI. Other uses are not permitted without written permission from the copyright holders.

Jesus: Lessons In Love

Jesus: Lessons In Love

30 inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ,
by Eric Elder

How to love God, love others and love yourself more. Featuring 30 inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Written by Eric Elder

Listen here, read below, or click here to download the PDF
Also available in PaperbackKindle, or Audible

Introduction: The Greatest Commandment

Scripture Reading: Matthew 22:37-39

I’ve been wrestling with something I recently heard and I’d like to share it with you.  I wonder if it affects you like it affects me:

“If you’re not close to people who are far from God, you’re probably not as close to God as you think you are.” 

I don’t know about you, but that makes me squirm a little bit.  I’ve been a Christian for over twenty years.  I run an Internet ministry that reaches thousands of people a month.  I’ve been the president of our local ministers’ association for several years.  But if I were to judge my relationship with God by how close I am to people who are far from Him, I don’t know that I’d score very high.

I want to win people to Christ.  I want to make a difference in the world.  But I can’t say that I always want to do what it takes to love people the way Christ loved them.

I was reading a letter recently from a man who actually had Jesus over to his house for dinner.  It was written by a man named Matthew.  He was a tax collector who lived at the same time as Jesus.

It must have been as much of a surprise to Matthew as it was to everyone else in town when Jesus walked up to Matthew and said, “Follow me.”  Matthew ended up hosting a banquet at his house for Jesus.

The religious leaders were outraged.  They questioned some of Jesus’ followers:

“Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and ‘sinners’?”  

On hearing this, Jesus said, “It is not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick. But go and learn what this means: ‘I desire mercy, not sacrifice.’  For I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners” (Matthew 9:9-13). 

I love Jesus’ response.  But it nails me as much as it nailed the religious leaders of that day.  I don’t want to be a Pharisee, a Saducee, or any other kind of “-see.”  I want to be like Jesus.

I want to learn how to love God more.  I want to learn how to love people more.  And I want to learn how to love myself more.

These are, according to Jesus, the greatest of commandments:

“‘Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind.’  This is the first and greatest commandment. And the second is like it: ‘Love your neighbor as yourself’” (Matthew 22:37-39). 

Jesus gave us the best example for how to live out these commandments.  That’s why I’m going to be reading Matthew’s letter again and again in the days ahead.  Matthew covers the life of Jesus in 28 chapters, from the foretelling of His birth to His death and resurrection.  Not only did Matthew have Jesus over for dinner, but he went on to spend the next three years of his life with Jesus, day and night.

Matthew watched how Jesus loved people, healed people, forgave people, taught people.  Matthew watched as Jesus prayed to God, pleaded with God, submitted to God.  Matthew watched as Jesus responded to His critics, walked away from His critics, and was eventually killed by His critics.  And Matthew watched as people loved Jesus, adored Jesus, and gave up their lives for Jesus.

I love Matthew’s letter for a number of reasons, not the least of which is that I put my faith in Christ twenty years ago while reading about Him in Matthew’s letter.  I’m so thankful that Jesus went out of His way to love people who didn’t yet believe in Him, who didn’t yet trust in Him, who didn’t yet live their lives for Him.

I’m so thankful because I’m one of those people.  And I want to be just like Him.

I hope you’ll join me in the days ahead as I take a closer look, page by page through Matthew’s letter, at how we can all be more like Jesus, starting next time with Chapter 1.

I also want to encourage you to read each day’s Scripture Reading in your own Bible in addition to my devotional for that day.  I’ve limited myself to touching upon just one thought in each chapter of Matthew, but there’s so much God may speak to you about other subjects in your life.  When you’re done reading all the daily Scripture Readings, you’ll have read through the entire book of Matthew.

And finally, I’ve included a prayer at the end of each devotional to help you focus your own prayers by praying them along with me.  Here’s today’s prayer.

Prayer: Father, help me to be more like Jesus so that I can love You, love others and love myself more.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 1: How To Begin Loving Others More

Scripture Reading: Matthew 1

Jesus told a story about two people…one who loved much, and one who loved little.  It’s a story that I’m particularly interested in because I want to learn how to truly love God and love others more.  But how?  Where do I start in my desire to be more loving?  I believe Jesus tells us in this story.

He told it while at a dinner party at the home of a religious leader.  A woman who had lived a sinful life came into the house to find Jesus.  She fell at His feet, weeping and wetting His feet with her tears, then pouring some perfume on His feet and wiping them with her hair.

The man who had invited Jesus to dinner was outraged, not so much at the woman, but at Jesus, who would allow such a sinful woman to touch Him.  So Jesus said to the man:

“Simon, I have something to tell you.”  

“Tell me teacher,” he said. 

“Two men owed money to a certain moneylender. One owed him five hundred denarii, [a danarius was a coin worth about a day’s wages] and the other fifty.  Neither of them had the money to pay him back, so he canceled the debts of both. Now which of them will love him more?” 

Simon replied, “I suppose the one who had the bigger debt canceled.” 

“You have judged correctly,” Jesus said. 

Then he turned toward the woman and said to Simon, “Do you see this woman? I came into your house.  You did not give me any water for my feet, but she wet my feet with her tears and wiped them with her hair.  You did not give me a kiss, but this woman, from the time I entered, has not stopped kissing my feet.  You did not put oil on my head, but she has poured perfume on my feet.  Therefore, I tell you, her many sins have been forgiven―for she loved much.  But he who has been forgiven little loves little” (Luke 7:40-47). 

Here’s what I get from this story:  the amount of love we have for God and for others is directly related to how much we have been forgiven.  If we have been forgiven much, we will love much, but if we have been forgiven little, we will love little.

So how can I begin to grow in my love for God and for others?  Sin more, so I can love more?  I don’t think so!  I think the place to begin is to realize how very much we have already been forgiven.

How much is that?  Enough for God to send Jesus to earth to die in our place for the sins we’ve committed.

This is where the book of Matthew starts.  After giving us a detailed genealogy of where Jesus came from, Matthew tells us what Jesus came for.  The angel who spoke to Joseph said it best:

“Joseph son of David, do not be afraid to take Mary home as your wife, because what is conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit. She will give birth to a son, and you are to give him the name Jesus, because he will save his people from their sins” (Matthew 1:20b-21). 

Jesus came to save us from our sins.  God loved us so much that He didn’t want us to die because of all that we had done wrong.  If our sins were serious enough for Jesus to have to die for them, they must be terribly grievous to God.  And if that’s true, then each of us have already been forgiven much.

We don’t have to sin more to be forgiven of more in order to love more.  We just need to realize how much we’ve already sinned, how much we’ve already been forgiven, and how much we’ve already been loved by God.  Once we realize that, I believe that love will naturally flow out from within us, like tears mixed with perfume and poured out at Jesus’ feet.

Prayer: Father, help us realize how much You’ve loved us and forgiven us, so that we can love You and love others more.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 2: Seeing People As God Sees Them

Scripture Reading: Matthew 2 

Part of loving others involves seeing people as God sees them.  Sometimes that takes more effort than other times!

One of the hardest, but most rewarding, parts of my ministry, is listening to people as they share some of their deepest personal sins they’ve committed, and listening to the pain that it’s caused them, God and others.  It’s hard, because I’m torn between wanting to cry and wanting to run away as they pour out things that are truly unsettling.  But it’s rewarding, because I know that their confession often leads to greater healing than they’ve ever known before.  As the Bible says:

“Therefore confess your sins to each other and pray for each other so that you may be healed” (James 5:16a). 

But in the midst of listening to people confess their sins, I’m also torn in another way:  I’m torn in my feelings towards them as people.  I want to love them, but because of what they’re telling me, I sometimes wonder how I can.   How can God do it?  How can He continue loving people, knowing what they’ve done?  And how can I?

Matthew 2 gives me a clue:  God loves people because He sees their lives from beginning to end.  He created them.  He knows them intimately.  And He sees them not only for what they are, but also for what they are to become.

The verses in Matthew 2 show us how much care God took to see that Jesus was born, in the right place, at the right time, and how much God was involved in moving Jesus through those early years of His life in ways that kept Him alive and on course to fulfill the purposes for which God sent Him to earth.

  • Micah foretold, hundreds of years before Jesus was born, that Jesus would be born in Bethlehem (see Micah 5:2).
  • Hosea foretold that Jesus would later return from Egypt, saying, “Out of Egypt I called my son” (Hosea 11:1).  
  • Jeremiah foretold that there would be suffering back in Bethlehem on account of Christ, saying there would be “weeping and great mourning” (Jeremiah 31:15).

If God knew these things about Jesus’ life, but no one else’s, I might not be convinced that God takes the same care with each of us.  But God knows each of us just as intimately, and has unique purposes for each of our lives.

  • David says:  “All the days ordained for me were written in Your book before one of them came to be” (Psalm 139:16b). 
  • God told Jeremiah:  “Before I formed you in the womb I knew you, before you were born I set you apart; I appointed you as a prophet to the nations” (Jeremiah 1:5). 
  • Isaiah said: “Before I was born the Lord called me; from my birth he has made mention of my name” (Isaiah 49:1b). 

And God foretold the births of people like Isaac and John the Baptist, even before they were conceived:

  • “Then the LORD said, ‘I will surely return to you about this time next year, and Sarah your wife will have a son’” (Genesis 18:10).  
  • “Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you are to give him the name John” (Luke 1:13b). 

God knows each one of us, intimately, and He loves each one of us, even when we mess up terribly.  I think part of the reason is that He has the ability to see our lives from beginning to end.

That’s a good reminder for me when I see someone in the midst of their sin.  If I can see them as God sees them, then I’ll be much more likely to truly love them, and to truly help them get back on track with God’s plans for their lives.

Although I don’t naturally have the ability to see people as God sees them, I know God can give me that ability if I ask Him for it, the ability see people as He sees them, so I can love them as He loves them.

Prayer: Father, help me see people as You see them, so I can love them as You love them.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 3: Loving Others As God Loves Them

Scripture Reading: Matthew 3 

I have a question for you.  There’s a point in Jesus’ life where God’s love for His Son, Jesus, is so full, that God speaks these words from heaven so that all those around Jesus can hear:

“This is my Son, whom I love, with Him I am well-pleased.” 

The question is this:  At what point in Jesus’ life does God speak these words?  Was it:

A)  After Jesus had just healed someone who was sick? 

B)  After He walked on water? 

C)  After He had raised someone from the dead? 

D)  After He had preached a life-changing message to a massive crowd? 

E)  None of the above. 

If you answered, “E) None of the above,” you’re right.  The point at which God vocalized His tremendous love for His Son wasn’t after Jesus did any of these things.  It takes place before every one of them.  In fact, it takes place before Jesus did even one recorded miracle, or one recorded act of service to anyone else.  It takes place in Matthew chapter 3, when Jesus came to John to be baptized by Him:

“As soon as Jesus was baptized, he went up out of the water.  At that  moment heaven was opened, and he saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove and lighting on him.  And a voice from heaven said, ‘This is my Son, whom I love; with him I am well pleased.’” (Matthew 3:16-17). 

God loved Jesus right from the beginning of Jesus’ ministry, not just at the end of it.  What does this say about God’s love for us and for others?  Is God’s love the same for us, or was it different for Jesus, because Jesus was, after all, sinless!

As a father myself, I believe God’s love for us begins way before we would even think it would.  My oldest daughter turned sixteen this weekend.  I remember the sense of love I began to feel for her in those first moments after her birth, and then in those first days, those first weeks, and those first months as a baby.  Right from the start I felt an overwhelming love for her, even though she hadn’t yet done one spectacular thing for me or for anyone else.  In fact, about all she did was eat, sleep, cry, and make messes that we had to clean up.  But my love for her was unmeasurable.

I’m sure my love for my daughter is just a fraction of the kind of love God has for each one of us.  Even before we could ever possibly do one miracle in His name, or one act of kindness, or one good deed for someone else, God loves us.

Even when all we can do is eat, sleep, cry, and make messes that He has to clean up, God loves us.   Even though we’re not anywhere close to being sinless, like Jesus was, God loves us.  The Bible says:

“But God demonstrates his own love for us in this: While we were still sinners, Christ died for us” (Romans 5:8). 

God loves us, even though we sin.  That’s why He sent Jesus to die in our place.  God isn’t waiting for you to do something spectacular before He loves you.  He loves you right now, this very minute.

If we want to love others the way that God loves them, then we need to set our hearts on loving them before they ever do even one good deed.  We need to commit to loving them even when all they might do is eat, sleep, cry, and make messes that we have to clean up.  We need to keep loving them, even when they sin.  For when we can have a love like that in our hearts for others, then we’ll be able to truly begin to love them as God loves them.

Prayer: Father, help me to have a heart like Yours, a heart that loves others for no other reason than the fact that You created them and that You love them, even when they mess up.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 4: What Would Jesus Preach?

Scripture Reading: Matthew 4

Jesus preached many things, but in Matthew chapter 4, I’m struck by one of the very first messages Jesus preached.  While it was a message of love, Jesus didn’t start off with the words, “Love one another,” or “Do to others what you would have them do to you.”  Here’s the way Jesus began his preaching ministry:

“Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near” (Matthew 4:17). 

To some people, that may not sound like a very loving message for the beginning of a ministry.  But from God’s point of view, it’s one of the most loving messages we could hear ourselves, or share with others:  “Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near.”   Just as John the Baptist pleaded with people to repent, to turn away from their sins, Jesus continued preaching this same message after John was put in prison.

Jesus, of all people, knew how destructive sin is in people’s lives.  It’s so destructive that God sent Jesus to die for our sins so that we wouldn’t have die for them ourselves.  But even though Jesus would eventually pay the ultimate price for our sins, He still called for people to repent.  Why?  Because Jesus knew that our sins don’t only effect us for our eternal life, but they also effect us for our life here on earth.

If the Bible is true when it says that “the wages of sin is death” (Romans 3:23), as I believe it is, then calling people to turn away from their sins so that they can have life is one of the most loving messages we could ever share.  It’s a message that applies to believers and non-believers alike.

All people, long-time Christians included, can be caught up in all kinds of sin.  Sometimes it’s easy to fall into thinking that it’s OK to keep on sinning since we know that Jesus will forgive us of our sins when we ask Him. While that’s true, it’s also equally true that He calls us to repent of our sins.  While Jesus’ death spares us from the eternal consequences of our sins, He also wants to spare us from the earthly consequences of our sins.

Every sin we commit takes one more notch out of our lives.  Sin destroys our relationships with God and with others.  Sin keeps us from seeing clearly, acting appropriately, and experiencing the abundant life that God wants us to live.

If we want to love others like Jesus loved them, it seems that we need to be willing to preach to others like Jesus preached to them.  We don’t have to preach in a way that is “holier than thou,”  and God wants us to be wise about where, when, and with whom we share any words from Him.  But if we want to have true concern for others, one of the best ways to show them that we really care for them, and love them, is to share the message of repentance with them.

The book of James is one of the most compassionate books in the whole Bible, calling believers to put their faith into action on behalf of others.  In addition to calling us to do things like feed and clothe those in need, James ends his book with these words:

“My brothers, if one of you should wander from the truth and someone should bring him back, remember this:  whoever turns a sinner from the error of his way will save him from death and cover over a multitude of sins” (James 5:19-20). 

The next time I’m afraid to approach someone regarding their sins, I need to remember that this is one of the most loving things I could ever do for them.  If I want to truly walk as Jesus walked, I need to be willing to preach as Jesus preached.  In doing so, I may be able to “save them from death and cover over a multitude of sins.”

Prayer: Father, help me be willing to preach the message of repentance where, when, and to whom You call me to preach it, as a way of truly expressing Your love towards them.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 5: Getting To The Heart Of Love

Scripture Reading: Matthew 5

I tried pole vaulting back when I was in Junior High.  The goal was to take a long pole in your hands, then run with all your might and plant the end of the pole in a box just in front of a bar raised high on two other bars in front of you.  All I remember was that when I tried it, I felt an incredible jolt when I planted the pole in the box.  Not only did I not make it over the bar, I didn’t even make it off the ground!

I’ve since learned that part of the trick is getting the pole to bend properly.  As the pole bends, it transfers all of the energy of the runner into the pole, which then helps to propel the runner up and over the bar at the top.

I bring this up because I sometimes feel the same kind of jolt when I read Jesus’ words in Matthew chapter 5 about how to love others.  I want to love others, and I think I’m a loving person much of the time, but as I read what true love really involves, not only do I not think I’m making it over the bar, I’m not even sure I’m making it off the ground.

The reason I feel this way is because Jesus gets to the heart of love in this passage.  Rather than lowering the bar for all of us, Jesus raises it…or more accurately, He shows us what’s really involved in loving others.

He gives several examples:

“You have heard that it was said to the people long ago, ‘Do not murder, and anyone who murders will be subject to judgment.’  But I tell you that anyone who is angry with his brother will be subject to judgment” (Matthew 5:21-22). 

“You have heard that it was said, ‘Do not commit adultery.’  But I tell you that anyone who looks at a woman lustfully has already committed adultery with her in his heart” (Matthew 5:27-28). 

“Again, you have heard that it was said to the people long ago, ‘Do not break your oath, but keep the oaths you have made to the Lord.’  But I tell you, Do not swear at all…Simply let your ‘Yes’ be ‘Yes,’ and your ‘No,’ ‘No’; anything beyond this comes from the evil one” (Matthew 5:33-34, 37). 

Then He concludes with these astounding words:

“You have heard that it was said, ‘Love your neighbor and hate your enemy.’  But I tell you: Love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, that you may be sons of your Father in heaven.  He causes his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the righteous and the unrighteous.  If you love those who love you, what reward will you get? Are not even the tax collectors doing that?  And if you greet only your brothers, what are you doing more than others? Do not even pagans do that?  Be perfect, therefore, as your heavenly Father is perfect” (Matthew 5:43-48). 

Talk about raising the bar!  It’s hard enough to be consistent in loving my wife, my family, and my friends.  But to love my enemies, too?  That’s impossible!  Or at least it would be without Christ.

When we let the love of Christ flow through us to others, all things are possible.  He’s able to transfer all of His energy and love into us, and then propel us over even the highest bar.  And you know what?  When we’re able to get our hearts right and let Christ work through us to love even our enemies, imagine what kind of love we could show to those who already love us!

Rather than giving us an impossible task, Jesus shows us that true love comes from Him, then flows out to others.  Let His love flow through you today.

Prayer: Father, pour out Your love into my heart again today so that I can love others the way You want me to…even my enemies.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 6: Doing A Heart Check

Scripture Reading: Matthew 6

There are times when we need to show people that we love them.  It’s important that we let them know, in tangible ways, that we appreciate them, care for them, and are willing to do anything for them.

I remember talking to a husband who was about to get a divorce from his wife because she wanted them to move across the country, but he didn’t want to.  I asked him: “If someone were threatening your wife’s life, would you be willing to die for her?”  “Yes,” he answered, “I would.”  So I added, “If you’re willing to die for her, would you be willing to live for her?”  He recommitted his life to Christ and to his marriage and they were soon reconciled to each each other.

This kind of tangible expression of our love can make or break a relationship.

But there are other times when God calls us to do our acts of love in secret, in ways that only God Himself can see.  Jesus tells us the reason why in Matthew chapter 6:

“Be careful not to do your ‘acts of righteousness’ before men, to be seen by them. If you do, you will have no reward from your Father in heaven.  So when you give to the needy, do not announce it with trumpets, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and on the streets, to be honored by men. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full. But when you give to the needy, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing, so that your giving may be in secret. Then your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you” (Matthew 6:1-4).

This passage serves as a “heart-check” for me.  When I’m considering doing some “acts of righteousness,” or “acts of love,” I always want to check my motives.  Am I wanting to do these things out of an attempt to love others more?  Or out of an attempt to get others to love me more?  These are two very different things.

To reiterate this thought, Jesus gives us a second example that applies when we pray for others:

“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by men. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full. But when you pray, go into your room, close the door and pray to your Father, who is unseen. Then your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you”  (Matthew 6:5-6).

As if to underscore it one more time, Jesus gives us a third example, too:

“When you fast, do not look somber as the hypocrites do, for they disfigure their faces to show men they are fasting. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full.  But when you fast, put oil on your head and wash your face, so that it will not be obvious to men that you are fasting, but only to your Father, who is unseen; and your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you” (Matthew 6:16-18).

Each of these examples remind me that there are times when our giving, our praying, and our fasting are to be done in secret, with no thought of the fact that others may never know who gave to them, prayed for them, or fasted on behalf of them.  These are good reminders to me to check my heart even when I feel prompted to express my love in a more visible way.  I need to always be sure that my motivation is to truly show others how much I love them, rather than trying to get them to love me more.

God promises that He will not leave our good deeds unrewarded, but by promising to reward us Himself, it frees us from trying to get our rewards from those we’re trying to love.  It’s this kind of heart-check that will help us to truly love others more.

Prayer: Father, help me to keep my heart in check, so that I can truly express my love for others in ways that truly blesses their lives.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 7: Golden Love

Scripture Reading: Matthew 7

One year ago this weekend, I was headed to the African country of Swaziland.  Eighty of us from the U.S. were on a missions trip to work side-by-side with the people of Swaziland to plant thousands of vegetable gardens near their homes.

On the trip, I met a man who helped me see what it takes to live a life of sacrificial love.  He was a pastor who had worked with this organization for over a year, helping to plant gardens throughout the country with dozens of teams that had come over to help.

One day, I was looking at a map of Swaziland with him.  The map showed which areas of the country had already been planted, and which areas still needed to be planted.  We were planting in one of the last areas remaining in the country, but I noticed there was still one more area yet to be planted.  I asked him about it, and he said that the one remaining area was the village where he lived.

I couldn’t believe it.  I turned and looked at him and said, “You’ve been bringing teams over here, helping people plant all over the country, but you haven’t brought a team to help you plant in your own village yet?”

He replied, “We have a saying here in Swaziland:  ‘We would rather starve than let our guests go hungry.’ ”  He went on to explain:  he wanted to make sure that all of the other areas were served first, then he would bring a team to his own area.  I about burst into tears on the spot.  It still makes my eyes water just thinking about it.

There’s a verse of scripture in the middle of Matthew chapter 7 that people refer to as “The Golden Rule.”  (And it’s not, “He who has the gold makes the rules”!)  Jesus included these words in his sermon on the mount, saying that they sum up the teachings that God had given up to that point:

“So in everything, do to others what you would have them do to you, for this sums up the Law and the Prophets” (Matthew 7:12). 

Do to others what you would have them do to you.  It seems like such a simple thing…and sometimes it is.  If a storeowner gives you too much change at the store, you can hand back the extra change, because that’s what you would want a customer to do if they came into your store.  Or if you notice someone who needs money for a worthy project, you might give it to them because you know that if you needed money for a worthy project, you’d want them to help you.

But sometimes it’s a much harder thing to do.  Sometimes, as in the case of this pastor from Swaziland, allowing others to go ahead of you can literally mean death for someone you love.

How can anyone live that kind of life?  How can anyone have that much love for others, that they would let someone in their own family perish so that someone else might live?

How?  God gave us the ultimate example of just such a love when He allowed His own Son, Jesus, to die in our place.  When Jesus called us to “do to others what you would have them do to you,” He was calling us to do something that He Himself would soon be doing to the fullest extent, giving of His own life so that we could live.

Last time I mentioned that God wants us to be willing to live for others.  This time, the call is to be willing to die for them, too.  Jesus calls us to be willing to do both.  When our hearts are at that point of willingness, we’ll know that we have achieved the greatest love possible.

We’ll have a love like that of Christ Himself who said, and then later exemplified for us, these words:

“Greater love has no one than this, that he lay down his life for his friends” (John 15:13). 

Prayer: Father, help me to do for others as I would have them do for me.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 8: Love That Heals

Scripture Reading: Matthew 8

Do you know someone who’s sick?  I’d like to encourage you to pray for them.

Our prayers do make a difference.  When Jesus walked the earth, He was moved with compassion for those around Him, healing those who needed healing.  If we want to express the love of Christ like He did, one of the things we can do is to try to alleviate the pain and suffering of those we come in contact with, too.

Take a look at what Jesus did for three people in Matthew chapter 8 who were sick:

First, there’s the man with leprosy who came to Jesus and said,

“Lord, if You are willing, You can make me clean.”  Jesus reached out His hand and touched the man.  “I am willing,” He said, “Be clean!”  Immediately he was cured of his leprosy (Matthew 8:2-3).

Second, there’s the army officer who came to Jesus asking for help.

“Lord,” he said, “my servant lies at home paralyzed and in terrible suffering.”  

Jesus said to him, “I will go and heal him” (Matthew 8:5-7).

When the officer protests Jesus’ offer to come to his house in person because he feels he doesn’t deserve to have Jesus come under his roof, Jesus sees the officers’ faith and declares:

“Go! It will be done just as you believed it would”  And his servant was healed at that very hour (Matthew 8:13).

Third, there’s Peter’s mother-in-law, lying in bed with a fever.  When Jesus came into Peter’s house, Jesus saw her, touched her hand, and the fever left her.  She got up and began to wait on Jesus (see Matthew 8:14-15).

These are just a few of the many acts of healing that Jesus did for those around Him.  While there are many more recorded in the Bible, these are enough for me today to recognize that one of the ways we can express love to others is through healing.

I don’t know what you’ve experienced when you’ve prayed for people to be healed.  I’ve prayed for people who have been surprisingly healed, and I’ve prayed for others who have unfortunately died.  But I come back to the fact that God is a healing God, and that Jesus regularly and consistently healed those He came in contact with.  So I’ve continued to regularly and consistently pray for those around me to be healed, and I’ve seen people healed time after time.

I also take encouragement from all of the prayers that have gone before me for diseases that were once thought to be fatal and incurable.  I think about diseases that here in the U.S. were once devastating, like polio, which in 1952 was out of control, crippling 21,000 people a year, mostly children, and killing 3,100.  Then came doctors Salk and Sabin who searched for a solution to this epidemic and found them by producing the injectable and oral polio vaccines.

Whenever I pray for people with cancer, or other fatal, crippling or incurable diseases, I also pray that God will reveal the cure to someone, to some researcher, or even to me or to my children.  God has answered such prayers in the past, and God will answer such prayers in the future.  Our prayers are never in vain, when we put our faith in the God who heals, and put our trust in Him with the timing and the outcome.

Pray for those around you to be healed.  Type out your prayers in an email to them.  Give them a call and pray for them over the phone.  Take a cue from Jesus:  when someone stops to tell you about their sickness, take a minute right then and there to pray for them.

There’s no doubt when I read the Scriptures that one of the ways that Jesus expressed His love to others was through healing.  Maybe that’s a way you can express your love to others, too.

Prayer: Father, help me to pray for those who are sick, and to keep praying for them, that they would be healed in Jesus’ name,  Amen.

Lesson 9: Bring Your Friends To Jesus

Scripture Reading: Matthew 9

Do you have some friends who could use a touch from Jesus?  I’d like to encourage you to bring them to Him today.

Whether they need healing, a change of heart, a change of lifestyle, or a change in their eternal destination, Jesus can do it.  I know, because He did it for me when I was reading Matthew chapter 9, twenty years ago.  Now I want to bring as many people as I can to Jesus so He can do the same things for them.

Look with me at what Jesus did in Matthew chapter 9 when some people brought their friends and family members to Jesus:

First, we have the men who brought their paralyzed friend, lying on a mat, to be healed by Jesus.  The Bible says that “when Jesus saw their faith,” He healed the paralytic and forgave him of his sins.  The man took up his mat and went home, and the crowd was filled with awe and praised God (see Matthew 9:1-8).  Note what it was that triggered Jesus’ action in this passage:  it says that He did these things for the paralytic “when Jesus saw THEIR faith.”

Next, we have Matthew, the author of this book of the Bible, who had Jesus over to his house for dinner.  It seems that Matthew also invited many of his fellow tax collectors and other “sinners” to eat with him and Jesus and the disciples.  Even though Jesus was criticized by some people for going to the house of someone like Matthew, Jesus made it clear that these were exactly the people He came for.  In response to these critics, Jesus said, “It is not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick…For I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners” (see Matthew 9:9-13).  Jesus wants us to invite Him over to meet our unsaved, and perhaps unwholesome, friends!

Third, we have the father, Jairus, who couldn’t bring his dying daughter to Jesus, so Jairus brought Jesus to her.  When Jesus got to his house, the girl had already died.  Those in the house told Jairus, “Your daughter is dead.  Why bother the teacher [Jesus] any more?”  Ignoring what they said, Jesus told Jairus, “Don’t be afraid; just believe.”  Then Jesus walked into the house, took the girl by the hand and said, “Little girl, I say to you, get up!”  Immediately she got up and walked around (see Matthew 9:18-26 and Mark 5:22-43).  Even though the girl wasn’t able to come to Jesus herself, her father was still able to bring Jesus to her.

Do you see the influence each of these people had on their friends and family?  By bringing their friends and family to Jesus, or bringing Jesus to them, their friends and family were healed, changed, forgiven and given a new life! How would you like to be used by God like that?  You can!  Even today, this week, this month!

Bring your friends to Jesus, or bring Jesus to them.  With Easter just around the corner, you’ve got a perfect opportunity to invite your unchurched friends to church.  This is a time when they may be most likely to attend, if at all.  It’s a time when they can hear the story of the resurrection, and begin their journey with the Living God.

One of the people who played a crucial role in my own salvation was my cousin who invited me to her church when I moved to her city.  Within a year of attending her church, I put my faith in Christ.

Maybe that’s what God wants to do through you, too?  He’s looking for people to join Him in His work.  As Jesus said at the end of this chapter:

“The harvest is plentiful but the workers are few.  Ask the Lord of the harvest, therefore, to send out workers into his harvest field” (Matthew 9:37-38).  

Want to be one of those workers?  Bring your friends to Jesus!

Prayer: Father, help me have the courage to step out and bring my friends to Jesus, so He can touch their lives as He’s touched mine.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 10: Perfect Love Drives Out Fear

Scripture Reading: Matthew 10

I had a chance to go to Israel in 1995 and stand in front of a cross that many believe marks the spot where Jesus died.  As I stood on that hallowed spot, I couldn’t help but drop to my knees and say, “Thank You!” over and over for what Jesus had done for me.

When I finally stood up, I walked back across the room to talk to the man who had brought me to this place.  Although he was my host for the week, he wasn’t a believer.  In fact, he had made it quite clear that he was opposed to the gospel of Jesus Christ, and to Christianity as a whole.

But as I returned to him from the foot of the cross, I couldn’t help but tell him why I had dropped to my knees.  I couldn’t help but tell him about this Man, Jesus, who loved me so much that He was willing to die in my place for the sins that I had committed.  I couldn’t help but tell him that I was alive because Jesus died.

I was so overwhelmed with God’s love that it drove out my fear.

There’s a passage in Matthew 10 where Jesus tells his disciples to go into the surrounding communities and preach about the kingdom of heaven, heal the sick, raise the dead, and drive out demons.  Jesus told them that even though He was sending them out like sheep among wolves, that they didn’t have to be afraid:

“Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul. Rather, be afraid of the One who can destroy both soul and body in hell.  Are not two sparrows sold for a penny? Yet not one of them will fall to the ground apart from the will of your Father. And even the very hairs of your head are all numbered.  So don’t be afraid; you are worth more than many sparrows” (Matthew 10:28-31). 

I remember many times during my trip when fear crept up on me.  I remember walking down a long corridor in an airport in Germany, late at night and all alone, to board the plane to Israel.  At the end of the corridor was a guard behind a bulletproof glass with a gun pointed at me through a tiny hole.  I began to question why I had come when the words from a Veggietales video came to mind.  I began to sing under my breath, “God is bigger than the boogie man…He’s bigger than Godzilla and the monsters on TV…”  God filled me with His peace.

I remember being afraid when I pulled up to the house where I was going to stay.  The people I was going to stay with were relatives of someone I knew here in the States, but I knew they might be openly hostile to Christ.  A wave of fear passed through me as I stepped out of the car to greet the eldest member of this extended family.  In that moment, God reminded me of some verses from the Bible:

“When you enter a house, first say, ‘Peace to this house.’  If a man of peace is there, your peace will rest on him; if not, it will return to you. Stay in that house, eating and drinking whatever they give you… Do not move around from house to house” (Luke 10:5-7).  

I happened to remember the traditional greeting meant “Peace be with you,” so I put out my hand and said, “Salam aleikum.”  I didn’t know what he might do.  He took hold of my hand and shook it firmly, saying, “wa-aleikum-as-salam,” which means, “and peace be with you.”  I was suddenly at peace again and knew that I was right where God wanted me to be.

Jesus said, “perfect love drives out fear” (1 John 4:18).  Call on God’s perfect love to fill you today.  As He does, boldly share the love that He’s poured out on you with others.

Prayer: Father, fill me with Your perfect love that drives out fear, so that I can boldly share about Christ with those I love.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 11: Loving Others Through Their Doubts

Scripture Reading: Matthew 11

What do you do when someone you love begins to have doubts about God?  Or when they’ve never put their faith in Him at all?  One of the best things you can do is to love them through their doubts.

Take a look at how Jesus did this in Matthew chapter 11.  In this chapter, Jesus actually deals with three different categories of doubters, using three different approaches.

The first category is made up of what I would call “honest doubters”―people who want to believe, but because of circumstances or sincere challenges to their faith, they’re looking for answers to help them overcome their unbelief.

As surprising as it may seem, John the Baptist may have been one of these men.  Even though John is the one who baptized Jesus, who proclaimed, “Look, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!” (John 1:29b), when John landed in prison, he sent disciples to ask Jesus, “Are you the one who was to come, or should we expect someone else?” (Matthew 11:3).

Jesus didn’t rebuke John for the question, but instead simply said,

“Go back and report to John what you hear and see: The blind receive sight, the lame walk, those who have leprosy are cured, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, and the good news is preached to the poor” (Matthew 11:4-5).  

Then Jesus commends John to the listening crowd:

“Among those born of women there has not risen anyone greater than John the Baptist” (Matthew 11:11). 

Sometimes people need a gentle reminder of all that Christ has done, and continues to do, even if they aren’t seeing it right then in their own life.

The second category is made of up what I would call “skeptical doubters” ―people who stand back and cross their arms while they look at the facts, seeing if they line up with their preconceived notions of what a man of God should or should not do.  In their attempts to be “wise,” they can sometimes shut out the possibility of faith because Jesus doesn’t meet their expectations.

Jesus pointed out the dilemma of such expectations by saying,

“John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, ‘He has a demon.’  The Son of Man [Jesus] came eating and drinking, and they say, ‘Here is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and ‘sinners.’ But wisdom is proved right by her actions” (Matthew 11:18-19).  

Sometimes people need to hear a wise response that challenges their assumptions and gives them true wisdom so they can put their faith in Christ.

The third category is made up of what I would call “stubborn doubters”―people who don’t want to believe regardless of the evidence.  Jesus sharply rebukes those who lived in the cities where He performed most of His miracles by saying,

“Woe to you, Korazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the miracles that were performed in you had been performed in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.” (Matthew 11: 21-22). 

But even in this sharp rebuke, I don’t think Jesus was wasting His breath.  Sometimes people need a strong wake-up call to get them thinking clearly again and respond in faith.

The best way to help people who have doubts is to love them through it, whether that love takes the form of a gentle reminder, a wise response, or a sharp rebuke.

Jesus concludes by calling us all to put our complete trust in Him:

“Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest.  Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls.  For my yoke is easy and my burden is light” (Matthew 11:28-30). 

Jesus wants you to come to Him today, putting your complete trust in Him, and encouraging others to do the same.

Prayer: Father, I’m going to put my complete trust in You today, and I ask that You would help to to encourage others to do the same.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 12: Love Does What’s Right

Scripture Reading: Matthew 12

How many times have you pulled back from loving others because doing so might bring on some unwanted consequences?  Is it OK to pull back sometimes because of the threats?  Or should we always press ahead regardless of the threats?

These are questions Jesus faced on a regular basis.  And it’s encouraging to me to see that He handled different situations differently.

Let’s look at just two of these situations from Matthew 12.  The first deals with whether or not Jesus would heal a man, even though doing so might cost Jesus His life.

“Going on from that place, He went into their synagogue, and a man with a shriveled hand was there. Looking for a reason to accuse Jesus, they asked Him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’  He said to them, ‘If any of you has a sheep and it falls into a pit on the Sabbath, will you not take hold of it and lift it out? How much more valuable is a man than a sheep! Therefore it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath.’  Then He said to the man, ‘Stretch out your hand.’ So he stretched it out and it was completely restored, just as sound as the other. But the Pharisees went out and plotted how they might kill Jesus” (Matthew 12:9-14). 

Jesus was facing a setup, and He could have backed away because of the threat.  But rather than backing down, and leaving the man’s hand shriveled, Jesus put His love for the man ahead of His own life.  He did what was right, even when threatened.  That’s a bold kind of love.

But in the next situation, Jesus takes a different approach:

“Aware of this, Jesus withdrew from that place. Many followed Him, and He healed all their sick, warning them not to tell who He was” (Matthew 12:15). 

Matthew says this was to fulfill what the prophet Isaiah said:

“He will not quarrel or cry out; no one will hear His voice in the streets.  A bruised reed He will not break, and a smoldering wick He will not snuff out, till He leads justice to victory” (Matthew 12:19-20). 

Jesus could have backed off at this point, and stopped healing people all together.  But instead, He continued to heal many, even though it was no longer in the open, and even with a warning telling people not to tell others who He was.  He showed the same bold love, but with a different approach.

There are times when we need to openly challenge irrational thinking.  But there are other times when we need to simply do what’s right in quiet.  In either case, the bottom line is still this:  to  continue loving others and doing what God has called us to do, rather than backing off because of people’s threats.

I faced a dilemma one day when I was asked to lead worship at our church.  In putting together the set of songs for that morning, one song stood out in my mind above all the others.  I knew it would be the song where people would really meet God in the worship time.  But the very next day, I got a note from someone who for some reason felt compelled to tell me there was one song we should never sing in church.  It was the very song I planned to do, but hadn’t even told anyone I was doing!

It wasn’t a life-threatening dilemma, but it was a real one.  Would I continue with the worship set as I had planned, knowing how powerful it could be?  Or would I back down and try to please this person?  I decided to do the song, and it was powerful.

We all face similar dilemmas every day.  Will we give up because of someone’s threats?  Or will be go forth and do what’s right, trusting God to work out the details?  In all cases, I pray we will always put love first, not the threats.

Prayer: Father, help me to always move forward in love, doing what’s right, even when threatened.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 13: Loving Others Through Parables

Scripture Reading: Matthew 13

The sun and the wind decided to have a contest one day to see which of them was the strongest.  When they saw a man walking down the street wearing a warm winter coat, they agreed that whoever could get the man’s coat off would truly be the strongest.

The wind thought this would be a piece of cake, so he began to blow with all his might.  But the harder he blew, the tighter the man held onto his coat.  Eventually, the wind gave up, and the sun took a turn.  The sun came out from behind a cloud and began to shine brighter and brighter.  As the man got hotter and hotter, he finally took off the coat of his own accord.  The wind had to concede that the sun was indeed stronger.

When trying to get your family and friends to put their faith more fully in God, which approach do you think would work best?  To blow harder and harder like the wind, or to shine brighter and brighter like the sun?

I had to use this illustration one day to help a friend.  Although he meant well, his actions toward others often had the effect of repelling them from what he wanted them to do, rather than drawing them to do it of their own accord.  I could have just told him directly what was happening, but I felt by using a parable, he might be able to see better what was really happening.

Jesus knew the power of parables, too, telling them often.  Matthew includes seven of Jesus’ parables in Matthew chapter 13:  the parables of the sower, the weeds, the mustard seed, the yeast, the hidden treasure, the pearl, and the net.  Matthew says:

“Jesus spoke all these things to the crowd in parables; he did not say anything to them without using a parable” (Matthew 13:34). 

Why did Jesus use so many parables?  When asked this question by His disciples, Jesus replied, in part:  “Though seeing, they do not see; though hearing, they do not hear or understand” (Matthew 13:13).  When confronted directly, people’s defensiveness can sometimes cloud their thinking to words that could otherwise be truly helpful.  People can often see a point better when it is illustrated as an external reality first, then they can apply the principle to their own lives internally.

The prophet Nathan used this approach when speaking to King David when David committed adultery with another man’s wife.  Nathan said:

“There were two men in a certain town, one rich and the other poor.  The rich man had a very large number of sheep and cattle, but the poor man had nothing except one little ewe lamb he had bought. He raised it, and it grew up with him and his children. It shared his food, drank from his cup and even slept in his arms. It was like a daughter to him. 

“Now a traveler came to the rich man, but the rich man refrained from taking one of his own sheep or cattle to prepare a meal for the traveler who had come to him. Instead, he took the ewe lamb that belonged to the poor man and prepared it for the one who had come to him.” 

David burned with anger against the man and said to Nathan, “As surely as the LORD lives, the man who did this deserves to die! He must pay for that lamb four times over, because he did such a thing and had no pity.” 

Then Nathan said to David, “You are the man!” (2 Samuel 12:1b-7a).

Through this story, David was finally able to see the truth of what he had done, leading him to true repentance.

The next time you have to approach someone with something that might be hard to share directly, try using a parable, an illustration or a story.  Rather than blowing harder and harder like the wind, try shining brighter and brighter like the sun!

Prayer: Father, give me wisdom to know how to approach those I love, so that they may hear Your truth in a way that moves them to action.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 14: Balancing Loving Actions With Loving Prayers

Scripture Reading: Matthew 14

How do you balance the time you spend loving others with your actions and taking time alone to pray?  How do you meet the needs of others and still have time alone with God?  One way is to follow the example of Jesus in Matthew chapter 14.  Although Jesus was regularly among the multitudes, He also regularly withdrew to solitary places to pray.

In this passage, Jesus and His disciples were inundated with people who needed them.  In fact, Mark says that “so many people were coming and going that they did not even have a chance to eat,” so Jesus said to the disciples,

“Come with me by yourselves to a quiet place and get some rest” (Mark 6:31). 

It was also at this time that Jesus truly needed some time alone with His Father.  John the Baptist had just been beheaded―John, who was Jesus’ cousin, Jesus’ baptizer, Jesus’ forerunner in calling the people to repentance, and Jesus’ predecessor in giving his life for the kingdom of God.

But as Jesus tried to withdraw to a quiet place, the inevitable happened.  When His boat landed, the people had already beaten him to the spot on foot.  Mark says,

“When Jesus landed and saw a large crowd, he had compassion on them, because they were like sheep without a shepherd. So he began teaching them many things” (Mark 6:33). 

It was in this context that Jesus performed one of his most famous miracles.  It had been a long day of ministering to the people and the disciples finally said to Jesus,

“Send the crowds away, so they can go to the villages and buy themselves some food” (Matthew 14:15b). 

I can almost read their thoughts between the lines: “and maybe we’ll finally get a chance to eat, too!”  That’s why they came out to this solitary area in the first place!

There were over 5,000 people there, and all the disciples could find were five loaves of bread and two fish.  Jesus looked to heaven, gave thanks, the food turned out to be enough for everyone, with twelve basketfuls left over…one for each of the disciples!

Now fast forward a few hours, and we find that Jesus was finally able to get alone to pray.  He sent the crowds home satisfied, and sent the disciples on ahead by boat to their next stop.  After praying, Jesus was able to perform another of his most famous miracles:  He walked across the water to rejoin them in the boat.

It’s interesting to me that two of Jesus’ most famous miracles were done for the sake of expediency, not for the sake of wowing the people!  While Jesus obviously made it a priority to be with people and love them as much as possible, He also made it a priority to take time alone to pray.  Through those prayers, God was able to accomplish things that would otherwise have been humanly impossible.

Elijah did some of his most impressive miracles for the sake of expediency, too, such as splitting a river in two so he could cross over on dry ground.  He didn’t do this to impress anyone; he simply had places to go and people to see before he was taken to heaven (see 2 Kings, chapter 2).

Has God given you seemingly impossible tasks?  Do the needs around you overwhelm your human abilities to meet them?  Let me encourage you to take time alone to pray.  I’ve heard several spiritual men and women say, “I have so much to do, I don’t have time NOT to pray.”  They realize that it is only through prayer that they will be able to accomplish all that God has put on their hearts to do.

No matter what else you have to do today, make sure you take time to pray.

Get alone with God, the Creator of time itself.  He’ll show you how to make the most of the time He’s given you, even accomplishing things that seem humanly impossible!

Prayer: Father, give me supernatural wisdom to know how to do all that You’ve put on my heart to do.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 15: Loving Others With Persistent Faith

Scripture Reading: Matthew 15

Have you ever felt like God is ignoring your prayers?  Or when you share your hopes with others, they tell you not to bother God with the request?  Or when God does answer, it’s not really the answer you’re looking for?

Or possibly worst of all, have you ever poured out your heart’s desire, only to be rebuked so sharply that you wished you had never asked at all?

If so, I want to encourage you not to give up on your prayers too quickly.  God may still have something in store for you.

Take a look at a real live woman who came to Jesus with a request in Matthew chapter 15.

This woman must have heard or seen some of the miracles that Jesus had done, for she came pleading to Him to heal her daughter.

She cried out, “Lord, Son of David, have mercy on me! My daughter is suffering terribly from demon-possession.” 

But look at what Jesus did next.  The Bible says, “Jesus did not answer a word.” Wow!  Not a word!  This is pretty shocking, considering all that Jesus did for so many people.  Yet it looked like He was just going to ignore the woman completely. But as shocking as that was, look at what Jesus’ disciples did next.  The Bible says,

“So his disciples came to him and urged him, ‘Send her away, for she keeps crying out after us.’ ” 

Wow!  As if it weren’t bad enough to be ignored, the ones who claimed to be followers of Jesus came and told her to get lost, too.

So Jesus finally breaks His silence.  But when He does speak, it’s hardly the answer the woman was looking for.  Jesus says,

“I was sent only to the lost sheep of Israel.”  

She was a Canaanite, not a Jew, not one of the “lost sheep of Israel.”  What?  Jesus, of all people?  Not being willing to help someone, regardless of who they were?

Imagine the thoughts that could have gone through her mind, thoughts that might go through our minds too if we were in her situation:  “I should have known better.  I don’t know why I thought Jesus would ever want to help someone like me.  I’m sure He does love some people, but probably not people like me.”  Had the woman given up there, the story might have ended very differently.  But she didn’t.  She persisted in her faith.  She came to Jesus and knelt before Him:

“Lord, help me!” she said. 

Then came what could have been the worst blow of all:  Jesus replied,

“It is not right to take the children’s bread and toss it to their dogs.”  

I don’t know if Jesus was just testing her faith here, or trying to teach something to the disciples, but whatever the reason, she may have been wishing by this point that she had never asked at all.

But she didn’t.  She had a daughter that she loved, a daughter that desperately needed healing.  She tossed aside whatever feelings she may have had, and held firm in her faith.  She knew she could trust Jesus’ heart.  She knew she could trust His character.  She knew she could trust Jesus to do what’s best.

She replied: “Yes, Lord, but even the dogs eat the crumbs that fall from their masters’ table.” 

And Jesus honored her persistent faith.

He answered,

“Woman, you have great faith! Your request is granted.” And her daughter was healed from that very hour. 

Jesus is trustworthy, even when He’s silent.  Jesus is trustworthy, even when others may tell you to go away.  Jesus is trustworthy, even when you may not like the answers.  Jesus is trustworthy, even when your hopes are dashed and you wonder if you should have ever asked at all.

Persist in your faith, especially on behalf of those you love.  As you do, I pray that you’ll eventually hear Jesus say to you, too: “You have great faith!  Your request is granted.”

Prayer: Father, increase my faith so that it persists even in the face of silence, frustration or discouragement, all so that I can see Your will done here on earth.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 16: Loving Others By Dying To Self

A friend was praying with me one day when she said something so profound I wrote it down.  I didn’t even fully understand what she was saying at the time, and I’m not sure I completely understand it still!  But I knew that what she said contained a truth that I needed to hear and explore. She said:

“Beware of unbroken men, and beware of unbrokenness in yourself.”  

She was concerned that there may be people who would want to exploit some of my gifts that God had given me for their own purposes, rather than His purposes.  And she was concerned that because of my own wants and needs and desires, that I might be swayed to believe and follow those who wanted to put my gifts to use.

I understood the concern, but I still had a lot of questions.  What is an “unbroken man”?  What does “unbrokenness” look like?  How should I respond when presented with various opportunities to use my gifts?

There’s a passage in Matthew 16 that sheds some light on this for me.  It begins with Jesus warning the disciples:

“Be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees”  (Matthew 16:5b).  

Jesus goes on to explain this in a way that the disciples could understand that they were to beware of the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees, the religious leaders of the day.

While the Pharisees and Sadducees claimed to follow the teachings of God, and may have at times been sincerely trying to follow Him, they often succumbed to protecting themselves and their traditions rather than giving their lives truly for others.  In a sense, they were still “unbroken men,” men who still seemed to “have it together” and were trying desperately to “keep it together,” when in reality, they would have been better off realizing that they didn’t have it together at all, and it was only God who could hold them together.

But within the very same passage, Jesus shows that it wasn’t only the Pharisees and Saducees that the disciples needed to be on guard against, but themselves as well, their own thoughts and desires.  Jesus shows how quickly we can go from following God’s thoughts and desires to following our own when He asks the disciples who they think He is.

Simon Peter answered:  “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God” (Matthew 16:16).  Jesus commends Peter by saying, “Blessed are you, Simon son of Jonah, for this was not revealed to you by man, but by my Father in heaven,” and then by describing the powerful role Peter will play in building God’s kingdom on earth and in heaven.

But in the very next passage, as Jesus explains that He will soon suffer, die and be raised to life again, Peter exclaims:  “Never Lord!  This shall never happen to you!”  Look at what Jesus says to Peter this time:

“Jesus turned and said to Peter, ‘Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me; you do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men.’” (Matthew 16:23). 

Within a span of only a few minutes, Peter went from being commended for expressing a truth that he had received from God, to being condemned for expressing a falsehood that came from his own thinking.

How can we guard against “unbrokenness,” against harmful thoughts and teachings, whether in others or in ourselves?  Jesus tells us one way in the next sentence:

“Then Jesus said to his disciples, ‘If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for me will find it’” (Matthew 16:24-25). 

If our thinking is based on trying to save ourselves, protect ourselves, defend ourselves, it may be our undoing.  While it’s not always wrong to save, protect and defend ourselves, it is if it keeps us from doing what’s right.

Instead of trying to “keep it together,” my prayer is to realize how truly broken I am.  In the end, it’s by putting my full faith and trust in God that I will truly be able to “keep it together.”

Prayer: Father, help me to trust You fully, so that I can love others fully, without regard for my own life.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 17: Loving Others By Increasing Our Faith

Scripture Reading: Matthew 17

I’ve mentioned before how our faith can affect those we love.  Today I’d like to talk about increasing our faith, so we can affect others even more.

Take a look at the example in Matthew chapter 17.  A man comes with his son to Jesus to ask Jesus to pray for the boy.  The man says:

“Lord, have mercy on my son,” he said. “He has seizures and is suffering greatly. He often falls into the fire or into the water. I brought him to your disciples, but they could not heal him” (Matthew 17:15-16). 

So Jesus heals the boy in a moment.  The passage continues:

Then the disciples came to Jesus in private and asked, “Why couldn’t we drive it out?” 

He replied, “Because you have so little faith. I tell you the truth, if you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there’ and it will move. Nothing will be impossible for you” (Matthew 17:20-21). 

It seems like Jesus is being incredibly blunt.  But it also seems that the reason He’s being so blunt is because what He’s saying is―to Him―simply an established fact:  If you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there’ and it will move.  Nothing will be impossible for you.

If it’s such a fact, why don’t we see it in action?  The truth is, we do.

I was reading a few years ago about the power of the atomic bomb that was dropped on the city of Hiroshima, Japan.  Even though an atom is one of the smallest of particles in the world, when split, an atom can produce enough energy to level an entire city within seconds.  The same atomic power is at work every day at a nuclear plant near my house, powering our entire city, giving power to even the computer I’m using to type these words.

When Jesus says that something as small as a mustard seed has enough power to move a mountain, we tend to think He’s exaggerating.  And yet the truth is that something even smaller than a mustard seed can move a mountain―or several―in an instant.

Faith in Jesus is powerful.  It can move mountains.  It can bring healing.  It can bring repentance.  It can bring new life.

Jesus didn’t rebuke the demon-possessed boy, or his father, for their lack of faith.  But Jesus rebuked the disciples for theirs.  They had seen the power of God at work all around them, yet they faltered when putting that faith in action.

I falter, too.  I don’t want to, but I do.  I get tired.  I wonder if my prayers will ever be answered.  I wonder if my faith will ever make a difference.

It’s at those times that I need to renew my sense of faith and wonder in the power of Jesus Christ.  It’s at those times when I need to reread the stories recorded in the gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and John to get a fresh perspective of what faith can do.  It’s at those times when I need to remind myself of what the early followers of Jesus did in His name, as recorded in the book of Acts.

When I do, I’m encouraged to put my faith in Christ again, to put my faith in the power that is available to all of us who believe in His name.  Power that can move mountains.  Power that can restore marriages.  Power that can revive broken bodies.  Power that can bring people and situations and circumstances back to life.

If you need a boost in your faith today, this week, this month, read and reread what Jesus and His followers did in Matthew, Mark, Luke, John and Acts.  Then put your faith to work on behalf of those you love.  When you do, as Jesus promised, “Nothing will be impossible for you.”

Prayer: Father, open my eyes to see what’s possible when I put my faith in You, then increase my faith so I can watch You do it.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 18: Loving Others With Forgiveness

Scripture Reading: Matthew 18

One of the best ways we can express love to someone is to forgive them.

I can think of no greater expression Jesus made of His love for me than to forgive me of my sins.  And it’s because of His forgiveness of me that I’m able to forgive others.

Listen to how Jesus describes this connection between His forgiveness of us, and our forgiveness of others, as recorded in Matthew 18:23-35:

“Therefore, the kingdom of heaven is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants. As he began the settlement, a man who owed him ten thousand talents [that is, millions of dollars] was brought to him. Since he was not able to pay, the master ordered that he and his wife and his children and all that he had be sold to repay the debt. 

“The servant fell on his knees before him. ‘Be patient with me,’ he begged, ‘and I will pay back everything.’ The servant’s master took pity on him, canceled the debt and let him go. “But when that servant went out, he found one of his fellow servants who owed him a hundred denarii [that is, a few dollars]. He grabbed him and began to choke him. ‘Pay back what you owe me!’ he demanded. 

“His fellow servant fell to his knees and begged him, ‘Be patient with me, and I will pay you back.’ 

“But he refused. Instead, he went off and had the man thrown into prison until he could pay the debt. When the other servants saw what had happened, they were greatly distressed and went and told their master everything that had happened. 

“Then the master called the servant in. ‘You wicked servant,’ he said, ‘I canceled all that debt of yours because you begged me to. Shouldn’t you have had mercy on your fellow servant just as I had on you?’ In anger his master turned him over to the jailers to be tortured, until he should pay back all he owed. 

“This is how my heavenly Father will treat each of you unless you forgive your brother from your heart.” 

Jesus calls us to forgive others.  This doesn’t mean that we excuse them, agree with them, or ignore them.  It means we forgive them.  It means that we acknowledge that what they’ve done has hurt us, whether intentional or not, whether justified or not.  It hurt.  Once we acknowledge that we’ve been hurt, then we can forgive.

When I’m working through forgiving someone on my own, I’ll sometimes write out the specific offenses I feel a person has done to me, line by line:

“He made a decision that cost me x amount of dollars” 

“He made me feel demeaned and humiliated by the way he spoke to me” 

“He spoke negatively about me to others, possibly turning them against me, too.” 

Then I’ll go through each offense, line by line, and I’ll speak words of forgiveness, out loud, just for myself and God to hear.  (I’ll decide later whether or not it would be helpful to speak these words to someone else…only after I’ve truly forgiven them from my heart.)  I’ll say:

“I forgive him for making a decision that cost me x amount of dollars” 

“I forgive him for making me feel demeaned and humiliated by the way he spoke to me” 

“I forgive him for speaking negatively about me to others, possibly turning them against me, too.” 

It’s never easy, and I don’t rush through it, because I want to make sure that my heart is right.  But when I’m done, I know that I’ve at least begun to do what’s right.  Being specific helps me deal with each issue, one by one, and when I’ve finished going through the list, I’ll throw it away.  As Paul says in 1 Corinthians 13:4-5, “Love…keeps no record of wrongs.”

Whatever method you choose, choose to forgive.  According to Matthew 18:32-35, you’ll find that when you “forgive your brother from your heart,” you’ll release two people from potential torment:  the other person…and yourself.

Prayer: Father, help me to forgive others as You have forgiven me.  I pray this in Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 19: Loving Others Through Giving

Scripture Reading: Matthew 19

What hinders you from following Jesus completely?  There’s a story in the Bible about a rich young man who faced this question.  He had kept the commands of God.  He didn’t murder.  He didn’t commit adultery.  He didn’t steal, didn’t give false testimony, honored his father and mother, and loved his neighbor as himself.  He asked Jesus,

“What do I still lack?” 

Jesus answered, “If you want to be perfect, go, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven.  Then come, follow me.” 

When the young man heard this, he went away sad, because he had great wealth.  (Matthew 19:18-21). 

The young man had done so much for God, yet there was still something that held him back.  It makes me wonder what I might still be holding back.  What is hindering me from following Jesus completely?

I remember when I felt like God was calling me into full-time ministry.  I wanted to do it, felt called to do it, and was willing to give up almost anything to do it.  But as I prayed through the costs, one stood out above all the others.  Lana and I had saved up enough money to put a down-payment on our first house, a beautiful little house with a white picket fence.  I loved that little house.  I knew that if I went into full-time ministry, I might have to give it up.

As I prayed, I sensed God asking me, “Eric, do you love people more than things?  Or things more than people?”  I knew what I had to do.   I offered the house up to God as well.  Although He let me keep it for another year, I eventually had to give it up when I accepted a call to serve a church in another state.  I still miss that little house, but I’m thankful that I didn’t let it hold me back from doing what God called me to do.

I don’t think God is as concerned about the possessions we own as He is about the possessions that own us.  What is it that keeps us from following Christ completely?  What holds us back from moving forward?

In order to hold on tight to God, letting Him take us wherever He wants us to go, we may have to let go of other things in our life.  We may be holding onto good things, even godly things.  But if they hinder us from following Christ completely, we’re better off letting them go and grabbing onto Him.

Jesus concludes this passage by reminding His disciples that whatever they’ve given up to follow Him will not go unnoticed.  Peter said to Jesus, “We have left everything to follow you! What then will there be for us?”

Jesus answered:

“I tell you the truth, at the renewal of all things, when the Son of Man sits on his glorious throne, you who have followed me will also sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And everyone who has left houses or brothers or sisters or father or mother or children or fields for my sake will receive a hundred times as much and will inherit eternal life” (Matthew 19:28-29). 

A hundred times as much!  Wow!  God has so much in store for us, we can’t even imagine!  If what’s holding us back seems so huge, imagine getting back a hundred times more!  It’s almost incomprehensible.

But we can’t receive what God has in store for us when our fists are clenched around something else.  When we open our hands to give, we’re also opening them to receive.

Open your hands today.  Let God use you, and what He has given you, to bless others.  Then let Him bless you back in return.  As Jesus told His disciples earlier:  “Freely you have received, freely give” (Matthew 10:8b).

Prayer: Father, open my heart and my hands to give to others as You have called me to give, so that I may bless them, bless You, and even receive a blessing in return.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 20: Becoming A Great Lover

Scripture Reading: Matthew 20

Want to become a great lover?  Not just the romantic kind, but a great lover of people in general?  Jesus tells us how in Matthew chapter 20.

“…whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant…”  (Matthew 20:26b). 

If we want to become great, we must serve others.

This is a principle Jesus taught often.  It’s a principle that seems to defy reason, yet we recognize its truth when we see it in action.

Mother Teresa became great, winning the Nobel Peace Prize in 1979.  Yet she never sought the prize.  She sought to serve others.  As she saw the suffering and poverty outside the school where she taught in Calcutta, India, she sought and received permission to leave the convent school and devote herself to working among the poorest of the poor.  The more she served, the more awards and distinctions she was offered, many of which she politely declined, as that was not her purpose in serving.

Jesus explained this principle to his disciples after the mother of James and John came to Jesus.  She asked that Jesus would let her sons have the highest positions of honor, to sit at Jesus’ right and left when He came into His kingdom.  Jesus told them they didn’t know what they were asking for, and that those places belonged only to those for whom they had been prepared by His Father.

Jesus explains more about this principle as the passage continues:

“When the ten heard about this, they were indignant with the two brothers.  Jesus called them together and said, ‘You know that the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them, and their high officials exercise authority over them.  Not so with you.  Instead, whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant, and whoever wants to be first must be your slave― just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many’ ” (Matthew 20:24-28). 

If you want to become a great lover, serve others.  Although I mentioned this principle was not just about becoming a great romantic lover, the same truth applies to romance.

I’ve written a book called, What God Says About Sex.  In it, I describe one of my own epiphanies regarding how God might want to use me to bless my wife, Lana.  There are times when I’ll look at her and ask myself, “If God were here right now, what would He do to bless her?  How would He want me to use my hands, my words, my eyes, my ears, and my heart to bless her in a special way?”

Sometimes I’ll sense that God wants me to caress her forehead, stroke her hair, or give her gentle kisses on her lips and cheeks.  While it’s nearly impossible for me not to take pleasure in this, too, my honest motivation at times like these is not to satisfy my own desires, but to let God work through me to satisfy hers.

Becoming a great lover of people, whether it involves romantic love or not, requires that we truly serve them.  Bruce Wilkinson, in his book, A Life God Rewards, writes, “True good works are always focused on sincerely trying to improve the well-being of another.”

What can you do today that would truly improve the well-being of someone you love?  Is there a word you can offer, a card you can send, an email you can write?  Is there something practical you can do, a trip you could make for them, a hand you could offer?

Even though you may not be seeking a reward for your good deeds, the truth is you will be rewarded for loving others.  Jesus said, “I tell you the truth, anyone who gives you a cup of water in My name…will certainly not lose his reward” (Mark 9:41). 

God wants us to become great lovers.  He has shown us how.  Now it’s up to us to follow through.

Prayer: Father, help me today to become the great lover You want me to be by serving others.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 21: Love Follows Through

Scripture Reading: Matthew 21

There are times when I’ll be at a store with my kids and they’ll ask me if we can buy something.  If I know there’s a special occasion coming up, like Christmas or a birthday, I might tell them, “No, we can’t get that today.”  Then I’ll go back to the store later and get what they asked for.  When they finally get it, they’re thrilled, and quickly forget that I had ever said no.

On the other hand, there are times when my kids will ask me for something and I’ll say, “Yes, we can get that sometime.”  But if we never get around to getting it, they end up disappointed and frustrated, no matter how many times I might have said, “Yes, we can get that sometime.”

In comparing the power of actions versus words, Ralph Waldo Emerson said:  “What you do speaks so loudly that I cannot hear what you say.”

Jesus sums up this idea in a parable in Matthew chapter 21.  Jesus said:

“What do you think? There was a man who had two sons. He went to the first and said, ‘Son, go and work today in the vineyard.’ 

“ ‘I will not,’ he answered, but later he changed his mind and went. 

“Then the father went to the other son and said the same thing. He answered, ‘I will, sir,’ but he did not go. 

“Which of the two did what his father wanted?” 

“The first,” they answered. 

Jesus said to them, “I tell you the truth, the tax collectors and the prostitutes are entering the kingdom of God ahead of you. For John came to you to show you the way of righteousness, and you did not believe him, but the tax collectors and the prostitutes did. And even after you saw this, you did not repent and believe him”  (Matthew 21:28-32). 

I love this story because it reminds me the importance of following through on our promises.

If we say we love God, but never repent, or never believe Him, then what good is it to say that we love Him?  If we say we love our family or friends, but never follow through with the things that we promise to do for them, what good is it to say that we love them?

Jesus explained earlier the importance of letting our “Yes” be “Yes” and our “No” be “No.”  But here, Jesus goes to the heart of the issue.  In the end, what we do matters even more than what we say.

It is what we do that will have lasting impact on those we love.  It is what we do that will demonstrate our deep love and commitment to God.  It is what we do that reveals how deeply committed we are in comparison to our verbal commitments of love.

This applies to everything from keeping a wedding vow to keeping a promise to a friend that we’ll be at their house at 10:00.  In the end, it’s what we do that will speak more about our love for them than what we say.

What can you do today to follow through on a commitment you’ve made to God or to someone you love?  How can you differentiate yourself from the religious leaders of Jesus’ day who claimed to love God, but didn’t follow through on what they said?

Maybe keeping your commitment is something as simple as making a phone call, filling out a job application, or keeping an appointment.  Maybe it would mean taking the “next step” in a bigger issue, like saving a bit of money each week to reduce an overwhelming debt, or telling a trusted friend about a habit that’s got a choke-hold on you, or opening up to your spouse about a struggle that’s been keeping you from true intimacy.  You may not be able to tackle the whole thing in a day, but you might be able to take a step towards it.

God wants us to follow through in our love for Him and others.  In the end, it is our actions that will declare our love the loudest.

Prayer: Father, show me what I can do to follow through on my commitments to love You and love others more.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 22: The Ultimate Goal Of Life

Scripture Reading: Matthew 22

For Harry Potter fans, the week I wrote this devotional was one of the biggest double-headers of all time:  the fifth movie came out the weekend before, and the seventh, and final, book in the series came out the following weekend.

Here’s what I wrote:

Whatever you think of the various themes in the Harry Potter series, there’s one theme that seems inarguably good:  the theme of sacrificial love.  In the first book, readers found out that Harry’s parents, and his mother in particular, loved Harry with such a deep and sacrificial love, that even the most vile person on earth couldn’t break through it to kill him.  Even though Harry’s parents died in the process, they succeeded in demonstrating their profound love for Harry.

Now, in the seventh and final book, readers are about to find out the answer to the question that has persisted throughout the entire series:  what’s going to happen to Harry Potter in his final conflict with evil?  Will he live or not?  It’s almost guaranteed that either Harry will die, his archenemy will die, or both of them will die.

But there’s another question I think readers will get an answer to this week.  Although some people say there’s no such thing as a dumb question, I still think that some questions are better than others!  If we ask the wrong question, we’ll often come to the wrong conclusion.  Asking the right questions is key to life.

Beyond the question, “Will Harry live or not?” I think readers will find the answer to an even more important question:  “Will Harry love or not?”  In other words, “Will Harry Potter demonstrate his love for others as it was demonstrated by his parents to him?”   The answer to these two questions could be entirely different, regardless of whether Harry lives or dies.

If the test of success in life is dependent on whether we live or not, none of us will pass!  But if the test of success in life is whether we love or not, then all of us will have an equal chance of passing, regardless of whatever else we may do in life.

People asked Jesus all kinds of questions―some to trap Him, others to trick Him.  But one man asked Jesus a question that was so wise Jesus said to him, “You are not far from the kingdom of God.”

The question was this:  “Of all the commandments, which is the most important?”

“The most important one,” answered Jesus, “is this: ‘Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one.  Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind and with all your strength.’ The second is this: ‘Love your neighbor as yourself.’  There is no commandment greater than these” (Mark 12:29-31 and Matthew 22:37-40). 

The man had asked the right question.  And Jesus gave a brilliant response.

We may have heard Jesus’s answer so often that we don’t realize the incredible power of His words.  Jesus says that the goal of everything in life―everything―boils down to whether or not we love God with all our heart, soul, mind and strength; and whether or not we love others as ourselves.  Love is the ultimate goal of life.

Will Harry Potter live or not?  I don’t know.  I’m curious, but I’m even more curious if Harry Potter will love or not.  Will he demonstrate his love to others as it has been demonstrated to him?  The answer to that question will determine the success or failure of Harry Potter’s life.  And it’s the same question that will determine the success or failure of our lives.

Will we love God and others as God has loved us?  Will we succeed in life, by demonstrating our love for others as Christ demonstrated His when He gave His life for us?  If our answer to these questions is a resounding “YES!” then it won’t matter what else we might do in life.  We will have succeeded in the ultimate goal of life, the goal of love.

Prayer: Father, help me demonstrate my love for You and others as You have demonstrated it to me.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 23: Loving People, Not Just Words

Scripture Reading: Matthew 23

The day I put my faith in Jesus was the same day I put my faith in the Bible, from which I learned about Jesus.  I fell in love with both on the same day.

When people talk about how much they love the Bible, they’re not just talking about a book from which they’ve learned much, they’re also talking about a Person from whom they’ve learned much.

I suppose it’s like a young lover who takes a picture of his beloved out of his wallet and tenderly kisses the image.  It’s not the picture that the young man’s in love with, but a person whose image is represented by the picture.  If his love for the picture ever began to surpass his love for the person, then we’d know that something had started to go wrong.

Believe it or not, the same thing can happen to those of us who love the Bible.  When our love for the Word of God begins to supersede our love for God―and our love for the people of God about whom the words were written―then we know something has started to go wrong.

Jesus criticized the religious leaders of His day for this very thing.  They claimed to love the Word of God, and even gave the appearance of following the commands found in it to the “T.”  But Jesus saw their hearts; He saw that they weren’t motivated by their love for others, but by how they appeared to others.  It was a subtle difference that produced drastically different results than God had intended.

Jesus didn’t condemn these leaders for what they were teaching, for they were teaching the Word of God.  But He did condemn then for how they put those words into practice.  He said:

“The teachers of the law and the Pharisees sit in Moses’ seat.  So you must obey them and do everything they tell you. But do not do what they do, for they do not practice what they preach. They tie up heavy loads and put them on men’s shoulders, but they themselves are not willing to lift a finger to move them.  Everything they do is done for men to see…” (Matthew 23:2-5). 

Jesus goes on to denounce the actions of those leaders in some of the strongest words in the Bible, calling them hypocrites, snakes, vipers, and sons of hell.  Yikes!  I don’t want to be like that!  I hope you don’t either!  So what can we do instead?

Jesus tells us in the same passage.  For starters, we’re to do the opposite of what the teachers of the law and the Pharisees were doing!  He doesn’t want us to just preach to others, but to practice what we preach.  When we give godly advice to others, we’re not just to walk away and say, “I’ve told you what to do, now good luck.”  He wants us to at least lift a finger―and more―to help them to do it.

If someone’s struggling with an addiction, rather than just telling them it’s wrong, offer to be their accountability partner.  If someone’s considering a divorce, rather than just telling them to try to work it out with their spouse, help them to work it out with their spouse.  If someone’s going under financially, rather than just telling them to work out a budget, help them to work out a budget.  I’m preaching to myself, too!  It’s often easier to tell people what they should do than to help them to do it, which is why I’m studying these “lessons in love”!

Our motivation in sharing God’s Word must always be love―saying and doing things that will truly benefit those we’re trying to help, whether anyone sees our good deeds or not.

If we claim to love the Word of God, we must also love the people of God about whom the words are written.  To do anything less would be like falling in love with a piece of paper with some ink on it.

Prayer: Father, help me to love Your people, remembering that Your words were written because of Your great love for them.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 24: Don’t Let Your Love Grow Cold

Scripture Reading: Matthew 24

Jesus tells us many things that will happen as the time gets closer to His return.  Most of them I can’t do anything about:  famines, earthquakes, wars and rumors of war.

But there’s one thing Jesus mentions in Matthew chapter 24 that I can do:  don’t let my love grow cold.  Jesus says:

“Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most will grow cold, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved” (Matthew 24:12:13). 

I can see how our love could grow cold.  As the world approaches its grand finale, with rampant, widespread destruction, it would be easy to become embittered, frustrated, heartsick and fearful.  I can see how people could turn away from God, and turn away from each other.

But Jesus gives us the key to surviving those times.  And it’s really the key to surviving whatever we’re facing right now, too.  The key is this:  “Don’t let your love grow cold.”

When your love grows cold, the end really has come.  When your love grows cold, that’s the end of joy, the end of relationships, the end of happiness, the end of hope.  At all costs, whatever it takes, we need to keep our love alive.  Our love for God, and our love for others.

I was speaking to a group one time about what to do when people treat us poorly.  The answer, I suggested, was to “Love ’em more.”  What should we do when people run away from us?  “Love ’em more.”  What should we do when people break our hearts and disappoint us?  “Love ’em more.”

One of the people in the group came up to me the next day.  She said she loved that message on “Love me more.”  Whenever people would treat her poorly, she’d remind them that they’re supposed to “Love me more.”  She was joking, of course, having gotten the two key letters backwards, turning “em” into “me.”  It’s a minor change with major ramifications.  When things get rough in relationships, we expect others to “Love me more.”  But what God calls us to do is to “Love them more,” or as I put it, “Love ’em more.”

This is a message that we don’t have to wait to put into practice until the end of the world as we know it.  It’s a message that we can start practicing today, so when the end comes, we’ll be ready.  In fact, we’re closer to Jesus’ return today than ever before.  We’re not lacking in famines, earthquakes, wars and rumors of war.  If there’s a time to put our love into practice, we need to start “practicing” now.

None of us know when the day of His return will come.  Although there will be signs, it will come suddenly.  People will be eating and drinking as usual, marrying and giving in marriage up until that day.  “Two men will be in the field; one will be taken and the other left. Two women will be grinding with a hand mill; one will be taken and the other left” (Matthew 24:40-41). 

The grand finale of life will come upon us in an instant.  What can we do about it?  1)  Don’t be surprised when these things happen.   Jesus says, “but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come”  (Matthew 24:6b).  2)  Don’t let your love grow cold.

How can we keep our love from growing cold?  By fanning the flames of our love.

When people hurt you or mistreat you, “Love ’em more.” 

When people leave you or forsake you, “Love ’em more.” 

When people sin against you or hate you, “Love ’em more.” 

Just like Jesus did for us when people hurt and mistreated Him, left and forsook Him, sinned against and hated Him.  He just loved ’em more.

Even to the very end, the thing that will save the day will be love.  As wickedness increases all around us, we need to do what Jesus did :  “Love ’em more.”

Prayer: Father, help me to love others more, even as―and especially when―we see the end approaching.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 25: Love Is Prepared

Scripture Reading: Matthew 25

I was reading the Parable of the Talents one day when my life took a radical turn.  The parable is a story in Matthew chapter 25 where Jesus tells about a man who gave three of his servants varying amounts of talents―a unit of money that was worth more than $1,000.

You’re probably familiar with the story:  the man gave the first servant five talents, the second servant two talents, and the third servant one talent.  Then the man went on a journey.

Quite awhile later, the man came back to see what each servant had done with his talents.  Two of the servants had put their talents to use, making a good return on the man’s investment.  Each was rewarded by their master with these words:

“ ‘Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful with a few things; I will put you in charge of many things. Come and share your master’s happiness!”  

But the third servant had buried his talent and was rebuked as wicked and lazy.  Even what he had was taken away from him, and he was thrown out into the darkness.

Of course, after reading the story, I wanted to be like the first two servants, not like the third.

Wondering how I was doing with the “talents” God had given me, I began to write a question in my journal.  “Lord, am I using the gifts you’ve given me?”  I was surprised when the answer I heard back was a clear and simple, “No.”

Wow! I thought I was doing pretty good!  I was working hard at my job, involved in some Bible studies at church, and so on.  But I knew that if this really was God speaking to me, I wanted to listen up.  I didn’t want to be like the wicked, lazy servant in the story who didn’t put his talents to use.

“Lord, what do you want me to do?”  I wrote.

I felt God answered:  “I told them to make a return on what I gave them.”

So I began to list out a few of my talents, asking God how I could make better use of them for Him.  One week later, I quit my secular job and went into full-time ministry.

Jesus told two other parables in Matthew chapter 25, both of which talk about preparing for Christ’s return.  Jesus doesn’t want us to be surprised when that day comes.  He doesn’t want us to fall asleep waiting for His return.  He doesn’t want us to bury our talents in the ground.  He doesn’t want us to neglect the needs of those around us.

He wants us to put our gifts to use to the fullest, to be ready when He comes back.

It doesn’t mean we all need to be in “full-time ministry.”  But it does mean that we’re to use the gifts He’s given us to work towards His purposes on the earth.  Whether it’s giving food to the hungry, drinks to the thirsty, or clothes to the naked.  Whether it’s looking after those who are sick, visiting those who are in prison, or caring for our children or parents.  Whether it’s cooking or sewing, teaching or preaching, singing or praying.

When Jesus comes back, He wants us to be prepared for His return.  Not because He wants us to work our way into heaven.  But because He wants us to make a good return on His investment.  He’s given us all kinds of gifts, and He wants us to use them to the fullest, to accomplish all that He has created us to do.

Take inventory of some of the gifts God has given you.  Ask Him how you can use those gifts for Him.  Let’s pray that one day we’ll all hear Him say, “Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful with a few things; I will put you in charge of many things. Come and share your master’s happiness!”

Prayer: Father, help me to make a good return on the gifts You’ve given me, for my sake, for Yours, and for those who will be touched as a result.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 26: Lavish Love

Scripture Reading: Matthew 26

I’ve read the story in Matthew chapter 26 many times about the woman who poured out a jar of very expensive perfume onto Jesus’s head.  I’ve always been impressed by the woman’s action, and by Jesus’s response to it.

But it wasn’t until recently that I’ve seen the story from God’s perspective, which has deepened my appreciation for it even more.

In case you haven’t read it, or just need a refresher, here’s the story:

While Jesus was in Bethany in the home of a man known as Simon the Leper, a woman came to him with an alabaster jar of very expensive perfume, which she poured on his head as he was reclining at the table.  When the disciples saw this, they were indignant. “Why this waste?” they asked.  “This perfume could have been sold at a high price and the money given to the poor.” 

Aware of this, Jesus said to them, “Why are you bothering this woman? She has done a beautiful thing to me. The poor you will always have with you, but you will not always have me. When she poured this perfume on my body, she did it to prepare me for burial. I tell you the truth, wherever this gospel is preached throughout the world, what she has done will also be told, in memory of her” (Matthew 26:6-13). 

I love this woman’s lavish love for Jesus.  I’m sure she knew the value of her gift.  She didn’t see it as wasteful, but as totally appropriate for the one who was to receive it.

I also love Jesus’s response to this gift.  He wasn’t bothered that someone poured out such a lavish expression of love upon Him.  He was, after all, the one who turned water into wine ―and not just any wine, but the best.  He understood what it meant to lavish love upon others.

But what I love even more about this story is the lavish love of God for His Son displayed in this act.  From God’s perspective, it’s almost as if God wanted to pour out a special measure of His love to Jesus, so He moved on the heart of a woman who had a very expensive jar of perfume, allowing her to be His hands to His Son.  He put in her heart the willingness to pick up her alabaster jar and pour it out on Jesus’s head.

God knew what Jesus was about to undergo.  Jesus knew what He was about to undergo.  If there was ever a time where Jesus might have doubted His Father’s love for Him, it was in the upcoming days of mocking, beating, and being nailed to a cross.  This demonstration of love was as if God wanted to assure Jesus of His love yet one more time, moving on the heart of a woman who could pour out just such an expression.  It was an act of lavish love, not only from the woman, but from God Himself, given through the woman.

Why is this so important to point out?  Because God may want to do the same thing through you for others.  He may want to show someone His lavish love, and in order to do that, He may move on your heart to display it.  We all have an alabaster jar of some kind.  It may not be an expensive perfume, but it may be just as valuable to the person receiving it.

Maybe it’s a gift of time, of attention, of writing a song, of serving with our hands.  Maybe it’s a gift of money, giving something that may or may not mean much to us, but will certainly mean something special to the recipient.  Maybe it’s a gift of an item, an object of value, something that would mean the world to someone else.

Sometimes love is outlandishly lavish.  But sometimes, from God’s perspective, it’s just the kind of love that He wants us to pour out on others.

Prayer: Father, help me to be willing to show Your lavish love to others, demonstrating Your love for them in tangible ways.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 27: A Tale Of Two Deaths

Scripture Reading: Matthew 27

Two of the most famous deaths ever recorded take place in Matthew chapter 27.  Interestingly, even though these two men had starkly different lives and deaths, the way each of them died was a reflection of the way they lived.  And in their deaths, there’s a lesson for how we can live and die better, too.

The chapter opens with the death of Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus with a kiss.  His sad death is a reflection of his sad life.  Just days before, he had watched contemptuously as a woman poured out a jar of expensive perfume onto Jesus’s head.  He complained, “Why wasn’t this perfume sold and the money given to the poor? It was worth a year’s wages.” 

The Bible goes on to say, “He did not say this because he cared about the poor but because he was a thief; as keeper of the money bag, he used to help himself to what was put into it.” (John 12:5-6).

It was this event that caused Judas to go to the chief priests and ask, “ ‘What are you willing to give me if I hand him over to you?’  So they counted out for him thirty silver coins. From then on Judas watched for an opportunity to hand him over” (Matthew 26:15-16).

It was almost as if following Jesus was simply a means to an end for Judas.  As long as the money was coming in, he was glad to follow.  But when he saw this “wasteful” display of money by the woman, and Jesus’s apparent indifference to the finances involved, Judas began to look for another way to profit from the situation.

Sadly, when he realized his mistake, betraying an innocent man to death for thirty pieces of silver, it was too late.  He couldn’t live with what he had done, so he took his own life.  It seems that money was what Judas lived for, and money was what Judas died for.

Contrast this story with the other story of death in this chapter, the death of Jesus.

Having been betrayed by Judas, Jesus was taken to be sentenced.  Yet when accused, the Bible says, “But Jesus made no reply, not even to a single charge―to the great amazement of the governor” (Matthew 27:14).

Jesus knew what He had to do.  Although He had agonized in prayer, asking God if there was any other way to do what He had to do, Jesus was willing to follow God no matter what.  Jesus had always lived for others.  Now He was about to die for others, too.

Taking His last breath on the cross, Jesus called out in a loud voice, “Father, into your hands I commit my spirit” (Luke 23:46). 

The deaths of these two men couldn’t have been more different.  Judas took his life because of sin.  Jesus gave up His life because of love.  The difference can be seen when looking into their hearts.

When you look into the heart of love, you’ll find selflessness.  When you look into the heart of sin, you’ll find selfishness.

If we want to love like Jesus loved, we’ve got to live like Jesus lived―then be willing to die like Jesus died.  In doing so, we’ll find true life.  As Jesus Himself said,

“For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for Me will find it.”  (Matthew 16:25). 

I pray that when people look into your heart and mine, that they’ll see that our hearts are willing to die for the same things that we’re willing to live for.

I pray that our hearts would overflow with a love that is eager to live for others, give to others, and even to die for others when that time comes.

I’m not expecting to die anytime soon, and you may not be either.  But I pray that when that day comes, our deaths would be a reflection of our lives, a reflection of the heart of Jesus.

Prayer: Father, help me to give up my life of selfishness so that I can give out a life of selflessness.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 28: Fit For What?

Scripture Reading: Matthew 28

Why do we go to church?  Read the Bible?  Pray?  Listen to sermons?  Read devotionals?

Why?  To grow.  To be stronger in our faith.  To help us through difficult times.  To find God’s answers for specific questions on our heart.  Certainly it’s for each of those things.

But there’s more!  God has more in mind for us from all of our reading, studying and praying than simply our own spiritual growth.  He wants us to be spiritually fit.  The question is, fit for what?

Jesus tells us the answer in Matthew chapter 28, verses 18 through 20.  In this passage, often referred to as “The Great Commission,” Jesus gives His final instructions to His disciples―instructions that apply to us today as well, as followers of Jesus Christ.  Jesus said:

“All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age” (Matthew 28:18-20). 

If all of our reading and studying and praying was solely to help us grow for our own sakes, we’d be like a body builder who works out for years to compete in a contest, but never actually uses his muscles to lift anything “in the real world.”  They would certainly be fit, but fit for what?

I’m not against bodybuilding, and I wish I had some of those muscles myself!  But in reading Jesus’ words, I’m convicted that sometimes we as Christians can focus so much on the workout that we forget why we’re working out.

Our spiritual workouts may include Bible studies, quiet times, and memorizing scripture, all of which are great and helpful in their own right.  But in the end, Jesus wants us to put what we’ve learned into practice, serving others as He served them.  Baptizing others as He baptized them.  Teaching others as He taught them.

How can we do that today?  How can we use our gifts to make disciples of all nations?  How can we encourage people to get baptized?  How can we teach others to obey all that Christ has commanded us?

The list is endless of how God creatively uses people to join Him in His work.

I know a woman who wondered how God could use her to fulfill this command.  She liked to swim…but what could she do with that?  Then a neighbor boy asked her if she would teach him how to swim in her backyard pool.  She agreed to do it, on the condition that he memorize a Bible verse every time he came for a lesson.  He did it, loved it, and soon brought his friends.  They, too, began taking swimming lessons and memorizing Scripture.  Within a few years, this woman was holding her swimming classes at a public pool, because over a hundred kids were coming each day to learn how to swim and memorize Scripture.

I have an aunt who loves to cook, but how could that help fulfill The Great Commission?  Over the years, she has hosted hundreds of pastors, Bible teachers, missionaries, students, neighbors, friends and relatives in her home, giving them a physical, as well as a spiritual lift as they’ve come through her home.

How might He want to use you this week, this month, this year?  What do you love doing?  What do you have a passion for?  What are you skilled at that could be tweaked, even just a little, to help bring others into the kingdom of God?

God has gifted you, certainly because He loves you, but also because He wants to love others through you.

Keep asking God how you can get into the best spiritual shape possible.  He wants each of us to be as fit as we can be…fit for all that He wants to do through us in the days ahead.

Prayer: Father, help me to find creative ways to put my spiritual fitness to use for You and Your kingdom.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Conclusion: The Greatest Of These

Scripture Reading: 1 Corinthians 13:1-13 

Today we’ve come to the end of our study of the book of Matthew.  I hope you’ve enjoyed learning how to love God, love others, and love ourselves more by seeing how Jesus did each of those things.

Here are some of the things I’ve learned about love from the life of Jesus, one from each of Matthew’s 28 chapters:

1) Those who have been forgiven much love much 

2) Love starts by seeing others as God sees them 

3) Love continues by seeing how much God loves people even before they were born 

4) Love sometimes requires that we call people to repent from things that are destroying them 

5) We’re called to love everyone, even our enemies 

6) We’re called to make sure our motives are right, by sometimes doing loving acts in secret 

7) The Golden Rule is still golden: God wants us to do to others as we would have them do to us 

8) We can love others by praying for their healing 

9) We can love others by bringing them to Jesus 

10) We can let God’s perfect love drive out our fears 

11) We can love others by helping them through their doubts 

12) Love requires us to do right, even when threatened 

13) People sometimes respond better to our loving words when spoken in parables 

14) Love is balanced between prayer and action 

15) Love often requires persistence 

16) Love often requires dying to our own desires 

17) Love often requires asking for more faith to see the lives of our friends changed 

18) Love forgives 

19) Love gives 

20) Love serves 

21) Love follows through 

22) Our success in life is not determined by how long we live, but by how much we love 

23) Our love for God’s Word should be directly related to our love for God’s people 

24) When tempted to let our love grow cold, we must determine to love others more 

25) Love is prepared 

26) Love is lavish 

27) Love is sacrificial 

28) Love goes to the ends of the earth 

There’s a lot we can learn from reading the Bible.  There’s a lot we can learn from praying.  But in the end, all of our reading and praying won’t matter unless we express what we’ve learned in love.  Theology matters, but only to the extent that it influences our ability to love.

I love the way Oliver Thomas puts it:  “Authentic religion is not a theology test.  It’s a love test.”

If what we learn doesn’t influence what we do, all of our learning is in vain.

The Apostle Paul expressed it well when he wrote:

“If I speak in the tongues of men and of angels, but have not love, I am only a resounding gong or a clanging cymbal.  If I have the gift of prophecy and can fathom all mysteries and all knowledge, and if I have a faith that can move mountains, but have not love, I am nothing.  If I give all I possess to the poor and surrender my body to the flames, but have not love, I gain nothing” (1 Corinthians 13:1-4). 

Paul continues his passage on love by giving one of the most useful summaries of love found not only in the whole Bible, but perhaps in all the writings of the world.  He continues:

“Love is patient, love is kind.  It does not envy, it does not boast, it is not proud.  It is not rude, it is not self-seeking, it is not easily angered, it keeps no record of wrongs.  Love does not delight in evil but rejoices with the truth.  It always protects, always trusts, always hopes, always perseveres.  Love never fails” (1 Corinthians 13:4-7). 

Paul concludes his famous passage on love by expressing the greatest things God looks for in a person, the greatest measure of every one of our lives.  The same words that I’d like to conclude with as well:

“And now these three remain: faith, hope and love. But the greatest of these is love” (1 Corinthians 13:13).

Prayer: Father, help me to keep love at the forefront of everything else I do in life.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

About The Author

Described by USA Today as “a new breed of evangelist,”  Eric Elder is an ordained pastor, songwriter and the creator of The Ranch, a faith-boosting website that attracts thousands of visitors each month at TheRanch.org.

Eric is also an inspirational writer and speaker, having written about spiritual issues for publications like Billy Graham’s Decision Magazine, and spoken about loving others at national conferences like the International Freedom Conference.

Eric has also written a book focusing specifically on romantic love called What God Says About Sex, which has helped many to discover and put into practice what God says about one of the most intimate forms of love.  

For a boost in your faith anytime, please visit:inspiringbooks.com

Conclusion: The Greatest Of These

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: 1 Corinthians 13:1-13 

Today we’ve come to the end of our study of the book of Matthew.  I hope you’ve enjoyed learning how to love God, love others, and love ourselves more by seeing how Jesus did each of those things.

Here are some of the things I’ve learned about love from the life of Jesus, one from each of Matthew’s 28 chapters:

1) Those who have been forgiven much love much 

2) Love starts by seeing others as God sees them 

3) Love continues by seeing how much God loves people even before they were born 

4) Love sometimes requires that we call people to repent from things that are destroying them 

5) We’re called to love everyone, even our enemies 

6) We’re called to make sure our motives are right, by sometimes doing loving acts in secret 

7) The Golden Rule is still golden: God wants us to do to others as we would have them do to us 

8) We can love others by praying for their healing 

9) We can love others by bringing them to Jesus 

10) We can let God’s perfect love drive out our fears 

11) We can love others by helping them through their doubts 

12) Love requires us to do right, even when threatened 

13) People sometimes respond better to our loving words when spoken in parables 

14) Love is balanced between prayer and action 

15) Love often requires persistence 

16) Love often requires dying to our own desires 

17) Love often requires asking for more faith to see the lives of our friends changed 

18) Love forgives 

19) Love gives 

20) Love serves 

21) Love follows through 

22) Our success in life is not determined by how long we live, but by how much we love 

23) Our love for God’s Word should be directly related to our love for God’s people 

24) When tempted to let our love grow cold, we must determine to love others more 

25) Love is prepared 

26) Love is lavish 

27) Love is sacrificial 

28) Love goes to the ends of the earth 

There’s a lot we can learn from reading the Bible.  There’s a lot we can learn from praying.  But in the end, all of our reading and praying won’t matter unless we express what we’ve learned in love.  Theology matters, but only to the extent that it influences our ability to love.

I love the way Oliver Thomas puts it:  “Authentic religion is not a theology test.  It’s a love test.”

If what we learn doesn’t influence what we do, all of our learning is in vain.

The Apostle Paul expressed it well when he wrote:

“If I speak in the tongues of men and of angels, but have not love, I am only a resounding gong or a clanging cymbal.  If I have the gift of prophecy and can fathom all mysteries and all knowledge, and if I have a faith that can move mountains, but have not love, I am nothing.  If I give all I possess to the poor and surrender my body to the flames, but have not love, I gain nothing” (1 Corinthians 13:1-4). 

Paul continues his passage on love by giving one of the most useful summaries of love found not only in the whole Bible, but perhaps in all the writings of the world.  He continues:

“Love is patient, love is kind.  It does not envy, it does not boast, it is not proud.  It is not rude, it is not self-seeking, it is not easily angered, it keeps no record of wrongs.  Love does not delight in evil but rejoices with the truth.  It always protects, always trusts, always hopes, always perseveres.  Love never fails” (1 Corinthians 13:4-7). 

Paul concludes his famous passage on love by expressing the greatest things God looks for in a person, the greatest measure of every one of our lives.  The same words that I’d like to conclude with as well:

“And now these three remain: faith, hope and love. But the greatest of these is love” (1 Corinthians 13:13).

Prayer: Father, help me to keep love at the forefront of everything else I do in life.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 28: Fit For What?

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 28

Why do we go to church?  Read the Bible?  Pray?  Listen to sermons?  Read devotionals?

Why?  To grow.  To be stronger in our faith.  To help us through difficult times.  To find God’s answers for specific questions on our heart.  Certainly it’s for each of those things.

But there’s more!  God has more in mind for us from all of our reading, studying and praying than simply our own spiritual growth.  He wants us to be spiritually fit.  The question is, fit for what?

Jesus tells us the answer in Matthew chapter 28, verses 18 through 20.  In this passage, often referred to as “The Great Commission,” Jesus gives His final instructions to His disciples―instructions that apply to us today as well, as followers of Jesus Christ.  Jesus said:

“All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age” (Matthew 28:18-20). 

If all of our reading and studying and praying was solely to help us grow for our own sakes, we’d be like a body builder who works out for years to compete in a contest, but never actually uses his muscles to lift anything “in the real world.”  They would certainly be fit, but fit for what?

I’m not against bodybuilding, and I wish I had some of those muscles myself!  But in reading Jesus’ words, I’m convicted that sometimes we as Christians can focus so much on the workout that we forget why we’re working out.

Our spiritual workouts may include Bible studies, quiet times, and memorizing scripture, all of which are great and helpful in their own right.  But in the end, Jesus wants us to put what we’ve learned into practice, serving others as He served them.  Baptizing others as He baptized them.  Teaching others as He taught them.

How can we do that today?  How can we use our gifts to make disciples of all nations?  How can we encourage people to get baptized?  How can we teach others to obey all that Christ has commanded us?

The list is endless of how God creatively uses people to join Him in His work.

I know a woman who wondered how God could use her to fulfill this command.  She liked to swim…but what could she do with that?  Then a neighbor boy asked her if she would teach him how to swim in her backyard pool.  She agreed to do it, on the condition that he memorize a Bible verse every time he came for a lesson.  He did it, loved it, and soon brought his friends.  They, too, began taking swimming lessons and memorizing Scripture.  Within a few years, this woman was holding her swimming classes at a public pool, because over a hundred kids were coming each day to learn how to swim and memorize Scripture.

I have an aunt who loves to cook, but how could that help fulfill The Great Commission?  Over the years, she has hosted hundreds of pastors, Bible teachers, missionaries, students, neighbors, friends and relatives in her home, giving them a physical, as well as a spiritual lift as they’ve come through her home.

How might He want to use you this week, this month, this year?  What do you love doing?  What do you have a passion for?  What are you skilled at that could be tweaked, even just a little, to help bring others into the kingdom of God?

God has gifted you, certainly because He loves you, but also because He wants to love others through you.

Keep asking God how you can get into the best spiritual shape possible.  He wants each of us to be as fit as we can be…fit for all that He wants to do through us in the days ahead.

Prayer: Father, help me to find creative ways to put my spiritual fitness to use for You and Your kingdom.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 27: A Tale Of Two Deaths

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 27

Two of the most famous deaths ever recorded take place in Matthew chapter 27.  Interestingly, even though these two men had starkly different lives and deaths, the way each of them died was a reflection of the way they lived.  And in their deaths, there’s a lesson for how we can live and die better, too.

The chapter opens with the death of Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus with a kiss.  His sad death is a reflection of his sad life.  Just days before, he had watched contemptuously as a woman poured out a jar of expensive perfume onto Jesus’s head.  He complained, “Why wasn’t this perfume sold and the money given to the poor? It was worth a year’s wages.” 

The Bible goes on to say, “He did not say this because he cared about the poor but because he was a thief; as keeper of the money bag, he used to help himself to what was put into it.” (John 12:5-6).

It was this event that caused Judas to go to the chief priests and ask, “ ‘What are you willing to give me if I hand him over to you?’  So they counted out for him thirty silver coins. From then on Judas watched for an opportunity to hand him over” (Matthew 26:15-16).

It was almost as if following Jesus was simply a means to an end for Judas.  As long as the money was coming in, he was glad to follow.  But when he saw this “wasteful” display of money by the woman, and Jesus’s apparent indifference to the finances involved, Judas began to look for another way to profit from the situation.

Sadly, when he realized his mistake, betraying an innocent man to death for thirty pieces of silver, it was too late.  He couldn’t live with what he had done, so he took his own life.  It seems that money was what Judas lived for, and money was what Judas died for.

Contrast this story with the other story of death in this chapter, the death of Jesus.

Having been betrayed by Judas, Jesus was taken to be sentenced.  Yet when accused, the Bible says, “But Jesus made no reply, not even to a single charge―to the great amazement of the governor” (Matthew 27:14).

Jesus knew what He had to do.  Although He had agonized in prayer, asking God if there was any other way to do what He had to do, Jesus was willing to follow God no matter what.  Jesus had always lived for others.  Now He was about to die for others, too.

Taking His last breath on the cross, Jesus called out in a loud voice, “Father, into your hands I commit my spirit” (Luke 23:46). 

The deaths of these two men couldn’t have been more different.  Judas took his life because of sin.  Jesus gave up His life because of love.  The difference can be seen when looking into their hearts.

When you look into the heart of love, you’ll find selflessness.  When you look into the heart of sin, you’ll find selfishness.

If we want to love like Jesus loved, we’ve got to live like Jesus lived―then be willing to die like Jesus died.  In doing so, we’ll find true life.  As Jesus Himself said,

“For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for Me will find it.”  (Matthew 16:25). 

I pray that when people look into your heart and mine, that they’ll see that our hearts are willing to die for the same things that we’re willing to live for.

I pray that our hearts would overflow with a love that is eager to live for others, give to others, and even to die for others when that time comes.

I’m not expecting to die anytime soon, and you may not be either.  But I pray that when that day comes, our deaths would be a reflection of our lives, a reflection of the heart of Jesus.

Prayer: Father, help me to give up my life of selfishness so that I can give out a life of selflessness.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 26: Lavish Love

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 26

I’ve read the story in Matthew chapter 26 many times about the woman who poured out a jar of very expensive perfume onto Jesus’s head.  I’ve always been impressed by the woman’s action, and by Jesus’s response to it.

But it wasn’t until recently that I’ve seen the story from God’s perspective, which has deepened my appreciation for it even more.

In case you haven’t read it, or just need a refresher, here’s the story:

While Jesus was in Bethany in the home of a man known as Simon the Leper, a woman came to him with an alabaster jar of very expensive perfume, which she poured on his head as he was reclining at the table.  When the disciples saw this, they were indignant. “Why this waste?” they asked.  “This perfume could have been sold at a high price and the money given to the poor.” 

Aware of this, Jesus said to them, “Why are you bothering this woman? She has done a beautiful thing to me. The poor you will always have with you, but you will not always have me. When she poured this perfume on my body, she did it to prepare me for burial. I tell you the truth, wherever this gospel is preached throughout the world, what she has done will also be told, in memory of her” (Matthew 26:6-13). 

I love this woman’s lavish love for Jesus.  I’m sure she knew the value of her gift.  She didn’t see it as wasteful, but as totally appropriate for the one who was to receive it.

I also love Jesus’s response to this gift.  He wasn’t bothered that someone poured out such a lavish expression of love upon Him.  He was, after all, the one who turned water into wine ―and not just any wine, but the best.  He understood what it meant to lavish love upon others.

But what I love even more about this story is the lavish love of God for His Son displayed in this act.  From God’s perspective, it’s almost as if God wanted to pour out a special measure of His love to Jesus, so He moved on the heart of a woman who had a very expensive jar of perfume, allowing her to be His hands to His Son.  He put in her heart the willingness to pick up her alabaster jar and pour it out on Jesus’s head.

God knew what Jesus was about to undergo.  Jesus knew what He was about to undergo.  If there was ever a time where Jesus might have doubted His Father’s love for Him, it was in the upcoming days of mocking, beating, and being nailed to a cross.  This demonstration of love was as if God wanted to assure Jesus of His love yet one more time, moving on the heart of a woman who could pour out just such an expression.  It was an act of lavish love, not only from the woman, but from God Himself, given through the woman.

Why is this so important to point out?  Because God may want to do the same thing through you for others.  He may want to show someone His lavish love, and in order to do that, He may move on your heart to display it.  We all have an alabaster jar of some kind.  It may not be an expensive perfume, but it may be just as valuable to the person receiving it.

Maybe it’s a gift of time, of attention, of writing a song, of serving with our hands.  Maybe it’s a gift of money, giving something that may or may not mean much to us, but will certainly mean something special to the recipient.  Maybe it’s a gift of an item, an object of value, something that would mean the world to someone else.

Sometimes love is outlandishly lavish.  But sometimes, from God’s perspective, it’s just the kind of love that He wants us to pour out on others.

Prayer: Father, help me to be willing to show Your lavish love to others, demonstrating Your love for them in tangible ways.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 25: Love Is Prepared

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 25

I was reading the Parable of the Talents one day when my life took a radical turn.  The parable is a story in Matthew chapter 25 where Jesus tells about a man who gave three of his servants varying amounts of talents―a unit of money that was worth more than $1,000.

You’re probably familiar with the story:  the man gave the first servant five talents, the second servant two talents, and the third servant one talent.  Then the man went on a journey.

Quite awhile later, the man came back to see what each servant had done with his talents.  Two of the servants had put their talents to use, making a good return on the man’s investment.  Each was rewarded by their master with these words:

“ ‘Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful with a few things; I will put you in charge of many things. Come and share your master’s happiness!”  

But the third servant had buried his talent and was rebuked as wicked and lazy.  Even what he had was taken away from him, and he was thrown out into the darkness.

Of course, after reading the story, I wanted to be like the first two servants, not like the third.

Wondering how I was doing with the “talents” God had given me, I began to write a question in my journal.  “Lord, am I using the gifts you’ve given me?”  I was surprised when the answer I heard back was a clear and simple, “No.”

Wow! I thought I was doing pretty good!  I was working hard at my job, involved in some Bible studies at church, and so on.  But I knew that if this really was God speaking to me, I wanted to listen up.  I didn’t want to be like the wicked, lazy servant in the story who didn’t put his talents to use.

“Lord, what do you want me to do?”  I wrote.

I felt God answered:  “I told them to make a return on what I gave them.”

So I began to list out a few of my talents, asking God how I could make better use of them for Him.  One week later, I quit my secular job and went into full-time ministry.

Jesus told two other parables in Matthew chapter 25, both of which talk about preparing for Christ’s return.  Jesus doesn’t want us to be surprised when that day comes.  He doesn’t want us to fall asleep waiting for His return.  He doesn’t want us to bury our talents in the ground.  He doesn’t want us to neglect the needs of those around us.

He wants us to put our gifts to use to the fullest, to be ready when He comes back.

It doesn’t mean we all need to be in “full-time ministry.”  But it does mean that we’re to use the gifts He’s given us to work towards His purposes on the earth.  Whether it’s giving food to the hungry, drinks to the thirsty, or clothes to the naked.  Whether it’s looking after those who are sick, visiting those who are in prison, or caring for our children or parents.  Whether it’s cooking or sewing, teaching or preaching, singing or praying.

When Jesus comes back, He wants us to be prepared for His return.  Not because He wants us to work our way into heaven.  But because He wants us to make a good return on His investment.  He’s given us all kinds of gifts, and He wants us to use them to the fullest, to accomplish all that He has created us to do.

Take inventory of some of the gifts God has given you.  Ask Him how you can use those gifts for Him.  Let’s pray that one day we’ll all hear Him say, “Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful with a few things; I will put you in charge of many things. Come and share your master’s happiness!”

Prayer: Father, help me to make a good return on the gifts You’ve given me, for my sake, for Yours, and for those who will be touched as a result.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 24: Don’t Let Your Love Grow Cold

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 24

Jesus tells us many things that will happen as the time gets closer to His return.  Most of them I can’t do anything about:  famines, earthquakes, wars and rumors of war.

But there’s one thing Jesus mentions in Matthew chapter 24 that I can do:  don’t let my love grow cold.  Jesus says:

“Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most will grow cold, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved” (Matthew 24:12:13). 

I can see how our love could grow cold.  As the world approaches its grand finale, with rampant, widespread destruction, it would be easy to become embittered, frustrated, heartsick and fearful.  I can see how people could turn away from God, and turn away from each other.

But Jesus gives us the key to surviving those times.  And it’s really the key to surviving whatever we’re facing right now, too.  The key is this:  “Don’t let your love grow cold.”

When your love grows cold, the end really has come.  When your love grows cold, that’s the end of joy, the end of relationships, the end of happiness, the end of hope.  At all costs, whatever it takes, we need to keep our love alive.  Our love for God, and our love for others.

I was speaking to a group one time about what to do when people treat us poorly.  The answer, I suggested, was to “Love ’em more.”  What should we do when people run away from us?  “Love ’em more.”  What should we do when people break our hearts and disappoint us?  “Love ’em more.”

One of the people in the group came up to me the next day.  She said she loved that message on “Love me more.”  Whenever people would treat her poorly, she’d remind them that they’re supposed to “Love me more.”  She was joking, of course, having gotten the two key letters backwards, turning “em” into “me.”  It’s a minor change with major ramifications.  When things get rough in relationships, we expect others to “Love me more.”  But what God calls us to do is to “Love them more,” or as I put it, “Love ’em more.”

This is a message that we don’t have to wait to put into practice until the end of the world as we know it.  It’s a message that we can start practicing today, so when the end comes, we’ll be ready.  In fact, we’re closer to Jesus’ return today than ever before.  We’re not lacking in famines, earthquakes, wars and rumors of war.  If there’s a time to put our love into practice, we need to start “practicing” now.

None of us know when the day of His return will come.  Although there will be signs, it will come suddenly.  People will be eating and drinking as usual, marrying and giving in marriage up until that day.  “Two men will be in the field; one will be taken and the other left. Two women will be grinding with a hand mill; one will be taken and the other left” (Matthew 24:40-41). 

The grand finale of life will come upon us in an instant.  What can we do about it?  1)  Don’t be surprised when these things happen.   Jesus says, “but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come”  (Matthew 24:6b).  2)  Don’t let your love grow cold.

How can we keep our love from growing cold?  By fanning the flames of our love.

When people hurt you or mistreat you, “Love ’em more.” 

When people leave you or forsake you, “Love ’em more.” 

When people sin against you or hate you, “Love ’em more.” 

Just like Jesus did for us when people hurt and mistreated Him, left and forsook Him, sinned against and hated Him.  He just loved ’em more.

Even to the very end, the thing that will save the day will be love.  As wickedness increases all around us, we need to do what Jesus did :  “Love ’em more.”

Prayer: Father, help me to love others more, even as―and especially when―we see the end approaching.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 23: Loving People, Not Just Words

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 23

The day I put my faith in Jesus was the same day I put my faith in the Bible, from which I learned about Jesus.  I fell in love with both on the same day.

When people talk about how much they love the Bible, they’re not just talking about a book from which they’ve learned much, they’re also talking about a Person from whom they’ve learned much.

I suppose it’s like a young lover who takes a picture of his beloved out of his wallet and tenderly kisses the image.  It’s not the picture that the young man’s in love with, but a person whose image is represented by the picture.  If his love for the picture ever began to surpass his love for the person, then we’d know that something had started to go wrong.

Believe it or not, the same thing can happen to those of us who love the Bible.  When our love for the Word of God begins to supersede our love for God―and our love for the people of God about whom the words were written―then we know something has started to go wrong.

Jesus criticized the religious leaders of His day for this very thing.  They claimed to love the Word of God, and even gave the appearance of following the commands found in it to the “T.”  But Jesus saw their hearts; He saw that they weren’t motivated by their love for others, but by how they appeared to others.  It was a subtle difference that produced drastically different results than God had intended.

Jesus didn’t condemn these leaders for what they were teaching, for they were teaching the Word of God.  But He did condemn then for how they put those words into practice.  He said:

“The teachers of the law and the Pharisees sit in Moses’ seat.  So you must obey them and do everything they tell you. But do not do what they do, for they do not practice what they preach. They tie up heavy loads and put them on men’s shoulders, but they themselves are not willing to lift a finger to move them.  Everything they do is done for men to see…” (Matthew 23:2-5). 

Jesus goes on to denounce the actions of those leaders in some of the strongest words in the Bible, calling them hypocrites, snakes, vipers, and sons of hell.  Yikes!  I don’t want to be like that!  I hope you don’t either!  So what can we do instead?

Jesus tells us in the same passage.  For starters, we’re to do the opposite of what the teachers of the law and the Pharisees were doing!  He doesn’t want us to just preach to others, but to practice what we preach.  When we give godly advice to others, we’re not just to walk away and say, “I’ve told you what to do, now good luck.”  He wants us to at least lift a finger―and more―to help them to do it.

If someone’s struggling with an addiction, rather than just telling them it’s wrong, offer to be their accountability partner.  If someone’s considering a divorce, rather than just telling them to try to work it out with their spouse, help them to work it out with their spouse.  If someone’s going under financially, rather than just telling them to work out a budget, help them to work out a budget.  I’m preaching to myself, too!  It’s often easier to tell people what they should do than to help them to do it, which is why I’m studying these “lessons in love”!

Our motivation in sharing God’s Word must always be love―saying and doing things that will truly benefit those we’re trying to help, whether anyone sees our good deeds or not.

If we claim to love the Word of God, we must also love the people of God about whom the words are written.  To do anything less would be like falling in love with a piece of paper with some ink on it.

Prayer: Father, help me to love Your people, remembering that Your words were written because of Your great love for them.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 22: The Ultimate Goal Of Life

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 22

For Harry Potter fans, the week I wrote this devotional was one of the biggest double-headers of all time:  the fifth movie came out the weekend before, and the seventh, and final, book in the series came out the following weekend.

Here’s what I wrote:

Whatever you think of the various themes in the Harry Potter series, there’s one theme that seems inarguably good:  the theme of sacrificial love.  In the first book, readers found out that Harry’s parents, and his mother in particular, loved Harry with such a deep and sacrificial love, that even the most vile person on earth couldn’t break through it to kill him.  Even though Harry’s parents died in the process, they succeeded in demonstrating their profound love for Harry.

Now, in the seventh and final book, readers are about to find out the answer to the question that has persisted throughout the entire series:  what’s going to happen to Harry Potter in his final conflict with evil?  Will he live or not?  It’s almost guaranteed that either Harry will die, his archenemy will die, or both of them will die.

But there’s another question I think readers will get an answer to this week.  Although some people say there’s no such thing as a dumb question, I still think that some questions are better than others!  If we ask the wrong question, we’ll often come to the wrong conclusion.  Asking the right questions is key to life.

Beyond the question, “Will Harry live or not?” I think readers will find the answer to an even more important question:  “Will Harry love or not?”  In other words, “Will Harry Potter demonstrate his love for others as it was demonstrated by his parents to him?”   The answer to these two questions could be entirely different, regardless of whether Harry lives or dies.

If the test of success in life is dependent on whether we live or not, none of us will pass!  But if the test of success in life is whether we love or not, then all of us will have an equal chance of passing, regardless of whatever else we may do in life.

People asked Jesus all kinds of questions―some to trap Him, others to trick Him.  But one man asked Jesus a question that was so wise Jesus said to him, “You are not far from the kingdom of God.”

The question was this:  “Of all the commandments, which is the most important?”

“The most important one,” answered Jesus, “is this: ‘Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one.  Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind and with all your strength.’ The second is this: ‘Love your neighbor as yourself.’  There is no commandment greater than these” (Mark 12:29-31 and Matthew 22:37-40). 

The man had asked the right question.  And Jesus gave a brilliant response.

We may have heard Jesus’s answer so often that we don’t realize the incredible power of His words.  Jesus says that the goal of everything in life―everything―boils down to whether or not we love God with all our heart, soul, mind and strength; and whether or not we love others as ourselves.  Love is the ultimate goal of life.

Will Harry Potter live or not?  I don’t know.  I’m curious, but I’m even more curious if Harry Potter will love or not.  Will he demonstrate his love to others as it has been demonstrated to him?  The answer to that question will determine the success or failure of Harry Potter’s life.  And it’s the same question that will determine the success or failure of our lives.

Will we love God and others as God has loved us?  Will we succeed in life, by demonstrating our love for others as Christ demonstrated His when He gave His life for us?  If our answer to these questions is a resounding “YES!” then it won’t matter what else we might do in life.  We will have succeeded in the ultimate goal of life, the goal of love.

Prayer: Father, help me demonstrate my love for You and others as You have demonstrated it to me.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 21: Love Follows Through

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 21

There are times when I’ll be at a store with my kids and they’ll ask me if we can buy something.  If I know there’s a special occasion coming up, like Christmas or a birthday, I might tell them, “No, we can’t get that today.”  Then I’ll go back to the store later and get what they asked for.  When they finally get it, they’re thrilled, and quickly forget that I had ever said no.

On the other hand, there are times when my kids will ask me for something and I’ll say, “Yes, we can get that sometime.”  But if we never get around to getting it, they end up disappointed and frustrated, no matter how many times I might have said, “Yes, we can get that sometime.”

In comparing the power of actions versus words, Ralph Waldo Emerson said:  “What you do speaks so loudly that I cannot hear what you say.”

Jesus sums up this idea in a parable in Matthew chapter 21.  Jesus said:

“What do you think? There was a man who had two sons. He went to the first and said, ‘Son, go and work today in the vineyard.’ 

“ ‘I will not,’ he answered, but later he changed his mind and went. 

“Then the father went to the other son and said the same thing. He answered, ‘I will, sir,’ but he did not go. 

“Which of the two did what his father wanted?” 

“The first,” they answered. 

Jesus said to them, “I tell you the truth, the tax collectors and the prostitutes are entering the kingdom of God ahead of you. For John came to you to show you the way of righteousness, and you did not believe him, but the tax collectors and the prostitutes did. And even after you saw this, you did not repent and believe him”  (Matthew 21:28-32). 

I love this story because it reminds me the importance of following through on our promises.

If we say we love God, but never repent, or never believe Him, then what good is it to say that we love Him?  If we say we love our family or friends, but never follow through with the things that we promise to do for them, what good is it to say that we love them?

Jesus explained earlier the importance of letting our “Yes” be “Yes” and our “No” be “No.”  But here, Jesus goes to the heart of the issue.  In the end, what we do matters even more than what we say.

It is what we do that will have lasting impact on those we love.  It is what we do that will demonstrate our deep love and commitment to God.  It is what we do that reveals how deeply committed we are in comparison to our verbal commitments of love.

This applies to everything from keeping a wedding vow to keeping a promise to a friend that we’ll be at their house at 10:00.  In the end, it’s what we do that will speak more about our love for them than what we say.

What can you do today to follow through on a commitment you’ve made to God or to someone you love?  How can you differentiate yourself from the religious leaders of Jesus’ day who claimed to love God, but didn’t follow through on what they said?

Maybe keeping your commitment is something as simple as making a phone call, filling out a job application, or keeping an appointment.  Maybe it would mean taking the “next step” in a bigger issue, like saving a bit of money each week to reduce an overwhelming debt, or telling a trusted friend about a habit that’s got a choke-hold on you, or opening up to your spouse about a struggle that’s been keeping you from true intimacy.  You may not be able to tackle the whole thing in a day, but you might be able to take a step towards it.

God wants us to follow through in our love for Him and others.  In the end, it is our actions that will declare our love the loudest.

Prayer: Father, show me what I can do to follow through on my commitments to love You and love others more.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 20: Becoming A Great Lover

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 20

Want to become a great lover?  Not just the romantic kind, but a great lover of people in general?  Jesus tells us how in Matthew chapter 20.

“…whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant…”  (Matthew 20:26b). 

If we want to become great, we must serve others.

This is a principle Jesus taught often.  It’s a principle that seems to defy reason, yet we recognize its truth when we see it in action.

Mother Teresa became great, winning the Nobel Peace Prize in 1979.  Yet she never sought the prize.  She sought to serve others.  As she saw the suffering and poverty outside the school where she taught in Calcutta, India, she sought and received permission to leave the convent school and devote herself to working among the poorest of the poor.  The more she served, the more awards and distinctions she was offered, many of which she politely declined, as that was not her purpose in serving.

Jesus explained this principle to his disciples after the mother of James and John came to Jesus.  She asked that Jesus would let her sons have the highest positions of honor, to sit at Jesus’ right and left when He came into His kingdom.  Jesus told them they didn’t know what they were asking for, and that those places belonged only to those for whom they had been prepared by His Father.

Jesus explains more about this principle as the passage continues:

“When the ten heard about this, they were indignant with the two brothers.  Jesus called them together and said, ‘You know that the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them, and their high officials exercise authority over them.  Not so with you.  Instead, whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant, and whoever wants to be first must be your slave― just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many’ ” (Matthew 20:24-28). 

If you want to become a great lover, serve others.  Although I mentioned this principle was not just about becoming a great romantic lover, the same truth applies to romance.

I’ve written a book called, What God Says About Sex.  In it, I describe one of my own epiphanies regarding how God might want to use me to bless my wife, Lana.  There are times when I’ll look at her and ask myself, “If God were here right now, what would He do to bless her?  How would He want me to use my hands, my words, my eyes, my ears, and my heart to bless her in a special way?”

Sometimes I’ll sense that God wants me to caress her forehead, stroke her hair, or give her gentle kisses on her lips and cheeks.  While it’s nearly impossible for me not to take pleasure in this, too, my honest motivation at times like these is not to satisfy my own desires, but to let God work through me to satisfy hers.

Becoming a great lover of people, whether it involves romantic love or not, requires that we truly serve them.  Bruce Wilkinson, in his book, A Life God Rewards, writes, “True good works are always focused on sincerely trying to improve the well-being of another.”

What can you do today that would truly improve the well-being of someone you love?  Is there a word you can offer, a card you can send, an email you can write?  Is there something practical you can do, a trip you could make for them, a hand you could offer?

Even though you may not be seeking a reward for your good deeds, the truth is you will be rewarded for loving others.  Jesus said, “I tell you the truth, anyone who gives you a cup of water in My name…will certainly not lose his reward” (Mark 9:41). 

God wants us to become great lovers.  He has shown us how.  Now it’s up to us to follow through.

Prayer: Father, help me today to become the great lover You want me to be by serving others.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 19: Loving Others Through Giving

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 19

What hinders you from following Jesus completely?  There’s a story in the Bible about a rich young man who faced this question.  He had kept the commands of God.  He didn’t murder.  He didn’t commit adultery.  He didn’t steal, didn’t give false testimony, honored his father and mother, and loved his neighbor as himself.  He asked Jesus,

“What do I still lack?” 

Jesus answered, “If you want to be perfect, go, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven.  Then come, follow me.” 

When the young man heard this, he went away sad, because he had great wealth.  (Matthew 19:18-21). 

The young man had done so much for God, yet there was still something that held him back.  It makes me wonder what I might still be holding back.  What is hindering me from following Jesus completely?

I remember when I felt like God was calling me into full-time ministry.  I wanted to do it, felt called to do it, and was willing to give up almost anything to do it.  But as I prayed through the costs, one stood out above all the others.  Lana and I had saved up enough money to put a down-payment on our first house, a beautiful little house with a white picket fence.  I loved that little house.  I knew that if I went into full-time ministry, I might have to give it up.

As I prayed, I sensed God asking me, “Eric, do you love people more than things?  Or things more than people?”  I knew what I had to do.   I offered the house up to God as well.  Although He let me keep it for another year, I eventually had to give it up when I accepted a call to serve a church in another state.  I still miss that little house, but I’m thankful that I didn’t let it hold me back from doing what God called me to do.

I don’t think God is as concerned about the possessions we own as He is about the possessions that own us.  What is it that keeps us from following Christ completely?  What holds us back from moving forward?

In order to hold on tight to God, letting Him take us wherever He wants us to go, we may have to let go of other things in our life.  We may be holding onto good things, even godly things.  But if they hinder us from following Christ completely, we’re better off letting them go and grabbing onto Him.

Jesus concludes this passage by reminding His disciples that whatever they’ve given up to follow Him will not go unnoticed.  Peter said to Jesus, “We have left everything to follow you! What then will there be for us?”

Jesus answered:

“I tell you the truth, at the renewal of all things, when the Son of Man sits on his glorious throne, you who have followed me will also sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And everyone who has left houses or brothers or sisters or father or mother or children or fields for my sake will receive a hundred times as much and will inherit eternal life” (Matthew 19:28-29). 

A hundred times as much!  Wow!  God has so much in store for us, we can’t even imagine!  If what’s holding us back seems so huge, imagine getting back a hundred times more!  It’s almost incomprehensible.

But we can’t receive what God has in store for us when our fists are clenched around something else.  When we open our hands to give, we’re also opening them to receive.

Open your hands today.  Let God use you, and what He has given you, to bless others.  Then let Him bless you back in return.  As Jesus told His disciples earlier:  “Freely you have received, freely give” (Matthew 10:8b).

Prayer: Father, open my heart and my hands to give to others as You have called me to give, so that I may bless them, bless You, and even receive a blessing in return.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 18: Loving Others With Forgiveness

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 18

One of the best ways we can express love to someone is to forgive them.

I can think of no greater expression Jesus made of His love for me than to forgive me of my sins.  And it’s because of His forgiveness of me that I’m able to forgive others.

Listen to how Jesus describes this connection between His forgiveness of us, and our forgiveness of others, as recorded in Matthew 18:23-35:

“Therefore, the kingdom of heaven is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants. As he began the settlement, a man who owed him ten thousand talents [that is, millions of dollars] was brought to him. Since he was not able to pay, the master ordered that he and his wife and his children and all that he had be sold to repay the debt. 

“The servant fell on his knees before him. ‘Be patient with me,’ he begged, ‘and I will pay back everything.’ The servant’s master took pity on him, canceled the debt and let him go. “But when that servant went out, he found one of his fellow servants who owed him a hundred denarii [that is, a few dollars]. He grabbed him and began to choke him. ‘Pay back what you owe me!’ he demanded. 

“His fellow servant fell to his knees and begged him, ‘Be patient with me, and I will pay you back.’ 

“But he refused. Instead, he went off and had the man thrown into prison until he could pay the debt. When the other servants saw what had happened, they were greatly distressed and went and told their master everything that had happened. 

“Then the master called the servant in. ‘You wicked servant,’ he said, ‘I canceled all that debt of yours because you begged me to. Shouldn’t you have had mercy on your fellow servant just as I had on you?’ In anger his master turned him over to the jailers to be tortured, until he should pay back all he owed. 

“This is how my heavenly Father will treat each of you unless you forgive your brother from your heart.” 

Jesus calls us to forgive others.  This doesn’t mean that we excuse them, agree with them, or ignore them.  It means we forgive them.  It means that we acknowledge that what they’ve done has hurt us, whether intentional or not, whether justified or not.  It hurt.  Once we acknowledge that we’ve been hurt, then we can forgive.

When I’m working through forgiving someone on my own, I’ll sometimes write out the specific offenses I feel a person has done to me, line by line:

“He made a decision that cost me x amount of dollars” 

“He made me feel demeaned and humiliated by the way he spoke to me” 

“He spoke negatively about me to others, possibly turning them against me, too.” 

Then I’ll go through each offense, line by line, and I’ll speak words of forgiveness, out loud, just for myself and God to hear.  (I’ll decide later whether or not it would be helpful to speak these words to someone else…only after I’ve truly forgiven them from my heart.)  I’ll say:

“I forgive him for making a decision that cost me x amount of dollars” 

“I forgive him for making me feel demeaned and humiliated by the way he spoke to me” 

“I forgive him for speaking negatively about me to others, possibly turning them against me, too.” 

It’s never easy, and I don’t rush through it, because I want to make sure that my heart is right.  But when I’m done, I know that I’ve at least begun to do what’s right.  Being specific helps me deal with each issue, one by one, and when I’ve finished going through the list, I’ll throw it away.  As Paul says in 1 Corinthians 13:4-5, “Love…keeps no record of wrongs.”

Whatever method you choose, choose to forgive.  According to Matthew 18:32-35, you’ll find that when you “forgive your brother from your heart,” you’ll release two people from potential torment:  the other person…and yourself.

Prayer: Father, help me to forgive others as You have forgiven me.  I pray this in Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 17: Loving Others By Increasing Our Faith

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 17

I’ve mentioned before how our faith can affect those we love.  Today I’d like to talk about increasing our faith, so we can affect others even more.

Take a look at the example in Matthew chapter 17.  A man comes with his son to Jesus to ask Jesus to pray for the boy.  The man says:

“Lord, have mercy on my son,” he said. “He has seizures and is suffering greatly. He often falls into the fire or into the water. I brought him to your disciples, but they could not heal him” (Matthew 17:15-16). 

So Jesus heals the boy in a moment.  The passage continues:

Then the disciples came to Jesus in private and asked, “Why couldn’t we drive it out?” 

He replied, “Because you have so little faith. I tell you the truth, if you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there’ and it will move. Nothing will be impossible for you” (Matthew 17:20-21). 

It seems like Jesus is being incredibly blunt.  But it also seems that the reason He’s being so blunt is because what He’s saying is―to Him―simply an established fact:  If you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, ‘Move from here to there’ and it will move.  Nothing will be impossible for you.

If it’s such a fact, why don’t we see it in action?  The truth is, we do.

I was reading a few years ago about the power of the atomic bomb that was dropped on the city of Hiroshima, Japan.  Even though an atom is one of the smallest of particles in the world, when split, an atom can produce enough energy to level an entire city within seconds.  The same atomic power is at work every day at a nuclear plant near my house, powering our entire city, giving power to even the computer I’m using to type these words.

When Jesus says that something as small as a mustard seed has enough power to move a mountain, we tend to think He’s exaggerating.  And yet the truth is that something even smaller than a mustard seed can move a mountain―or several―in an instant.

Faith in Jesus is powerful.  It can move mountains.  It can bring healing.  It can bring repentance.  It can bring new life.

Jesus didn’t rebuke the demon-possessed boy, or his father, for their lack of faith.  But Jesus rebuked the disciples for theirs.  They had seen the power of God at work all around them, yet they faltered when putting that faith in action.

I falter, too.  I don’t want to, but I do.  I get tired.  I wonder if my prayers will ever be answered.  I wonder if my faith will ever make a difference.

It’s at those times that I need to renew my sense of faith and wonder in the power of Jesus Christ.  It’s at those times when I need to reread the stories recorded in the gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and John to get a fresh perspective of what faith can do.  It’s at those times when I need to remind myself of what the early followers of Jesus did in His name, as recorded in the book of Acts.

When I do, I’m encouraged to put my faith in Christ again, to put my faith in the power that is available to all of us who believe in His name.  Power that can move mountains.  Power that can restore marriages.  Power that can revive broken bodies.  Power that can bring people and situations and circumstances back to life.

If you need a boost in your faith today, this week, this month, read and reread what Jesus and His followers did in Matthew, Mark, Luke, John and Acts.  Then put your faith to work on behalf of those you love.  When you do, as Jesus promised, “Nothing will be impossible for you.”

Prayer: Father, open my eyes to see what’s possible when I put my faith in You, then increase my faith so I can watch You do it.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 16: Loving Others By Dying To Self

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

A friend was praying with me one day when she said something so profound I wrote it down.  I didn’t even fully understand what she was saying at the time, and I’m not sure I completely understand it still!  But I knew that what she said contained a truth that I needed to hear and explore. She said:

“Beware of unbroken men, and beware of unbrokenness in yourself.”  

She was concerned that there may be people who would want to exploit some of my gifts that God had given me for their own purposes, rather than His purposes.  And she was concerned that because of my own wants and needs and desires, that I might be swayed to believe and follow those who wanted to put my gifts to use.

I understood the concern, but I still had a lot of questions.  What is an “unbroken man”?  What does “unbrokenness” look like?  How should I respond when presented with various opportunities to use my gifts?

There’s a passage in Matthew 16 that sheds some light on this for me.  It begins with Jesus warning the disciples:

“Be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees”  (Matthew 16:5b).  

Jesus goes on to explain this in a way that the disciples could understand that they were to beware of the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees, the religious leaders of the day.

While the Pharisees and Sadducees claimed to follow the teachings of God, and may have at times been sincerely trying to follow Him, they often succumbed to protecting themselves and their traditions rather than giving their lives truly for others.  In a sense, they were still “unbroken men,” men who still seemed to “have it together” and were trying desperately to “keep it together,” when in reality, they would have been better off realizing that they didn’t have it together at all, and it was only God who could hold them together.

But within the very same passage, Jesus shows that it wasn’t only the Pharisees and Saducees that the disciples needed to be on guard against, but themselves as well, their own thoughts and desires.  Jesus shows how quickly we can go from following God’s thoughts and desires to following our own when He asks the disciples who they think He is.

Simon Peter answered:  “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God” (Matthew 16:16).  Jesus commends Peter by saying, “Blessed are you, Simon son of Jonah, for this was not revealed to you by man, but by my Father in heaven,” and then by describing the powerful role Peter will play in building God’s kingdom on earth and in heaven.

But in the very next passage, as Jesus explains that He will soon suffer, die and be raised to life again, Peter exclaims:  “Never Lord!  This shall never happen to you!”  Look at what Jesus says to Peter this time:

“Jesus turned and said to Peter, ‘Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me; you do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men.’” (Matthew 16:23). 

Within a span of only a few minutes, Peter went from being commended for expressing a truth that he had received from God, to being condemned for expressing a falsehood that came from his own thinking.

How can we guard against “unbrokenness,” against harmful thoughts and teachings, whether in others or in ourselves?  Jesus tells us one way in the next sentence:

“Then Jesus said to his disciples, ‘If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for me will find it’” (Matthew 16:24-25). 

If our thinking is based on trying to save ourselves, protect ourselves, defend ourselves, it may be our undoing.  While it’s not always wrong to save, protect and defend ourselves, it is if it keeps us from doing what’s right.

Instead of trying to “keep it together,” my prayer is to realize how truly broken I am.  In the end, it’s by putting my full faith and trust in God that I will truly be able to “keep it together.”

Prayer: Father, help me to trust You fully, so that I can love others fully, without regard for my own life.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 15: Loving Others With Persistent Faith

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 15

Have you ever felt like God is ignoring your prayers?  Or when you share your hopes with others, they tell you not to bother God with the request?  Or when God does answer, it’s not really the answer you’re looking for?

Or possibly worst of all, have you ever poured out your heart’s desire, only to be rebuked so sharply that you wished you had never asked at all?

If so, I want to encourage you not to give up on your prayers too quickly.  God may still have something in store for you.

Take a look at a real live woman who came to Jesus with a request in Matthew chapter 15.

This woman must have heard or seen some of the miracles that Jesus had done, for she came pleading to Him to heal her daughter.

She cried out, “Lord, Son of David, have mercy on me! My daughter is suffering terribly from demon-possession.” 

But look at what Jesus did next.  The Bible says, “Jesus did not answer a word.” Wow!  Not a word!  This is pretty shocking, considering all that Jesus did for so many people.  Yet it looked like He was just going to ignore the woman completely. But as shocking as that was, look at what Jesus’ disciples did next.  The Bible says,

“So his disciples came to him and urged him, ‘Send her away, for she keeps crying out after us.’ ” 

Wow!  As if it weren’t bad enough to be ignored, the ones who claimed to be followers of Jesus came and told her to get lost, too.

So Jesus finally breaks His silence.  But when He does speak, it’s hardly the answer the woman was looking for.  Jesus says,

“I was sent only to the lost sheep of Israel.”  

She was a Canaanite, not a Jew, not one of the “lost sheep of Israel.”  What?  Jesus, of all people?  Not being willing to help someone, regardless of who they were?

Imagine the thoughts that could have gone through her mind, thoughts that might go through our minds too if we were in her situation:  “I should have known better.  I don’t know why I thought Jesus would ever want to help someone like me.  I’m sure He does love some people, but probably not people like me.”  Had the woman given up there, the story might have ended very differently.  But she didn’t.  She persisted in her faith.  She came to Jesus and knelt before Him:

“Lord, help me!” she said. 

Then came what could have been the worst blow of all:  Jesus replied,

“It is not right to take the children’s bread and toss it to their dogs.”  

I don’t know if Jesus was just testing her faith here, or trying to teach something to the disciples, but whatever the reason, she may have been wishing by this point that she had never asked at all.

But she didn’t.  She had a daughter that she loved, a daughter that desperately needed healing.  She tossed aside whatever feelings she may have had, and held firm in her faith.  She knew she could trust Jesus’ heart.  She knew she could trust His character.  She knew she could trust Jesus to do what’s best.

She replied: “Yes, Lord, but even the dogs eat the crumbs that fall from their masters’ table.” 

And Jesus honored her persistent faith.

He answered,

“Woman, you have great faith! Your request is granted.” And her daughter was healed from that very hour. 

Jesus is trustworthy, even when He’s silent.  Jesus is trustworthy, even when others may tell you to go away.  Jesus is trustworthy, even when you may not like the answers.  Jesus is trustworthy, even when your hopes are dashed and you wonder if you should have ever asked at all.

Persist in your faith, especially on behalf of those you love.  As you do, I pray that you’ll eventually hear Jesus say to you, too: “You have great faith!  Your request is granted.”

Prayer: Father, increase my faith so that it persists even in the face of silence, frustration or discouragement, all so that I can see Your will done here on earth.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 14: Balancing Loving Actions With Loving Prayers

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 14

How do you balance the time you spend loving others with your actions and taking time alone to pray?  How do you meet the needs of others and still have time alone with God?  One way is to follow the example of Jesus in Matthew chapter 14.  Although Jesus was regularly among the multitudes, He also regularly withdrew to solitary places to pray.

In this passage, Jesus and His disciples were inundated with people who needed them.  In fact, Mark says that “so many people were coming and going that they did not even have a chance to eat,” so Jesus said to the disciples,

“Come with me by yourselves to a quiet place and get some rest” (Mark 6:31). 

It was also at this time that Jesus truly needed some time alone with His Father.  John the Baptist had just been beheaded―John, who was Jesus’ cousin, Jesus’ baptizer, Jesus’ forerunner in calling the people to repentance, and Jesus’ predecessor in giving his life for the kingdom of God.

But as Jesus tried to withdraw to a quiet place, the inevitable happened.  When His boat landed, the people had already beaten him to the spot on foot.  Mark says,

“When Jesus landed and saw a large crowd, he had compassion on them, because they were like sheep without a shepherd. So he began teaching them many things” (Mark 6:33). 

It was in this context that Jesus performed one of his most famous miracles.  It had been a long day of ministering to the people and the disciples finally said to Jesus,

“Send the crowds away, so they can go to the villages and buy themselves some food” (Matthew 14:15b). 

I can almost read their thoughts between the lines: “and maybe we’ll finally get a chance to eat, too!”  That’s why they came out to this solitary area in the first place!

There were over 5,000 people there, and all the disciples could find were five loaves of bread and two fish.  Jesus looked to heaven, gave thanks, the food turned out to be enough for everyone, with twelve basketfuls left over…one for each of the disciples!

Now fast forward a few hours, and we find that Jesus was finally able to get alone to pray.  He sent the crowds home satisfied, and sent the disciples on ahead by boat to their next stop.  After praying, Jesus was able to perform another of his most famous miracles:  He walked across the water to rejoin them in the boat.

It’s interesting to me that two of Jesus’ most famous miracles were done for the sake of expediency, not for the sake of wowing the people!  While Jesus obviously made it a priority to be with people and love them as much as possible, He also made it a priority to take time alone to pray.  Through those prayers, God was able to accomplish things that would otherwise have been humanly impossible.

Elijah did some of his most impressive miracles for the sake of expediency, too, such as splitting a river in two so he could cross over on dry ground.  He didn’t do this to impress anyone; he simply had places to go and people to see before he was taken to heaven (see 2 Kings, chapter 2).

Has God given you seemingly impossible tasks?  Do the needs around you overwhelm your human abilities to meet them?  Let me encourage you to take time alone to pray.  I’ve heard several spiritual men and women say, “I have so much to do, I don’t have time NOT to pray.”  They realize that it is only through prayer that they will be able to accomplish all that God has put on their hearts to do.

No matter what else you have to do today, make sure you take time to pray.

Get alone with God, the Creator of time itself.  He’ll show you how to make the most of the time He’s given you, even accomplishing things that seem humanly impossible!

Prayer: Father, give me supernatural wisdom to know how to do all that You’ve put on my heart to do.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 13: Loving Others Through Parables

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 13

The sun and the wind decided to have a contest one day to see which of them was the strongest.  When they saw a man walking down the street wearing a warm winter coat, they agreed that whoever could get the man’s coat off would truly be the strongest.

The wind thought this would be a piece of cake, so he began to blow with all his might.  But the harder he blew, the tighter the man held onto his coat.  Eventually, the wind gave up, and the sun took a turn.  The sun came out from behind a cloud and began to shine brighter and brighter.  As the man got hotter and hotter, he finally took off the coat of his own accord.  The wind had to concede that the sun was indeed stronger.

When trying to get your family and friends to put their faith more fully in God, which approach do you think would work best?  To blow harder and harder like the wind, or to shine brighter and brighter like the sun?

I had to use this illustration one day to help a friend.  Although he meant well, his actions toward others often had the effect of repelling them from what he wanted them to do, rather than drawing them to do it of their own accord.  I could have just told him directly what was happening, but I felt by using a parable, he might be able to see better what was really happening.

Jesus knew the power of parables, too, telling them often.  Matthew includes seven of Jesus’ parables in Matthew chapter 13:  the parables of the sower, the weeds, the mustard seed, the yeast, the hidden treasure, the pearl, and the net.  Matthew says:

“Jesus spoke all these things to the crowd in parables; he did not say anything to them without using a parable” (Matthew 13:34). 

Why did Jesus use so many parables?  When asked this question by His disciples, Jesus replied, in part:  “Though seeing, they do not see; though hearing, they do not hear or understand” (Matthew 13:13).  When confronted directly, people’s defensiveness can sometimes cloud their thinking to words that could otherwise be truly helpful.  People can often see a point better when it is illustrated as an external reality first, then they can apply the principle to their own lives internally.

The prophet Nathan used this approach when speaking to King David when David committed adultery with another man’s wife.  Nathan said:

“There were two men in a certain town, one rich and the other poor.  The rich man had a very large number of sheep and cattle, but the poor man had nothing except one little ewe lamb he had bought. He raised it, and it grew up with him and his children. It shared his food, drank from his cup and even slept in his arms. It was like a daughter to him. 

“Now a traveler came to the rich man, but the rich man refrained from taking one of his own sheep or cattle to prepare a meal for the traveler who had come to him. Instead, he took the ewe lamb that belonged to the poor man and prepared it for the one who had come to him.” 

David burned with anger against the man and said to Nathan, “As surely as the LORD lives, the man who did this deserves to die! He must pay for that lamb four times over, because he did such a thing and had no pity.” 

Then Nathan said to David, “You are the man!” (2 Samuel 12:1b-7a).

Through this story, David was finally able to see the truth of what he had done, leading him to true repentance.

The next time you have to approach someone with something that might be hard to share directly, try using a parable, an illustration or a story.  Rather than blowing harder and harder like the wind, try shining brighter and brighter like the sun!

Prayer: Father, give me wisdom to know how to approach those I love, so that they may hear Your truth in a way that moves them to action.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 12: Love Does What’s Right

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 12

How many times have you pulled back from loving others because doing so might bring on some unwanted consequences?  Is it OK to pull back sometimes because of the threats?  Or should we always press ahead regardless of the threats?

These are questions Jesus faced on a regular basis.  And it’s encouraging to me to see that He handled different situations differently.

Let’s look at just two of these situations from Matthew 12.  The first deals with whether or not Jesus would heal a man, even though doing so might cost Jesus His life.

“Going on from that place, He went into their synagogue, and a man with a shriveled hand was there. Looking for a reason to accuse Jesus, they asked Him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’  He said to them, ‘If any of you has a sheep and it falls into a pit on the Sabbath, will you not take hold of it and lift it out? How much more valuable is a man than a sheep! Therefore it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath.’  Then He said to the man, ‘Stretch out your hand.’ So he stretched it out and it was completely restored, just as sound as the other. But the Pharisees went out and plotted how they might kill Jesus” (Matthew 12:9-14). 

Jesus was facing a setup, and He could have backed away because of the threat.  But rather than backing down, and leaving the man’s hand shriveled, Jesus put His love for the man ahead of His own life.  He did what was right, even when threatened.  That’s a bold kind of love.

But in the next situation, Jesus takes a different approach:

“Aware of this, Jesus withdrew from that place. Many followed Him, and He healed all their sick, warning them not to tell who He was” (Matthew 12:15). 

Matthew says this was to fulfill what the prophet Isaiah said:

“He will not quarrel or cry out; no one will hear His voice in the streets.  A bruised reed He will not break, and a smoldering wick He will not snuff out, till He leads justice to victory” (Matthew 12:19-20). 

Jesus could have backed off at this point, and stopped healing people all together.  But instead, He continued to heal many, even though it was no longer in the open, and even with a warning telling people not to tell others who He was.  He showed the same bold love, but with a different approach.

There are times when we need to openly challenge irrational thinking.  But there are other times when we need to simply do what’s right in quiet.  In either case, the bottom line is still this:  to  continue loving others and doing what God has called us to do, rather than backing off because of people’s threats.

I faced a dilemma one day when I was asked to lead worship at our church.  In putting together the set of songs for that morning, one song stood out in my mind above all the others.  I knew it would be the song where people would really meet God in the worship time.  But the very next day, I got a note from someone who for some reason felt compelled to tell me there was one song we should never sing in church.  It was the very song I planned to do, but hadn’t even told anyone I was doing!

It wasn’t a life-threatening dilemma, but it was a real one.  Would I continue with the worship set as I had planned, knowing how powerful it could be?  Or would I back down and try to please this person?  I decided to do the song, and it was powerful.

We all face similar dilemmas every day.  Will we give up because of someone’s threats?  Or will be go forth and do what’s right, trusting God to work out the details?  In all cases, I pray we will always put love first, not the threats.

Prayer: Father, help me to always move forward in love, doing what’s right, even when threatened.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 11: Loving Others Through Their Doubts

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 11

What do you do when someone you love begins to have doubts about God?  Or when they’ve never put their faith in Him at all?  One of the best things you can do is to love them through their doubts.

Take a look at how Jesus did this in Matthew chapter 11.  In this chapter, Jesus actually deals with three different categories of doubters, using three different approaches.

The first category is made up of what I would call “honest doubters”―people who want to believe, but because of circumstances or sincere challenges to their faith, they’re looking for answers to help them overcome their unbelief.

As surprising as it may seem, John the Baptist may have been one of these men.  Even though John is the one who baptized Jesus, who proclaimed, “Look, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!” (John 1:29b), when John landed in prison, he sent disciples to ask Jesus, “Are you the one who was to come, or should we expect someone else?” (Matthew 11:3).

Jesus didn’t rebuke John for the question, but instead simply said,

“Go back and report to John what you hear and see: The blind receive sight, the lame walk, those who have leprosy are cured, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, and the good news is preached to the poor” (Matthew 11:4-5).  

Then Jesus commends John to the listening crowd:

“Among those born of women there has not risen anyone greater than John the Baptist” (Matthew 11:11). 

Sometimes people need a gentle reminder of all that Christ has done, and continues to do, even if they aren’t seeing it right then in their own life.

The second category is made of up what I would call “skeptical doubters” ―people who stand back and cross their arms while they look at the facts, seeing if they line up with their preconceived notions of what a man of God should or should not do.  In their attempts to be “wise,” they can sometimes shut out the possibility of faith because Jesus doesn’t meet their expectations.

Jesus pointed out the dilemma of such expectations by saying,

“John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, ‘He has a demon.’  The Son of Man [Jesus] came eating and drinking, and they say, ‘Here is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and ‘sinners.’ But wisdom is proved right by her actions” (Matthew 11:18-19).  

Sometimes people need to hear a wise response that challenges their assumptions and gives them true wisdom so they can put their faith in Christ.

The third category is made up of what I would call “stubborn doubters”―people who don’t want to believe regardless of the evidence.  Jesus sharply rebukes those who lived in the cities where He performed most of His miracles by saying,

“Woe to you, Korazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the miracles that were performed in you had been performed in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.” (Matthew 11: 21-22). 

But even in this sharp rebuke, I don’t think Jesus was wasting His breath.  Sometimes people need a strong wake-up call to get them thinking clearly again and respond in faith.

The best way to help people who have doubts is to love them through it, whether that love takes the form of a gentle reminder, a wise response, or a sharp rebuke.

Jesus concludes by calling us all to put our complete trust in Him:

“Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest.  Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls.  For my yoke is easy and my burden is light” (Matthew 11:28-30). 

Jesus wants you to come to Him today, putting your complete trust in Him, and encouraging others to do the same.

Prayer: Father, I’m going to put my complete trust in You today, and I ask that You would help to to encourage others to do the same.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 10: Perfect Love Drives Out Fear

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 10

I had a chance to go to Israel in 1995 and stand in front of a cross that many believe marks the spot where Jesus died.  As I stood on that hallowed spot, I couldn’t help but drop to my knees and say, “Thank You!” over and over for what Jesus had done for me.

When I finally stood up, I walked back across the room to talk to the man who had brought me to this place.  Although he was my host for the week, he wasn’t a believer.  In fact, he had made it quite clear that he was opposed to the gospel of Jesus Christ, and to Christianity as a whole.

But as I returned to him from the foot of the cross, I couldn’t help but tell him why I had dropped to my knees.  I couldn’t help but tell him about this Man, Jesus, who loved me so much that He was willing to die in my place for the sins that I had committed.  I couldn’t help but tell him that I was alive because Jesus died.

I was so overwhelmed with God’s love that it drove out my fear.

There’s a passage in Matthew 10 where Jesus tells his disciples to go into the surrounding communities and preach about the kingdom of heaven, heal the sick, raise the dead, and drive out demons.  Jesus told them that even though He was sending them out like sheep among wolves, that they didn’t have to be afraid:

“Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul. Rather, be afraid of the One who can destroy both soul and body in hell.  Are not two sparrows sold for a penny? Yet not one of them will fall to the ground apart from the will of your Father. And even the very hairs of your head are all numbered.  So don’t be afraid; you are worth more than many sparrows” (Matthew 10:28-31). 

I remember many times during my trip when fear crept up on me.  I remember walking down a long corridor in an airport in Germany, late at night and all alone, to board the plane to Israel.  At the end of the corridor was a guard behind a bulletproof glass with a gun pointed at me through a tiny hole.  I began to question why I had come when the words from a Veggietales video came to mind.  I began to sing under my breath, “God is bigger than the boogie man…He’s bigger than Godzilla and the monsters on TV…”  God filled me with His peace.

I remember being afraid when I pulled up to the house where I was going to stay.  The people I was going to stay with were relatives of someone I knew here in the States, but I knew they might be openly hostile to Christ.  A wave of fear passed through me as I stepped out of the car to greet the eldest member of this extended family.  In that moment, God reminded me of some verses from the Bible:

“When you enter a house, first say, ‘Peace to this house.’  If a man of peace is there, your peace will rest on him; if not, it will return to you. Stay in that house, eating and drinking whatever they give you… Do not move around from house to house” (Luke 10:5-7).  

I happened to remember the traditional greeting meant “Peace be with you,” so I put out my hand and said, “Salam aleikum.”  I didn’t know what he might do.  He took hold of my hand and shook it firmly, saying, “wa-aleikum-as-salam,” which means, “and peace be with you.”  I was suddenly at peace again and knew that I was right where God wanted me to be.

Jesus said, “perfect love drives out fear” (1 John 4:18).  Call on God’s perfect love to fill you today.  As He does, boldly share the love that He’s poured out on you with others.

Prayer: Father, fill me with Your perfect love that drives out fear, so that I can boldly share about Christ with those I love.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 9: Bring Your Friends To Jesus

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 9

Do you have some friends who could use a touch from Jesus?  I’d like to encourage you to bring them to Him today.

Whether they need healing, a change of heart, a change of lifestyle, or a change in their eternal destination, Jesus can do it.  I know, because He did it for me when I was reading Matthew chapter 9, twenty years ago.  Now I want to bring as many people as I can to Jesus so He can do the same things for them.

Look with me at what Jesus did in Matthew chapter 9 when some people brought their friends and family members to Jesus:

First, we have the men who brought their paralyzed friend, lying on a mat, to be healed by Jesus.  The Bible says that “when Jesus saw their faith,” He healed the paralytic and forgave him of his sins.  The man took up his mat and went home, and the crowd was filled with awe and praised God (see Matthew 9:1-8).  Note what it was that triggered Jesus’ action in this passage:  it says that He did these things for the paralytic “when Jesus saw THEIR faith.”

Next, we have Matthew, the author of this book of the Bible, who had Jesus over to his house for dinner.  It seems that Matthew also invited many of his fellow tax collectors and other “sinners” to eat with him and Jesus and the disciples.  Even though Jesus was criticized by some people for going to the house of someone like Matthew, Jesus made it clear that these were exactly the people He came for.  In response to these critics, Jesus said, “It is not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick…For I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners” (see Matthew 9:9-13).  Jesus wants us to invite Him over to meet our unsaved, and perhaps unwholesome, friends!

Third, we have the father, Jairus, who couldn’t bring his dying daughter to Jesus, so Jairus brought Jesus to her.  When Jesus got to his house, the girl had already died.  Those in the house told Jairus, “Your daughter is dead.  Why bother the teacher [Jesus] any more?”  Ignoring what they said, Jesus told Jairus, “Don’t be afraid; just believe.”  Then Jesus walked into the house, took the girl by the hand and said, “Little girl, I say to you, get up!”  Immediately she got up and walked around (see Matthew 9:18-26 and Mark 5:22-43).  Even though the girl wasn’t able to come to Jesus herself, her father was still able to bring Jesus to her.

Do you see the influence each of these people had on their friends and family?  By bringing their friends and family to Jesus, or bringing Jesus to them, their friends and family were healed, changed, forgiven and given a new life! How would you like to be used by God like that?  You can!  Even today, this week, this month!

Bring your friends to Jesus, or bring Jesus to them.  With Easter just around the corner, you’ve got a perfect opportunity to invite your unchurched friends to church.  This is a time when they may be most likely to attend, if at all.  It’s a time when they can hear the story of the resurrection, and begin their journey with the Living God.

One of the people who played a crucial role in my own salvation was my cousin who invited me to her church when I moved to her city.  Within a year of attending her church, I put my faith in Christ.

Maybe that’s what God wants to do through you, too?  He’s looking for people to join Him in His work.  As Jesus said at the end of this chapter:

“The harvest is plentiful but the workers are few.  Ask the Lord of the harvest, therefore, to send out workers into his harvest field” (Matthew 9:37-38).  

Want to be one of those workers?  Bring your friends to Jesus!

Prayer: Father, help me have the courage to step out and bring my friends to Jesus, so He can touch their lives as He’s touched mine.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 8: Love That Heals

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 8

Do you know someone who’s sick?  I’d like to encourage you to pray for them.

Our prayers do make a difference.  When Jesus walked the earth, He was moved with compassion for those around Him, healing those who needed healing.  If we want to express the love of Christ like He did, one of the things we can do is to try to alleviate the pain and suffering of those we come in contact with, too.

Take a look at what Jesus did for three people in Matthew chapter 8 who were sick:

First, there’s the man with leprosy who came to Jesus and said,

“Lord, if You are willing, You can make me clean.”  Jesus reached out His hand and touched the man.  “I am willing,” He said, “Be clean!”  Immediately he was cured of his leprosy (Matthew 8:2-3).

Second, there’s the army officer who came to Jesus asking for help.

“Lord,” he said, “my servant lies at home paralyzed and in terrible suffering.”  

Jesus said to him, “I will go and heal him” (Matthew 8:5-7).

When the officer protests Jesus’ offer to come to his house in person because he feels he doesn’t deserve to have Jesus come under his roof, Jesus sees the officers’ faith and declares:

“Go! It will be done just as you believed it would”  And his servant was healed at that very hour (Matthew 8:13).

Third, there’s Peter’s mother-in-law, lying in bed with a fever.  When Jesus came into Peter’s house, Jesus saw her, touched her hand, and the fever left her.  She got up and began to wait on Jesus (see Matthew 8:14-15).

These are just a few of the many acts of healing that Jesus did for those around Him.  While there are many more recorded in the Bible, these are enough for me today to recognize that one of the ways we can express love to others is through healing.

I don’t know what you’ve experienced when you’ve prayed for people to be healed.  I’ve prayed for people who have been surprisingly healed, and I’ve prayed for others who have unfortunately died.  But I come back to the fact that God is a healing God, and that Jesus regularly and consistently healed those He came in contact with.  So I’ve continued to regularly and consistently pray for those around me to be healed, and I’ve seen people healed time after time.

I also take encouragement from all of the prayers that have gone before me for diseases that were once thought to be fatal and incurable.  I think about diseases that here in the U.S. were once devastating, like polio, which in 1952 was out of control, crippling 21,000 people a year, mostly children, and killing 3,100.  Then came doctors Salk and Sabin who searched for a solution to this epidemic and found them by producing the injectable and oral polio vaccines.

Whenever I pray for people with cancer, or other fatal, crippling or incurable diseases, I also pray that God will reveal the cure to someone, to some researcher, or even to me or to my children.  God has answered such prayers in the past, and God will answer such prayers in the future.  Our prayers are never in vain, when we put our faith in the God who heals, and put our trust in Him with the timing and the outcome.

Pray for those around you to be healed.  Type out your prayers in an email to them.  Give them a call and pray for them over the phone.  Take a cue from Jesus:  when someone stops to tell you about their sickness, take a minute right then and there to pray for them.

There’s no doubt when I read the Scriptures that one of the ways that Jesus expressed His love to others was through healing.  Maybe that’s a way you can express your love to others, too.

Prayer: Father, help me to pray for those who are sick, and to keep praying for them, that they would be healed in Jesus’ name,  Amen.

Lesson 7: Golden Love

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 7

One year ago this weekend, I was headed to the African country of Swaziland.  Eighty of us from the U.S. were on a missions trip to work side-by-side with the people of Swaziland to plant thousands of vegetable gardens near their homes.

On the trip, I met a man who helped me see what it takes to live a life of sacrificial love.  He was a pastor who had worked with this organization for over a year, helping to plant gardens throughout the country with dozens of teams that had come over to help.

One day, I was looking at a map of Swaziland with him.  The map showed which areas of the country had already been planted, and which areas still needed to be planted.  We were planting in one of the last areas remaining in the country, but I noticed there was still one more area yet to be planted.  I asked him about it, and he said that the one remaining area was the village where he lived.

I couldn’t believe it.  I turned and looked at him and said, “You’ve been bringing teams over here, helping people plant all over the country, but you haven’t brought a team to help you plant in your own village yet?”

He replied, “We have a saying here in Swaziland:  ‘We would rather starve than let our guests go hungry.’ ”  He went on to explain:  he wanted to make sure that all of the other areas were served first, then he would bring a team to his own area.  I about burst into tears on the spot.  It still makes my eyes water just thinking about it.

There’s a verse of scripture in the middle of Matthew chapter 7 that people refer to as “The Golden Rule.”  (And it’s not, “He who has the gold makes the rules”!)  Jesus included these words in his sermon on the mount, saying that they sum up the teachings that God had given up to that point:

“So in everything, do to others what you would have them do to you, for this sums up the Law and the Prophets” (Matthew 7:12). 

Do to others what you would have them do to you.  It seems like such a simple thing…and sometimes it is.  If a storeowner gives you too much change at the store, you can hand back the extra change, because that’s what you would want a customer to do if they came into your store.  Or if you notice someone who needs money for a worthy project, you might give it to them because you know that if you needed money for a worthy project, you’d want them to help you.

But sometimes it’s a much harder thing to do.  Sometimes, as in the case of this pastor from Swaziland, allowing others to go ahead of you can literally mean death for someone you love.

How can anyone live that kind of life?  How can anyone have that much love for others, that they would let someone in their own family perish so that someone else might live?

How?  God gave us the ultimate example of just such a love when He allowed His own Son, Jesus, to die in our place.  When Jesus called us to “do to others what you would have them do to you,” He was calling us to do something that He Himself would soon be doing to the fullest extent, giving of His own life so that we could live.

Last time I mentioned that God wants us to be willing to live for others.  This time, the call is to be willing to die for them, too.  Jesus calls us to be willing to do both.  When our hearts are at that point of willingness, we’ll know that we have achieved the greatest love possible.

We’ll have a love like that of Christ Himself who said, and then later exemplified for us, these words:

“Greater love has no one than this, that he lay down his life for his friends” (John 15:13). 

Prayer: Father, help me to do for others as I would have them do for me.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 6: Doing A Heart Check

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 6

There are times when we need to show people that we love them.  It’s important that we let them know, in tangible ways, that we appreciate them, care for them, and are willing to do anything for them.

I remember talking to a husband who was about to get a divorce from his wife because she wanted them to move across the country, but he didn’t want to.  I asked him: “If someone were threatening your wife’s life, would you be willing to die for her?”  “Yes,” he answered, “I would.”  So I added, “If you’re willing to die for her, would you be willing to live for her?”  He recommitted his life to Christ and to his marriage and they were soon reconciled to each each other.

This kind of tangible expression of our love can make or break a relationship.

But there are other times when God calls us to do our acts of love in secret, in ways that only God Himself can see.  Jesus tells us the reason why in Matthew chapter 6:

“Be careful not to do your ‘acts of righteousness’ before men, to be seen by them. If you do, you will have no reward from your Father in heaven.  So when you give to the needy, do not announce it with trumpets, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and on the streets, to be honored by men. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full. But when you give to the needy, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing, so that your giving may be in secret. Then your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you” (Matthew 6:1-4).

This passage serves as a “heart-check” for me.  When I’m considering doing some “acts of righteousness,” or “acts of love,” I always want to check my motives.  Am I wanting to do these things out of an attempt to love others more?  Or out of an attempt to get others to love me more?  These are two very different things.

To reiterate this thought, Jesus gives us a second example that applies when we pray for others:

“And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by men. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full. But when you pray, go into your room, close the door and pray to your Father, who is unseen. Then your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you”  (Matthew 6:5-6).

As if to underscore it one more time, Jesus gives us a third example, too:

“When you fast, do not look somber as the hypocrites do, for they disfigure their faces to show men they are fasting. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full.  But when you fast, put oil on your head and wash your face, so that it will not be obvious to men that you are fasting, but only to your Father, who is unseen; and your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you” (Matthew 6:16-18).

Each of these examples remind me that there are times when our giving, our praying, and our fasting are to be done in secret, with no thought of the fact that others may never know who gave to them, prayed for them, or fasted on behalf of them.  These are good reminders to me to check my heart even when I feel prompted to express my love in a more visible way.  I need to always be sure that my motivation is to truly show others how much I love them, rather than trying to get them to love me more.

God promises that He will not leave our good deeds unrewarded, but by promising to reward us Himself, it frees us from trying to get our rewards from those we’re trying to love.  It’s this kind of heart-check that will help us to truly love others more.

Prayer: Father, help me to keep my heart in check, so that I can truly express my love for others in ways that truly blesses their lives.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 5: Getting To The Heart Of Love

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 5

I tried pole vaulting back when I was in Junior High.  The goal was to take a long pole in your hands, then run with all your might and plant the end of the pole in a box just in front of a bar raised high on two other bars in front of you.  All I remember was that when I tried it, I felt an incredible jolt when I planted the pole in the box.  Not only did I not make it over the bar, I didn’t even make it off the ground!

I’ve since learned that part of the trick is getting the pole to bend properly.  As the pole bends, it transfers all of the energy of the runner into the pole, which then helps to propel the runner up and over the bar at the top.

I bring this up because I sometimes feel the same kind of jolt when I read Jesus’ words in Matthew chapter 5 about how to love others.  I want to love others, and I think I’m a loving person much of the time, but as I read what true love really involves, not only do I not think I’m making it over the bar, I’m not even sure I’m making it off the ground.

The reason I feel this way is because Jesus gets to the heart of love in this passage.  Rather than lowering the bar for all of us, Jesus raises it…or more accurately, He shows us what’s really involved in loving others.

He gives several examples:

“You have heard that it was said to the people long ago, ‘Do not murder, and anyone who murders will be subject to judgment.’  But I tell you that anyone who is angry with his brother will be subject to judgment” (Matthew 5:21-22). 

“You have heard that it was said, ‘Do not commit adultery.’  But I tell you that anyone who looks at a woman lustfully has already committed adultery with her in his heart” (Matthew 5:27-28). 

“Again, you have heard that it was said to the people long ago, ‘Do not break your oath, but keep the oaths you have made to the Lord.’  But I tell you, Do not swear at all…Simply let your ‘Yes’ be ‘Yes,’ and your ‘No,’ ‘No’; anything beyond this comes from the evil one” (Matthew 5:33-34, 37). 

Then He concludes with these astounding words:

“You have heard that it was said, ‘Love your neighbor and hate your enemy.’  But I tell you: Love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, that you may be sons of your Father in heaven.  He causes his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the righteous and the unrighteous.  If you love those who love you, what reward will you get? Are not even the tax collectors doing that?  And if you greet only your brothers, what are you doing more than others? Do not even pagans do that?  Be perfect, therefore, as your heavenly Father is perfect” (Matthew 5:43-48). 

Talk about raising the bar!  It’s hard enough to be consistent in loving my wife, my family, and my friends.  But to love my enemies, too?  That’s impossible!  Or at least it would be without Christ.

When we let the love of Christ flow through us to others, all things are possible.  He’s able to transfer all of His energy and love into us, and then propel us over even the highest bar.  And you know what?  When we’re able to get our hearts right and let Christ work through us to love even our enemies, imagine what kind of love we could show to those who already love us!

Rather than giving us an impossible task, Jesus shows us that true love comes from Him, then flows out to others.  Let His love flow through you today.

Prayer: Father, pour out Your love into my heart again today so that I can love others the way You want me to…even my enemies.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 4: What Would Jesus Preach?

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 4

Jesus preached many things, but in Matthew chapter 4, I’m struck by one of the very first messages Jesus preached.  While it was a message of love, Jesus didn’t start off with the words, “Love one another,” or “Do to others what you would have them do to you.”  Here’s the way Jesus began his preaching ministry:

“Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near” (Matthew 4:17). 

To some people, that may not sound like a very loving message for the beginning of a ministry.  But from God’s point of view, it’s one of the most loving messages we could hear ourselves, or share with others:  “Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near.”   Just as John the Baptist pleaded with people to repent, to turn away from their sins, Jesus continued preaching this same message after John was put in prison.

Jesus, of all people, knew how destructive sin is in people’s lives.  It’s so destructive that God sent Jesus to die for our sins so that we wouldn’t have die for them ourselves.  But even though Jesus would eventually pay the ultimate price for our sins, He still called for people to repent.  Why?  Because Jesus knew that our sins don’t only effect us for our eternal life, but they also effect us for our life here on earth.

If the Bible is true when it says that “the wages of sin is death” (Romans 3:23), as I believe it is, then calling people to turn away from their sins so that they can have life is one of the most loving messages we could ever share.  It’s a message that applies to believers and non-believers alike.

All people, long-time Christians included, can be caught up in all kinds of sin.  Sometimes it’s easy to fall into thinking that it’s OK to keep on sinning since we know that Jesus will forgive us of our sins when we ask Him. While that’s true, it’s also equally true that He calls us to repent of our sins.  While Jesus’ death spares us from the eternal consequences of our sins, He also wants to spare us from the earthly consequences of our sins.

Every sin we commit takes one more notch out of our lives.  Sin destroys our relationships with God and with others.  Sin keeps us from seeing clearly, acting appropriately, and experiencing the abundant life that God wants us to live.

If we want to love others like Jesus loved them, it seems that we need to be willing to preach to others like Jesus preached to them.  We don’t have to preach in a way that is “holier than thou,”  and God wants us to be wise about where, when, and with whom we share any words from Him.  But if we want to have true concern for others, one of the best ways to show them that we really care for them, and love them, is to share the message of repentance with them.

The book of James is one of the most compassionate books in the whole Bible, calling believers to put their faith into action on behalf of others.  In addition to calling us to do things like feed and clothe those in need, James ends his book with these words:

“My brothers, if one of you should wander from the truth and someone should bring him back, remember this:  whoever turns a sinner from the error of his way will save him from death and cover over a multitude of sins” (James 5:19-20). 

The next time I’m afraid to approach someone regarding their sins, I need to remember that this is one of the most loving things I could ever do for them.  If I want to truly walk as Jesus walked, I need to be willing to preach as Jesus preached.  In doing so, I may be able to “save them from death and cover over a multitude of sins.”

Prayer: Father, help me be willing to preach the message of repentance where, when, and to whom You call me to preach it, as a way of truly expressing Your love towards them.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 3: Loving Others As God Loves Them

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 3 

I have a question for you.  There’s a point in Jesus’ life where God’s love for His Son, Jesus, is so full, that God speaks these words from heaven so that all those around Jesus can hear:

“This is my Son, whom I love, with Him I am well-pleased.” 

The question is this:  At what point in Jesus’ life does God speak these words?  Was it:

A)  After Jesus had just healed someone who was sick? 

B)  After He walked on water? 

C)  After He had raised someone from the dead? 

D)  After He had preached a life-changing message to a massive crowd? 

E)  None of the above. 

If you answered, “E) None of the above,” you’re right.  The point at which God vocalized His tremendous love for His Son wasn’t after Jesus did any of these things.  It takes place before every one of them.  In fact, it takes place before Jesus did even one recorded miracle, or one recorded act of service to anyone else.  It takes place in Matthew chapter 3, when Jesus came to John to be baptized by Him:

“As soon as Jesus was baptized, he went up out of the water.  At that  moment heaven was opened, and he saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove and lighting on him.  And a voice from heaven said, ‘This is my Son, whom I love; with him I am well pleased.’” (Matthew 3:16-17). 

God loved Jesus right from the beginning of Jesus’ ministry, not just at the end of it.  What does this say about God’s love for us and for others?  Is God’s love the same for us, or was it different for Jesus, because Jesus was, after all, sinless!

As a father myself, I believe God’s love for us begins way before we would even think it would.  My oldest daughter turned sixteen this weekend.  I remember the sense of love I began to feel for her in those first moments after her birth, and then in those first days, those first weeks, and those first months as a baby.  Right from the start I felt an overwhelming love for her, even though she hadn’t yet done one spectacular thing for me or for anyone else.  In fact, about all she did was eat, sleep, cry, and make messes that we had to clean up.  But my love for her was unmeasurable.

I’m sure my love for my daughter is just a fraction of the kind of love God has for each one of us.  Even before we could ever possibly do one miracle in His name, or one act of kindness, or one good deed for someone else, God loves us.

Even when all we can do is eat, sleep, cry, and make messes that He has to clean up, God loves us.   Even though we’re not anywhere close to being sinless, like Jesus was, God loves us.  The Bible says:

“But God demonstrates his own love for us in this: While we were still sinners, Christ died for us” (Romans 5:8). 

God loves us, even though we sin.  That’s why He sent Jesus to die in our place.  God isn’t waiting for you to do something spectacular before He loves you.  He loves you right now, this very minute.

If we want to love others the way that God loves them, then we need to set our hearts on loving them before they ever do even one good deed.  We need to commit to loving them even when all they might do is eat, sleep, cry, and make messes that we have to clean up.  We need to keep loving them, even when they sin.  For when we can have a love like that in our hearts for others, then we’ll be able to truly begin to love them as God loves them.

Prayer: Father, help me to have a heart like Yours, a heart that loves others for no other reason than the fact that You created them and that You love them, even when they mess up.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 2: Seeing People As God Sees Them

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 2 

Part of loving others involves seeing people as God sees them.  Sometimes that takes more effort than other times!

One of the hardest, but most rewarding, parts of my ministry, is listening to people as they share some of their deepest personal sins they’ve committed, and listening to the pain that it’s caused them, God and others.  It’s hard, because I’m torn between wanting to cry and wanting to run away as they pour out things that are truly unsettling.  But it’s rewarding, because I know that their confession often leads to greater healing than they’ve ever known before.  As the Bible says:

“Therefore confess your sins to each other and pray for each other so that you may be healed” (James 5:16a). 

But in the midst of listening to people confess their sins, I’m also torn in another way:  I’m torn in my feelings towards them as people.  I want to love them, but because of what they’re telling me, I sometimes wonder how I can.   How can God do it?  How can He continue loving people, knowing what they’ve done?  And how can I?

Matthew 2 gives me a clue:  God loves people because He sees their lives from beginning to end.  He created them.  He knows them intimately.  And He sees them not only for what they are, but also for what they are to become.

The verses in Matthew 2 show us how much care God took to see that Jesus was born, in the right place, at the right time, and how much God was involved in moving Jesus through those early years of His life in ways that kept Him alive and on course to fulfill the purposes for which God sent Him to earth.

  • Micah foretold, hundreds of years before Jesus was born, that Jesus would be born in Bethlehem (see Micah 5:2).
  • Hosea foretold that Jesus would later return from Egypt, saying, “Out of Egypt I called my son” (Hosea 11:1).  
  • Jeremiah foretold that there would be suffering back in Bethlehem on account of Christ, saying there would be “weeping and great mourning” (Jeremiah 31:15).

If God knew these things about Jesus’ life, but no one else’s, I might not be convinced that God takes the same care with each of us.  But God knows each of us just as intimately, and has unique purposes for each of our lives.

  • David says:  “All the days ordained for me were written in Your book before one of them came to be” (Psalm 139:16b). 
  • God told Jeremiah:  “Before I formed you in the womb I knew you, before you were born I set you apart; I appointed you as a prophet to the nations” (Jeremiah 1:5). 
  • Isaiah said: “Before I was born the Lord called me; from my birth he has made mention of my name” (Isaiah 49:1b). 

And God foretold the births of people like Isaac and John the Baptist, even before they were conceived:

  • “Then the LORD said, ‘I will surely return to you about this time next year, and Sarah your wife will have a son’” (Genesis 18:10).  
  • “Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you are to give him the name John” (Luke 1:13b). 

God knows each one of us, intimately, and He loves each one of us, even when we mess up terribly.  I think part of the reason is that He has the ability to see our lives from beginning to end.

That’s a good reminder for me when I see someone in the midst of their sin.  If I can see them as God sees them, then I’ll be much more likely to truly love them, and to truly help them get back on track with God’s plans for their lives.

Although I don’t naturally have the ability to see people as God sees them, I know God can give me that ability if I ask Him for it, the ability see people as He sees them, so I can love them as He loves them.

Prayer: Father, help me see people as You see them, so I can love them as You love them.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Lesson 1: How To Begin Loving Others More

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Matthew 1

Jesus told a story about two people…one who loved much, and one who loved little.  It’s a story that I’m particularly interested in because I want to learn how to truly love God and love others more.  But how?  Where do I start in my desire to be more loving?  I believe Jesus tells us in this story.

He told it while at a dinner party at the home of a religious leader.  A woman who had lived a sinful life came into the house to find Jesus.  She fell at His feet, weeping and wetting His feet with her tears, then pouring some perfume on His feet and wiping them with her hair.

The man who had invited Jesus to dinner was outraged, not so much at the woman, but at Jesus, who would allow such a sinful woman to touch Him.  So Jesus said to the man:

“Simon, I have something to tell you.”  

“Tell me teacher,” he said. 

“Two men owed money to a certain moneylender. One owed him five hundred denarii, [a danarius was a coin worth about a day’s wages] and the other fifty.  Neither of them had the money to pay him back, so he canceled the debts of both. Now which of them will love him more?” 

Simon replied, “I suppose the one who had the bigger debt canceled.” 

“You have judged correctly,” Jesus said. 

Then he turned toward the woman and said to Simon, “Do you see this woman? I came into your house.  You did not give me any water for my feet, but she wet my feet with her tears and wiped them with her hair.  You did not give me a kiss, but this woman, from the time I entered, has not stopped kissing my feet.  You did not put oil on my head, but she has poured perfume on my feet.  Therefore, I tell you, her many sins have been forgiven―for she loved much.  But he who has been forgiven little loves little” (Luke 7:40-47). 

Here’s what I get from this story:  the amount of love we have for God and for others is directly related to how much we have been forgiven.  If we have been forgiven much, we will love much, but if we have been forgiven little, we will love little.

So how can I begin to grow in my love for God and for others?  Sin more, so I can love more?  I don’t think so!  I think the place to begin is to realize how very much we have already been forgiven.

How much is that?  Enough for God to send Jesus to earth to die in our place for the sins we’ve committed.

This is where the book of Matthew starts.  After giving us a detailed genealogy of where Jesus came from, Matthew tells us what Jesus came for.  The angel who spoke to Joseph said it best:

“Joseph son of David, do not be afraid to take Mary home as your wife, because what is conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit. She will give birth to a son, and you are to give him the name Jesus, because he will save his people from their sins” (Matthew 1:20b-21). 

Jesus came to save us from our sins.  God loved us so much that He didn’t want us to die because of all that we had done wrong.  If our sins were serious enough for Jesus to have to die for them, they must be terribly grievous to God.  And if that’s true, then each of us have already been forgiven much.

We don’t have to sin more to be forgiven of more in order to love more.  We just need to realize how much we’ve already sinned, how much we’ve already been forgiven, and how much we’ve already been loved by God.  Once we realize that, I believe that love will naturally flow out from within us, like tears mixed with perfume and poured out at Jesus’ feet.

Prayer: Father, help us realize how much You’ve loved us and forgiven us, so that we can love You and love others more.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Jesus: Lessons In Love

You're reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

How To Love God, Love Others And Love Yourself More
by Eric Elder

Thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ.


INTRODUCTION: THE GREATEST COMMANDMENT

Scripture Reading: Matthew 22:37-39

I’ve been wrestling with something I recently heard and I’d like to share it with you.  I wonder if it affects you like it affects me:

“If you’re not close to people who are far from God, you’re probably not as close to God as you think you are.” 

I don’t know about you, but that makes me squirm a little bit.  I’ve been a Christian for over twenty years.  I run an Internet ministry that reaches thousands of people a month.  I’ve been the president of our local ministers’ association for several years.  But if I were to judge my relationship with God by how close I am to people who are far from Him, I don’t know that I’d score very high.

I want to win people to Christ.  I want to make a difference in the world.  But I can’t say that I always want to do what it takes to love people the way Christ loved them.

I was reading a letter recently from a man who actually had Jesus over to his house for dinner.  It was written by a man named Matthew.  He was a tax collector who lived at the same time as Jesus.

It must have been as much of a surprise to Matthew as it was to everyone else in town when Jesus walked up to Matthew and said, “Follow me.”  Matthew ended up hosting a banquet at his house for Jesus.

The religious leaders were outraged.  They questioned some of Jesus’ followers:

“Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and ‘sinners’?”  

On hearing this, Jesus said, “It is not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick. But go and learn what this means: ‘I desire mercy, not sacrifice.’  For I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners” (Matthew 9:9-13). 

I love Jesus’ response.  But it nails me as much as it nailed the religious leaders of that day.  I don’t want to be a Pharisee, a Saducee, or any other kind of “-see.”  I want to be like Jesus.

I want to learn how to love God more.  I want to learn how to love people more.  And I want to learn how to love myself more.

These are, according to Jesus, the greatest of commandments:

“‘Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind.’  This is the first and greatest commandment. And the second is like it: ‘Love your neighbor as yourself’” (Matthew 22:37-39). 

Jesus gave us the best example for how to live out these commandments.  That’s why I’m going to be reading Matthew’s letter again and again in the days ahead.  Matthew covers the life of Jesus in 28 chapters, from the foretelling of His birth to His death and resurrection.  Not only did Matthew have Jesus over for dinner, but he went on to spend the next three years of his life with Jesus, day and night.

Matthew watched how Jesus loved people, healed people, forgave people, taught people.  Matthew watched as Jesus prayed to God, pleaded with God, submitted to God.  Matthew watched as Jesus responded to His critics, walked away from His critics, and was eventually killed by His critics.  And Matthew watched as people loved Jesus, adored Jesus, and gave up their lives for Jesus.

I love Matthew’s letter for a number of reasons, not the least of which is that I put my faith in Christ twenty years ago while reading about Him in Matthew’s letter.  I’m so thankful that Jesus went out of His way to love people who didn’t yet believe in Him, who didn’t yet trust in Him, who didn’t yet live their lives for Him.

I’m so thankful because I’m one of those people.  And I want to be just like Him.

I hope you’ll join me in the days ahead as I take a closer look, page by page through Matthew’s letter, at how we can all be more like Jesus, starting next time with Chapter 1.

I also want to encourage you to read each day’s Scripture Reading in your own Bible in addition to my devotional for that day.  I’ve limited myself to touching upon just one thought in each chapter of Matthew, but there’s so much God may speak to you about other subjects in your life.  When you’re done reading all the daily Scripture Readings, you’ll have read through the entire book of Matthew.

And finally, I’ve included a prayer at the end of each devotional to help you focus your own prayers by praying them along with me.  Here’s today’s prayer.

Prayer: Father, help me to be more like Jesus so that I can love You, love others and love myself more.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Jesus: Lessons In Love, by Eric Elder

JESUS: LESSONS IN LOVE, by Eric Elder, featuring thirty inspiring devotionals based on the greatest "lover" of all time, Jesus Christ. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

How to love God, love others and love yourself more.  Featuring 30 inspiring devotionals based on the greatest “lover” of all time, Jesus Christ.  

Learn how to love God, love others and love even yourself more as you look at how Jesus loved God and people. Based on the life of Jesus as recorded in the biblical book of Matthew, this inspiring book also contains many compelling personal stories from today about how you can love others more. Makes a great one-month devotional for yourself or those you love. 130 pages.

(Suggested Donation: $12 or more)

paypal-donate-button-cc-lgAlso available from Amazon.com.

Giuseppe Mazzini — Life is not given to us…

Life is not given to us that we might live idly without work.  No, our life is a struggle and a journey.  Good should struggle with evil; truth should struggle with falsehood; freedom should struggle with slavery; love should struggle with hatred.  Life is movement, a walk along the way of life to the fulfillment of those ideas which illuminate us, both in our intellect and in our hearts, with divine light.
Giuseppe Mazzini

Unknown — In Christ we have…

IN CHRIST WE HAVE

A love that can never be fathomed;
A life that can never die;
A righteousness that can never be tarnished;
A peace that can never be understood;
A rest that can never be disturbed;
A joy that can never be diminished;
A hope that can never be disappointed;
A glory that can never be clouded;
A light that can never be darkened;
A happiness that can never be interrupted;
A strength that can never be enfeebled;
A purity that can never be defiled;
A beauty that can never be marred;
A wisdom that can never be baffled;
A resource that can never be exhausted.

Unknown

Charles Shulman — What are our worst sins…

What are our worst sins?  They are chiefly our lost opportunities to grow in wisdom and in nobility of character.  They lie in our failure to develop our fullest and best powers given to us by God.  They are our missed marks:
The time we wasted.
The education we neglected.
The curiosity we stifled.
The adventures we by-passed.
The excitements of a child which we ignored.
The human relations we treated with indifference.
The entertainment we mistook for culture.
The freedom we left unsupported.
The causes that we scorned.
The books that we did not read.
The wonderful world that we did not penetrate.
Charles Shulman

J. Gresham Machen — God is the most obligated being…

God is the most obligated being that there is.  He is obligated by his own nature.  He is infinite in his wisdom; therefore he can never do anything that is unwise.  He is infinite in his justice; therefore he can never do anything that is unjust.  He is infinite in his goodness; therefore he can never do anything that is not good.  He is infinite in his truth; therefore it is impossible that he should lie.
J. Gresham Machen

Isaac Page — The story is told of a poor man…

The story is told of a poor man who plodded along toward home in an Irish town carrying a huge bag of potatoes.  A horse and wagon carrying a stranger came along, and the stranger stopped the wagon and invited the man on foot to climb inside.  This the poor man did, but when he sat down in the wagon he held the bag of potatoes in his arms.  And when it was suggested that he should set it down, he said very warmly:  “Sure, I don’t like to trouble you too much.  You’re giving me a ride.  I’ll carry the potatoes!”  Sometimes we think we are doing the Lord a favor when we carry the burden.  But the work is His, and the burden is His, and He asks us only to be faithful.
Isaac Page

Ahron Opher — So many of us are blinded to all that is beautiful in life…

So many of us are blinded to all that is beautiful in life by some ancient hate, fear or sin which haunts us throughout our life.  Like Lot’s wife, we cease to be human.  We dry up like salt and become petrified, imbedded in the ugliness, fright or pain of the past.  “Look not behind thee,” for behind thee lies Sodom and Gomorrah; before thee the land of promise.
Ahron Opher

Saul Teplitz — Peace of mind should not be an objective of life…

Peace of mind should not be an objective of life.  More often than not, peace of mind leads to a state of peace without mind.  There are causes that should call us; there are cries of help that should move us; there are people who need us; there are conditions that demand us.  Floating around in one’s own tub of butter should not be a goal for an intelligent life.  Let us find tranquility in the doing, not in the being.
Saul Teplitz

H. C. G. Moule — Pre-eminent, supreme among the helps to secret prayer…

Pre-eminent, supreme among the helps to secret prayer I place, of course, the secret study of the holy written Word of God.  Read it on your knees, at least on the knees of your spirit.  Read it to reassure, to feed, to regulate, to kindle, to give to your secret prayer at once body and soul.  Read it that you may hold faster your certainty of being heard.  Read it that you may know with blessed definiteness whom you have believed, and what you have in Him, and how He is able to keep your deposit safe.  Read it in the attitude of mind in which the apostles read it, in which the Lord read it.  Read it, not seldom, to turn it at once into prayer.
H. C. G. Moule

Jack Riemer — He who would live a life without pain…

He who would live a life without pain has come to the wrong world.  There is no such choice here on this earth.  But we can choose, at least to some extent, the kind of pain we want to have.  We can choose between creative pain and pointless pain, between holy pain and petty pain, between pain for a purpose and pain that has no purpose.
Jack Riemer

Leonard Ravenhill — No man is greater than his prayer life…

No man is greater than his prayer life. The pastor who is not praying is playing; the people who are not praying are straying. We have many organizers, but few agonizers; many players and payers, few pray-ers; many singers, few clingers; lots of pastors, few wrestlers; many fears, few tears; much fashion, little passion; many interferers, few intercessors; many writers, but few fighters.  Failing here, we fail everywhere.
Leonard Ravenhill

Walter Hunt — The sun is just rising on the morning of another day…

The sun is just rising on the morning of another day.  What can I wish that this day may bring me?  Nothing shall make the world or others poorer, nothing at the expense of other men; but just those few things which in their coming do not stop with me but touch me, rather, as they pass and gather strength.  A few friends, who understand me, and yet remain my friends.  A work to do which has real value, without which the world would feel the poorer.  A return for such work small enough not to tax anyone who pays.  A mind unafraid to travel, even through the trail be not blazed.  An understanding heart.  A sight of the eternal hills, and the unresting sea, and of something beautiful which the hand of man has made.  A sense of humor, and the power to laugh.  A little leisure with nothing to do.  A few moments of quiet, silent meditation.  The sense of the presence of God.  And the patience to wait for the coming of these things, with the wisdom to know them when they come, and the wit not to change this morning wish of mine.
Walter Hunt

Ralph Sockman — The service of the Holy Spirit…

The service of the Holy Spirit is that He helps us to distinguish pleasure from happiness and develop real joy.  There are many experiences which give us temporary pleasure but do not add up to abiding satisfaction.  Their thrills pass quickly, and sometimes leave a trail of regret and remorse.  Some of our sense pleasures are like lightning flashes, while true joy is like the sunlight.
Ralph Sockman

Albert Silverman — I need the opportunity to free my mind of sorrow…

I need the opportunity to free my mind of sorrow, personal concerns; to see my world through the mirrored reflection of holiness.  I need a time of prayer to leap beyond what is limiting in me as a person, to rediscover what is important and what is trivial, to take counsel with what my tradition stresses as the living faith.  I need prayer.
Albert Silverman

Carole Sanderson Streeter — Your home can be a place…

Your home can be a place for dying or living, for wilting or blooming, for anxiety or peace, for discouragement or affirmation, for criticism or approval, for profane disregard or reverence, for suspicion or trust, for blame or forgiveness, for alienation or closeness, for violation or respect, for carelessness or caring.  By your daily choices, you will make your home what you want it to be.
Carole Sanderson Streeter

Lucy Maud Montgomery — On my way back I met a little girl…

On my way back I met a little girl with a pitcher in her hand.  We both stopped, and with the instinctive, unconventional camaraderie of childhood plunged into an intimate, confidential conversation.  She was a jolly little soul, with black eyes and two long braids of black hair.  We told each other how old we were, and how many dolls we had, and almost everything else there was to tell except our names which neither of us thought about.  When we parted, I felt as though I were leaving a life long friend.  We never met again.
Lucy Maud Montgomery

Ruth Bell Graham — I think it’s important to teach our children…

I think it’s important to teach our children- as the Bible says- line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, there a little.  If you try to teach a child too rapidly, much will be lost.  But the time for teaching and training is preteen.  When they reach the teenage years, it’s time to shut up and start listening.
Ruth Bell Graham 

Jill Briscoe — If only God would lean out of heaven…

If only God would lean out of heaven and tell me [my children] are going to make it, I could relax.  But God doesn’t do that.  He tells us to be the parents he has called us to be in his strength and promises to do his part.  Driven to prayer (after discovering that manipulation didn’t work), I began to realize I was only truly positive and confident when I’d been flat on my face before the Lord.
Jill Briscoe

A. P. Gouthey — Joy is a deep spiritual union…

Joy is a deep spiritual union with the unchanging God.  A man’s life, said Jesus Christ, is not fulfilled, nor is it filled full of, nor by, the abundance of things which he possesses.  Here is one of the most important statements ever given to a bewildered, heart-hungry world.  Joy, then, is a living spring hidden deep in the inner life that is no more dependent upon things than the sunrise is dependent upon a cock’s crowing.
A. P. Gouthey

St. Patrick Breastplate — May the strength of God…

May the strength of God pilot us.
May the power of God preserve us.
May the wisdom of God instruct us.
May the hand of God protect us.
May the way of God direct us.
May the shield of God defend us.
May the host of God guard us against the snares of evil and the temptations of the world.
May Christ be with us.
Christ before us.
Christ in us.
Christ over us.
May Thy salvation, O Lord, be always ours this day and forever more.
St. Patrick Breastplate

Victor Hugo — Winter is on my head…

Winter is on my head but eternal spring is in my heart. The nearer I approach the end, the plainer I hear around me the immortal symphonies of the world to come.  For half a century I have been writing my thoughts in prose and verse; but I feel that I have not said one-thousandth part of what is in me. When I have gone down to the grave I shall have ended my life’s work; but another day will begin the next morning. Life closes in the twilight but opens with the dawn.
Victor Hugo

P. T. Forsyth — The greatest element in life…

The greatest element in life is not what occupies most of its time, else sleep would stand high in the scale.  Nor is it what engrosses most of its thought, else money would be very high.  The two or three hours of worship and preaching weekly has perhaps been the greatest signal influence on English life.  Half an hour of prayer, morning or evening, every day, may be a greater element in shaping our course than all our conduct and all our thought.
P. T. Forsyth

Unknown — There is a story about an old woman…

There is a story about an old woman who was in distress because she had lost her sense of God.  A friend who was with her one day said, “Pray to God.  Ask Him to touch you.  He will put His hand on you.”  The old woman began to pray and suddenly felt a hand touching her.  She cried out in joy, “He has touched me!”  Then she added, “But do you know, it felt just like your hand!”  Her friend said, “Sure, what do you think God would be doing?  Did you think He’d reach a long arm out of heaven to touch you?  He just took the hand that was nearest and used that.”
Unknown

Basil the Great — Be aware of God’s compassion…

Be aware of God’s compassion, that it heals with oil and wine.  Do not lose hope of salvation.  Remember what is written- the one who falls shall rise again, and the one who turns away shall turn again; the wounded is healed; the one caught by wild beasts escapes; the one who confesses is not rejected.  For the Lord does not want the sinner to die, but to return and live.  There is still time for endurance, time for patience, time for healing, time for change.  Have you fallen?  Rise up, Have you sinned?  Cease.  Do not stand among sinners, but keep away from them.  For when you turn back and weep, then you will be saved.
Basil the Great, in a letter to a monk who had sinned

Patience Strong — The Best Things In Life…

THE BEST THINGS IN LIFE
The best and sweetest things in life are things you cannot buy;
The music of the birds at dawn, the rainbow in the sky.
The dazzling magic of the stars, the miracle of light.
The precious gifts of health and strength, of hearing, speech and sight.
The peace of mind that crowns a busy life of work well done.
A faith in God that deepens as you face the setting sun,
The boon of love, the joy of friendship.  As years go by,
You find the greatest blessings are the things you cannot buy.
Patience Strong

Unknown — Monthly Statement (If God Should Bill Us)…

MONTHLY STATEMENT  (If God Should Bill Us)

Due to God, your Father in Heaven and Round About- For Services rendered during one month.

30 days of care and supervision, air, light, sunshine, and rain.
240 hours of restful recreative sleep.
720 hours of physical upkeep of heart, lungs, senses, digestion, locomotion.
90 very satisfying meals.
1 competent mind to analyze and judge, a memory to retain, a will to act.
A family that loves you, rejoices and sorrows with you.
A host of friends who believe in you and overlook your oddities and mistakes.
Neighbors, near and far, who band together to build a better community.
Skies and seasons that bring beauty and grandeur, parks and gardens.
A church that is free and strong, affording you worship, guidance, solace and fellowship.
Love from a God of justice, compassion and forgiveness, whose plans and purposes were spelled out by His Son, and whose Spirit abides with you.

Unknown

Unknown — Each day is a storehouse give you…

Each day is a storehouse given you
Fresh every morn from God’s hand;
Do you stop to think of this
When at its door you stand?
Twenty-four empty, waiting hours,
All ready for you to fill with
Worthwhile thoughts and worthwhile deeds
And service, if you will.

You’re given a chance to store
Away treasures of love and joy,
And satisfaction of work well done
That time cannot destroy.
So put your best into all your day
With eyes opened wide to see, and
Eager hands stretched out to grasp
Each opportunity.

Unknown

Unknown — Are all the children in…

ARE ALL THE CHILDREN IN?

I think oftimes as the night draws nigh
Of an old house on the hill,
Of a yard all wide and blossom starred
Where the children played at will.
And when the night at last came down,
Hushing the merry din,
Mother would look around and ask,
“Are all the children in?”

Tis many and many a year since then,
And the old house on the hill
No longer echoes to childish feet,
And the yard is still, so still.
But I see it all, as the shadows creep
And though many the years have been
Since then, I can hear my mother ask
“Are all the children in?”

I wonder if when the shadows fall
On the last short earthly day,
When we say good-bye to world outside,
All tired with our childish play.
When we step out into that Other Land
Where mother so long has been,
Will we hear her ask, just as of old,
“Are all the children in?”

Unknown

Mrs. Roy F. Carter — Our five-year-old Jeanie took to rising…

Our five-year-old Jeanie took to rising at 5:30 each morning and puttering around just long enough to wake the rest of us before climbing back into bed.  Her reason was always the same- she had to see if there was a surprise.  Finally we told her firmly that she must stop and that there wouldn’t be any surprises until Christmas, which was months away.  “I wasn’t talking about living-room surprises,” she said through her tears.  “I was talking about like yesterday morning it was raining, and this morning real summer’s here, and tomorrow morning I’ll probably find some pink in the rosebuds.”  Jeanie still gets up each morning at 5:30.
Mrs. Roy F. Carter 

Unknown — One Sunday I was entertained in a farm home…

One Sunday I was entertained in a farm home of a member of a rural church.  I was impressed by the intelligence and unusually good behavior of the only child in the home, a little four-year-old boy.  Then I discovered one reason for the child’s charm.  The mother was at the kitchen sink, washing the intricate parts of the cream separator when the little fellow came to her with a magazine.  “Mother,” he asked, “what is this man in the picture doing?”  To my surprise she dried her hands, sat down on a chair and taking the boy in her lap she spent ten minutes answering his questions.  After the child had left I commented on her having interrupted her chores to answer the boy’s questions, saying, “Most mothers wouldn’t have bothered.”  “I expect to be washing cream separators for the rest of my life,” she told me, “But never again will my son ask me that question!”
Unknown

James Duff — A layman visited a great city church…

A layman visited a great city church during a business trip.  After the service, he congratulated the minister on his service and sermon.  “But,” said the manufacturer, “if you were my salesman, I’d discharge you.  You got my attention by your appearance, voice and manner; your prayer, reading and logical discourse aroused my interest; you warmed my heart with a desire for what you preached; and then- and then you stopped without asking me to do something about it.  In business the important thing is to get them to sign on the dotted line.”
James Duff 

The Elim Evangel — A story is told of old Thomas K. Beecher…

A story is told of old Thomas K. Beecher, who could not bear deceit in any form.  Finding that a clock in his church was habitually too fast or too slow he hung a placard on the wall above it, reading in large letters:  ”DON’T BLAME MY HANDS- THE TROUBLE LIES DEEPER.”  That is where the trouble lies with us when our hands do wrong, or our feet, or our lips, or even our thoughts.  The trouble lies so deep that only God’s miracle power can deal with it.  Sin indeed goes deep, but Christ goes deeper.
The Elim Evangel

Unknown — When you feel unlovable…

When you feel unlovable, unworthy and unclean, when you think that no one can heal you:
Remember, Friend,
God Can.
When you think that you are unforgivable for your guilt and your shame:
Remember, Friend,
God Can.
When you think that all is hidden and no one can see within:
Remember, Friend,
God Can.
And when you have reached the bottom and you think that no one can hear:
Remember, my dear Friend,
God Can.
And when you think that no one can love the real person deep inside of you:
Remember, my dear Friend,
God Does.
Unknown

News From The Ranch – February 2007

The Newsletter of Eric Elder Ministries

A missions trip to the UK, “What God Says About Sex” now in paperback, more worship possibly coming to The Ranch website.

The Elder family dressed up for our church's annual Christmas production, "Bethlehem Walk," in December 2006. The back four, from left to right are: Karis, Lucas, Lana, Eric. The front row includes: Kaleo, Bo, Makari and Josiah. Click the picture if you'd like to print it to use as a prayer reminder for us. Thanks!

The Elder family dressed up for our church’s annual Christmas production, “Bethlehem Walk,” in December 2006. The back four, from left to right are: Karis, Lucas, Lana, Eric. The front row includes: Kaleo, Bo, Makari and Josiah. Click the picture if you’d like to print it to use as a prayer reminder for us. Thanks!

Dear Friends,

February 9th marks my 20th anniversary of when I put my faith in Christ. I knew on that day that this was going to be a significant decision, probably the most important decision I would ever make in my life. How true that has turned out to be!

I’ve thought several times over the years of what a difference it has made in my life to put my faith in Christ. Not just in giving me assurance that I knew I would be with God in heaven when I died, but also in giving me direction for my life here on earth. Although I woke up and went to work in much the same way the day after I put my faith in Christ as the day before, on the inside, everything had been rearranged. I felt like I was on a whole new course for my life. My goals were different, my worldview was different, and my heart was set in a new direction.

Over time, those changes in my goals, my worldview, and my heart played out in my external life as well as my internal life. I’ve since gotten married, had six kids, and gone into full-time ministry. Those things didn’t all happen in a day, but the stage was set for those things to happen from the first day I put my faith in Christ.

I’ve come to love the Christian life, and Christianity itself, so much that even if only for the practical advantages of this kind of life, let alone the spiritual ones, I would encourage others to follow the way of Christ. But I am also convinced that it is our faith, our complete trust in God in all things, that breathes life into Christianity. It is our faith in God that pleases Him more than anything. In fact, the Bible says that without faith it is impossible to please God:

“And without faith it is impossible to please God, because anyone who comes to Him must believe that He exists and that He rewards those who earnestly seek Him” (Hebrews 11:6).

I know that faith isn’t easy to come by some days. I know that life gets in the way of our faith sometimes. I know that it’s hard to trust Him completely when so much is riding on the outcome of our daily decisions. But it is our faith that will see us through. It is our faith that will carry us along. It is our faith that will bring a smile to the face of God, a faith that believes that He exists, a faith that He rewards those who earnestly seek Him.

If you’ve never put your faith in Christ, I want to encourage you to put your faith in Him today. If you’ve already put your faith in Christ, I want to encourage you to put your faith in Him again today for everything in your life…everything. He is trustworthy. He loves you. He cares for you. And He is so pleased, so totally pleased, when you put your faith in Him.

“Now to Him who is able to do immeasurably more than all we ask or imagine, according to His power that is at work within us, to Him be glory in the church and in Christ Jesus throughout all generations, for ever and ever! Amen” (Ephesians 3:20-21).

I also have a number of updates I’d like to share with you, including offering you a new paperback version of my book on sex, asking for your prayers for a missions trip to England, and an update on on our funding requests from last time.


Now In Paperback!

What God Says About Sex CoverIf you’ve wondered what God has to say about sex, or if you know someone who could use a godly perspective on sex, I hope you’ll get a copy (or two or three or ten!) of my new book: “What God Says About Sex.” While I’m still working on finding a publisher for the book, I’ve had a number of requests for it in paperback, so I’ve gone ahead and printed up 200 copies of the book for those who would like copies of the book now.

Jill Savage, Founder and Executive Director of an organization for moms called “Hearts at Home,” is one of the people who read a preview copy of the book and has asked if she could carry it on her personal book table as she goes around the country speaking to moms and other groups. She’ll be speaking at a purity conference this month, and I’m praying that many will pick up a copy at the conference and that it will make a real and lifelong difference in the way they look at, and engage in, sex.

Jill has also agreed to personally endorse the book! In her endorsement, she writes:

“Eric Elder has the ability to take a complicated subject and simplify it for the everyday reader. He talks about truth in such a way that the reader can’t help but to be drawn in.”

I’d love to get a copy of the book to you, too. You can order it from the Giftshop at The Ranch in a variety of affordable formats and gift-packs:

  • – an electronic version, emailed to you ($5 suggested donation)
  • – a paperback version ($10 suggested donation, shipping included)
  • – a set of 3 paperbacks to share ($25 suggested donation, shipping included)
  • – a set of 5 paperbacks to share ($40 suggested donation, shipping included)
  • – a set of 10 paperbacks to share ($75 suggested donation, shipping included)
  • – a signed copy of the book ($100 suggested donation…well, OK, I’ll sign it for free, but the $100 would really help us to print more books for others in the future!)

To order, just click this link to visit The Ranch Giftshop.


Headed to England!

UK TeamLast year on our missions trip to Africa, we stopped in England and visited a church that our church here in Illinois has helped to support over the years. As we toured the church, Lana noticed a number of repair projects that needed to be done that she thought of several people back home who would be great at doing them. So when we returned from Africa, we began to make plans for a return trip to England some day. That day has come!

We’ll be heading out to Tunbridge Wells, England, with a team of 8 people from our church, including Lana, Karis, and me, on Friday, February 9th, for 11 days. Our team will be doing a variety of projects, from plumbing and painting, to cleaning and laying carpet. We’re excited about being able to help out in this way, as attendance at churches in England has become quite low over the years, with only about 8% of the population attending regularly. We’re proud of the work this church in Tunbridge Wells is doing for their community, and we’re glad to come alongside and lend a hand.

We’d appreciate your prayers for this trip, that our efforts would be fruitful in many ways, for our team, for this church, and for the work God is doing in England.

UPDATE MARCH 3, 2007: We had a great trip to England, accomplishing all we set out to do and more. It was a face-lift for the church, and faith-lift for all of us involved. 


FUNDING UPDATE

Thermometer 51In my last newsletter, I laid out our funding goals for the new year and wanted to give you an update. We’ve had 15 families and individuals either increase their monthly donations or join us for the first time making monthly donations, for a total increase of $480 per month.

This has already helped us as we begin the new year, taking us from 44% of the way towards our monthly goal, to 51%. Our goal is to raise $6,310 in monthly commitments by the end of the year, so we’re just over half way there. We also had another 7 families and individuals contribute a total of $3,000 in one-time gifts. So thank you for all who have contributed so far. This is our most pressing need, so if you would like to partner with us in this ministry with a monthly gift, you can sign up easily online by clicking this link.

Click here to watch a short 5-minute video about our ministry and how you can get involved.


Thanks to all of you who have given and prayed for our ministry. I get comments regularly from people who are touched and thankful for the Word of God that they’ve read or heard or seen on The Ranch website, like this one from Kevin in California:

“My first visit here was an emotional and heartfelt experience. The peace, tranquility and serenity of this site is overwhelming. Thank you and I pray for you a Blessed New Year.”

And this one from Esther in Kenya:

“I wish to start my day by reading inspiring messages and sermons from you. God has bless you with wisdom and its good you are an inspiration to others. When we get to heaven God will ask each and every one us what did you do with the talents I gave you. Continue and know that your crown will be more beautiful for the good work you do. God do you good.”

CLOSING PRAYER

Your prayers really do help us to touch people. I’d appreciate if you’d pray with us again right now…

Father,

  • Thank You for giving us the chance to keep putting our faith in Jesus for everything in our lives,
  • Thank You for helping us put together a team of people to go to England to help those who are bringing the gospel to their community,
  • And thank You for the monthly and one-time donations that have come in to help us reach more people around the world with the message of Christ.

Father,

  • We now pray that You would use this trip to England as a blessing to many, both now and in the future,
  • We pray that You would use this book on sex to help many people make commitments to following Your ways regarding their sexual lives,
  • And we pray that still more people to find their way to The Ranch so they can find their way to You.

We pray this all in Jesus’ name, Amen.

Thanks for your prayers!

Sincerely,
Eric Elder

Click here to order “What God Says About Sex”

Click here to sign up for monthly donations to The Ranch website

The Ranch Fellowship is a non-profit 501(c)(3) religious organization whose purpose is to share the message of Jesus Christ throughout the world. Click here to read more about our ministry.

To give a gift to The Ranch and to yourself, please visit The Ranch Giftshop.
To make a donation without ordering, just click Make A Donation.

News From The Ranch – December 2006

The Newsletter of Eric Elder Ministries

Our three most pressing needs; Major Accomplishments from 2006; and Notes of Thanks

Eric at Clover Ranch

One of the highlights of our year: our purchase of Clover Ranch as a spiritual retreat center for individuals, families and small groups who want to get closer to God.

Dear Friends,

It’s been a great year here at The Ranch! We’ve been able to accomplish a lot this year, thanks to your gifts, prayers and notes of encouragement.

But we also need your help to go forward. I had a dream last weekend that Lana and I were talking with a rich couple who had decided to give away everything that they had…and they had a lot! Then they looked at us and said, “Now you guys are rich, too, right? You don’t need anything, do you?”

I woke up from my dream in a stupor — I couldn’t believe they had just given away everything they had, and that they didn’t realize how much we could have really used their help! Back to reality, the very next day Lana was talking to one of our friends who said, “I had no idea you guys needed more monthly support.” I realized then that I needed to put this appeal at the top of my newsletter, not at the end!

Three Ways You Can Help

Here are three ways you can help…

First, our most pressing need is for ongoing, monthly support.

Our donations during 2006 have averaged $2,765 per month, from which we pay all of our ministry expenses, travel expenses, Internet costs, computer costs, office supplies and our salary. These monthly donations help us continue to devote our full time efforts to ministering to the 5,000 – 10,000 visitors who come to the website each month. While our ministry has expanded dramatically over the past 10 years, our monthly donations haven’t kept pace. Our goal is to raise our monthly commitments to $6,310 by the end of 2007.

Would you consider making a monthly donation to our ministry to help us reach our monthly goal? Our current monthly donors give anywhere from $10 a month to $350 a month. We’d love for you to join us with whatever monthly amount you would be willing and able to give.

We could also use some immediate, one-time donations as our summer giving dipped below $2,500 several months, and even under $2,000 one month. While this is normal for many ministries in the summertime, it has made things especially tight as we head into the fall and winter.

Second, we need to put a new roof on Clover Ranch.

We’ve purchased this property earlier this year to serve as a real, physical “Ranch” where we can invite guests to spend time getting closer to God in a personal or family retreat setting. We’re in the process of renovating the property at a cost of nearly $20,000 during the coming year. This renovation includes a number of projects, but our first priority is to put on a new roof at a cost of approximately $7,000 so we can then begin the interior renovations.

I know that people sometimes like to give special one-time gifts to capital campaigns such as this, so I wanted to ask: Would you consider a capital gift of $100, $500, or $1,000…or maybe $2,500, $5,000, or $7,000 towards this project? This will help us to begin the needed renovations as soon as possible so we can start inviting people to Clover Ranch, helping them get closer to God.

I’ve created two 5-minute video clips that describe a little more about our Current Monthly Needs and our project at Clover Ranch. You can watch these clips online at these links:
Invest in The Ranch Website
Invest in Clover Ranch

(My thanks to Russell Pond of Top Pup Media for helping with these videos. Look for his new movie coming out next summer, called Fissure!)

Also, if you haven’t yet seen our 5-minute video from our trip to Swaziland earlier this year, you can still watch it at this link:
Planting Hope In Swaziland

I’ve put all three of these videos on a DVD, and would be glad to send you a copy at no cost to you, just in case you can’t see them online, or in case you want to share them with others, which brings me to the third way you can help…

Third, do you know of others who might be interested in hearing about, and possibly supporting, our ministry?

If so, would you be willing to recommend our ministry to them, letting them know how you’ve been involved with it, or touched by it, and asking if they would consider supporting it, too? In addition to individuals and families, our Internet outreach might also be of interest to your church Missions Committee, a Sunday School class, or a small group in which you participate. Feel free to forward this email to them, or request a DVD and info packet, and we can mail you one to give to them personally. Any of these contacts would really help us tremendously!

And if you know of some rich couples who are thinking of giving away everything they’ve got, please let them know about us before it’s all gone! :)

Major Accomplishments in 2006!

Planting Hope in SwazilandIn addition to our daily work on the website, which is now reaching between 5,000 and 10,000 people each month, from 150 countries, here are a few of the other things we’ve been able to accomplish so far this year, thanks to your help…

– Lana, Karis, Lucas and I traveled to Swaziland, South Africa with a team of 80 people from around the U.S. to plant and distribute over 8,000 backyard vegetable gardens for the beautiful Swazi people.

What God Says About Sex Cover– I finished writing a new, inspirational book called “What God Says About Sex,” to help people discover and put into practice what God says about sex. I just got a note last week from an 18 year old guy who started reading the book and wrote:

“Eric! I’m so glad I started reading your book today! I rarely get very emotional over much of anything but while reading your book, at various points, I found myself filled with intrigue, sadness, regret, but especially joy! Thank you so much for listening to God and writing this book, it’s wonderful! While reading the sections about your proposal story and how you followed the Lord in that, and also the part about God healing you of whatever physical ailments you might have had from your sins, I felt so happy and very inspired! That’s the first time in a long time I have cried about anything. =) now I am laughing again! With joy that is. I’ve read only half of your book and I am feeling all of this! Wow! Thanks again Eric. I really needed to read this book. Well, I am going to get back to reading, I just really felt I should e-mail you.”

– If you’d like to order a copy of this downloadable e-book, please visit The Ranch Giftshop.

Eric, Lucas, & Karis, with James Dobson– I presented a workshop on this book in June at the Annual Conference for Exodus International, the largest network of ministries for helping people overcome homosexuality.

– Karis, Lucas and I were able to briefly meet James Dobson (Focus on the Family – pictured here), Don Wildmon (American Family Association), and Tony Perkins (Family Research Council) at a conference in Washington, DC in September.

Eric at Clover Ranch– We finalized the purchase of Clover Ranch, a house on 2.5 acres here in Central Illinois that we are starting to renovate and convert into a spiritual retreat center for individuals, families and small groups.

– I spoke at the National Missionary Convention in Indianapolis, Indiana in November to encourage people to look for creative ways to use their natural and God-given gifts to share Christ with others.

Exodus Cover– And just a few weeks ago, I finished writing a second book called “Exodus: Lessons in Freedom,” based on the 50-week video series we’ve been filming and uploading to The Ranch website for the past year. This new, faith-building book contains some of my favorite personal stories of how God has spoken into my life. If you’re looking for a devotional book for the new year, for yourself or for a friend, this has great, short entries to read each day, and will take you through one of the most powerful and dramatic books of the Bible, the book of Exodus. This book is available as a downloadable e-book from The Ranch Giftshop.

My sincere thanks for all you’ve helped us to accomplish so far this year!

Notes of Thanks

I thought I would end this letter with some thank you notes from people who have visited The Ranch website in the past few months. Everytime I get notes like these, I want to pass them on to you as a thank you to you for all you’ve done to help with our ministry, in your prayers, gifts and thoughts.

“Found your site a month ago…you are a great source of encouragement which I can access anytime. May God continue to bless your work.” – Peter, CHEMSFORD, UK

“Wow — I found your website after reading your weekly sermon on “This Day’s Thought.” What a true message that touched my heart! God Bless You!!” – Barbara, IOWA CITY, IOWA, USA

“I LOVE YOUR WEBSITE, It is AWESOME!!!” – Joey, DEER PARK, NY, USA

“This is a really helpful website. A friend introduced me and I have been uplifted spiritually and would like to keep in touch with you. God bless you so much.” – Nyaradzo, HARARE, ZIMBABWE

“I just found your website. It’s inspiring and a real sanctuary to go to…Thank you” – Kelly, Issaquah, WA, USA

“God Bless you. I know God has led me to your site.” – Yvonne, SMYRNA, DE, USA

“Wow, I’m so glad I found you! I feel like I’ve really been to “the ranch.” God bless your ministry!” Rebecca, HIGHLANDS RANCH, CO, USA

“I loved paging through the website…it was very interesting. Would love to hear from you soon.” – Monique, CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA

“God is good, for having this kind of website which gives us encouragement in our daily life.” – Lory, LAGUNA, PHILIPPINES

“I like your website so much that I made it my homepage!” Johnny, CHARLES TOWN, WV, USA

“Your Lesson 44 – “Our Role and God’s Role” was meant exactly for me, and most timely. Thank you, Praise God” – Jerry, JOHOR, MALAYSIA

“I love this website thanks so much for helping me. It’s so awesome.” Jen, FLUSHING, MI, USA

“First and foremost I think The Ranch is an excellent site and that you guys are doing an excellent job. I have been going through the Exodus series and am growing through it.” – Noel, UK

“Thank you so much for the message that you sent me from The Ranch. I am so grateful to God for that. It makes me feel happy and blessed when brethren like you are able to share with others about Christ.” Asiimwe, UGANDA

And I don’t have space to list all the prayers that people post on The Ranch for us to agree in prayer with them, but thought you might like to read this one…

“Dear GOD, forgive me for all the sins I’ve committed. Ever since my friend Susan told me about you, I’ve been putting my faith on you. I’ve started praying, too. God, you know I’m not a Christian. My parents follow Hinduism and are strong believer of Sai Baba. I, too, used to pray to SaiBaba. But now hearing all your stories, going to church, reading bible….I can feel my faith towards you. Deep within me there’s some kind of strong belief on you. GOD!!! I want to be your child, PLEASE show me the right path…” – S.

(S.’s prayer continued on for several more paragraphs, then she concluded by checking the box on the prayer page that says this: “I am putting my faith in Christ for the first time to forgive me of my sins and to be my Lord.” Praise God and thank you for helping her find Christ!)

I really appreciate you taking the time to read this update, and especially for helping us so much up to this point as we work together to share Christ with others. Thanks for considering these special requests, too.

Sincerely,
Eric Elder
http://www.theranch.org

P.S. Again, our most pressing need is for ongoing, monthly support. To sign up to make a monthly donation, or to make a one-time donation to our ministry or to Clover Ranch, please visit:
Make A Donation

To order the new e-books What God Says About Sex or Exodus: Lessons in Freedom, please visit:
The Ranch Giftshop

To watch any of our three 5-minute videos, please click these links:
Invest in The Ranch Website
Invest in Clover Ranch
Planting Hope In Swaziland

The Ranch Fellowship is a non-profit 501(c)(3) religious organization whose purpose is to share the message of Jesus Christ throughout the world. Click here to read more about our ministry.

To give a gift to The Ranch and to yourself, please visit The Ranch Giftshop.
To make a donation without ordering, just click Make A Donation.

Exodus: Lessons in Freedom

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

How To Get Free, Stay Free And Set Others Free 
by Eric Elder

Fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books of the Bible.

PREFACE

Exodus is one of the most dramatic books in the Bible.  Feature films have told various stories from the book of Exodus, ranging from Cecil B. Demille’s epic, The Ten Commandments,to DreamWorks’ animated, The Prince of Egypt,to Stephen Spielberg’s classic, Raiders of the Lost Ark.

But what I like most about the book of Exodus is not how dramatic it is, but how practical it is.

I began this study at a time when I wanted to expand my own ministry.  I wanted to learn how God used Moses to set hundreds of thousands of people free.  I thought I might learn a few lessons for how God might use me to set others free, too.

I was right.  But instead of finding one or two lessons, I found fifty!

I began applying these lessons to my own life and  ministry and began to see results immediately.  These are the lessons that I’ll be sharing with you throughout this book―lessons from stories that are over 3,000 years old, and lessons from from my own life today; lessons that include some of my favorite Bible stories, and lessons that include some of my favorite personal stories of my own walk with God.

God wants to set you free.  He wants to keep you free.  And He wants to use you to set others free.  May God bless you―and many others―as you read and apply these lessons to your life.

Eric Elder

P.S. I’ve included a Scripture Reading with each devotional that I encourage you to read in your own Bible as well as reading my devotional.  It’s a great way to hear directly from God about subjects in your life that I may not have touched upon in my devotional, and when you’ve read all of the Scripture Readings, you’ll have also read through the entire book of Exodus.  (In this online version, I’ve also included a video discussion of each lesson with a group of guys that met weekly to talk about what we were reading.  I hope you enjoy this extended look at some of these rich passages from one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible).

Lesson 1: The Fear Of Man Leads To Bondage

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 1:1-14

Could it be that your greatest weakness is actually your greatest strength?

A man came up to me after I spoke at a men’s breakfast and said, “Hi Eric, do you remember me?”  I strained to put a name with his face, but couldn’t do it.  When he told me his name, an image from high school immediately flashed across my mind.

We were both freshmen playing flag football in gym class when he got in the way of a senior.  This senior knocked my friend to the ground and started pummeling him in the face with his fist.  I watched my friend’s head bounce up and down on the ground with each pounding.

Why would someone pummel my friend like that?  My friend was a big kid, but a nice kid.  Even though he hadn’t done anything wrong, his sheer size made him appear to be a threat.  The pummeling had its effect:  my friend never got in this senior’s way again, and I made sure I didn’t either!

Unfortunately, my friend walked away feeling weak and beaten down when in reality, it was his sheer strength that drew the fire in the first place.  When people are fearful of us, or we’re fearful of them, it often leads to bondage.  Something similar happened to the Israelites.  Back in the days of Moses, when the nation of Israel started to grow while they were living in Egypt, the king of Egypt saw their strength and got scared:

“Look,” he said to his people, “the Israelites have become much too numerous for us. Come, we must deal shrewdly with them or they will become even more numerous and, if war breaks out, will join our enemies, fight against us and leave the country” (Exodus 1:9-10). 

The Israelites were immediately enslaved.  For the next 400 years, they were treated as the lowest of the low in Egypt.  I’m sure they felt worthless, worn-out and weak.  But in reality, it was their great strength that caused the fearful king to put them into bondage.  Although they may have felt like the weakest nation on earth, do you remember what God said about them?  He called them His “chosen” people, His “treasured possession,” and promised that they would become “a great nation.” (Deuteronomy 7:6 and Genesis 12:2).  This was their destiny.  This was their calling.  A destiny and calling that the king foresaw and tried to stop.

I got spiritually pummeled a few years ago after speaking as a guest at a local church.  I thought the regular pastor would be thrilled when he came back to hear that half a dozen people had put their faith in Christ that day for the very first time.  Instead, I got an extremely harsh letter from him a few weeks later saying that one of those people had started going to another church (she wanted to go to a Bible study and her church didn’t have one).  He blamed me for her leaving and made it clear that he wanted nothing to do with me or my ministry ever again.

For the next few days, I felt like I’d gotten the wind knocked out of me.  I felt like I never wanted to speak at another church again.  This man was not only an influential pastor in the community, but he was also the president of the minister’s association in town.  But then God reminded me of my calling, my purpose in life, and what He said about me.  I was able to shake off the fear of man and stand tall again in the calling of God.  That pastor eventually invited me to speak again at his church, and I eventually became president of the minister’s association!  :)

But the fear of man almost derailed me from God’s plan for my life.  I began to look at other areas of my life where I felt weak to see if those areas might really be strengths instead.

Do you feel weak, pummeled or beaten down in certain areas of your life? Could it be that some of those areas might actually be some of your greatest strengths?

Don’t let the fear of man keep you down.  Ask God what He says about you, your gifts and your calling.  Listen to what He says and He will set you free.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Fear Of Man Leads To Bondage”

Lesson 2: The Fear Of God Leads To Freedom

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 1:15-22 

I love playing the piano, but I used to be so afraid of playing in front of others that I never wanted to play in public.  At home, I could play for hours, loving every minute of it.  But in front of others, my brain would check out, and my hands would shake.

Then one day I was reading Jesus’ parable about the talents and the three guys who were given different amounts of talents.  Two of them made a return on their gifts, but one buried his talent in the ground because he was afraid.

I was convicted.  I was letting the “fear of man” keep my talent hidden, when God had given it to me, not just for me but, like all gifts He gives, so that we can bless others.

I had a choice to make:  I was going to be guided either by what men might think of me, or by what God might think of me.

The Hebrew midwives in Egypt had a choice to make, too.  When the king of Egypt was afraid the Israelites were growing too numerous and might one day leave them, he put them in bondage and ordered the midwives to kill any baby boys as soon as they were born.  What could the midwives do?  Their hands were tied―or were they?  The Bible says:

“The midwives, however, feared God and did not do what the king of Egypt had told them to do; they let the boys live.” (Exodus 1:17) 

And the results?

“So God was kind to the midwives and the people increased and became even more numerous. And because the midwives feared God, he gave them families of their own” (Exodus 1:20-21). 

Although the “fear of man” threatened to keep the midwives in bondage, the “fear of God” set them free.  God honored the midwives’ healthy fear of Him by blessing them with families of their own and freeing who-knows-how-many children from the grip of death as well.

Instead of succumbing to their honest and understandable fears, God showed them a way around their fears to accomplish what He called them to do:  deliver His children.

I found a way around my fear of playing the piano in front of people, too.

One day a friend came to my house and heard a few of the songs I had written.  He seemed to be truly touched by the music and thought it would touch others, too.  He was a professional musician and asked if he could bring some recording equipment over and record the songs.  That was fine with me.  I wasn’t afraid of making a mistake in front of a machine―just people!

When we finished recording a dozen songs, he gave me a copy of the music.  I was amazed by what I heard!  I had never heard my songs played before as a “listener.”  I was always the “player,” and my concentration was intensely focused on getting the notes right.  For the first time, I was able to truly relax and just listen to the music.  And it touched my own heart, too.

I uploaded the songs on the Internet and people began to listen.  And they were touched, too, setting them free from worries, tensions, fears and doubts that were keeping them in bondage.

Instead of succumbing to my honest and understandable fears, God showed me a way around my fears to accomplish what He called me to do:  deliver His children.  And the confidence that has given me has enabled me to play in front of people now, too, not caring so much about the notes I might get wrong, but caring more about the notes God’s given me to play.

Is the “fear of man” holding you back from doing some of the very things that God has called you to do, gifted you to do, and equipped you to do?  You might want to take a cue from the Hebrew midwives who feared God more than man, and in the process set themselves―and who knows how many others―free.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Fear Of God Leads To Freedom”

Lesson 3: A Burning Heart Precedes A Burning Bush

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 2 

Do you ever wish God would just show up in a burning bush and tell you clearly what He wanted you to do?

Then I have some good news for you:  I believe God wants to do that for you, too!  Why? Because while we’re looking for a burning bush, God is looking for a burning heart―one that burns with the same desires for which His burns.

When I take a close look at the years leading up to Moses’ burning bush experience, I can’t help but think that God didn’t choose Moses at random.  In chapter 2 of Exodus, we read that Moses’ heart was bent on rescuing people years before God called him to rescue an entire nation. Three times in the passage preceding the burning bush, we see a burning heart:

1)  He tries to rescue a fellow Hebrew who was being beaten by an Egyptian;

2)  He tries to rescue two fighting Hebrews from each other;

3)  He tries to rescue Jethro’s daughters from the attacking shepherds.

Here’s a man whose heart was set on rescuing people. So when God was looking for a man to rescue the entire nation of Israel from slavery, to whom did He look? To Moses, a man whose heart was already burning to do the very things that God wanted done.

The lesson for me in this passage is that a burning heart precedes a burning bush. Sometimes we’re looking for a burning bush when God is looking for a burning heart. He’s looking to see if we’re eager to do the things that He wants done.  And when He sees a burning heart, He often puts His finger on that person and says, “I choose you for this task because you have shown yourself eager to do the very things I want done.”

I remember hearing a pastor from Germany speak to a group of us in the United States, asking if any of us wanted to join him in doing missionary work in Germany.  Several hands went up.  Then he asked, “Okay, what things have you been doing here in the U.S. with Germanic people?”  None of those in the audience had an answer for him. He continued, “When I see that you’re working with Germanic people here and that you truly have a heart for them, then let’s talk about coming over to Germany and helping me with my work. I want to know that your heart is really in it.”

I had some friends who had a heart for Chinese people.  They wanted to go to China someday to live and laugh and learn and share with the Chinese.  So they started by inviting Chinese people into their home while they lived in the United States.  They did this for several years.  When God was looking for someone to go to China, whom do you think God called?  They eventually moved to China to live among their people God had put on their heart, and were able to change even more lives for Him.

When you look at the lives of people like Moses, the Apostle Paul and Joseph, you’ll see that while each of them had rather dramatic “burning bush” experiences, their ultimate calling was not radically different from what they had been doing all along:  serving God with their whole hearts and doing His will all along the way.

There’s good news in all of this for you, too:  know that while you’re looking for a burning bush, God is looking for a burning heart.  In fact, He’s actively looking throughout the earth for people whose hearts are fully committed to Him.  2 Chronicles 16:9a says:

“For the eyes of the LORD range throughout the earth to strengthen those whose hearts are fully committed to him.” 

God is continually looking at our hearts.  Are they fully committed to Him?  Are they burning to do the things that He wants done?

If so, know that God wants to strengthen you in the work you’re doing.  If not, pray that God will set your heart on fire today for the things that fire Him up.  Either way, be encouraged!  Once your heart is burning for God, He’ll see it, and He may even speak to you in your own “burning bush.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “A Burning Heart Precedes A Burning Bush”

Lesson 4: God Rescues People Through People

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:1-10

Ever wonder why, when God wants something done, He calls on one of us to do it instead of just doing it Himself?

I knew a man who was burdened by the problem of pornography in our country and cried out to God: “Don’t You see what’s happening?  How long are You going to let this go on?  When are You going to do something about it?”

Then he heard God speaking those same words right back to him:  “Don’t you see what’s happening?  How long are you going to let this go on?  When are you going to do something about it?”

The man was so convicted that he started an organization to combat the problem, served on a presidential task force to deal with it, and worked for years to try to set people free from this particular bondage.

As I read about Moses and the burning bush in Exodus, chapter 3, I put myself in Moses’ shoes for a minute (except that he had taken his off, of course, as God had told him that he was standing on “holy ground”).  If I were Moses, I think I would have been fine with everything God was saying up until the last line.  Sentence after sentence, God talked about everything He wanted to do for the Israelites, then the conversation took a sharp turn:

“I am the God of your fathers…” 

“I have seen the misery of my people…” 

“I have heard them crying out…” 

“I am concerned about their suffering…” 

“I have come down to rescue them…” 

“So now go. I am sending you…to bring my people…out of Egypt” 

What?!?!  I was with You God up until that last line!  If You’re God, if You see their misery, if You’ve heard them crying out, if You’re concerned about their suffering, if You’ve come down to rescue them, then why don’t You do it!  You could do this way better than I could!

No doubt, God was certainly involved.  There’s no way Moses could have caused the plagues, split the Red Sea, or made the Egyptians gladly give the Israelites all their gold and jewels on their way out of town.  But for some reason, God called on Moses to be involved.  He told Moses what He was planning to do, then invited Moses to “jump into the story.”  It’s scary, but exciting, that God would let us take part in what He’s trying to do on the earth.

The lesson I get out of this is that God likes to rescue people through people.  He wants us to be His hands, His feet, His eyes, His ears, His mouth.

A few friends asked me to come pray for a man who was dying of cancer.  He was way too young to be on his death bed, and he let me know it.  He had a lot of questions for God, saying, “God, what are You doing?”  “Why are You doing this to me?” and “Where are You, God?”

I understood what He was saying, but I said, “If you want to know where God is, look around this room!  You’ve got five people standing here by your bedside,  praying for you, holding your hand, and talking to you.  He’s all around your bed!  God lives in us and works through each one of us by His Holy Spirit.”

Maybe you’re reading these words today and thinking, “That’s nice for that guy in his bed, but there’s no one talking to me.  Where is God for me?”  Well, I’m talking to you right now!  As you read these words, I hope you’ll be able to hear the voice of God in them for you, too, because He wants to tell you something, too:  “I love you, I care about you, and you know what? I want to use you, too!”

Why does God use people to rescue people?  The Apostle Paul says it this way:

“We are therefore Christ’s ambassadors, as though God were making his appeal through us. We implore you on Christ’s behalf: Be reconciled to God.” (2 Corinthians 5:20). 

Let God use you to do His will today.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Rescues People Through People”

Lesson 5: Let God’s Will Overcome Your Won’t

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:11-4:31

Have you ever faced a choice between God’s “will” and your “won’t”?  A few years ago I felt God wanted me to go to Israel.  I had just quit my job and had about $1,500 in the bank.  It wasn’t exactly the best time to take a trip!  But I couldn’t get it off my mind, so I called to find out how much a ticket would be.  The answer:  $1,498!

Two thoughts went through my head simultaneously, one was mine and one was God’s.  I said, “God, I don’t have enough!” while God said, “Eric, you have just enough!”  I knew I had a decision to make.  Was I going to follow God’s “will,” or follow my “won’t”?

When God calls us to do something that we’re afraid to do, how can we overcome our doubts and fears so they don’t get in the way of God’s will?  God gives us a clue in the story of Moses at the burning bush in Exodus, chapters 3 and 4.

When God spoke to Moses from within the burning bush, it was an experience most of us would envy, hearing God speak exactly what to do, personally and clearly.  God said:  “So now go, I am sending you to Pharaoh to bring my people the Israelites out of Egypt.”

But Moses protested.  He had already tried to rescue just a few Israelites and that didn’t seem to go too well.  So Moses said to God, “Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh and bring the Israelites out of Egypt?”

He had a good question, one we often ask ourselves when God calls us to do something:  “Who am I?”

But God had a good answer, the same answer He often gives to us, an answer that contains some of the most comforting words in the whole Bible:  “I will be with you.”  It’s worth repeating over and over.  “I will be with you.”  “I will be with you.”  “I will be with you.”

Knowing that God will be with you can help you submit your won’t to God’s will.  Maybe you’ve heard these classic lines by an unknown author, but they’re worth repeating over and over, too:

A basketball in my hands is worth about $19. 

A basketball in Michael Jordan’s hands is worth about $33 million. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

A sling shot in my hands is a kid’s toy. 

A sling shot in David’s hand is a mighty weapon. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

Two fish and 5 loaves of bread in my hands is a couple of fish sandwiches. 

Two fish and 5 loaves of bread in Jesus’ hands will feed thousands. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

Nails in my hands might produce a birdhouse. 

Nails in Jesus Christ’s hands will produce salvation for the entire world. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

As you see now, it depends on whose hands it’s in. So put your concerns, your worries, your fears, your hopes, your dreams, your families, and your relationships in God’s hands, because, “It depends on whose hands it’s in.” 

When Moses was convinced that God would be with him, he finally submitted his won’t to God’s will.  God went with Moses to Egypt and together they set the Israelites free.  When I was convinced that God would be with me, I finally submitted my won’t to God’s will, too.  God went with me to Israel and we were both tremendously blessed.

God called my wife, our two oldest kids and me to go on a missions trip to Africa.  I looked at the cost and said, “God, I can’t do it!”   To which God seemed to reply, “It’s not a matter of whether you can or can’t do it, but whether you will or won’t do it.  Remember, I will be with you and you can do all things through Christ who gives you strength.”  So we put a deposit down on the trip and prayed for God’s will to be done.  It was!

Don’t let your won’t stand in the way of God’s will.  Remember, God says, “I will be with you.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Let God’s Will Overcome Your Won’t”

Lesson 6: The Battle Of Faith And Flesh

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 5

What happens when you step out in faith, thinking you’re doing what God wants you to do, but then everything goes wrong?

Don’t give up on God too soon!  You might find that you’re still in the center of God’s will―even when everything around you looks worse than ever before.

This happens all the time in the “natural” world.  Last summer we hired some guys to fix the broken brick steps that lead up to our house.  Within a few days we had a bigger mess than before!  The yard was piled with broken bricks and concrete, mounds of sand, bags of cement and stacks of new bricks, not to mention the torn up grass from the backhoe and cement truck.  It was a total mess, worse than the one we were trying to fix!

The same thing happened to Moses in Exodus 5, with much more devastating results.  He did exactly what God told him to do, asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites go out into the desert for a worship service.  The Israelites were thrilled!  God had sent a deliverer.  But instead of things getting better, things got worse―much worse!

Pharaoh said, “No way!” and ordered the Israelite slaves to continue making the same number of bricks as before, but he’d no longer give them any straw to make the bricks―they would have to find it themselves.  The slaves took a beating and they took it out on Moses: “May the Lord look upon you and judge you!  You have made us a stench to Pharaoh and his officials and have put a sword in their hand to kill us.”

Now Moses faced a battle on two fronts:  a battle of faith and a battle of flesh.  Although he probably wanted to fight the battle of the flesh first, saving his people from the physical attack coming against them, he knew which battle he had to fight first.  He had to fight for his faith―to keep on believing what God had told him.  Had he heard from God or not?  Had he done something wrong or not?  He knew he had to win the battle for his faith first if he was ever going to win the battle of the flesh.

So he did the best thing any of us can do:  he returned to the Lord.

He cried out, “O Lord, why have you brought trouble upon this people? Is this why you sent me? Ever since I went to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has brought trouble upon this people, and you have not rescued your people at all.”  God answered him, telling him he was right on track and to keep moving forward in faith.

While we were in the middle of our own brick project, I faced another situation that was so frustrating that I wrote in my journal, “I’m pulling my hair out!  I want to scream!”  I was trying to redesign The Ranch website so I could expand it to minister to more people over the Internet. That meant I had to install some new software that I felt God wanted me to use, but I had no idea how to use it.  Everything I tried made a bigger mess than before.  Instead of making things better, I was making them worse―much worse!

I went outside and looked at the mess in our front yard.  I knew that remodeling projects were always like this.  When in the middle of it, the mess gets worse before it gets better.  I thanked God for the reminder and went back to work.

The website ended up more beautiful and more functional than I could have imagined.  Our front steps turned out better than before and the grass began to grow again.  These were small victories compared to what Moses finally gained: he was able to set an entire nation free as God had promised.

Just because your steps of faith lead you into worse trouble than before, don’t automatically assume that you’re out of God’s will, or that you’ve done something wrong.  Return to the Lord.  Fight the battle of faith first, and the victory in the flesh will follow.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Battle Of Faith And Flesh”

Lesson 7: God Helps Us With Both Battles

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 6

How well do you do on the “Wednesdays” of your life?  The way you handle those “hump days” could very well determine what happens with the rest of your week―and the rest of your life!

Maybe it’s a marriage that you were really thrilled about jumping into at first, but then starts getting hard.  Or maybe it’s a baby you’ve looked forward to having and then it finally comes―along with the dirty diapers,  the crying and the sleepless nights.  Or maybe it’s a Bible study you couldn’t wait to start, but then begins to lag and just isn’t “speaking to you” anymore.  Whatever it is, a “Wednesday” is anything that makes you feel like you just want to throw in the towel and give in.

Moses was definitely having a “Wednesday” in Exodus chapter 6, and the lesson God gave him for how to get through it is a good one for us, too.

Moses had done exactly what God told him to do, asking Pharaoh to “Let my people go.”  But Pharaoh said, “No,” and increased the people’s work.

Now Moses was fighting a battle in his flesh and a battle in his faith.  We find out, in Exodus chapter 6, when Moses returns to the Lord, that God is still with him, ready and willing to help Moses fight both battles. Regarding the battle of the flesh, God says He will help Moses by using His “mighty hand”:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Now you will see what I will do to Pharaoh: Because of my mighty hand he will let them go; because of my mighty hand he will drive them out of his country’ ” (Exodus 6:1) 

Regarding the battle of the faith, God tells Moses three things:

1)  God reminds Moses that this was His idea, His plan, His covenant (verses 2-5);

2)  God reminds Moses that He will be with Moses, that Moses isn’t fighting alone (verse 6);

3)  God reminds Moses what the outcome will be, what the future holds (verses 7-8).

When you’re in the middle of your own battles, be sure to return to the Lord.  Let Him speak to you, remind you, reassure you that you’re on the right path.  If you’re not, He’ll let you know.  But if you are, let Him reassure you that that this is His idea, that He is with you and that He has a plan for your future.  These reminders can give you the faith you need to make another push in your flesh, to go another round, to keep moving forward till “Friday” comes.

I had a dream one night where God spoke clearly to me about preaching on the Internet.  Even though I thought it would be financially impossible, I saw in the dream an envelope wrapped in a “net”―something that looked like one of those red woven sacks in which they sell grapefruit.  There were a few dollars in the envelope and a note saying that the bill had already been paid.  I wasn’t to worry about the money, but to just keep preaching on the “net.”

What did I do when I woke up?  I worried about the money!  Over time, whenever I “returned to the Lord,” He reminded me that this was His idea, that He was with me, and that He had a plan for my future.

Because I returned to Him so many times to get this reminder, I finally took a red mesh grapefruit bag and put it in my bill drawer.  Every time I’d worry about the money, I’d open that drawer, see the “net” and immediately sense the peace of God.  There was nothing magical about the bag―it was simply a visual reminder of the promises God had made to me―but it helped me get through more than a few of my own “Wednesdays.”

Don’t let “Wednesdays” get you down.  Don’t let the rest of your week drop; don’t let the rest of your marriage or job or children drop; don’t let the rest of your life drop.  Return to the Lord.  He’ll help you fight both battles.  Remember:  Friday’s coming!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Helps Us With Both Battles”

Lesson 8: God Sets People Free So All Will Know

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 7-10

People sometimes wonder why God “hardens” Pharaoh’s heart in the process of setting the Israelites free from Egypt.  Why does God have to do it this way?  Doesn’t this override Pharaoh’s free will, if God is the one who makes Pharaoh’s heart hard?

Not at all!  A friend of mine compares this to the different effects the sun has on two different objects:  butter and clay.  What happens when the sun shines on a lump of butter for a few hours?  It gets soft.  But what happens when the sun shines on a lump of clay for a few hours?  It gets hard!  The same sun that softens the butter, hardens the clay.  The difference is not in the sun, but in the reaction of the objects to the sun.

When God pours out the plagues in Exodus chapters 7, 8, 9 and 10, Moses and Pharaoh have two different reactions.  Moses’ heart gets softer to God’s purposes and Pharaoh’s just gets harder and harder.

But there’s still a deeper question in this story:  Why does God have to bother with Moses, Pharaoh and the plagues at all?  If God wants to set the people free, why doesn’t He just cut off their chains, open the gates of Egypt and walk the people out?  Why, for that matter, does God free anyone the way He does?

Why wait until Daniel’s already in the lion’s den before saving him?  Why wait for little David to come onto the scene before defeating Goliath?  Why wait till Jonah’s near the bottom of the ocean before sending a whale out to save him?

God tells us the answer in every one of these stories.

He sets people free in a way that the world will know that He is the Lord, so that others will put their faith in Him and be set free, too.

We can read this over and over again in the story of the plagues:

“…and the Egyptians will know that I am the LORD…” (Exodus 7:5) 

“…by this you will know that I am the LORD…” (Exodus 7:17) 

“…so that you may know there is no one like the LORD…” (Exodus 8:10) 

“…so that you will know that I, the LORD , am in this land.” (Exodus 8:22) 

“…that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth.” (Exodus 9:16) 

We can read this over and over again throughout the Bible.

When God sets Daniel free from the lion’s den, He does it in a way that so impresses the king of that land that the king “wrote a letter to all the peoples, nations and men of every language throughout the land…that in every part of my kingdom people must fear and reverence the God of Daniel” (from Daniel 6:25-27).

When God gave David the victory over Goliath, He did it in a way that “the whole world will know that there is a God in Israel” (from 1 Samuel 17:45-46).

When God rescued Jonah from the depths of the ocean, He was able to get His message out to the people of Nineveh so that even the king of that city issued a proclamation to all the people in his land:  “Let everyone call urgently on God. Let them give up their evil ways and their violence. Who knows? God may yet relent and with compassion turn from his fierce anger so that we will not perish” (from Jonah 3:7-9).

If you wonder why God does things the way He does, pray that God would soften your heart to the things He’s trying to do.  Pray that God would soften the hearts of your family and friends to the things He may be trying to do through you.  Then trust Him that He really does want to set you and your family and friends free.

God may be waiting for just the right time, just the right place, and just the right circumstances so that others will know that He is the Lord, put their faith and trust in Him, and be set free, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Sets People Free So All Will Know”

Lesson 9: Ultimate Victory Comes From Ultimate Sacrifice

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 11

How free do you want to be?  If you want to get a little bit free, you only have to make a little bit of sacrifice.  But if you want to get totally free, you have to make a total sacrifice.

I’ve ridden on a few swings with my kids before and there’s a bit of a thrill that comes with it.  But one day I went on a 100 foot bungee swing with them and it was a totally different experience!

After my six year old son and I were pulled half-way up to the top, he asked “Are we there yet?”  When we were pulled still higher and higher, he hung onto my arm tighter and tighter.  When we got to the top, I counted to three before pulling the cord that would plunge us down the 100 foot drop:

One! Two! Three!  Whewwwww!  The sense of freedom that came in those next few seconds was overwhelming as we swung down and then back up again over the crowd below us.

Moses had the chance to get a little bit of freedom for the Israelite slaves in Egypt.  Pharaoh offered Moses the chance to go into the desert for a few days with just the men.  Moses said, “No.”  Then Pharaoh said Moses could go with the women and children, too, but just leave the animals behind.  Moses refused.  Each time Pharaoh offered a compromise, Moses held out for total freedom, because that’s what God had promised him.

In Exodus chapter 11, God tells Moses that total freedom is just around the corner, but it wouldn’t come without cost.

So Moses said, “This is what the LORD says: ‘About midnight I will go throughout Egypt. Every firstborn son in Egypt will die, from the firstborn son of Pharaoh, who sits on the throne, to the firstborn son of the slave girl, who is at her hand mill, and all the firstborn of the cattle as well.  There will be loud wailing throughout Egypt – worse than there has ever been or ever will be again. But among the Israelites not a dog will bark at any man or animal.’ Then you will know that the LORD makes a distinction between Egypt and Israel” (Exodus 11:4-7). 

Ultimate victory comes only from ultimate sacrifice.

None of the Israelites’ sons would die in this way, but God called upon them to make a sacrifice, too―of a lamb.  When they put the blood of the lamb on the doorframes of their homes, the Angel of the Lord would “pass over” them and not kill their sons, because their sacrifice had already been made.

There are times when something has to die so something else can live.

I heard a woman speak one night about dying to ourselves so that God could live through us.  She quoted Madame Guyon, a Christian who lived in France in the 1600’s, who talked about this total surrender as “plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever.”

I was enthralled by this vision.  But a friend of mine,  who had heard the same talk, was scared to death by it.  He wasn’t sure if he could trust God or not, and wasn’t wanting to take the chance to find out.

I wasn’t sure I wanted to do the bungee swing, either, until I saw a sign on the ride that said, “100% safety.”  That’s what I needed to know to enjoy the ride of my life.  Maybe you’re not sure you want to totally surrender everything in your life to Christ.  Let me assure you that based on my experience, the experience of others, and most importantly, the words of God Himself in the Bible, that God is trustworthy.  He loves you, cares about you, and has already made the ultimate sacrifice for you.  Jesus is “the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!” (John 1:29b).

If you want a little bit of freedom, trust Jesus a little bit.  But if you want total freedom, put your faith in Christ for everything in your life.  Everything!  Then you’ll find out the truth of Jesus’ words: “if the Son sets you free, you will be free indeed! (John 8:36)

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Ultimate Victory Comes From Ultimate Sacrifice”

Lesson 10: God Fulfills His Promises In Unforgettable Ways

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 12

Can you imagine an event so memorable that people would still celebrate it 3,500 years later?  Not 35, or 350, but 3,500 years later!?!  The Passover was just such an event:  the night the Israelites were set free from their bondage in Egypt.

We’ve already looked at one of the reasons God does things the way He does:  so that the whole world will know that He is God, so they will put their faith in Him, too.  But in this lesson, we see yet another reason:  sometimes God fulfills His promises in a way that is so unforgettable that people will remember it for years to come.

When God called me into full-time ministry, He used a verse about the Passover to confirm it.  I was asking God to confirm some things He was telling me were going to happen that day.

Two verses of scripture came to my mind:  Genesis 2:3 and Exodus 12:2.  I didn’t know what the verses said, so I looked up Genesis 2:3.  It was about the first Sabbath Day.  Assuming I must have heard wrong on that one, I turned to Exodus 12:2, which was about the first Passover.  I began to write in my journal, “God, I don’t get it,” but before I finished the sentence, I felt like God said:  “Like the Sabbath and the Passover were markers of special days, so today will mark a special day for you, Eric.”

“What will it mark?”  I asked.

“The beginning of your ministry,” He answered.

God did what He promised to do that day, and within 48 hours I had quit my job and launched out into full-time ministry.

As memorable as that event was for me, it was minuscule compared to what God did for the Israelites on that first Passover night:

“Each man is to take a lamb for his family…year-old males without defect, and…slaughter them at midnight….take some of the blood and put it on the sides and tops of the doorframes of the houses where they eat the lambs…On that same night I will pass through Egypt and strike down every firstborn – both men and animals – and I will bring judgment on all the gods of Egypt. I am the LORD.  The blood will be a sign for you on the houses where you are; and when I see the blood, I will pass over you. No destructive plague will touch you when I strike Egypt.  This is a day you are to commemorate; for the generations to come you shall celebrate it as a festival to the LORD – a lasting ordinance” (Exodus 12:3, 6, and 12-14). 

And a lasting celebration it has become.  When Jesus celebrated the Passover on the night before He died, the tradition was already 1,500 years old.  You’ve probably celebrated it, even if you weren’t fully aware of it, if you’ve ever taken communion, or the Lord’s Supper.  For it was during the Passover meal that Jesus took the bread and the cup and spoke these words:

“This is my body, which is for you; do this in remembrance of me…this cup is the new covenant in my blood. Do this whenever you drink it in remembrance of me” (1 Corinthians 11:24-25). 

Just as the Old Covenant required a lamb to be sacrificed so the Israelites could go free, the New Covenant has the same requirement so that we can go free, except that Jesus is that lamb.  The Bible says, “For Christ, our Passover lamb, has been sacrificed” (I Corinthians 5:7).  

For all that the Israelites had to go through in Egypt―the hard labor, the waiting, the wailing all around them―their day of freedom was so memorable we still celebrate it 3,500 years later.

Are you waiting for God to do something in your life?  Are you wondering why it has to take so long―why your labor might be getting harder not easier?  It just might be that God is working things out in such a way that when He does fulfill His promises to you, He will do it in a way that is so unforgettable, that you―and everyone around you―will remember it for years.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Fulfills His Promises In Unforgettable Ways”

Lesson 11: Mark The Date

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 13:1-16

If you could live any day of your life over again―because it was so memorable―which day would you re-live?  For me, I’d pick November 19th, 1988, the day I asked my wife, Lana, to marry me.  It was perfect in every way, even including the brief rain shower that fell on us while we rode paddle boats at the Houston Zoo.

Some dates are so memorable that we think we’ll never forget them.  But as time passes, and life takes its unexpected turns, we can sometimes forget, or simply devalue, what God has done for us in the past.  And when we forget, we tend to quickly lose ground on any freedom we had gained up to that point.

In the last ten lessons of this study, we looked at how the Israelites were finally able to get free from their bondage.  In the next ten lessons, we’re going to look at how to stay free, which can be just as important as getting free in the first place.

The first lesson for staying free is this:  mark the date.  Make a point to deliberately remember, from year to year, just what God has done for you.  And not only for you to remember, but as an opportunity to remind those around you what God has done for you, too.

Here’s what God told the Israelites to do in Exodus chapter 13:

“Then Moses said to the people, ‘Commemorate this day, the day you came out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery, because the LORD brought you out of it with a mighty hand … You must keep this ordinance at the appointed time year after year … In days to come, when your son asks you, ‘What does this mean?’ say to him, ‘With a mighty hand the LORD brought us out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery’ … and it will be like a sign on your hand and a symbol on your forehead that the LORD brought us out of Egypt with his mighty hand.”

God knew what the Israelites would be facing in the future.  He knew that they may one day wonder if they had made the wrong decision, if maybe they should turn around and go back to Egypt, back into bondage.  But if they could simply remember this night and the miraculous deliverance they experienced that could only be attributed to the hand of God, they would have the faith to keep moving forward – faith to endure any obstacle in the future.

Some people scoff at holidays, thinking they serve no purpose except to give people a day off of work.  But to those who use these “holy” days well, they can be powerful reminders of what God has done, and provide “staying power” for those who have been set free.

Here in the United States, we celebrate a holiday called Thanksgiving, a day that was established when the first people who came to this land from overseas wanted to remember all that God had done for them.  They had lost much in the process of coming to America, including many loved ones who didn’t survive the trip and their first few months here.  But rather than despair over what they had lost, they gave thanks for what they had found.

The day before I wrote this lesson was November 19th.  Throughout the day, I took time to remember what happened on the day I proposed to Lana.  I told my kids about it.  I told her brother about it.  I told her Dad about it.  I bought her flowers.  I love to re-live that day in my mind for myself, and out loud for others, because I want to continually remember throughout my life what God has done for me.

Are you struggling to stay free?  Wondering if it might be better to head back to Egypt?  If so, try taking some time this week to remember some of the things God has done for you in the past.  Mark those dates on your calendar.  Celebrate them every year.  Let them be “like a sign on your hand and a symbol on your forehead” of all that the Lord has done for you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Mark The Date”

Lesson 12: God’s Route Takes Time For Our Sake

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 13:17-22

Have you ever been able to see exactly where you want to go, but it seems like it takes forever to get there?  The more you walk towards it, the farther away it gets?  That may not be an optical illusion.  That may just be the hand of God at work.

I’ve been working on a project for several years.  Every once in awhile I think I see the finish line just around the next turn.  Then I realize that it wasn’t the finish line at all, but just another marker along the way.  God urges me on, and seems to send me on another lap around the track.

Why does God do that?  Isn’t He the One who called us to run this race in the first place and holds out the prize for us at the end?  In Exodus chapter 13, God gives us at least one of the reasons He holds us back from reaching the finish line too soon.

When God promised the Israelites He would bring them into “the Promised Land,” He set them free from Egypt and sent them on their way.  But instead of sending them on the straightest route, He deliberately sent them on a much longer route around the desert.  He tells us why in Exodus 13:17-18a:

“When Pharaoh let the people go, God did not lead them on the road through the Philistine country, though that was shorter. For God said, ‘If they face war, they might change their minds and return to Egypt.’  So God led the people around by the desert road toward the Red Sea.” 

The Israelites were so fresh out of Egypt that God knew that if they went straight to the Promised Land and had to do battle right away, they might have hightailed it right back to Egypt.  God knew that Egypt was a much worse place for them to be and it wasn’t where He wanted them to be at all.  For their own protection, God took them on the longer route.

Oftentimes we get frustrated when we have to take the longer route.  We cry out, “God, why is it taking so long for me to get there?  Why is it taking so long to restore my marriage that I know You want restored?  To get the job that I know you want me to have?  To bring back the child that I know You want to bring back?  To finish the project that I know You called me to do?”

It might be that God is waiting until we’re ready to say with our whole heart:  “OK, God, I’m ready to take on this battle no matter what.  I’m going to fight for my marriage the way You want me to fight for it.  I’m going to fight for my job, fight for my purpose, fight for my calling in life.  I want to be able to stand firm in these things, God, so teach me everything I need to know before I get there, because if I get there too soon, I might hightail it back to Egypt.”

Proverbs 3:5-6 tells us how we can get this kind of attitude:  “Trust in the LORD with all your heart and lean not on your own understanding; in all your ways acknowledge him, and he will make your paths straight.”

Sometimes the shortest route in the long run is the longest route in the short run.

Don’t be frustrated when God says to take another lap around the track.  Don’t give up on what God’s called you to do.  Don’t give in to the thinking that you’ll never make it.  Follow the example of the Apostle Paul: “But one thing I do:  Forgetting what is behind and straining toward what is ahead, I press on toward the goal to win the prize for which God has called me heavenward in Christ Jesus” (Philippians 3:13b-14).

Tell God:  “Father, I’m ready when You are.  Whether I reach my goal today or sometime down the road, I’m still going to trust You no matter what.  You’ve brought me this far.  I know You’ll bring me home.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God’s Route Takes Time For Our Sake”

Lesson 13: Stand Firm

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 14:1-14

What can you do when your back is up against the wall, when you can’t go forward, and when you feel like God doesn’t want you to go backward?  Sometimes the best thing to do is the hardest thing to do:  to “stand firm.”

A few years ago, my family was moving from Texas to Illinois.  We had a very short timeframe to sell our house and make the move.  As I prayed about it, I felt God wanted us to make the move between February 15th and February 28th, a two week window of time―that was less than two months away.

I was fighting for my faith on this one.  I felt I was supposed to sell the house without a realtor, which can often take longer than with a realtor, and I didn’t have any time to lose.  Then I got a letter from a realtor that almost totally undid my faith.  It read:

“It’s now been a couple of weeks since you began trying to sell your house by yourself, and for your sake I do hope you will be successful―although the odds are not with you.  I say this because currently in this area there are some 470 full-time real estate professionals who are working 7 days a week to sell homes like yours. Yet even with so many professionals on the job, it is still taking an average of 30-120 days to get a listed home sold. Now, if it takes 470 full-time professionals over 4 months to get a house sold, how long will it take you―working part-time by yourself?”

I wondered what to do.  It was critical that we sell our house quickly.  Then I was reminded of the Israelites in Exodus, chapter 14.

They had just been set free from Egypt when God led them right up to the edge of the Red Sea.  Pharaoh had changed his mind again, wondering why he had let his slaves go free.  He took his chariots and chased after the Israelites, threatening to put them into bondage again.  The Israelites saw their captors coming and cried out to Moses:

“Was it because there were no graves in Egypt that you brought us to the desert to die? What have you done to us by bringing us out of Egypt? Didn’t we say to you in Egypt, ‘Leave us alone; let us serve the Egyptians’? It would have been better for us to serve the Egyptians than to die in the desert!” (Exodus 14:11-12).

Sometimes we wonder the same thing.  We finally get free from something that has enslaved us, then it tries to force its way back into our lives to captivate us again.  We panic.  We wonder why we ever tried to get free in the first place.  But Moses told his people something that helped them stay free, and it can help us stay free as well.  Moses answered:

“Do not be afraid. Stand firm and you will see the deliverance the LORD will bring you today. The Egyptians you see today you will never see again. The LORD will fight for you; you need only to be still”  (Exodus 14:13-14). 

Even Moses couldn’t have guessed that God was going to part the Red Sea for them to cross, but he knew that God had brought them this far, and He could bring them home.

In my own small way, I felt like Moses with my back up against the Sea.  I was about to panic when I got that realtor’s letter.  But I decided to “stand firm.”  As if in confirmation of my decision, I read another story in 1 Kings 18 where God answered the prayers of one man, Elijah, over the misguided prayers of 450 others.  It was close enough to my situation up against the 470 realtors mentioned in the letter that it gave me goose bumps!

Three weeks later we had a buyer for the house.  We finalized the sale on February 26th and pulled out of town on February 28th.

Standing orders are good orders.  If God hasn’t directed a change in your plans, the best plan is to “stand firm” in the plan He’s already given you.

Don’t give in to fear.  Stand firm in God!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Stand Firm”

Lesson 14: Take Action

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 14:15-31

In our last study, we took a look at “standing firm” when our back is up against the wall.  In this study, we’ll look at what to do next, because God doesn’t want us to stand still forever.  There comes a time when God calls us to take action.

To paraphrase a preacher in the early days of America, who had been praying about what God wanted him to do in regards to creating this new country:  “There’s a time to pray and a time to act.  Now’s the time to act!”

Prayer is not a one-way conversation, but is an invitation for God to speak.  And when God speaks, we need to do what He says, no matter how trivial a thing He might tell us to do.

God spoke to Moses when Moses’ back was up against the wall of the Red Sea.  The people had been crying out to Moses, complaining that he had brought them out into the desert to die at the hands of the Egyptians.  As the Egyptian chariots quickly approached, Moses told the people to “stand firm,” and they would see the deliverance of the Lord.

But then God told Moses what to do next:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Why are you crying out to me? Tell the Israelites to move on. Raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea to divide the water so that the Israelites can go through the sea on dry ground. …’  Then Moses stretched out his hand over the sea, and all that night the LORD drove the sea back with a strong east wind and turned it into dry land. The waters were divided, and the Israelites went through the sea on dry ground, with a wall of water on their right and on their left” (Exodus 14:15-16, 21-22). 

Moses may have thought:  What?  Just raise my staff and stretch out my hand over the sea?  How could that help!?!  But Moses did what God said to do, and the Lord blew back the waters with His very breath, delivering the Israelites to safety and destroying their captors.

I was farming with my Dad one day when the rain began to fall on our two tractors.  I was driving ahead of my Dad, preparing the ground so he could plant the grain behind me.  It was critical that we got the crops in the ground that day.  We didn’t have time for a storm.

As the rain started hitting my face, I stood up on the open-air tractor, held my hand up above my head, and prayed that the rain would stop.  Guess what happened?  I got drenched!  Totally soaked from head to toe!  I said, “Okay, God, I don’t have control over the wind and rain.”

But as I thought about it some more, I said, “Even though I don’t have control, God, I believe that You do.  I think this is just Satan trying to discourage me.  God, I’m going to put my hand back up and keep on praying.  I’m going to keep driving and praying until the rain stops, because we need to get Dad’s crops in today!”

Although the rain kept pelting me in the face, I held my hand up high.  I was still  getting soaked for a few more minutes, but by the time I got to the other end of the field and turned around to take another pass, the rain had completely stopped.  For the rest of the day, we planted that field as the rain came down in sheets all around us.  Even the cars that drove on the road bordering our field had their windshield wipers going all day long, but the rain didn’t touch the ground we were planting.

God doesn’t always answer our prayers so dramatically, and even when He doesn’t, we can be assured that He has something better in mind for us, because God is ultimately FOR us.

But when God does tell you to take action, take action!  No matter how big or how small that action may be, make sure to get it done. Don’t let Satan get you down.  Lift your hands to God and press on.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take Action”

Lesson 15: Take Time To Praise God

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 15:1-21

When you’ve broken free from something in your life, what’s a practical thing you can do to stay free?

One thing is to write down specifically what God has done for you―in a poem, in a song, or just in some words that don’t even rhyme.  When you take the time to write it down, especially in a way that can be recited or sung later, those words can be a reminder of what God has done for you―and what He’s going to do in the future.

I don’t think of myself as a poet, but sometimes poems just come out!  One came out when I was a senior in college when I was dating Lana.  I was working at an office that had an Apple computer called the “Lisa.”  “Lisa” was Apple’s forerunner to the Macintosh, and was the first of Apple’s computers to have a “graphical user interface,” years before Microsoft created “windows.”

That’s when I fell in love, not only with Lana, but also with Apple computers.  I discovered that this computer allowed me to express myself in a poem by drawing pictures next to the text:

 I love your name Lana, 

You don’t look like a (I drew a picture of a banana).  

Your (I drew a picture of her hair) is so curly, 

You never look (I drew a picture of a squirrel) -ly.”  

I’ll spare you from having to read the rest of the poem!  As goofy as it was, Lana has kept it to this day.

The fact that we take the time to write down something about someone special can have a significant impact on them―and on us.

For the Israelites, when they got free from the Egyptians and made it to the other side of the Red Sea, they seemed to almost spontaneously combust into a song about the experience:

“I will sing to the LORD,
for he is highly exalted.
The horse and its rider
he has hurled into the sea.”
(Exodus 15:1) 

This goes on for 20 more verses.  The song is specifically about their experience, recalling how the water piled up like a wall on each side of them, and then how God blew the water back into place again with His breath, plunging their enemies to the depths like a stone.  The song then turns into a song of hope for what God promised to do for them in the future.

Their song was such a powerful reminder of God’s deliverance that we still sing some of its refrains today, such as, “And I shall prepare him my heart…” from the song Exodus XV.

Just as people love it when we take time to write about how much they mean to us, God loves it, too.  One of the reasons is because it takes time to write down the words.  In that time, when we recall what God has done for us and what He has promised to do for us in the future, we can find hope to go on.  We can remember all that He’s done and all that He’s going to do.  We remind ourselves that we don’t really want to go back to our own “Egypt” ever again.

As I wrote this lesson, we were about to celebrate Christmas all around the world.  We were getting ready to sing songs about things that God has done throughout the ages, some of them thousands of years ago, and some just a few years ago.  I wondered aloud if maybe it was time for a new song, too?

Has God done something in your life that you’d like to remember forever―something that you’d like to pass on to future generations?  Or is there someone special in your life who could use a special gift this week?  Not a gift from a store, but a gift from a storehouse of love.  If so, let it flow!  Write a poem to the awesome God we serve―or to someone that you love.  If you like music, how about writing a tune, or just humming one that can go along with the poem?

Then give it to your Beloved as a special act of love.  They’ll keep it forever.  And it will help keep you free!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take Time To Praise God”

Lesson 16: Cry Out To The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 15:22-27

What makes Christmas so special for so many people?  I think the answer can be summed up in one word:  JESUS.  That one word contains more power, more hope and more love than all the others words in the world combined.

Even the word “Jesus” has a significant meaning.  It comes from the Greek form of the name Joshua, which means “the Lord saves.”  So to say that “Jesus Saves” is like saying, in bold and underlined, “The Savior Saves!”  It is the saving power of Jesus that makes Christmas so special to me and millions of others around the world.

It is that same Truth that God has been trying to get across to people for thousands of years.

Three thousand years ago there were over 600,000 men, women and children who were on the verge of death in the middle of a desert.  They had just lived through some of the most fearful and awesome moments ever recorded in history, and yet they found themselves once again at the edge of calamity.

Having found no water in the desert for three days, they finally found water at a place called Marah―only to discover that the water was bitter and was undrinkable.  This was the last straw.  They grumbled to Moses, and Moses did the best thing any of us can do in such a situation―he cried out to the Lord:

“Then Moses cried out to the LORD, and the LORD showed him a piece of wood. He threw it into the water, and the water became sweet” (Exodus 15:25). 

Once again, “the Lord saves.” There’s a big difference between grumbling to others and crying out to the Lord.  “Grumbling to others” is giving in to defeat and failure.  “Crying out to the Lord” is looking up with hope and anticipation.  The people grumbled.  Moses cried out to the Lord, and the Lord showed him exactly what to do.

A man here in the U.S., by the name of George Washington Carver, saw poverty and desperation all around him in his home state of Georgia.  He cried out to the Lord, asking God to show him the secrets of the universe.  God told George that this would be too much for him to handle!  So George asked God to show him the secrets of the peanut, an unimportant plant at that time that grew in Georgia.  In response to that cry, God showed George hundreds of uses for the peanut, including peanut butter, oils, lubricants, paints and more.  George put his wisdom to use and turned the peanut into a $13 million industry for the state of Georgia.

Back to Jesus, I heard from a woman who had grown up as a Buddhist, and who one day she found herself in the blackest of holes.  Her marriage, her family, and her life were a total mess.  She didn’t know what to do.  So she did the one thing she hadn’t tried before.  She called out to Jesus, whom she had heard about on television.  Standing in the middle of her living room, she looked up to heaven, with tears in her eyes, and called out to Jesus as loud as she could.  With that cry, Jesus totally and completely transformed her life here on earth and gave her a future in heaven, too.  You can read her whole story on The Ranch website by going to “Stories” and clicking on “Jesus Get Me Out Of Here!”

I don’t know where you are today or what you’re going through.  But the Lord knows―the Lord who saves, the Lord who took a truly desperate situation and completely turned it around by showing Moses the simplest of solutions―to throw a stick into bitter water to make it sweet.

What do you need from the Lord today?  Don’t grumble to others.  Cry out to the Lord!  Listen for His answer, no matter how simple.  You might find that the solution is right under your nose.  You just need the Lord to show it to you!  You’ll find out again that the Lord is able to save you and those around you, perhaps even hundreds of thousands around you!  Remember what “Jesus” means:  “The Lord Saves!”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Cry Out To The Lord”

Lesson 17: Trust God To Provide Showing He’s The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 16

Want to see the hand of God at work in your life this year?  Try this:  take time to write down each of your prayers in a journal or on a pad of paper.  Then leave some space next to each prayer so that you can come back later to record when, and how, that prayer was answered.

Within just a few weeks, you’ll begin to see how many prayers God answers on a regular basis.  You’ll also see how often He answers those prayers in a way that you’ll know it was the Lord who answered them.  By connecting your prayers to God’s answers, you’ll both see and know that God’s hand is at work in your life.

This is how God said He would answer the prayers of the Israelites when they cried out for food in the desert in Exodus chapter 16:

The LORD said to Moses, “I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, ‘At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am the LORD your God’ ” (Exodus 16:11-12). 

Starting the very next day, God gave them manna every morning and quail every night, not as the result of some natural desert phenomenon, but clearly as a result of God delivering on His promise exactly as He told them He would.

One day, God answered one of my prayers in a similarly specific way when I was praying about where God wanted me to live and minister.

I was living in Illinois at the time and had a map of the United States laying out on the table.  Just out of curiosity, I closed my eyes and let my finger fall on the map.  When I saw that it had landed on Dallas, Texas, I closed the map.  I really wasn’t wanting to go back to Texas again, since I had just moved back to Illinois from from Texas just a few years earlier.

But later that night, as I told a friend on the phone what had happened regarding the map, my friend immediately described to me a picture that God had impressed on his mind when I said the word “Dallas.”  He described a place called “The Ranch,” not the famous ranch from the old TV show “Dallas,” but a scene he had never seen before.  He told me in detail about the location of the trees, the sunset, some obstacles, a dirt path, a fence, and a river by, next to which stood one solitary tree casting its shadow on the water.

My friend drew what he had seen on a piece of paper.  He signed it, dated it and faxed me a copy.  Vision or no vision, I still wasn’t interested in going to Texas!  So I promptly forgot about it….until several months later when I got a phone call from a pastor in Dallas, Texas.  He wanted to know if I would be interested in moving to Dallas to serve as the Associate Pastor at his church.  I had to pull out my friend’s sketch and ask God if there was any connection between the call and my earlier prayer.  It turns out there was!  You can see the whole story on The Ranch website by watching the video for this lesson.

Suffice it to say we ended up moving to Dallas!  Exactly one year later―to the day―I found myself standing on the bank of the river outside our new back yard, looking at a scene that had been detailed a year earlier in a drawing I now held in my hand and included the trees, the sunset, the obstacles, the dirt path, the fence, and even the solitary tree casting its shadow onto the water!  To top it all off, just behind this scene was a brand new sports rehab center that happened to open that very month called, “The Ranch.”  (This story was the inspiration for how I decided to call my website The Ranch!)

If you want to see the hand of God at work in your life, take time to write down your prayers―then leave room for His answers!  When you make the connection between your prayers and God’s answers, you’ll begin to see clearly that the Lord really is “the LORD!”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Trust God To Provide Showing He’s The Lord”

Small Group Study Guide for Exodus: Lessons In Freedom

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible.

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible.

I’m excited to offer this study guide for groups who want to study this material together!  While studying God’s Word on your own can be extremely rewarding, studying it with others can be even more so.  I’ve learned from my own experience that the words of Solomon are true:  “As iron sharpens iron, so one man sharpens another” (Proverbs 27:17).

This study is divided into fifty lessons, and the questions that follow can be used for personal reflection, group discussion, or a combination of both.

If your group wants to read and discuss each lesson together, they could meet once a week and complete this study in fifty weeks.  If your group wants to cover the material more quickly, group members could study several lessons on their own during the week, then discuss those lessons together with the group covering five lessons per week for a period of ten weeks.  A set of “summary questions” is also included for this approach.

However you choose to do it, I pray that God will speak to you through it!

Lesson 1

The Israelites may have felt weak since they were slaves in Egypt.  But the reason they were enslaved was because Pharaoh could see they would one day become incredibly strong, so he decided to suppress them before they could overpower him.

1. Is there an area of your life that God may want you to be strong, but because of circumstances or other situations, you feel weak in that area?

2. Could it be that God wants you to use that weakness for His glory somehow?

3. What are some ways He might be able to use it?

4. What are some steps you can take to start moving into what God may have in mind for you in this area?

Lesson 2

While the Israelite midwives faced threats from Pharaoh unless they killed all of the newborn Israelites boys, the midwives feared God more than they feared Pharaoh and decided to do what was right.  They let the boys live, and God blessed not only the Israelites, but the midwives, too.

1. Is there an area of your life where the “fear of man” is keeping you from fulfilling something that God might want you to do instead?

2. What’s the worst that could happen if you stepped forward in what you feel called to do?  

3. What’s the worst that could happen if you don’t step forward in what you feel called to do?

4. How might God bless you, and those around you, if you do step forward in what you feel called to do?

Lesson 3

When God was looking for someone to lead His people into freedom, He found someone in Moses whose heart was already committed to that end.  Even though Moses’ plans to set people free seemed to backfire from time to time, God eventually called Moses to set people free in a big way.

1. Is there something on your heart that you feel called to do, and may have tried to do in the past, but hasn’t yet been fulfilled?

2. If God were looking for someone to do what you feel called to do, what things in your past might show Him that you’re committed to that end, too?

3. What are some things you might do right now to demonstrate that commitment?

4. In what ways could you use some strengthening from God right now to help you carry out what He’s put on your heart to do?

Lesson 4

God came up with a plan to set the Israelites free:  He saw their misery, He heard their prayers, He was concerned about their suffering, and He wanted to rescue them.  But part of His plan also included using Moses, if He was willing, to be His human instrument to bring about that freedom.

1. Why would God want to involve His people in His plans, instead of doing it all Himself?

2. Are there some things going on in the world that make you want to ask why God isn’t doing something about them?

3. If so, is it possible that He might be wanting to ask you the same question?

4. If God were to invite you to take part in His plan, would you want to?

Lesson 5

When God invited Moses to take part in His plan of rescuing the Israelites, Moses protested:  he gave God many good reasons why he wasn’t the best choice for the job.  But God countered all of Moses’ reasons with just one reason of His own:  “I will be with you.”

1. What difference do you think it made to Moses to know that God would be with Him?

2. What difference do you think it would make to you if you knew that God would be with you in what He’s calling you to do?

3. What do you think about the statement, “It’s not a matter of whether you can or can’t, but whether you will or won’t”?

4. What are some things you could do to help you clarify whether God is calling you to do something or not, and whether or not He will be with you or not?

Summary Questions – Lessons 1-5

The book of Exodus is one of the most dramatic books in the Bible.  You may already be familiar with some of the stories contained within it, either from reading it before, or from famous movies based on various aspects of the story.

1. Flip through the pages of the book of Exodus, looking at just the headings of each section if you’d like, and share with the group a topic or two that you find.  (For instance, “the parting of the Red Sea,” or “baby Moses gets put in a basket.”)

2. The word Exodus means to flee or to “exit,” and the book of Exodus describes how God helped the Israelites escape from their bondage in Egypt.  What are some other bondages from which God might want to help His people escape?

3. In what ways did the “fear of man” enslave the Israelites, and in what ways can the “fear of man” enslave us today?

4. In what ways did the “fear of God” help the Israelites step into their divine destiny, and in what ways can the “fear of God” help us today to do the same?

5. What are some things that you see in the world around you that you hope God would do something about–and that He might be hoping you would get involved in doing something about, too?

6. Although it seems like God could have rescued the Israelites all by Himself, He chose to use Moses as His human instrument to accomplish His plan.  Share why you think God would rather work through His people than doing everything Himself?

7. Although Moses and God were on the same page regarding what they hoped would happen, what seemed to hinder Moses in jumping into God’s plan, and what seemed to help him finally agree to do it?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 1-5, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read 2 Chronicles 16:9a again, and share in what ways you might hope that God would strengthen you in the days ahead?

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that if God has called you to do something, He will be with you to help you do it.

Lesson 6

When Moses first approached Pharaoh about letting the Israelites go free, Pharaoh did just the opposite and increased the workload on the Israelites.  Moses could have been discouraged and even wondered if this was God’s plan at all, until he stopped to ask God again about the situation.

1. What does a home-improvement project usually look like when the remodeling begins?

2. How can knowing beforehand that things might get messy help you to keep your faith when you step out to do what God has called you to do?

3. When Moses saw the workload increase for his people, instead of setting them free, what did he do to make sure he was still on track?

4. Why is it important to win the battle of faith first, before even attempting the battle in the flesh?

Lesson 7

When Moses returned to God to make sure he was still on the right track, God assured him that he was.  God continued to promise Moses that it would be “because of my mighty hand” that Pharaoh eventually let the people go.

1. Have you ever had something in your life backfire, even when you were pretty sure it was God’s plan prior to that point?

2. What did God say to Moses to reassure him that Moses was still on track (see verses 2-8)?

3. If God has spoken to you about something you’re to do in life, is there something tangible that you could use as a visible reminder of what he’s called you to do, to help you through those “hump days” in your life?

4. There’s a phrase in the military that standing orders are good orders, meaning that if no new direction has been given, to continue doing the last thing you were told to do.  How might this apply right now to anything you’re going through in your own walk with God?

Lesson 8

In the process of setting the Israelites free, God sent plague after plague against the Egyptians who were holding them in bondage.  Although He might have been able to set them free instantly, He chose instead to use this lengthier, and more difficult process.

1. Which of the plagues do you think would be hardest on you personally, if you were an Egyptian living in Egypt in those days (not counting the final plague on the firstborn)?

2. Why does the Bible say God used this particular process to set the Israelites free?  

3. How can this story, and the stories of Daniel and David and Jonah, be an encouragement to those going through difficult trials in their lives?

4. If God had the choice to set you free in an instant, but you were the only one who would praise God in the end, or He could set you free in another way that might even painful to you, but many would praise God in the end, which would you want Him to do?

Lesson 9

Of all the plagues to strike the Egyptians, none struck as hard, it seems, as the one that took the life of every firstborn male in the land.  Even the Israelites had to make a sacrifice before getting their freedom.

1. Why do you think Moses didn’t take Pharaoh up on his initial offers to let the people go out in the wilderness and worship God for a few days, but leave the women and children, or animals behind?

2. Why do you think God required the sacrifice of the firstborn on the part of the Egyptians, and the sacrifice of an animal on the part of the Israelites, too?

3. How do you react to the idea of “plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever”?

4. How does the sacrifice in this story correspond to the sacrifice of Christ on the cross?

Lesson 10

When the Israelites celebrated their first “Passover,” it was a night marked by weeping and wailing in the Egyptian streets, as God’s Spirit passed over the houses that were marked by the blood of a lamb.  It was such a memorable event that even today, 3,500 years later, people still celebrate it.

1. Have you ever been through something that has been so difficult, that when you finally came through it, you’ve remembered it ever since?

2. What thoughts do you think were going through the Israelites minds during the night of that final plague in Egypt?

3. What thoughts do you think were going through the Egyptians minds during that night?

4. If you’re going through something difficult in your life right now, what hope might you take from this story?

Summary Questions – Lessons 6-10

The process of coming out of bondage in Egypt was a painful one, both for those who were in bondage and for those who were keeping them in bondage.  But in the end, there was something about the process that focused everyone’s attention on the One who was setting them free, making it a memorable event still for people today.

1. Flip through the pages of Exodus chapters 6-12 and have each person in the group mention one or two things that either the Israelites or the Egyptians had to go through that made their lives harder once Moses showed up, rather than easier.

2. How did Moses handle each of these seeming setbacks to God’s plan:  with superhuman faith, or with something more like what each of us might have felt, or some combination of the two? 

3. Why is it important to gear up for two battles when doing God’s will: the battle of faith (believing God will do what He says He will do), and the battle of flesh (doing the hard work itself).

4. Is there something you do, or something you have done in the past, to help you through the “hump days” of your life?

5. What did you think of excerpts from the stories about Moses, Daniel, David, and Jonah that indicated why God sometimes sets people free in the way that He does (so that all will come to know Him)?

6. What do you think of the idea of plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever?  Is it an appealing, a frightening, or some combination of the two, and why?

7. The freedom the Israelites received was nothing short of remarkable.  The entire nation of slaves was set free on a single day, with the full permission of everyone in Egypt.  How did God bring such a remarkable event to pass?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 6-10, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read 1 Corinthians 11:24-25 again, and share in what ways communion, for the Christian, is in some ways related to the Passover Feast for the Jews.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that God often sets people free in a way that all will know that He is the Lord.

Lesson 11

God asked Moses and the Israelites to mark the date that they came out of Egypt in a way that they could remember, and their descendants could remember, the event forever.  The Passover is still celebrated annually all of these generations later, reminding them of the freedom they attained on that remarkable day.

1. What are some memorable dates in your life, dates that you would hope to remember for the rest of your life?

2. What value is there to you, and those around you, of remembering and even celebrating such dates?

3. And in particular, how might commemorating a date you were set free from something be helpful to you, or those around you?

4. In what ways might you want to commemorate for yourself, or share with others, an important date in your life?

Lesson 12

When God brought the Israelites out of Egypt, He put them on an indirect path to the Promised Land, rather than a direct path that led straight to it.  God said that this wasn’t a mistake, but that He did this on purpose, for their benefit.

1. What reason did God give for taking the Israelites the long way around to the Promised Land (verses 17-18a)?

2. Why do you think it’s sometimes true that “the shortest route in the long run is the longest route in the short run.”  Why or why not?

3. Is there anything going on in your life right now that God might be taking you on the longer route to get there so that the outcome in the end will be far better than taking you on a more direct route?

4. What did the Apostle Paul do, as he recorded in Philippians 3:13b-14–that you might do to–to help him keep moving forward on the path God had placed Him?

Lesson 13

After fleeing from Egypt, Moses and the Israelites came up against a wall of sorts:  the Red Sea was in front of them, and the Egyptian army was pursuing them from behind, as Pharaoh had once again changed his mind about letting them go free.  When God told Moses to “Stand firm,” he did, even though there seemed to be no possible way of escape.

1. Why is “standing firm” so hard to do sometimes?

2. What was the people’s reaction when they found themselves trapped in this fretful situation?

3. What did God say in response to their fears?

4. How can this story encourage you when you’re facing something in life where the odds seem insurmountably against you?

Lesson 14

After standing firm for just the right length of time, God told Moses to raise His staff and stretch out his hand over the sea.  Although it may have seemed pointless to Moses, he did it, and the sea parted in front of him, and the Israelites crossed over on dry ground with a wall of water on each side of them.

1. Why do you think God asked Moses to raise his staff and stretch out his hand over the sea, when the text says that it was God who drove back the sea with a strong wind?

2. While God certainly encourages us to pray about the situations in our lives, why is it that prayer alone may not always accomplish what God wants to accomplish?

3. Can you think of some other stories in the Bible where people put their faith in action and saw remarkable results, even though it was clear that it was God who was doing that which was remarkable?

4. Are there situations in your life where God might be calling you to “raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea,” even though doing so might seem unlikely to accomplish much of anything unless God intervenes?

Lesson 15

When the Israelites came through the Red Sea, having seen the waves part before them, then close in behind them on the encroaching Egyptian army, they sang a song to the Lord.  The song helped them express their love for their God, and has been sung and remembered for generations so others can express their love to God as well.

1. Have you ever written a poem or a song in honor of someone special, and if so, what was their reaction?

2. How might God react to such a song or poem, whether or not you wrote it yourself or sang one that someone else had written?

3. How might remembering what God has done for you in a song or poem help to solidify the event in your mind, as well as to others in the future?

4. Why not take some time right now to right down a few words or phrases of something you’d like to express to God about what He’s done for you in your life, then keep writing until they come together in a poem or song?

Summary Questions – Lessons 11-15

When God brought the Israelites out of Egypt, He did some specific things to help them to stay free, such as putting them on the longer path to the Promised Land, and to ask them to commemorate the event with an annual feast.  He also gave them some additional signs of His power among them by having them stand firm when things seemed to be caving in, and parting the sea in front of them when Moses raised his staff.

1. If you’ve seen the movies “The Ten Commandments” or “The Prince of Egypt,” share with the group your thoughts on how faithful those movies were to the story you read in the Bible about the parting of the Red Sea.

2. Look again at the story of the parting of the Red Sea in the Bible, and share what aspects of the story make you think this was not just a little creek or river they crossed, nor that the water simply receded on its own for a short period of time, like a tide that goes in and out with the phases of the moon.

3. What are some reasons that God wanted the Israelites to commemorate their coming out of Egypt year after year?

4. Why did God want to take the Israelites to the Promised Land on an indirect path, and why might God sometimes put us on indirect path in life as well?

5. What feelings might you go through if God set you free from something, only to find yourself backed up against a seemingly impassible wall–and then He told you to just “stand firm”?

6. When God is clearly the one who does some of the miracles in our lives, why is it that He still wants us to take some step of action toward bringing it about?

7. If you’ve written a poem or song about something God has done in your life, maybe you’d want to share it with the group at this point, so they can rejoice and be encouraged along with you!

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 11-15, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Proverbs 3:5-6 again, and share where you feel you are, on a scale of 1-10 (ten being the highest), in trusting the Lord with all your heart for the situations you’re facing in life.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that when we trust in the Lord with all our heart, He will make our paths straight.

Lesson 16

Three days after their dramatic flight through the Red Sea, the people were desperate for God again:  they grumbled against Moses for they had not found water in the desert for three days, and when they did it was undrinkable.  So Moses cried out to the Lord, and the Lord answered his prayer, showing him how to make the bitter water sweet.

1. What kinds of things cause people to go from praising God for one deliverance to grumbling against Him again in such a short time?

2. How would you describe the difference between “grumbling” and “crying out to God,” if there is any difference?

3. How, specifically, did God answer Moses’ cry?

4. If you were to cry out to God today with a specific prayer request, how confident are you that He might give you a specific answer to your prayer?

Lesson 17

Having discovered water and manna in the desert, the Israelites began to tire of the daily provision God had given them and they cried out for more.  God heard their cries, and in an effort to remind them that He was still the Lord their God, their provider, He told them to expect meat to eat every night and every morning.

1. God is our provider, yet sometimes we don’t connect our prayers with His provisions.  Have you ever taken time to write down your prayer requests, then gone back later to see how God answered them?

2. If so, share your experience.  (If not, you might consider trying it!) Have you ever had God answer your prayers in a way that you know that He’s the Lord, that He’s the only one who could have orchestrated the answer you received?

3. Even though God answered the Israelites prayers in this story, what is it about their request and God’s answer that seems to fall short of the beautiful relationship God wished to have with them?

4. What might we do in our prayer time that would both honor God for who He is, yet also express our practical needs to Him?

Lesson 18

When the Israelites ran out of water again, they took out their anger on Moses.  But instead of taking it personally, Moses took it to the Lord, and the Lord reminded them all that He was indeed still with them.

1. Have you noticed that people can be fickle at times, swaying from fully supporting something to fully opposing it on what seems like a moment’s notice?

2. When people oppose you, how well do you do, on a scale of 1-10 (with 10 being you do great) at taking it to the Lord instead of taking it personally?

3. What effect might if have on your heart and attitude if you knew that the Lord was with you in situations like this?  (Not that He is necessarily “siding” with you, but that He is indeed with you, nonetheless).

4. How did God answer Moses when Moses came to Him, and how might God answer you when you come to him?

Lesson 19

When the Israelites went into battle, Moses told Joshua to choose some men and go fight the battle, while Moses went with Aaron and Hur to the top of a hill.  Each man had to take his position and maintain his position in order to see the victory.

1. Why might Moses have sent Joshua into the battle, while Moses himself went up to the top of the hill with the staff of God in his hands?

2. What benefit did it seem to give Joshua and his men for Moses to hold his staff high in the air during the fight? (and why might they have faltered when Moses lowered the staff?)

3. Are there some ways in which this statement applies to you, too?  “It’s not a matter of whether or not you want to be a role model.  You are a role model.  The question is whether you’re going to be a good role model or a bad one.”

4. If you’re currently facing any battles in your life, what position has God called you to take, and how can you better take your position and maintain your position?

Lesson 20

In many ways, Moses has been almost totally alone in his efforts to set the Israelites free.  But in chapter 17, God begins setting the stage for others to join him in his efforts, when God tells Moses to take the elders with him as he takes his next step of faith.

1. What are some of the pros and cons of taking your steps of faith in public, versus taking them in private?

2. How is the challenge Moses faces in this chapter the same as some of the challenges he’s faced earlier?

3. What level of confidence do you think Moses felt in going and doing what God had called him to do, at least compared to the Israelites needed help with their water supply?

4. If God were to call you to take a few others with you on your next step of faith, who might you take, and how might they benefit from being with you?

Summary Questions – Lessons 16-20

Even after helping to set the Israelites free, Moses faced several battles in the desert:  battles of faith, battles within the camp, and battles outside the camp.  But whenever Moses cried out to God, God answered his prayers with miraculous provision and practical steps that Moses could take to meet the needs around him.

1. As much as the Israelites wanted to be free from their bondage, there were times when they seemed to wonder if it would have been better to have stayed in Egypt.  Why is that, and have you ever felt that way?

2. Having read about the Israelites fickleness about going back and forth in their view of their situation, what would you say is one of the keys to remaining firmly on course?

3. While we are always dependent on God for every breath we take, what happens that makes us feel like we can sometimes live without Him?  And what usually happens to make us realize our utter dependence upon Him once again?

4. Is it possible to express our practical needs to God in a way that still honors Him and expresses our trust in Him, rather than our frustration in Him?  If so, how?

5. How was Moses able to not take it personally when the people grumbled against him, and how can we not take it personally when people grumble against us?

6. In what areas of your life do you feel like your life is on display?  And how does what you display affect those around you?

7. Are most of your steps of faith ones that you’ve taken privately, or have you ever had to take steps of faith in public, in one way or another?  If so, what has been the effect of taking a public step of faith?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 16-20, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 28:20b again, and share what difference it would make in your life if you believed Jesus’ statement and took it to heart, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that Jesus is with you always, to the very end of the age.

Lesson 21

After some time in the desert, Moses began to feel the strain of Moses being the sole judge over the people’s disputes.  On the verge of wearing himself out, as well as the people, Moses’ father-in-law urged him to get help in the form of putting a system in place of additional leaders who could help Moses judge the people’s disputes.

1. How well can you relate with these words of Mother Teresa, who said, “I know God will not give me anything I can’t handle. I just wish He didn’t trust me so much.”

2. What do you think about the question, “Why would God give you more to do than one person to do?”

3. If you’re feeling overwhelmed by all you have to do, what do you think of these two options:  1) either God hasn’t give you all of those things to do and you might need to back out of some of them, or 2) God has given you all those things to do and you might need to find a new way to do them?

4. What kind of solutions might God be showing you right now about how to accomplish all that He’s given you to do?

Lesson 22

When the Israelites reached the mountain to which God told them to go, God also told Moses that He would allow the people to hear Him speaking to Moses, so that they would always put their trust in him.  God wanted to establish Moses in the eyes of the people, so that they would listen to and follow his lead for the rest of their time together.

1. Have you ever stepped out in faith for yourself, only to realize later that your step of faith encouraged others to step out in faith as well?  Consider some of the people who are in your “sphere of influence,” the people you encounter in a typical week (such as family, friends and co-workers, as well as others you come in contact with: bank tellers, postal workers, doctors, nurses, people on the Internet, etc.)

2. How might they be affected by your thoughts, words and actions this week?

3. What are some ways that God may have already “established” you in their eyes, as an ambassador for Him?

4. How might God use your faith in God this week to help others grow in their faith in Him?

Lesson 23

God gave Moses and the people a set of rules to follow, the Ten Commandments.  Those rules weren’t meant to put limits on the people to keep them in a new type of bondage, but to allow them to live as freely as possible and still stay in harmony with one another.

1. What’s your feeling about the Ten Commandments in general?  Do you see them more as unnecessary restrictions on your life and putting you back under a new kind of bondage, or as words of wisdom to help you live more freely?

2. We often think of the Ten Commandments in terms of how they apply to us personally. But how do you think the Ten Commandments helped Moses as he began to include other leaders in helping him judge the people’s disputes?

3. In your own leadership of those around you, whether at home or work or other activities, how can rules help everything and everyone work more smoothly?

4. Are there any rules you might need to, or want to, put into place in the days ahead to help things run smoother in your life?

Lesson 24

The Ten Commandments are followed by over 600 more rules for living that God gave to Moses and the people in the desert.  The rules would allow Moses and the people to know and understand how they could best live together in the coming years, and also to help the new set of leaders decide any disputes that arose among the people.

1. Do you think the Ten Commandments and the 600 rules that followed were altogether “new” rules that God wanted to give the people, or more likely a “codification” of the rules that God had already been using to help the people live together in harmony, or some combination of the two?

2. If God has given you wisdom in certain areas of your life, how might sharing that wisdom with others help them in their lives?

3. Consider some of the questions asked in today’s message and write down your answers:  What topics in life has God spoken to you about the most?  Or the most often? Or the most clearly? What questions have you struggled with, wrestled through, and found God’s answers?

4. What are some ways you might be able to share what you’ve learned from God with others?

Lesson 25

God promised the Israelites that He would bring them into a “promised land,”  but He also knew that they weren’t yet able to occupy the entire land, that it would become desolate and the wild animals would overrun it.  So God told them He would give it to them little by little, until they had increased enough to take possession of all of it.

1. What are some things you’re praying about right now where it seems God is delaying the answer?

2. How might this passage help you in seeing God’s perspective on those situations?

3. While you may feel like you’re ready for God’s full answer to your prayers, in what ways might He still want to “increase you” so that when the answer comes, you’ll be ready for it?

4. Read Ephesians 3:20, and consider what it might look like if God really answered your prayers in a way that was immeasurably more than all you could ask or imagine.  How willing would you be to wait for an answer like that?

Summary Questions – Lessons 21-25

After setting the Israelites free from Egypt, God began to expand Moses’ ability to lead them through the desert by raising up more leaders to help him.  God gave Moses and the people the Ten Commandments and over 600 other rules to help them live in freedom with each other, and by which the leader’s could judge the people’s disputes.

1. Look through the list of rules God gave the people in Exodus 20-23.  Share with each one or two of the rules that stand out as particularly interesting or unusual to you.

2. Why do you think the laws of many nations around the world are still based on the rules God gave to the Israelites in the desert so many years ago?  And what is it about the Top 10 that make them stand out from all the rest?

3. With all the wisdom Moses already had, why was it that Jethro was able to see a way for Moses to lead the people even better, a way that Moses either never considered before, or at least never implemented?

4. How might it affect you–in terms of what you say and do in your life–to know that others are watching your walk with God and could be directly influenced by it in one way or another?

5. What do you think of the idea of rules being like the tracks that enable a train to go as fast as it does, or a kite string that enables a kite to fly as high as it does?

6. What is one topic that you feel God has taught you the most about in life–or about which you have wrestled with the most and found some of God’s answers?

7. What reason did God give the Israelites for why He wasn’t going to give them the promised land all at once (see Exodus 23:29-30)?  And how might that apply to any situations you’re facing in your life today?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 20-25, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Exodus 20:1-3 again and share why you think God put this first commandment ahead of all the rest.  

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering the One True God you serve, and how very much He loves you.

Lesson 26

From the very beginning, God told Moses why He wanted to free the Israelites:  so they could worship Him freely.  And in chapter 24, Moses and several of his leaders finally got to go up to the mountain God had called them to, and they ate and drank in the presence of God.

1. Why does God seem to love it so much when we worship Him?  What does it do for Him?  And what does it do for us?

2. Even though there are more times of worship coming up for the Israelites, where everyone will be involved, what might have made this time of worship so special to God, to Moses, and to the elders that came with Him?

3. How do you best like to worship?  With words? Your music? In your heart? In other ways?

4. Why not take some time right now to worship the Lord, whether it’s in your favorite way, or just in your heart, right where you are (which might be your favorite way!)

Lesson 27

God told Moses to have the people make a sanctuary for Him, a place where He would dwell among them.  Just as God had spoken to Noah about the specific details of how to build the ark for the animals, God now gave Moses very specific instructions for how to build this place of worship.

1. What would you say to someone who says that God only speaks in generalities, such as “Love one another”?  

2. Why might God want to speak so specifically to His people at times?

3. Do you believe that God could still speak so specifically to you about the situations you’re facing in your life?  Why or why not?

4. Is there something you’d like to ask God for wisdom about?  Take a few minutes to ask Him now, and listen for His answer.

Lesson 28

God told Moses make sacred garments for his brother Aaron to give him dignity and honor as he served as the high priest.  God wanted to consecrate him in a special way for this special work of service.

1. Why do you think God may have wanted to set Aaron apart with special garments for his duties as a priest?

2. As you read through Exodus 28:1-40, what other reasons did God have for creating Aaron’s ephod and breastpiece the way He did, and who else would He be honoring through the specific symbols and engravings that He used?

3. Can you think of some people in your life who might benefit from being honored for the work they’re doing?

4. If so, are there some specific ways you might be able to give them such dignity and honor?

Lesson 29

God called Moses to anoint, ordain and consecrate Aaron and his sons for the work of service God had called them to do.  Moses was to anoint them with a special mixture of oil and spices, blended specifically for this purpose of consecrating them for this work.

1. Can you think of other people in the Bible whom God anointed for the work they were to do? (see 1 Samuel 10:1, 1 Samuel 16, 1 Kings 1:39, for examples)

2. What purpose does anointing people with oil seem to serve?

3. What purpose might anointing people with oil serve today?

4. In Luke 4:18, Jesus quoted the words of Isaiah the prophet and said that God had anointed Him for a specific purpose.  What was that purpose, and how might God want you to serve others with that same purpose?

Lesson 30

Moses was able to accomplish all the work that God had for him to do because he was able to put a system in place, a system that involved other people in the work.  Thankfully, he didn’t have to do it all alone, and God showed him specific steps he could take to make it happen all along the way.

1. Consider what might have happened to Moses had he not gotten others involved in the work?  What would his life have been like, and what would the people’s lives have been like that he served?

2. By involving others in the work, how was he able to expand the work that God had called him to do?

3. What are some barriers that might keep you from involving others in the work that God has called you to do?  And what are some of the benefits of involving them in the work?

4. When you weigh the barriers against the benefits, are there some things you might do differently in your own life having seen the example of Moses in this study?

Summary Questions – Lessons 26-30

God called Moses and the Israelites out of Egypt so they could worship Him freely.  Once in the desert, God gave the Israelites specific instructions for creating a place of worship that was beautiful and enthralling, setting apart various people for various purposes.

1. Read through some of the verses about why God wanted to set the people free from their bondage:  Exodus 3:12, 4:23, 7:16, 8:1, 8:20, 9:1, 9:13, 10:3, 24:1.  Why does bondage sometimes keep people from being able to worship?

2. Some people seem to be able to worship even while they’re being held captive by others.  Are such people really in bondage or not?

3. What do you think of the statement: “The degree of freedom we have in our lives is directly proportional to the degree to which we’re able to worship God from our hearts.”

4. Some people think God only speaks in generalities, like “Love one another.”  While that’s certainly true, can you give some examples from the Bible where God spoke to people very specifically?

5. Just as Moses was called to make sacred garments for the priests who served God alongside of him, are there some specific ways you can give “dignity and honor” to those whom God may have called to serve alongside you? 

6. Can you think of some examples of when God anointed people for His work? In what ways can we anoint, consecrate, or dedicate people to God’s work today?

7. In what ways might involving others in the work God has called you to do help to expand that work exponentially?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 26-30, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 11:28 again, and share what how worshiping God can help you ease your burdens and give you rest.  Share also how it might do the same for God!

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that God has called you out of bondage so you can worship Him.

Lesson 31

God called the Israelites to make an offering to Him twice a day:  once in the morning and once in the evening.  As they did this, He told them that He would meet with them and speak with them there.

1. While there are benefits of talking to God throughout the day, what’s the benefit of setting aside time every morning and every evening to come to talk with Him?

2. Do you have a routine in place that helps you to spend time with God at least once or twice a day?  If not, is it something you’d like to start?

3. What are some ways that using a devotional can enhance your quiet time with God, in addition to just reading the Bible itself?

4. Consider making a plan for spending quiet time with God twice a day. Write down what you might study during that time. If you don’t have anything in mind, consider looking for some devotionals or other tools that could help you make the most of your time with God.

Lesson 32

God asked Aaron to build an altar where he could burn incense every morning and at twilight.  Having a special place and a special activity to do at the altar created a fragrant offering to the Lord.

1. Do you have a special “place” where you have quiet time before the Lord?  

2. If you do have a special place, where is it?  And if you don’t, what are some places that might lend themselves to quiet moments with Him?

3. How can spending quiet time with God be like a fragrant offering to Him?

4. If there’s something else you’d like to do in your quiet time with God that would make it special, write it here.

Lesson 33

God asked Moses to make a bronze basin where people could wash their hands and feet before entering the Tent of Meeting.  Being washed clean first would keep them from dying.

1. While there’s value in coming to God “just as you are,” what value might there be in getting washed clean before coming into His presence?

2. What does unconfessed sin do to our intimacy with others?

3. How can unconfessed sin affect our relationship with God?

4. If you’re aware of any unconfessed sin in your life, read 1 John 1:19 again and be encouraged to bring those sins to God and receive His forgiveness and cleansing.

Lesson 34

After calling the people to make all kinds of beautiful things for their place of worship, God pointed out those whom He had given special skills to carry out that work.  He says He also filled them with His Spirit to take on these special tasks.

1. God seems to have equipped the Israelites with special skills even while they were in bondage.  How did He want them to use those skills now that they were free?

2. Even with the special skills God had given them, why did He also need to fill them with His Spirit?

3. What are some special skills God has given you that you, even skills that you may have acquired in a totally secular way, that you could now use for Him?

4. Ask God to fill you with His Spirit, to enable you to do those things He has called you to do.

Lesson 35

Even with all the work God called the Israelites to do, He also wanted to make sure they had a break one day out of every seven.  This followed the example He Himself set for us by taking a Sabbath of rest after creating the world in six days.

1. Are you ever reluctant to “rest” on the Sabbath day?

2. Why do you think God was so serious about people taking a Sabbath day of rest, saying that anyone who didn’t rest was to be put to death?

3. The Sabbath is a day to recharge our batteries, just like sleep recharges us at night, except that on the Sabbath, we get to stay awake and enjoy the time of rest!  What are some things you could do on the Sabbath, if you could do anything at all, that would bring “rest to your soul”?

4. Can you do any of those things on this coming Sabbath?  If so, why not give it a try?

Summary Questions – Lessons 31-35

God wanted to meet with the people at the Tent of Meeting.  He gave them several details for making the most of their meeting time with Him, from the timing and location, to the preparations they could make before and during their time together.

1. Why do you think God the Creator longs to meet with those whom He has created?

2. If you were in His place, why would you want to spend time with those you had created?

3. Why do you think God wanted the people to meet with and talk with Him every morning and at twilight?

4. If you have a regular place or time that you meet with God, where and when do you do it?  If not, where might you do it?

5. How can confessing your sins to God help you in your relationship with Him?

6. What kinds of skills has God given you that God might be able to use for Him?  And how would His filling you with His Spirit help you in using those gifts?

7. What would you do if you could do something on the next Sabbath day that would truly bring “rest to your soul”?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 31-35, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 11:28-30 again and think through how having daily, and even twice daily quiet times with God can help bring rest to your soul.  Share also how keeping the Sabbath free from work can also bring you God’s rest.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to help you take time out of your days and weeks to get recharged with Him.

Lesson 36

People are wired to worship, and they’re going to worship something, whether it’s God or something else.  God wants us to focus our worship on Him.

1. While God was telling Moses all the incredible things He wanted the people to do with their skills and resources, they created a golden calf worshiped it instead, as Moses had not yet come down from the mountain.  How does this reinforce the fact that people are “wired” to worship?

2. Even though we’re wired to worship, does it make much difference what we worship?

3. Can the same thing be said for love…if we’re wired for love, does it make much difference with whom we choose to share that love?

4. Are you worshiping anything other than what God wants you to worship?  If so, why not refocus your worship back on Him today?

Lesson 37

When the people turned away from God, God was ready to let them perish in their sinfulness.  But Moses reminded God of what would happen if He did, that the other nations would look at God as if He were evil, and the promises God had made for their future would be thwarted.

1. Some people think that God appears to be mean in the Old Testament.  But given all that He had done for the Israelites up to this point, do you think He was acting with evil intent?

2. Even though Moses might have been tempted to agree with God, that the people should be wiped out, why did He plead with God to spare them?

3. Do you ever encounter people, and their sins, whom seem to deserve any punishment God might dole out to them?

4. What might happen if you pleaded with God for mercy on them in their behalf?

Lesson 38

Moses pleaded with God for the lives of the Israelites, offering to have God’s wrath come upon him instead of upon them, even though they were the ones who have sinned.  God responded by dealing with their sin, but also in showing great mercy.

1. What did Moses say that God could do to Him if He wasn’t willing to forgive the people’s sins (verse 32)?  Why would Moses put himself on the line like that?

2. How does what Moses did compare to what Jesus did for us?

3. While we may have to deal with people who sin, how can we do it in a way that reflects the hearts of Moses and Jesus when people sinned around them?

4. How might someone act differently if they had a heart of hate for those who sin, instead of a heart of love?

Lesson 39

Moses was distressed that even though God wasn’t going to destroy the people for their sin of creating and worshiping the golden calf, that He wasn’t going to go with them on the rest of their journey either.  Moses made it a point thereafter to regularly meet with God in the “tent of meeting,” to continue pleading with God on their behalf.

1. How did Moses speak with God when they met at the tent of meeting?

2. Joshua was a young aid to Moses at this time, and later was selected to lead the people into the promised land.  How is Joshua’s heart for the Lord revealed in this passage (verse 11)?

3. What might you do to enhance your time with God, to be sure that you’ve truly met with Him during the day?

4. While Moses spoke with God face to face, how do we speak with God and hear from Him today (see John 16:13)?

Lesson 40

Just like Moses and Joshua stepped into the tent of meeting to meet with God, we, too can step into His presence at any moment, anywhere we are.

1. While some people wish they had a tent of meeting where they could visit with God, God has now given us His Holy Spirit, who dwells within us.  In what ways is this even better than the tent of meeting that Moses and Joshua had?

2. How free do you think you have to be before you can step into the presence of the Lord?

3. What sometimes keeps you from stepping into God’s presence maybe more than you might like to do?

4. As today’s devotional suggests at the end, why not take a little time to just step into His presence today?

Summary Questions – Lessons 36-40

People are wired to worship, but sometimes they focus their attention on things other than God.  When they do, God wants them to refocus on Him.  Moses, like Jesus, pleaded with God to forgive others of their sins, even though they may have deserved any punishment that He would have given them.  God wants us to have the same heart for others, pleading their cause even if they deserve otherwise.

1. When Moses saw the people sinning, after all the miracles they had seen, what could he have done instead of pleading for their forgiveness?  And what might have been the result if God did what he had said?

2. How did Moses’ heart for God carry over into his heart for the people (see Exodus 32:8-14).

3. What evidence in life makes you think that we really are “wired” to worship, even if we don’t always worship the right thing.

4. What can we learn from Moses’ conversation with God on behalf of the people in terms of how we can stand in the gap for others as well?

5. How can we deal with sin, yet with a heart like Jesus?

6. While Moses got to meet with God and hear from Him in the tent of meeting, how has God enabled each of us to meet with Him and hear from Him today (see John 16:13)?

7. These lessons are a reminder that you can step into and out of God’s presence at any moment.  How can this reminder help you face the week ahead?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 36-40, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Exodus 33:11 again and consider what it must have been like to be a young aid in the presence of Moses, watching him converse with God as he did.  Share how that experience may have prepared and equipped Joshua to eventually lead the people into the Promised Land.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to remind you step into His presence at any moment in the week ahead.

Lesson 41

For as many conversations as Moses had with God throughout their time before, during and after the Exodus from Egypt, Moses still asks to see more of God, saying “Now show me your glory.”  Moses continually longer for a more and more intimate relationship with God, asking God to reveal more and more of Himself to Moses.

1. For all that Moses and God had been through together, why might Moses have wanted to go deeper still in his relationship with God?

2. What does this say about our relationships with God, whether we’re new to that relationship or whether we’ve been in a relationship with Him for years?

3. How might you apply the biblical idea of “knowing” someone to your relationship with God?

4. What might happen if you were to ask God to show you His glory like Moses did? Why not ask and find out?

Lesson 42

Moses asked God to show him God’s glory.  God responded by letting His name pass before Moses, a name that described in His essence, who He was, in detail.

1. What’s been your view of God in the Old Testament?

2. Does God’s description of Himself here in Exodus 34:1-7 match the view you’ve had, or not?

3. In what ways did Jesus exhibit similar traits in the New Testament?

4. In what ways has God shown His grace to you (read Romans 5:8 again for ideas), and in what ways can you show that grace to others?

Lesson 43

When God passed in front of Moses, Moses’ response was immediate:  he bowed bowed down and worshiped, “at once.”  God often passes by us during the days, too, because He’s not just in the big things or just the little things―He’s in all things.

1. Have you ever had an experience where you felt like God passed by you, even if it were for a fleeting moment?

2. If so, what was your reaction at the time?

3. Why was “worship” an appropriate response for Moses when God passed by? And why is it appropriate for us as well?

4. When you ask God to show you His glory, be prepared to respond the way Moses did―with worship!

Lesson 44

God had many things He wanted to do for the Israelites, and He had many things He called Moses to do to help Him.  What resulted from their conversations in their quiet times together has impacted people for thousands of years.

1. If God can do all things, why does He need our help?

2. If He has so much He wants us to do, why do we need His help?

3. What’s the relationship between praying and doing the work God wants us to do?

4. Can you think of anything from your own quiet times with God that has changed the course of your life or the lives of others?

Lesson 45

After Moses had spent an extended time in God’s presence, he came out with his face shining so bright that he had to wear a veil in front of the people.  Just like the moon reflects the brightness of the sun, bringing light in the darkness, so we too can reflect the glory of God, bringing light to those around us.

1. How did being in God’s presence change King David?

2. How did being in God’s presence change Moses?

3. How can being in God’s presence change you?

4. How can your being in God’s presence change those around you, even without that being your initial goal?

Summary Questions – Lessons 41-45

Moses asked God to show him God’s glory and God did it, by making His name pass in front of Moses.  As a result, Moses got to know God more intimately than before, eventually even reflecting God’s glory to all those around him.

1. Why do you think one of God’s greatest gifts is to give us eternal life with Him? How long do you think it would take to get to know Him as intimately and as fully as possible?

2. Why do you think Moses would want to see more of God’s glory, even after all the miracles and amazing things Moses had seen already?

3. Why do we long for intimacy in our human relationships?  And how does this translate to our relationship with God?

4. What are some things that would be on God’s nametag, according to Exodus 34:5-7?

5. What was Moses’ immediate response when God did allow His glory to pass before Him?

6. What’s the relationship between prayer and the things God wants to do through us?

7. How did spending time in God’s presence change Moses?  And how can it change us (and even those around us)?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 41-45, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Psalm 4 again and consider why David often goes into God’s presence in distress and comes out of God’s presence with peace.  Share any similar experiences you may have had in your life.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to change you as you come into His presence.

Lesson 46

When it came time to carry out the work that God had laid before Moses and the people, Moses made to the call to all who were willing and skilled.  The response was so overwhelming that Moses had to restrain the people from bringing more.

1. Why is it so hard for us to sometimes ask for help?

2. Rather than demanding people to participate, Moses called on everyone who was “willing.”  What difference do you think it made to the people for Moses to make his call the way he did?

3. What did Moses have to trust when he put out the call like he did?

4. If there’s something God has put on your heart to do for Him, and you don’t think you can possibly do it yourself, who might you call to help you out?

Lesson 47

After Moses made the call to all who were willing and skilled, the people set about doing the work that God had called them to do.  They followed God’s plan in every detail, and produced a masterpiece in the end: a beautiful place to worship God.

1. Have you ever been so consumed by the planning for a project that when it came time to put the plan into practice, you felt like you were out of steam?

2. What from Moses’ story might encourage you to do the work, even keeping to all the details, that God has called you to do?

3. Is there anything you or others could do to help you through this time, to give you strength for the work ahead?

4. Let me encourage you to do as the Israelites did:  Don’t give up.  Don’t give in. Don’t stop pushing now.  Dow the work!  And get it done!

Lesson 48

Moses and the people found the strength to finally “finish the work,” just as God had commanded them to do.  And as they did His reward for them was just around the corner.

1. Are there some projects in your life that might be at 211 degrees, just one degree short of that which would bring the fruit from all your labor?

2. What encouragement can you take from the examples in today’s devotional that  could help you add that one final degree of heat to “finish the work.”

3. What does the Apostle Paul say will be the result of our work, if we don’t get weary along the way (see Galatians 6:9)?

4. Determine in your heart today to finish the work God has given you to do.

Lesson 49

When Moses and the people had finished the work God called them to do, God showed up in a powerful way.  His glory so filled their place of worship that they couldn’t even get into it!

1. What did the glory of the Lord look like as it came down upon the work the people had finished?

2. How was this yet another specific answer to Moses’ prayer back in Exodus 33:18?

3. Who could see the glory of the Lord as it came down upon their work?  And what effect did that have on the people?

4. As you finish the work God has given you to do, ask God again to once again show you His glory!

Lesson 50

God had a reason for setting the Israelites free:  to worship Him.  After setting them free, God gave them specific ways to stay free and to set others free, too–ways which often involved worshiping Him!

1. If worshiping God from your heart is the measure of truly being free, how free do you feel?

2. What was God’s plan for the Israelites from even before they were taken away into bondage (see Genesis 15:14)?  And what happened?

3. What is God’s plan for your life from even before you were taken taken into bondage (see John 3:16)?  And what’s going to happen?

4. Reread Mark 16:15.  What can you do this week to join God in His plan?

Summary Questions – Lessons 46-50

After all the planning and praying about the work God had called the Israelites to do, the time finally came to do it.  They did the work, and God’s glory covered their work in a way that everyone could see it.

1. What’s the most exciting part of a project for you?  Getting the idea, starting the work, finishing the work, seeing the results of the work?

2. What can keep you motivated throughout the whole process?

3. When the time came for Moses to execute the plan God had given him to do, who did Moses call (see Exodus 35:4-10)?

4. Do you ever get tempted to give up on a project just when it’s time to finally do the work?  What encouragement can you take from the Israelites story in Exodus 36:8-13?

5. What’s the “212 Principle,” and how can might it apply to any situations you’re facing right now in your life?

6. What happened when the people finally finished the work?  What came down and covered it?  And how did this answer Moses’ prayer in Exodus 33:18?

7. What was the goal of the Exodus from the very beginning, as found in Exodus 3:12?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 46-50, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Genesis 15:14 again and consider God’s long term plan for them from the very beginning.  Then take encouragement from God’s long term plan for you, as found in John 3:16!

10. Read John 4:23-24 and close in prayer for each other, asking God to help you to worship Him fully, in spirit and in truth.

Lesson 18: Take It To The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:1-7

What can we do when people seem to love us one minute and hate us the next―when we haven’t even done anything differently?  We can learn a lesson from Moses and do what he did:  take it to the Lord.

I remember a man who had heard about some of the things I was doing in my walk of faith with God.  He was so impressed that he came over to my house one day said to me:  “you’re the closest thing to a disciple I’ve ever seen.”  Within a month, that same man started to deride and question everything I did.  I wasn’t doing anything differently, but somehow his perception of me had changed during that month.

People can be fickle―and sometimes with good reason.  But we still need to know how to respond to them.  Moses had to deal with people’s fickle reactions all the time.  When things were going great in the camp, the people put their faith in Moses, following him wherever he led. But when circumstances changed, their opinions of Moses changed, even to the point where they wanted to stone him to death.

In Exodus 17, when the people found themselves without water again, they turned on Moses again:

“The whole Israelite community set out from the Desert of Sin, traveling from place to place as the LORD commanded. They camped at Rephidim, but there was no water for the people to drink. So they quarreled with Moses and said, ‘Give us water to drink.’  

“Moses replied, ‘Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you put the LORD to the test?’  But the people were thirsty for water there, and they grumbled against Moses. They said, ‘Why did you bring us up out of Egypt to make us and our children and livestock die of thirst?’ ” (Exodus 17:1-3). 

What could Moses do?  Instead of taking it personally, he took it to the Lord―and the Lord answered him.

“Then Moses cried out to the LORD, ‘What am I to do with these people? They are almost ready to stone me.’  

“The LORD answered Moses, ‘Walk on ahead of the people. Take with you some of the elders of Israel and take in your hand the staff with which you struck the Nile, and go. I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb. Strike the rock, and water will come out of it for the people to drink.’ So Moses did this in the sight of the elders of Israel. And he called the place Massah and Meribah because the Israelites quarreled and because they tested the LORD saying, ‘Is the LORD among us or not?’ ” (Exodus 17:4-7). 

This last question is the key question for all of us:  “Is the Lord among us or not?”  If we can answer that question, we can be dead to compliments and dead to criticism.

When God answered Moses, He clearly told Moses what to do:  walk on ahead of the people, take some of the elders with him, along with his staff, with which God had already displayed his power.  Then He told Moses:  “I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb.”

God said, in effect:  “Moses, I am with you.  Strike the rock and you’ll have water for all the people.”

Jesus said similar words to His disciples, words which still apply to all of us who call ourselves His disciples today:  “And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age” (Matthew 28:20b). 

When we know that God is with us, we can properly respond to people’s comments, whether they are compliments or criticism.  The key is not in ignoring people’s compliments or criticism, but in fully recognizing that God is with us in what we’re doing.  When we know that He is with us, we will clearly defer people’s compliments and criticism to Him, knowing that it is God who is calling the shots, not us.

Whether people compliment you or criticize you, don’t take it personally.  Take it to the Lord, letting Him reassure you that He’s still with you!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take It To The Lord”

Lesson 19: Take Your Position And Maintain Your Position

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:8-16

What difference can it make to those around you whether or not you can “stay up” in your faith?  For some people, it may mean the difference between victory and defeat, between staying free and falling back into bondage.

When God calls us to take action, He wants us to take our position, and maintain our position, even when we begin to feel weak.  He may even send others to help us so we can continue to stand strong.

In the case of Moses, God sent two men to help him when he was feeling weak.  When Moses was wearing out, he lowered his arms, and his army began to lose.  But when Aaron and Hur gave him a boost, Moses’ army got a boost at the same time.  There’s a short description of this event in Exodus 17:

“The Amalekites came and attacked the Israelites at Rephidim. Moses said to Joshua, ‘Choose some of our men and go out to fight the Amalekites. Tomorrow I will stand on top of the hill with the staff of God in my hands.’ 

“So Joshua fought the Amalekites as Moses had ordered, and Moses, Aaron and Hur went to the top of the hill. As long as Moses held up his hands, the Israelites were winning, but whenever he lowered his hands, the Amalekites were winning. When Moses’ hands grew tired, they took a stone and put it under him and he sat on it. Aaron and Hur held his hands up―one on one side, one on the other―so that his hands remained steady till sunset. So Joshua overcame the Amalekite army with the sword” (Exodus 7:8-13). 

It must have seemed odd for Moses to tell Joshua to go into battle while Moses himself went up on a hill, holding his staff in his hands.  But they both had their roles to play.  They both had to take their positions and maintain their positions for victory to come.  Moses needed to keep his staff in the air, and Joshua needed to fight with all his might.

What’s the deal with Moses having to hold his arms up in the air?  What good could that do?  While I’m sure there were supernatural things that God did by having Moses raise his staff, (like turning water into blood and splitting the Red Sea in two), I also think there were some “natural” things that God did through this act, too.

As Joshua and the army looked up to the hill, they could see their leader, Moses, with his staff in his hands raised up to heaven.  They could also see if Moses grew weary and lowered his arms.  While one movement gave them strength and courage, the other movement led to weakness and discouragement.

Moses, Aaron and Hur all saw the effect this had on Joshua and the army.  They knew what needed to be done.  When Moses couldn’t do it by himself anymore, Aaron and Hur stepped in to lift his hands for him.  As they watched Joshua and the army until sunset that day, they saw the result of what they were doing:  the Israelites were finally able to overcome the Amalekites.

A famous Christian once told his friend that he didn’t want to be a role model for others.  His friend said, “It’s not a matter of whether or not you want to be a role model.  You are a role model.  The question is whether you’re going to be a good role model or a bad one.”

There are times when we may not feel like taking the position God has called us to take.  There are times when we may not feel like maintaining the position God has called us to take.  We may wish we could go down to fight instead of standing on a hill.  Or we may wish we could go stand on a hill instead of going down to fight!  But if God has called us to our position, we just need to take it and maintain it.

What position has God called you to take?  Take your position and maintain your position―then watch to see the difference it can make in your life, and in the lives of those around you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take Your Position And Maintain Your Position”

Lesson 20: Take The Elders With You

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:5-6

Has God ever called you to take a risky step of faith in front of other people?  Why does He do that?

I know I’d rather take a risky step of faith when I’m all alone, in private, with no one watching.  Sometimes we’re able to do that, but there are other times when God calls us to take steps of faith with others looking on.

With today’s lesson, we’re turning a corner in the book of Exodus.  In the first ten lessons, we looked at how to “get free” from the bondages in our life.  In lessons 11-20, we covered how to “stay free” once we’ve gotten free.  In the next ten lessons, we’re going to look at how to “set others free,” a big part of which involves enlisting the help of others.

Take a look at how God begins to do this here in Exodus chapter 17:

“The LORD answered Moses, ‘Walk on ahead of the people. Take with you some of the elders of Israel and take in your hand the staff with which you struck the Nile, and go.  I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb. Strike the rock, and water will come out of it for the people to drink’ ” (Exodus 17:5-6). 

Why did God tell Moses to take some of the elders of Israel with him on his way to strike the rock?

Although the text of this chapter doesn’t say specifically, we can get an idea of what might be going on by looking ahead at the next few chapters.  Moses’ father-in-law is about to come onto the scene and tell Moses to divide up the work of leading the people, encouraging Moses to choose leaders over groups of tens, hundreds and thousands to help share the leadership load.  The elders that go with Moses to the rock are likely to be some of the same elders who will take on these new roles.

While taking our steps of faith in private may be “safe,” taking those same steps in public may be significant in helping others take their own steps of faith down the road.

When I began my Internet ministry, I reached a point where I was overwhelmed with requests for prayer and advice.  So I invited some people to help me respond to all the emails that were coming in.  One of those who volunteered was a woman from Tennessee who had a heart, and a gift, for helping people.  Over the years of helping us, her burden for helping others over the Internet continued to grow.

The week that I wrote this lesson, she launched an Internet ministry of her own at http://www.DayByDay7.org.  Taking what she has learned about doing ministry over the Internet and combining it with her other God-given gifts and talents, she’s now poised to help many more people grow in their faith.  Here’s part of a note I got from her that week:

“I just wanted to share with you that I got my first prayer request from someone in California.  I don’t even know how they got my website.  I can’t tell you how hard that hit me―it was so sudden and I didn’t expect to get any hits or prayer requests so soon.  It was completely awesome.  You should have seen me praising the Lord.  All the hard work was worth it!  At that moment, the poem on my website came to pass:  if I can ease one pain, it will all be worth it!”

The closing of her note tied together this idea of the value of taking others with us while we step out in faith.  She wrote:  “Thank you for allowing me to volunteer with The Ranch and for encouraging me to reach out to others through your ministry and this one.  I don’t know where God will take it, but I’m ready!  You are my inspiration for DayByDay7.org.”

Why does God call us to sometimes take steps of faith with others watching?  Perhaps one of the reasons is so that when we walk along with each other, we can encourage each other to keep taking more steps of faith, thus expanding the ministry of “setting others free.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take The Elders With You”

Lesson 21: Put A System In Place

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 18

Feeling overwhelmed with too much to do?  Don’t despair.  Help may be on the way!  I was lamenting to a friend one day about all the things I felt God wanted me to do.  She asked:  “Why would God give you more to do than one person could do?”  I knew the answer:  He wouldn’t.  He knows what I can handle and what I can’t.

So I knew there were only two options left:  1) Either God hadn’t given me everything I felt He wanted me to do, and I needed to back out of some of them;  Or 2) God had given me all the things I felt He wanted me to do, and I needed to find a new way to do them.

It turned out to be some of both.  For this lesson, though, I want to focus on the second option.  There are times when God calls us to accomplish things for Him, that don’t require us to do them all by ourselves.

Moses found himself in this situation when leading over 600,000 men, not counting all the women and children, through a desert.  Moses’ father-in-law, Jethro, saw all that Moses was doing and said:

“What is this you are doing for the people? Why do you alone sit as judge, while all these people stand around you from morning till evening?” 

Moses answered him, “Because the people come to me to seek God’s will.  Whenever they have a dispute, it is brought to me, and I decide between the parties and inform them of God’s decrees and laws.” 

Moses’ father-in-law replied, “What you are doing is not good. You and these people who come to you will only wear yourselves out. The work is too heavy for you; you cannot handle it alone. Listen now to me and I will give you some advice, and may God be with you. You must be the people’s representative before God and bring their disputes to him. Teach them the decrees and laws, and show them the way to live and the duties they are to perform. But select capable men from all the people―men who fear God, trustworthy men who hate dishonest gain―and appoint them as officials over thousands, hundreds, fifties and tens. Have them serve as judges for the people at all times, but have them bring every difficult case to you; the simple cases they can decide themselves. That will make your load lighter, because they will share it with you. If you do this and God so commands, you will be able to stand the strain, and all these people will go home satisfied.” 

Moses listened to his father-in-law and did everything he said.  (Exodus 18:14-24)

Here was Moses, a man truly called by God to lead the people, yet becoming overwhelmed by taking care of every dispute by himself.  Jethro saw that this would eventually wear Moses out―as well as all the people.  So Jethro gave Moses some practical advice: “Get help!”  Moses did, and he was able to fulfill the call of God on his life in a way that he was able to “stand the strain,” and all the people went home “satisfied.”

Was Moses called to lead the people?  Absolutely.  Did that mean he had to meet every need personally?  Not at all.  While he was still ultimately responsible for the people, he found that by putting a system into place and enlisting the help of others he was able to fulfill the call of God on his life.

If you’re feeling overwhelmed with too much to do, it’s worth an honest prayer to God:  “Am I doing the things You want me to do?  And if so, is there another way You want me to do them?”  Then listen to His honest answers, which come at times through other people.

Even Moses, as close as He was to God, still allowed God to speak into His life through another human being.  God’s goal was to meet the needs of the people.  Moses’ goal was to see that it got done.  Take a look at the goal, then look at your role.  In the end, I believe God will help you to “stand the strain,” and all the people will go home “satisfied.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Put A System In Place”

Lesson 50: Free To Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:12

Thanks for taking the time to go through this study of the book of Exodus with me.  I’ve learned a lot from the story of how God set the Israelites free, and I hope you have, too.

As we close out our time together, I’d like to remind you of three key points from this study that apply directly to each of our lives.

1) God set the Israelites free so they could worship Him―and that’s the same reason He set you free, too.

This reason is stated throughout the book of Exodus, from the first time that God called to Moses from the burning bush:  “When you have brought the people out of Egypt, you will worship God on this mountain’ ” (Exodus 3:12b).

To the words Moses spoke to Pharaoh:  “Go to Pharaoh and say to him, ‘This is what the LORD says: Let my people go, so that they may worship me’ ” (Exodus 8:1b).

To the concluding scene of the entire book, when the glory of the Lord descended on the place the Israelites built to worship Him:  “Then the cloud covered the Tent of Meeting, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle” (Exodus 40:34).

To be truly free means to be able to worship God with your whole heart.  If you can worship God with your whole heart, regardless of whatever else might be going on around you, you’re free!  But if you can’t worship God in your heart, for whatever reason, you’re still in bondage, and God wants to set you free.

If that’s the case, you might want to review these lessons again to look for ideas to help you get fully free.

2) God helped the Israelites to stay free―and He wants to help you stay free, too.

God’s help included a system of rules to keep the Israelites, and each of us, from plunging back into bondage again.  These rules are summarized in the Ten Commandments:

“You shall have no other gods before me… 

You shall not make for yourself an idol… 

You shall not misuse the name of the LORD your God… 

Remember the Sabbath day by keeping it holy… 

Honor your father and your mother… 

You shall not murder. 

You shall not commit adultery. 

You shall not steal. 

You shall not give false testimony against your neighbor. 

You shall not covet…” (from Exodus 20:1-17). 

Rather than restricting us, these rules free us to live the abundant life God has created us to live.

Again, if you’ve gotten free in the past, but are struggling to stay free now, you might want to review these lessons again for more insights on how to restore the freedom you once had.

3) God invited Moses to take part in His plan to set others free―just like God is inviting you to take part in it, too.

Hundreds of years before Moses was even born, God had a plan for setting the Israelites free.  God told Abraham:

“Know for certain that your descendants will be strangers in a country not their own, and they will be enslaved and mistreated four hundred years.  But I will punish the nation they serve as slaves, and afterward they will come out with great possessions” (Genesis 15:14).

And that’s exactly what happened.  God had a plan in mind for setting His people free, and He called on Moses to help Him with that plan.

God has a plan for setting others free, too, and He’s called on you and me to help Him with that plan.

What’s His plan?  God knew that our sins would enslave us―and eventually kill us.  So God sent Jesus, His Son, to die for our sins so we could be free to live with Him forever:

“For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (John 3:16). 

After dying for our freedom, and rising again from the dead, Jesus asked His followers to do one more thing:

“Go into all the world and preach the good news to all creation” (Mark 16:15).  

He’s inviting you into His plan.  Won’t you join Him?

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 22: Let God Establish You In People’s Eyes

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 19

How many people will be affected by what you do this week?  Chances are, it will be more people than any of us might realize.

We all have a “sphere of influence,” people with whom we have contact throughout the week, people who can be influenced by the way we live our lives.  It may include people in our own family, people where we work, or people where we just hang out.  It may include a bank teller, a postal worker, a doctor, a nurse or a receptionist.  It may include people at church, people on the Internet, or people we don’t even know, who are watching what we do.

And what we do matters.

Take a look at what happened when Moses was obedient to God’s call on his life, taking steps of faith even when surrounded by doubt.  When God spoke to Moses from the burning bush, and called him to set the Israelites free, Moses hesitated to believe it.  But God assured Moses that he was the man.  To confirm it, God told Moses He would give him a sign:

“I will be with you. And this will be the sign to you that it is I who have sent you: When you have brought the people out of Egypt, you will worship God on this mountain” (Exodus 3:2). 

Now if I were Moses, I think I would have been a little bit frustrated that the sign would only come after I had taken this huge step of faith!  Why would God wait until after the Israelites were free, and worshiping Him back at this same mountain, to give Moses “the sign”?

To see why, fast forward several months.  In Exodus chapter 19, we see that the sign wasn’t just for Moses, but also for those in Moses’ new sphere of influence.

When Moses stepped out in faith, and the people came back to the mountain to worship God, that became a sign that anyone could read.  As the people gathered there at the foot of the mountain, God told Moses to remind the people:

“You yourselves have seen what I [God] did to Egypt, and how I carried you on eagles’ wings and brought you to myself. Now if you obey me fully and keep my covenant, then out of all nations you will be my treasured possession.” 

The people heard this and responded together, “We will do everything the LORD has said.” 

Then God speaks these words to Moses:

“I am going to come to you in a dense cloud, so that the people will hear me speaking with you and will always put their trust in you’ ” (from Exodus 19:3-9). 

God wasn’t done with Moses when they got to the mountain.  God still had many years of work ahead for him, and God needed the people to always put their trust in Moses so that they would follow his lead.

Sometimes the signs God gives us are not just for us, but for others to read, too.  When we step out in faith, being obedient to what God has called us to do, it releases others to step out in faith and obedience as well.

A few years ago, I felt God wanted me to head up a city-wide outreach here in town.  With more than a little fear in my heart, I finally brought up the idea at our local ministers’ meeting.  Within a year, we had over 200 people involved in planning and pulling off this event.

Looking back, I realized that my stepping out in faith, and doing what God had called me to do, was a catalyst for others to step out in faith, and do what God had called them to do.

People are affected by what we do.

What is God calling you to do?  Remember that you may not be the only one who is affected by what you do or don’t do.  None of us live in isolation.  In fact, the sign that God gives you to show that He really is with you may just be the sign someone else needs to read!  Then they’ll be able to see that God is with them, too!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Let God Establish You In People’s Eyes”

Lesson 49: The Glory Of The Lord Covers The Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 40:34-38

We’ve come to the last five verses, and the spectacular conclusion, of the book of Exodus.  Take a look at what happens when Moses finishes the work:

“Then the cloud covered the Tent of Meeting, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.  Moses could not enter the Tent of Meeting because the cloud had settled upon it, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle. In all the travels of the Israelites, whenever the cloud lifted from above the tabernacle, they would set out; but if the cloud did not lift, they did not set out―until the day it lifted.  So the cloud of the LORD was over the tabernacle by day, and fire was in the cloud by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel during all their travels” (Exodus 40:34-38). 

What is it that Moses sees that so fills the tabernacle that he can’t even get into it?  The glory of the Lord―the very thing that Moses had asked to see back in Exodus 33:18 when he said, “Now show me your glory.”  But this time, Moses wasn’t the only one who got to see it―everyone got to see it!

There’s a lesson here for me, for you and for everyone who does their work as if working for the Lord:  when you’ve finished the work, been obedient to the vision, and brought it to its conclusion, the glory of the Lord can finally come down on your work in a way that everyone can see it.

I’ve had some experiences in my life where I’ve sensed the presence of God in a way that I can only describe as “the glory of the Lord.”  I’m not an expert in the glory of the Lord, but from what I’ve read in the Bible, from what I’ve learned from other Christians, and from what I’ve experienced in my own life, the glory of the Lord seems to be actual “stuff,” like the air we breathe.  It’s real, physical and tangible.  It can be seen, sensed and felt.

I’ve sensed it during worship, when one time I was just singing to God in what seemed to be a normal, enjoyable worship experience, and all of a sudden, the presence of the Lord was so real and tangible that I felt like I couldn’t move if I wanted to.  And I didn’t want to!  I wanted to stay in His presence as long as I possibly could!

I’ve sensed it during my quiet times, when once I was sitting back on my couch, writing in my journal, and suddenly felt like melted butter was being poured into my chest.  Maybe it was the oil of the Holy Spirit, if that sounds more palatable, but whatever words I would use to describe it couldn’t do justice to what I felt during those precious minutes with the Lord.

I’d love to be able to finish a project and see the glory of the Lord come down and cover it in a way that everyone could see it, so that I couldn’t even stand up anymore!  At that point, I wouldn’t care!  If my purpose in doing all that I do is to worship the Lord, as was the case for the Israelites, then who cares if He bowls me over when it’s done, and I’m laid out flat on the floor in His presence?  That’s right where I’d want to be anyway!  I wouldn’t want to go anywhere else!

If the Lord picked up and moved, I’d want to pick up and move with Him, like the Israelites who followed Him.  I wouldn’t want to stay back!  I’d want to be with God!

My prayer for you as you work on your own projects for the Lord, and even as you come to the the end of this study with me, is that when you’ve finished the work, been obedient to the vision, and brought it to its conclusion, that the glory of the Lord would show up in such a way that you, and everyone else, can see it.

Now, may the Lord show you His glory!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 48: Finish The Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 39:33-40:33

We’re just around the corner from the end of this study of the book of Exodus.  Appropriately, then, this lesson is called, “Finish The Work.”

Today is “payday” for Moses and for all the people traveling with him.  They’re about to reach the culmination of all that they’ve worked for, and all that they’ve been set free for:  to worship God.

The details of their work, as listed in Exodus chapters 39 and 40, might seem trivial, dull and something to skip over to someone just skimming through the Bible.  But if you’ve ever worked on a building project yourself, you know that when the end of the project starts coming into view, those days can be some of the most exciting and beautiful days of the entire project!

Can you imagine what the people who were building this place of worship must have thought as they saw it all finally coming together?  They’ve just carved all these beautiful things, gilded them with gold, and decorated them with all kinds of precious stones.  They’ve just crafted beautiful works of art that were conceived in the very mind of God Himself.

Then they started bringing them forward to Moses, letting him look over each item to see that it was finished exactly as God had described them to him on the mountain.  They begin to put it all together, standing each piece up in its place.  They light the lamps, burn the incense, and put the tablets of stone, the very words of God, into the ark of the covenant, and Wow!  The work is finally complete!

The whole process concludes with these words:

“So all the work on the tabernacle, the Tent of Meeting, was completed. The Israelites did everything just as the LORD commanded Moses….And so Moses finished the work” (Exodus 39:32, 40:33b). 

What a powerful moment!  Have you ever heard about something called the “212 Principle,” popularized in a book by Mac Anderson and Sam Parker?  At 211 degrees Fahrenheit, water is hot, but at 212 degrees, water boils.  And when water boils, you get steam, and steam can power a locomotive.  Although there’s only one degree of difference between 211 and 212, that extra degree can be enough to take all the previous effort over the top!

I don’t know what kind of project you might be working on right now.  I don’t know if you’re at 211 degrees, or 150, or 98.6!  But I do know that we all have a tendency to wear out when we’re working on a project, even a project that God has clearly called us to do.  We can get to the point where we’re not sure if we can take one more step.  We’re not sure that we can raise the temperature one more degree.  But let me encourage you that if God’s called you to do it, keep on doing it!

The American inventor, Thomas Edison, worked non-stop for several years to perfect the light bulb.  He tested over 6,000 materials to use for filaments―everything from bamboo to cedar to hickory.  After thousands of tests and a pile of failed materials that stacked up outside his house high enough to reach his second floor window, Edison finally hit upon a material that burned long enough, and bright enough, for commercial success:  carbonized cotton.

Edison’s perseverance paid off, not only for himself, but for all of us who have benefited from his perseverance.  Edison said, “Many of life’s failures were men who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up.”

The Apostle Paul, who knew how hard it was to persevere in the work of the Lord year after year, even in the face of endless persecution, hardship and personal suffering, still had enough confidence in the end result of that perseverance that he wrote to the people living in Galatia:  “Let us not become weary in doing good, for at the proper time we will reap a harvest if we do not give up” (Galatians 6:9).

Don’t become weary in doing good!  Finish the work!  At the proper time, you will reap a harvest, if you do not give up.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 23: Rules Can Be Good!

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 20:1-21

How do you like rules?  If you’re like most people, you probably love rules―for other people,  anyway!  Rules keep people from stealing our stuff, running into us when we go through intersections, and harming those we love.

But what about rules for ourselves?  Many times, we balk at rules.  They make us feel restricted and constrained.  But the rules God has set into place are the best kind of rules.  They’re helpful for us and for others.  Instead of constricting us, they set us free to live the best life possible.

Without rules, I would be like a train without a track, or a kite without a string.  If I were a train, I would think that the track was constraining me from going where I wanted to go.  But in reality, the track would be the very thing that enabled me to go at all―and to go far and fast!  If I were a kite, I would think that the string would be holding me back.  But in reality, the tension of the string is the very thing that would help me to go higher and stay up longer than if I were to cut myself loose from it!

Exodus chapter 20 lists the most helpful and enduring set of rules ever given to anyone:  The Ten Commandments.  Thousands of years later, they still form the basis for many legal systems throughout the world.

“And God spoke all these words: 

‘I am the LORD your God, who brought you out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery. You shall have no other gods before me.’ 

‘You shall not make for yourself an idol in the form of anything in heaven above or on the earth beneath or in the waters below. You shall not bow down to them or worship them; for I, the LORD your God, am a jealous God, punishing the children for the sin of the fathers to the third and fourth generation of those who hate me, but showing love to a thousand generations of those who love me and keep my commandments.’ 

‘You shall not misuse the name of the LORD your God, for the LORD will not hold anyone guiltless who misuses his name.’ 

‘Remember the Sabbath day by keeping it holy. Six days you shall labor and do all your work, but the seventh day is a Sabbath to the LORD your God. On it you shall not do any work, neither you, nor your son or daughter, nor your manservant or maidservant, nor your animals, nor the alien within your gates. For in six days the LORD made the heavens and the earth, the sea, and all that is in them, but he rested on the seventh day. Therefore the LORD blessed the Sabbath day and made it holy.’ 

‘Honor your father and your mother, so that you may live long in the land the LORD your God is giving you.’ 

‘You shall not murder.’ 

‘You shall not commit adultery.’ 

‘You shall not steal.’ 

‘You shall not give false testimony against your neighbor.’ 

‘You shall not covet your neighbor’s house. You shall not covet your neighbor’s wife, or his manservant or maidservant, his ox or donkey, or anything that belongs to your neighbor’ ” (Exodus 20:1-17). 

Rather than restricting us, these rules free us to live the abundant life God created us to live.

Now step back a minute and look at these rules from God’s perspective.  Why did He give these rules to Moses at this particular point in the journey out of Egypt?  Based on Moses’ recent conversation with Jethro, I believe it was God’s way to teach everyone His decrees and laws, and to show them the way to live, as Jethro suggested in Exodus 18:20.  At this critical point, God gave Moses a detailed set of rules to pass on to others so they could help him lead.

If you’re wondering how to lead others better, or if you’re wondering how you can live a more abundant life yourself, consider putting a good set of rules into place.  A good set of rules, like a train track and a kite string, can often help us go farther and faster, and to fly longer and higher than ever before!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Rules Can Be Good!”

Lesson 24: Share What You’ve Learned With Others

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 20:22-23:19

What has God taught you that might be helpful to others?  We’ve all learned things from Him over the years―things we’ve done wrong, things we’ve done right, things He’s spoken to us or through us.

I was in the midst of writing down some of the things God had spoken to me when I was reading Exodus chapters 20, 21, 22 and 23.  When I read about God’s conversation with Moses on the mountain, and how God gave Moses the Ten Commandments and the 600+ rules that followed, I saw what God was doing in a new light.

Of course, we’re supposed to read what God spoke to Moses during those forty days, and of course, we’ll be blessed if we follow that wisdom.  But I also saw a new lesson for my life when I stepped back and looked at what God was doing overall.  God was pouring out His wisdom to Moses so that Moses could pour it out to others.

The lesson for me was that God has poured out wisdom into our lives, too, and He wants us to pour it out to others.

Up to this point in the story of how God set the Israelites free from Egypt, Moses was the sole judge over the entire nation.  Everyone who had a dispute would bring it to Moses to be settled.  God would give Moses the wisdom he needed to make a ruling, and Moses would make the decision.

This worked for a time, but eventually it began to wear Moses and the people out.  So God, through the words of Jethro, prompted Moses to delegate the work of judging others to several of the other leaders of Israel.  Moses would still be available to hear the most difficult cases, but the majority of cases could be decided by these others.

It was at this time―as Moses prepared to delegate these duties―that God called Moses up to the mountain and spoke to him the Ten Commandments and all the rules that followed.  As I read through this list of commandments, I could almost picture how the conversation between God and Moses might have gone:

“Moses, do you remember when that bull gored a man to death―the bull that had never gored anyone before?  And do you remember how I told you to rule in that situation―that the bull must be killed, but the owner of the bull would not be held responsible?  Share that with others.

“And do you remember when another bull gored a man to death, but that bull had a habit of goring people?  Do you remember how I told you to rule in that situation―that the bull must be killed as well as the owner, unless those hurt by the goring would accept payment from the owner instead?  Share that, too.”

Although the actual conversation between God and Moses isn’t recorded, the result of what God spoke during those forty days is recorded.  What should be done when a bull gores someone is clearly spelled out in Exodus 21:28-32.

Maybe God reminded Moses of things that happened in the past, as well as telling him about things that might come up in the future.  God spoke to Moses about all kinds of topics one by one, from cases involving adultery, theft and murder, to love, lust and anger.  Then God asked Moses to share them with others, which he did.

Now, thousands of years later, we can still read these words of wisdom that came from the mouth of God.  They form the foundation of the laws that are currently on the books in country after country.  They help us to understand our basic rights, how to get along with each other, and how to better love God and our neighbors.

Think with me for a minute how this lesson might apply to you.

God has spent a lifetime pouring out His wisdom into you.  What topics in life has God spoken to you about the most?  Or the most often?  Or the most clearly?  What questions have you struggled with, wrestled through, and found God’s answers?

Take time to share what you’ve learned with others.  The answers you’ve found may set them free, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Share What You’ve Learned With Others”

Lesson 47: Do The Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 36:8-39:32

I don’t know about you, but there are times when I’ve planned, prayed and gotten things ready to take on a huge project, but by the time it comes to do the work, I’m already exhausted!  I feel like a woman who’s nine months pregnant, but when it comes time to push, I don’t have the strength.

When we feel like we can’t push any farther, that’s often when we need to push the most.  That’s often the culmination of all that we’ve worked so hard to achieve up to that point.  If we stop pushing at the moment of delivery, we’re going to shortchange, and possibly even abort, the whole plan.

We’ve come to that point in the book of Exodus, too.  We’re on Lesson 47 out of 50.  With just three lessons to go, the people are finally ready to do the work that God had given Moses such a detailed vision for back on the mountaintop.  Take a look at just a few of the verses as the work begins:

“All the skilled men among the workmen made the tabernacle with ten curtains of finely twisted linen and blue, purple and scarlet yarn, with cherubim worked into them by a skilled craftsman. All the curtains were the same size―twenty-eight cubits long and four cubits wide. They joined five of the curtains together and did the same with the other five. Then they made loops of blue material along the edge of the end curtain in one set, and the same was done with the end curtain in the other set. They also made fifty loops on one curtain and fifty loops on the end curtain of the other set, with the loops opposite each other. Then they made fifty gold clasps and used them to fasten the two sets of curtains together so that the tabernacle was a unit” (Exodus 36:8-13).

The description of all the work continues in similar detail for another three chapters.  Sometimes we can skip over these details in the Bible, but this is the foundation for what God called them to do.  They came out of the desert to worship God, and now they’re building a place of worship to do it.

When I studied this passage initially, I heard about a songwriting contest.  I had written a song about five years earlier that I really liked and had put a lot of time into, but never recorded it.  The contest turned out to be just the thing I needed to finally spur me on to do the work and get it recorded.  Although I didn’t exactly have the time to mess with this kind of thing, I felt like I needed to follow through on all the work I had previously done on the song.

So I stepped out of my comfort zone and sent an email to a woman in California.  I loved her voice, but didn’t have any money to pay her for this project.  I asked her if she’d still be willing to record the song for this contest, anyway.  Amazingly, she said, “Yes,” and asked some of her friends to help her record it.

It turned out to be a beautiful recording, and although we didn’t win the contest, I was so thankful to have it recorded.  When I called to thank her for her work on it, she said, “Oh, no, thank you!  Thank you for asking and letting me do it!”  She told me how the song had really ministered to her that week as she worked on it.  Had I not “made the call” to get the work done, the song still wouldn’t be recorded, and those involved would have missed out on the blessing it turned out to be to them as well.

I know how hard it can be to “do the work” when the time finally comes to do it.

But for whatever project God’s given you, don’t lose heart.  Don’t lose strength.  This final push could be what finally delivers your “baby.”  Many people will be blessed through your work, including those who work on it with you!

So don’t give up.  Don’t give in.  Don’t stop pushing now.  Do the work!  And get it done!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 46: Make The Call To All Who Are Willing And Skilled

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 35:1-36:7

If God has put a vision on your heart to do something for Him, I want to encourage you today to take a step of faith:  make the call to all who are willing and skilled to help you do what God wants done.

If you’re like me, asking for help is one of the hardest parts of carrying out God’s will.  But I’m encouraged by what I read in Exodus chapter 35.  Here we see that Moses has come down from the mountain with a detailed vision in mind for what God wanted him to do next:  to build an incredible place of worship for God.  Now, it’s time for Moses to ask the people for their help, to see if they will provide the resources and the labor to make it happen.  How will he ask them?  And how will they respond?  Let’s take a look:

“Moses said to the whole Israelite community, ‘This is what the LORD has commanded:  From what you have, take an offering for the LORD. Everyone who is willing is to bring to the LORD an offering of gold, silver and bronze; blue, purple and scarlet yarn and fine linen; goat hair; ram skins dyed red and hides of sea cows; acacia wood; olive oil for the light; spices for the anointing oil and for the fragrant incense; and onyx stones and other gems to be mounted on the ephod and breastpiece.  All who are skilled among you are to come and make everything the LORD has commanded…’ ” (Exodus 35:4-10).

He calls on all who are willing and skilled to “give” to the work and to “get involved” in the work.  Now let’s look at the response:

“Then the whole Israelite community withdrew from Moses’ presence, and everyone who was willing and whose heart moved him came and brought an offering to the LORD for the work on the Tent of Meeting, for all its service, and for the sacred garments. … All the Israelite men and women who were willing brought to the LORD freewill offerings for all the work the LORD through Moses had commanded them to do” (Exodus 35:21, 29). 

In the end, God had stirred the hearts of so many people that they had to be restrained from giving any more!

“Then Moses gave an order and they sent this word throughout the camp: ‘No man or woman is to make anything else as an offering for the sanctuary.’ And so the people were restrained from bringing more, because what they already had was more than enough to do all the work” (Exodus 36:6-7). 

When I first read this passage, I wondered what that must feel like, to see people give and get involved to such an extent that they had to be restrained from giving any more.  But when I came back to this passage again to teach it to others, I was in the middle of raising funds for five of us to go on a missions trip to Africa.  Up to that point, I had often questioned if we’d be able to raise enough for even one of us to go, let alone five.

I took encouragement from this passage, and kept pressing on.  In the final weeks before our trip, I found myself having to tell people to not give any more to the trip, for we had already raised all that we needed for all five of us to go.

We can sometimes look at a passage like this, and even hear a story like I just told, and be either discouraged or encouraged, wondering why it’s not happening to us, or looking forward to when it will happen to us.

My encouragement to you is to make the call.  Make the call to all who are willing to help you carry out the vision that God has put on your heart.  As Christians, God has entrusted us with great visions, great plans and great ways to reach the world for Him.  God wants us to step out in faith, make the call, and ask people to give and get involved in doing what God wants done.  Make the call!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 25: Little By Little

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 23:20-33

Praying for anything big to happen in your life?  Waiting for God to bring it about?  Wondering why it’s not coming about as fast as you’d like?

When I get frustrated that I’m not seeing the big, grand vision come together for something that I really think God is putting on my heart, I take comfort from a short passage in Exodus chapter 23.  It reminds me that God is able “to do immeasurably more than all we can ask or imagine,” as the New Testament says in Ephesians 3:20, but that God doesn’t always do it all at once.

Why not?  Here’s what God told the Israelites, and what He often tells me, too.

As the Israelites approached the “promised land,” a huge expanse of property that God promised to give them when they got out of Egypt, God told them that He would drive out the current occupants of the land because of their wickedness and rebellion against Him.  But, He added:

“I will not drive them out in a single year, because the land would become desolate and the wild animals too numerous for you. Little by little I will drive them out before you, until you have increased enough to take possession of the land” (Exodus 23:29-30). 

God was still going to give them their promised land, but little by little, for their own protection, and for the safekeeping of His vision for the land.

Even though there were over 600,000 Israelites at the time, the land was still bigger than they could effectively manage had they gotten it all at once.  The land would have become desolate and overrun with wild animals.  God, in His grace, was going to wait to drive out the current inhabitants until the Israelites increased enough to take possession of the land.

This is extremely encouraging to me!  I don’t like to wait for God’s promises to be fulfilled―especially when I can see them so clearly, when they look like they’re within reach, yet when I can’t seem to take hold of them.  These verses remind me that God will do what He says He will do, but in His timing, for our good and for the good of the vision He’s given us. 

For many years now I’ve been praying for a real “ranch,” a place where I can invite people to spend time with God, away from the busy-ness of their lives.  I’ve been to just such a ranch with my family―a beautiful private retreat on 240 acres of rolling hills in northern Illinois.  Yet as I looked around at the expanse of the property, I couldn’t imagine all of the care and maintenance it would take just to put gravel on the back roads every few years, let alone take care of all the cattle, sheep, ducks, fencing and guest homes.

Even though this seems to be exactly what I’ve been praying for, and continue to pray for, I know that I’ve not “increased enough to take possession” of the fullness of this vision.  That doesn’t stop me from asking, and it doesn’t stop me from believing that God will someday fulfill the fullness of what He’s put on my heart.  But it does help me to be thankful―so thankful―that God holds back from giving me what I’m asking for before I can handle it.

Maybe you’ve been praying for some big things to happen in your life, or a friend’s life.  Maybe you’ve wondered why things aren’t happening as fast as you’d like, or to the extent that you’d like.  Maybe you’re getting discouraged and wondering why God is poking around, taking His time, when there are so many things you want to get done―and now!

Take heart from this little passage in Exodus 23.  As God Himself says several times in this passage, He will do what He promised.  There are still things He wants us to do in the mean time.  But, for our benefit, and for the benefit of His unfolding vision, He often carries out His will “little by little”―so we won’t be overwhelmed by the answer when it does come.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Little By Little”

Lesson 45: Spending Time In God’s Presence Changes Us

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:29-35

If you’ve ever read through the book of Psalms, you may have noticed that King David doesn’t always go into God’s presence with a really happy attitude, but he usually comes out with one.

Just flip through the Psalms and see how many times this happens.  Psalm 4, for instance, starts with, “Answer me when I call to you, O my righteous God.  Give me relief from my distress; be merciful to me and hear my prayer” (verse 1), but it ends with, “I will lie down in peace, for you alone, O LORD, make me dwell in safety” (verse 8).

Over and over the pattern repeats.  David starts out pretty angry with God, and angry with the  people around him, but he ends up by praising God and trusting Him completely.  Why?

Because spending time in God’s presence changes us.  Sometimes we don’t even notice the change, but others do.  And when they notice the change in us, it changes them, too.

Take a look at the change that took place in Moses when he spent time in God’s presence.  In Exodus chapter 34, the change was so visible, it was reflected in his face:

“When Moses came down from Mount Sinai with the two tablets of the Testimony in his hands, he was not aware that his face was radiant because he had spoken with the LORD. When Aaron and all the Israelites saw Moses, his face was radiant, and they were afraid to come near him. But Moses called to them; so Aaron and all the leaders of the community came back to him, and he spoke to them. Afterward all the Israelites came near him, and he gave them all the commands the LORD had given him on Mount Sinai.  When Moses finished speaking to them, he put a veil over his face. But whenever he entered the LORD’s presence to speak with him, he removed the veil until he came out. And when he came out and told the Israelites what he had been commanded, they saw that his face was radiant. Then Moses would put the veil back over his face until he went in to speak with the LORD” (Exodus 34:29-35). 

Here’s a man with a super-tan!  Moses had just asked God in Exodus chapter 33: “Show me your glory.”  Later, when Moses came down from the mountain, he had God’s glory all over him!  He was so radiant, so physically changed, that he had to put a veil over his face when he talked to other people!

Spending time in God’s presence changes us.  The more time we spend with God, the more we’re changed we’ll be―physically, emotionally, spiritually―in all kinds of ways.  Whenever we ask to see God’s glory, we shouldn’t be surprised to find that His glory is reflected in us.

What causes the moon to shine so bright?  It’s the reflection of the sun.  There’s nothing inherent in the moon to make it light up the night.  That’s what God wants to do through each one of us.  He wants us to spend time with Him, absorbing His glory, so we can go out and reflect the light of His Son into the darkness of the world around us.

Moses wasn’t even aware how his time with God had changed him.  But others were.  The glory that covered Moses was certainly for Moses’ benefit, but it also overflowed to all of those around him.

If you’ll diligently spend time with God, you’ll start to see that the overflow from your time with Him will naturally touch other people.  Although this may not be your main purpose for spending time with God, He can use the overflow of your experience to “prime the pump” for others.

Spending time in God’s presence changes us.  Although you may come into His presence tired, angry, frustrated or broken, chances are good that a little time with the Creator of the universe, the One who gave you life and breath, will give you new life, too.  He’ll restore you, encourage you, strengthen you and help you to put your trust in Him more and more.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 44: Our Role And God’s Role

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:11-28

We’re going to look in this lesson at something that puzzles a lot of people, including me.  Sometimes we wonder how much we have to do for God, and how much He’s going to do for us.  It’s hard to find the balance.  The truth is that we both have roles to play.  God has things He wants us to do, and then there are things He says He’ll do.

A quick look at Exodus chapter 34, verses 10-28, when God made a covenant with the Israelites, shows these two roles.  If you take a look at that passage, you’ll see that God says there are things He’s going to do, and then He says there are things He wants them to do.

Here are a few things that God says He’s going to do for them:

  • He’ll do wonders never before done in any nation of the world (verse 10)
  • He’ll drive out the nations ahead of them (verse 11)
  • He’ll enlarge their territory (verse 24)

And here are a few things that God wants them to do:

  • Obey what He commands (verse 11)
  • Don’t make cast idols (verse 17) (I think this was just a reminder about the golden calf, “That was a bad move guys, don’t ever do that again, OK?”)
  • Celebrate the feasts and make sure to rest every seventh day (verses 18 and 21)

I think this is helpful for our own understanding of how we interact with God.

Sometimes we might sit back and mistakenly say, “It’s all in Your hands God.  I’m not going to do a thing.  I’m leaving it all up to You.”  There are times when it’s important to simply pray, and pray, and pray.  But prayer is a conversation with God, and oftentimes during those conversations, God tells us things that He wants us to do.  In those times, we’ve got to do our part.

Other times, we might mistakenly think that we’ve got to do everything.  We think that if we don’t do it, it won’t get done.  We act as if God’s not likely to do anything for us.  We forget that God has a huge role to play in everything we do.  In the case of the Israelites, God’s role was to do certain things, like performing wonders never before done in any nation of the world, driving out nations before them, and enlarging their territory―little things like that.  :)

So there are often these two things going on at the same time:  things God will do, and things He wants us to do.  We need to trust God to do His part, and we need to do our part to the best of our ability.

There’s a final point in this passage that I don’t want you to miss.  God ends His conversation with Moses with these words:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Write down these words, for in accordance with these words I have made a covenant with you and with Israel.’ Moses was there with the LORD forty days and forty nights without eating bread or drinking water. And he wrote on the tablets the words of the covenant―the Ten Commandments” (Exodus 34:27-28). 

Moses had just finished two back-to-back 40-day fasts.  He had totally emptied himself so he could be totally filled with God.  The words that God spoke to Moses in those quiet times together turned out to be some of the longest lasting words in the history of the world:  the Ten Commandments.  Three thousand years later they are still some of the most talked-about and cherished words ever written.

Our quiet times with God have power.  This Exodus study is proof of that to me.  It was during my own 40-day fast, almost three years before writing this devotional, that I first took the notes from the book of Exodus that have resulted in this study.  What we do in our quiet times with God can have an effect days, months and even years into the future.

God wants us to spend time with Him, and to act on what He tells us to do during that time.  God will do His part.  He just wants us to do ours.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 26: Come Up To The Lord And Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 24

What’s the ultimate goal of being set free?  What does freedom finally allow us to do, without hindrance?

The answer I’ve read over and over in Scripture is this:  we’re set free so we can worship God.

If a person can’t worship God, fully from their heart, then they’re still in bondage.  They may live in a free country, but if they can’t worship God, they’re not really free at all.  On the other hand, they may live in a prison cell, but if they can worship God, they are truly free.  The degree of freedom we have in our lives is directly proportional to the degree to which we’re able to worship God from our hearts.

This was God’s ultimate goal for setting the Israelites free from Egypt.  He told Moses to bring the people out into the desert so they could worship Him.  He sets us free from sin, not only because it’s good and helpful for us, but also so that we can be released to worship Him with our whole hearts.

In Exodus 24, Moses and his people have finally made it out to the place where God told Moses to come.  Now they can start doing what they came to do, starting with Moses and some of the other leaders.  God calls them up to the mountain to worship.  The rest of the people will get their chance soon.  But for now, God calls Moses to lead the way:

“Then he said to Moses, ‘Come up to the LORD, you and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel. You are to worship at a distance, but Moses alone is to approach the LORD; the others must not come near. And the people may not come up with him’ ” (Exodus 24:1-2). 

Moses is about to become their “worship leader.”

And what a worship service it is!  Take a look at what happens when they come up to the Lord:

“Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and the seventy elders of Israel went up and saw the God of Israel. Under his feet was something like a pavement made of sapphire, clear as the sky itself. But God did not raise his hand against these leaders of the Israelites; they saw God, and they ate and drank.”  (Exodus 24:9-10). 

They saw God―and lived!  Then they ate and drank in His presence there on the mountain.  Wow!  To come into the presence of God, to see Him, to eat and drink and have a party right there at His feet―that’s a true mountaintop experience!

The cool thing is, we can now do that any day of the week, no matter where we are or what’s going on in our lives.  We can take a moment, even right now, today, to spend a few minutes in the presence of the Lord, worshiping Him in our hearts.

You may not be able to sing.  You may not be able to play an instrument.  You may not be able to speak well.  But you can do one thing right now that no one can stop you from doing:  you can worship God in your heart.

You might not think you can.  You might think others are hindering you from it.  You might think your circumstances are preventing it.  But the truth is, nothing―and no one―can stop you from worshiping God.  You can choose right now to worship Him!

Just say, “Father, I want to worship You.  I want to be in Your presence.  I want to eat and drink and enjoy a few moments with You, right now.  I want to worship You!”

If sin is holding you back, confess it.  If fear is getting you off track, let the Lord, Your shepherd, lead you beside His still waters.  If life is weighing you down, let Jesus pick you up.  He offered each of us this promise: “Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest” (Matthew 11:28). 

Come up to the Lord and worship.  This is why He set you free!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Come Up To The Lord And Worship”

Lesson 43: Worship And Wonder

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:8-10

I’ve had moments in my life where something will happen and I’ll think, “Wow, that was the presence of God passing right in front of me.”

I don’t always sense His presence like this, but when I do, I’m usually taken aback by it, and I’m not quite sure how to react.  It’s overwhelming, on one hand, to realize that God has just passed by.  But it’s often such a small thing, on the other hand, that alerts me to His presence, that it makes me stop and think, “Was that really God?”

I love how Moses responds when the presence of God passed by Him in Exodus chapter 34:

“Moses bowed to the ground at once and worshiped.  ‘O Lord, if I have found favor in your eyes,’ he said, ‘then let the Lord go with us. Although this is a stiff-necked people, forgive our wickedness and our sin, and take us as your inheritance.’ Then the LORD said: ‘I am making a covenant with you. Before all your people I will do wonders never before done in any nation in all the world. The people you live among will see how awesome is the work that I, the LORD, will do for you’ ”  (Exodus 34:8-10). 

Moses’ response was immediate:  he bowed down and worshiped, “at once.”

The night before I wrote this lesson, I had one of those moments where I felt God’s presence passing by.

All week I had been thinking about an illustration of what grace looks like that I had read twenty years ago in Victor Hugo’s book, Les Miserables.  In the book, a thief takes refuge in the home of a bishop, who was the first person who offered the thief a meal and lodging since his escape from prison.  As they prepared for bed that night, the bishop handed the thief a silver candlestick to light his way to his bedroom for the night.

In the middle of the night, the thief’s heart became hard again and he took the opportunity to escape while he still could, stealing the silver utensils that they had used for dinner as he left the house.  But early the next morning, the police caught the thief and brought him back to the bishop’s house.  The bishop exclaimed, “Oh, you are back again!  I am glad to see you.  I gave you the candlesticks, too, which are silver also, and will bring forty francs.  Why did you not take them?”

The thief was stunned, as were the police.  The bishop added solemnly, “Never forget you have promised me you would use the money to become an honest man,” which is exactly what happened.

I remembered that picture of grace from Hugo’s book and wanted to share it with others, but didn’t know where in my house to find the book I had once read.  The night before I was to write this lesson, my 8 year-old son and I were reading from another book, a large collection of short stories, when my son said, “I’d like to just flip through the pages and pick a story with my fingers.”  He ran his fingers through the 832 page book and opened it.  I stared in disbelief at the title of the story in front of my eyes.  It was called, The Good Bishop, and it gave a short, 3-page summary of this very incident with the candlesticks from Victor Hugo’s book, Les Miserables.

I felt as if the presence of God had just passed by.

I wanted to bow down and worship.  Not just because God had found the story for me that I had been looking for, in a place where I never would have looked for it, but because earlier in the day I was wondering why some of the “big” things I’ve been praying about have not yet been answered.

I was reminded that God is not just in the big things―and He’s not just in the little things.  God is in every thing.

The next time God passes by, what will your response be?  I’m praying that more and more, my response will be like that of Moses, to bow down at once, and worship.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 27: God Can Speak Specifically And Clearly

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 25:1-27:19

Do you ever wonder if God speaks to people?  And if so, does He just speak in generalities, giving us good principles to live by, but leaving the details up to us?

I was in a Bible study with a friend who felt that God does speak to us, but only in terms of giving us the “big picture.”  The specifics were for us to figure out.  I understood what my friend was saying―and at times that is certainly true.

But as I’ve read through the Bible, I’ve also been struck by how often God speaks to people with very specific instructions―instructions that He wants to be followed precisely―even down to the last “cubit.”

Exodus chapters 25, 26, and 27 are prime examples of God speaking specifically and clearly.  In the opening words of chapter 25, God tells Moses to collect some very specific items from the people:  ram skins dyed red, acacia wood, onyx stones and more.  God continues with these words:

“Then have them make a sanctuary for me, and I will dwell among them.  Make this tabernacle and all its furnishings exactly like the pattern I will show you” (Exodus 25:8-9). 

For the next 89 verses, God gave Moses a detailed description of exactly how to build this tabernacle, and all of the elements within it: the ark of the covenant, the tables, the lampstands, the altars, the oil, the shovels―even the meat forks.

Listen to some of this detail:

… “ Make a lampstand of pure gold and hammer it out, base and shaft; its cups, buds and blossoms shall be of one piece with it.  Six branches are to extend from the sides of the lampstand―three on one side and three on the other.  Three cups shaped like almond flowers with buds and blossoms are to be on one branch, three on the next branch, and the same for all six branches extending from the lampstand” (Exodus 25:31-33). 

… “Make the tabernacle with ten curtains of finely twisted linen and blue, purple and scarlet yarn, with cherubim worked into them by a skilled craftsman.  All the curtains are to be the same size―twenty-eight cubits long and four cubits wide” (Exodus 26:1-2). 

… “Build an altar of acacia wood, three cubits high; it is to be square, five cubits long and five cubits wide…. Make a grating for it, a bronze network, and make a bronze ring at each of the four corners of the network.  Put it under the ledge of the altar so that it is halfway up the altar” (Exodus 27:1,4-5). 

The detail reminds me of when God told Noah precisely how to build the ark for the animals, describing its dimensions cubit by cubit (a length of about 18 inches).

Why was God so specific?  Maybe it was because there had never been a need for a boat like that before.  How could Noah have known how many animals would show up?  It was better for Noah to follow God’s specific instructions up front on how to build the ark, than to try to build it his own way and then have the elephants and hippos and rhinos and giraffes show up!

When we need wisdom, we can ask God for it.  He’s the Creator of the universe.  He knows how every molecule is put together.  He knows what needs to be done and how to do it.  And He’s glad to pour out that wisdom into us.

The Bible says: “If any of you lacks wisdom, he should ask God, who gives generously to all without finding fault, and it will be given to him” (James 1:5).

God can speak specifically and clearly.  There’s no doubt about it scripturally, as in this case from Exodus.  Someone might wonder, based on their experience (or lack thereof), if God speaks specifically.  But based on Scripture, there’s no doubt that He does!

Whatever you’re working on right now―a project for work, a new type of ministry, a relationship with a spouse, child or friend―ask God for wisdom on how to proceed.  Then listen, and do, what He says.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Can Speak Specifically And Clearly”

Lesson 42: Absorb The Name Of The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:1-7

If God wore a name tag, I think today’s scripture passage would be on it.  A person’s name often reveals something about who they are.  This was especially true in biblical days.  The name “Moses,” for instance, meant “drawn out of the water,” which describes exactly how he was rescued from the Nile River by one of Pharaoh’s daughters.

God’s name reveals to us who He is, too.  So when Moses says to God in Exodus 34, “show me Your glory,” God responds by saying that He would cause His “name” to pass in front of Moses, thus revealing to Moses more about who He is.  Here’s what God says:

“Then the LORD came down in the cloud and stood there with him and proclaimed his name, the LORD.  And he passed in front of Moses, proclaiming, ‘The LORD, the LORD, the compassionate and gracious God, slow to anger, abounding in love and faithfulness, maintaining love to thousands, and forgiving wickedness, rebellion and sin. Yet he does not leave the guilty unpunished; he punishes the children and their children for the sin of the fathers to the third and fourth generation’ ” (Exodus 34:5-7). 

God’s name tag would read something like this:  “Hello, my name is…  Compassionate.  Gracious.  Slow to Anger.  Abounding in Love and Faithfulness.  Forgiving, Yet Just.”

To me, it’s an Old Testament description of what Christ came to demonstrate for us in the New Testament.  The prophet Jeremiah later tells us that God is going to make a new covenant with the people, not one written on tablets of stone, but one that would be written on people’s hearts.  Not a covenant where the children would have to pay for the sins of their fathers, but one where each person would be called to account for their own sins.

Some people think that God is portrayed in the Old Testament as being easily provoked to anger.  But the way I read it, I see God as incredibly compassionate, gracious and slow to anger.  If you read the Bible from beginning to end, you’ll see a repeating pattern of God drawing people to Himself, then people turning away.  God draws them back, then they turn away.  He draws them again, then they turn away again.  At some point, if God is a “just” God, He must eventually punish sin.

But if God were merely “just,” He would have wiped out the entire planet long ago.  In fact, way back in Genesis chapter 6, just six chapters into the history of man, God was tempted to do just that because of the wickedness of the people.  But God relented, and gave mankind another chance.  And another.  And another.  The fact that any of us are still alive today is a testimony to God’s compassion, grace, and ability to be slow to anger.  The fact that God sent Jesus to die, so that anyone who would put their faith in Him would be saved from the punishment of death, shows that He is still willing to go to incredible lengths to be forgiving, yet just.

I’ve heard the difference between justice, mercy and grace described by the different possible reactions of a man who had caught a thief trying to steal a brand new Harley-Davidson motorcycle from his garage.  If the owner grabbed a gun and shot the thief, or escorted him to jail, that would be justice.  The thief was stealing his stuff, and stealing is wrong, so justice requires some kind of penalty.

But if the owner said, “I’m just going to let you go and walk out of here now.  Even though what you’ve done is wrong, I’m not going to touch you, just go,” that would be mercy.

But if the owner turned around, went back into the house and got the keys to the Harley, came back and handed them to the thief, signed over the title to him, and handed him $100 to put gas in it, that would be grace.

And that’s what God has done for us through Christ:

“But God demonstrates his own love for us in this: While we were still sinners, Christ died for us” (Romans 5:8).

Take time to absorb the name of the Lord, realizing how incredibly loving and gracious He is.  Then remember to extend that same love and grace to others.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 41: Ask God To Show You His Glory

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:18-23

I’d like you to listen in to a conversation that took place several thousand years ago between God and Moses.  In this conversation, you’ll learn something about what it’s like to have an intimate relationship with God, and what you can do to take that relationship even deeper.

The conversation takes place in chapter 33 of the book of Exodus.  Moses has just been pleading with God to come with him on the next leg of his journey.

The LORD replied, “My Presence will go with you, and I will give you rest.” Then Moses said to him, “If your Presence does not go with us, do not send us up from here.  How will anyone know that you are pleased with me and with your people unless you go with us? What else will distinguish me and your people from all the other people on the face of the earth?” 

And the LORD said to Moses, “I will do the very thing you have asked, because I am pleased with you and I know you by name.” 

Then Moses said, “Now show me your glory.” 

And the LORD said, “I will cause all my goodness to pass in front of you, and I will proclaim my name, the LORD, in your presence” (Exodus 33:14-19a). 

What’s amazing to me about this conversation is that throughout this whole journey called “the exodus” from Egypt, Moses has been walking with God, talking with God, and seeing God work in various ways.  And yet, here in chapter 33, Moses is still asking to see more and more of God.  He says to God, “Now show me your glory.”

One of the lessons I get out of this conversation is that no matter how close we are to God, or how close we have been in the past, we can always go deeper with Him.  There’s always more to learn about Him.  There’s always more that God wants to reveal to us about Himself, if we’re willing to ask.

Maybe this is one of the reasons God makes it possible for us to spend eternity in heaven with Him when we put our faith in Christ, because it will take that long to get to know Him as deeply as possible.

This idea of spending time with God so that we can get to know Him more is a huge part of what it means to experience His “glory.”  If you look closely at the conversation, you’ll see that God says that He knows Moses by name.  He knows who Moses is.  He knows what makes Moses tick.  He knows his name.  So when Moses asks to see God’s glory, God replies, in essence,  “All right, I’ll show you My name, too.  I’ll show you more of who I am.”  God knows Moses, and Moses wants to know God.

In the purest sense, this is at the heart of what it means to be intimate with someone else:  to reveal more of yourself to them, and to invite them to reveal more of themselves to you.

In fact, the Hebrew word often used in the Bible to describe the conception of a child is “yada,” which means “to know.”  When the Bible says that “Adam knew Eve,” it means that they were so intimate that they conceived a child!  (see Genesis 4:1, NKJV)  Interestingly, this same word “yada” is used to describe the intimacy that takes place when we worship God, an intimacy in which we reveal more of ourselves to Him, and He reveals more of Himself to us.

God invites us to be intimate with Him, to worship Him with our entire beings.  He wants us to love Him with all of our heart, soul, mind and strength, not rushing through these moments of intimacy, but taking the time to reveal ourselves to each other.

No matter how close to, or far away from God you might feel, take some extra time today to ask Him to reveal more of Himself to you.  Ask God to show you His glory.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 28: Give Dignity And Honor To Those Serving With You

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 27:20-28:40

What can we do to give dignity and honor to those who serve with us?  And what difference can it make when we do?

I once attended a church that was very formal.  All the pastors wore black robes.  At one point, one of the pastors wanted to start preaching in just his suit, without the robe.  He wanted to be less formal so that the people he was trying to reach would feel he was more like them.

But some of the leaders of the church didn’t like that idea.  It went against their particular view of church life.  While the church eventually let him preach without his robe for the first of their three morning worship services, he had to put it on again for the other two services.

I thought the whole debate was somewhat unnecessary as he had a reasonable idea he wanted to implement.  But when I read Exodus chapter 28, trying to read it from God’s perspective, I was able to see that there are times when it’s important to do things that will give people dignity and honor for the work they have been called to do.

Here’s what God asked Moses to do for his brother Aaron, and Aaron’s sons, all of whom God had called to become priests in the tabernacle that they were building:

“Make sacred garments for your brother Aaron to give him dignity and honor.  Tell all the skilled men to whom I have given wisdom in such matters that they are to make garments for Aaron, for his consecration, so he may serve me as priest” (Exodus 28:2-3). 

Then God described in great detail what the robes and turbans and undergarments should look like.

I don’t know what you might think about this idea today, whether or not pastors or priests should wear elaborate robes.  But the passage indicates to me that there are times when God asks us to give dignity and honor to the people around us, sometimes in very specific ways, and that God wants us to listen to―and do―what He tells us to do.

I was reading this passage when I was getting ready to launch our newly redesigned website for The Ranch.  As I tried to think what God might want me to do for those who helped me with the project, I felt He wanted me to have a special online prayer and dedication service for them.  So I set a date and time, and invited about a dozen people to join me in the chat room.

We had someone from Latvia who had helped redesign the website.  We had someone from Denmark who built the software on which the whole system runs.  We had someone from Colorado who helps with our prayer ministry and answering emails.  We had someone from North Carolina who serves on our board.

I had sent each of them a small bottle of oil, based on a passage we’re going to look at next week, but touched on in this passage, so that I could pray for them, anointing and consecrating them for their work of service to God.

I was very hesitant at first, because in some ways, it seemed―well―just very weird to do this over the Internet!  I thought it would be hard to really give them dignity and honor like this.  But I’ve also prayed for enough people over the Internet by now to know that prayer has no boundaries.

So as I prayed for each person, I asked them to put some oil on their finger and touch it to their forehead as I typed out my prayers on my keyboard.  I later heard back from several of those who came who said that as we prayed together, they had completely broken down in tears, weeping at this special expression of appreciation for their work of service to God.

What about those who work with you?  Is there a way that God might want you to give them dignity and honor?  I believe that if you’ll ask God, He’ll answer you.  He may not tell you to put a robe on them.  But whatever He tells you, when you do it, God will touch people through it.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Give Dignity And Honor To Those Serving With You”

Lesson 40: We’re Set Free To Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:11

We’ve reached lesson 40 of this 50 lesson study of the book of Exodus.  Before we head into the final 10 lessons of this study, I’d like to remind you of the purpose of “the Exodus,” of getting free, in the first place.

God sets us free so we can worship Him.  We don’t have to wait till we die and go to heaven to be in the presence of God.  We don’t have to wait till we get to the end of some spiritual journey to be with Him.  We don’t even have to wait one more minute.

We can worship God in our hearts right now.  We can spend time in His presence, commune with Him, at any given moment.

There’s a little passage tucked in Exodus 33 that reminds me of this.  The Bible says that when Moses would want to spend time with God, he would go to the “Tent of Meeting,” and God would meet with him there.  But then the Bible adds these words:

“Then Moses would return to the camp, but his young aide Joshua son of Nun did not leave the tent”  (Exodus 33:11b). 

I try to picture what it would be like to be a young aide to Moses, the great deliverer of the people of Israel.  What would it be like to walk beside him into the tent of meeting, and watch him as the Lord would, “speak to Moses face to face, as a man speaks to his friend” (Exodus 33:11a)?

I think it would be awesome! Apparently, so did Joshua.  Since Moses was the leader of the nation, he had to then go back to the camp to deal with the issues of the day.  But not Joshua.  Joshua stayed.  He wasn’t about to leave that tent.  He was going to stay right there in the presence of God.

Although they hadn’t reached the promised land yet, they could still spend time in the presence of God.  Although they hadn’t resolved all of the problems and struggles of life, they could still worship Him.  Although they were still in the midst of one of the worst struggles of their nation, this didn’t deter Joshua from spending time in the “tent of meeting.”  Rather than deterring the people, it probably drove them even deeper into the presence of the Living God.

Sometimes we think that we have to reach a certain place in our freedom before we can fully worship God.  We think that we have to get free of a particular sin, or be fully restored from a broken relationship.  Or we wonder if we might never really be able to worship God here on this earth, but will only get to truly enter His presence when we die.

But this passage in Exodus, as well as many others throughout the Bible, encourage me that we can, at any moment, step into the presence of God.  Sure, it’s a lot easier to step into His presence when we’re not weighted down with sin and strife and struggle.  That’s why God wants us so desperately to throw off anything that might entangle us.

And yet, sometimes, it’s the very act of coming into His presence that helps us to finally surrender our grip on those things that are holding us back, letting God Himself take the weights off of our shoulders.  As Joshua would later find out, when Moses died and Joshua had to take over the leadership of the entire nation, those regular moments in the presence of God would prove invaluable to his own effectiveness as a leader.

Whether there’s peace all around you, or strife swirling out of control, I’d like to encourage you to step into God’s presence sometime today, even right now if you can.  Like Joshua, maybe you can just stay there and linger awhile with God, like a honeymoon couple enjoying some intimate moments together.

Worshiping God is one of the most glorious, life-giving, and life producing acts in which we can engage.  It’s the reason God set us free in the first place.  Why not take a little time to just step into His presence today?

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 29: Anoint, Ordain, And Consecrate Those Serving

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 28:41-29:35

What can we do for the people who work with us to dedicate them―and their gifts and talents―to the Lord?  One thing to consider is “anointing” them with oil.

It seems like an ancient practice, anointing people with oil.  But one of the most dramatic experiences of my life was an ordination service where I truly felt God Himself was calling me into His service.  He used the hands of a pastor to anoint my head with oil, ordaining and consecrating me for the work God had called me to do.

Throughout the Bible, God anointed some of His most powerful leaders with oil for their work of service to Him, like King David, King Saul, and in the passage we’re looking at today, the priest Aaron and his sons:

“After you put these clothes on your brother Aaron and his sons, anoint and ordain them. Consecrate them so they may serve me as priests” (Exodus 28:41). 

I happened to be in Israel when I read some of these passages about anointing people with oil.  It’s one thing to read these passages at home.  It’s another thing entirely to be standing on the spots where these things took place.  At one point, I was amazed to think that I was standing at the tomb of Samuel the prophet, the one who walked the very same hills I was walking on when he sought out young David to anoint him as king.

These were real people who had done these things, who lived in real places that still exist today.  I wondered what it would be like if God were to send someone to anoint me, right there in Israel, for the work He had called me to do.  I had recently quit my job to go into full-time ministry and wondered if God could consecrate me in this specific way, too.  So I began to pray that God would send someone.  I couldn’t believe He did it when it happened the very next day!

I ran into a tour group and began talking to a pastor and his wife.  They kept asking me questions about how I had quit my job and gone into ministry.  I really didn’t want to stand around and chit-chat―I was waiting for God to show up!  But as we talked, the pastor asked if I had ever anointed people with oil when I prayed for the sick, as he had found that to be very effective.

I couldn’t believe it!  I hadn’t told him anything about my prayer the day before that God would send someone to anoint me with oil.  Yet here was a man standing in front of me who regularly anointed people with oil.   I hesitantly asked him if he would pray for me, too, anointing me with oil for the work that God had called me to do.  He said he would, and at the next stop on the tour, he’d pick up a bottle of oil at one of the local shops to do it.

So I walked with their group from the Temple Mount, down the Way of the Cross, where Jesus carried his cross to his crucifixion.  The tour stopped at the church that now houses the crucifixion site.  We bought a little bottle of oil, and went into the church to pray.

There, about 20 feet from the foot of the cross which marks the spot where Jesus is said to have died, this man and his wife prayed for me.  They anointed me with oil for the work of service God had called me to do.  Their prayers were accompanied―at 1:00 sharp―by the loud ringing of church bells overhead, the sounds of a tour group singing hymns, and as sights and smells of burning incense wafted through the room.

I was overwhelmed by the way God had answered my prayers.  I’ll never look at an anointing service as just an ancient ritual again.  It is a powerful means by which God can ordain and consecrate us for our work of service to Him.

God used an earthly man to anoint, ordain and consecrate me for my work, and has since used me to do the same for others.  Perhaps God wants to touch those around you in a similar way, praying for them that they would use their gifts and talents to bear much fruit for Him.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Anoint, Ordain, And Consecrate Those Serving”

Lesson 39: Meeting With God

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:1-17

For me, one of the most encouraging things to read about in the Bible is when people meet with God.  It’s amazing to me that God not only met with people in the Bible, but that He also wants to meet with us.

One of those biblical meetings occurs in the middle of Exodus chapter 33, which describes how Moses would often meet with God.

“Now Moses used to take a tent and pitch it outside the camp some distance away, calling it the ‘tent of meeting.’ Anyone inquiring of the LORD would go to the tent of meeting outside the camp. And whenever Moses went out to the tent, all the people rose and stood at the entrances to their tents, watching Moses until he entered the tent. As Moses went into the tent, the pillar of cloud would come down and stay at the entrance, while the LORD spoke with Moses. Whenever the people saw the pillar of cloud standing at the entrance to the tent, they all stood and worshiped, each at the entrance to his tent. The LORD would speak to Moses face to face, as a man speaks with his friend. Then Moses would return to the camp, but his young aide Joshua son of Nun did not leave the tent” (Exodus 33:7-11). 

This passage is tucked in the midst of a very difficult time in the life of the Israelites.  God was really angry with them for what they had just done, by turning away from Him.  After dealing with their sin, God told them to go ahead of Him into the promised land.  Then God added, “But I will not go with you, because you are a stiff-necked people and I might destroy you on the way” (Exodus 33:3b). 

The people were distressed to hear this.  So Moses did again what was apparently something he had been doing already on a regular basis.  He went out to meet with God in the “tent of meeting.”

I think many of us go through times when we feel like God is really close to us, then go through other times when we feel He is far from us.  There are many reasons for this kind of ebb and flow in our relationship with God.  But I know for me, if God seems distant, I want to make sure it isn’t because I have become “stiff-necked,” like God described had happened to the people in this passage.  I want to make sure my neck is well-lubricated, and fully turned towards Him.

I remember an author who described a time in his own life when he was feeling empty in the things he was doing for God.  He realized that he was using his own skills and abilities more and more to serve God, but relying on God less and less.  In order to regain His full reliance on God to do what God had called him to do, he realized he needed to turn back to God again in a personal relationship that was real and vibrant.

As part of his personal renewal, he made a commitment to himself to write out his dialog with God daily, filling at least one page of a notebook per day.  By intentionally carving out time to be with God again, he was able to recapture the joy and fullness of serving Him.

We don’t have to deliberately sin to feel like God is distant.  But sometimes through our busy-ness, laziness, or plain neglect, we can find ourselves farther and farther from the one true relationship that matters most:  our relationship with God.

God wants to meet with us.  And when we put our faith in Christ, God promises to send His Holy Spirit to not only meet with us, but to live within us (see Romans 8:11), and to speak with us, too:

“But when he, the Spirit of truth, comes, he will guide you into all truth. He will not speak on his own; he will speak only what he hears, and he will tell you what is yet to come” (John 16:13). 

God wants to meet with you, too.  Take time to meet with Him today.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 30: Multiply Freedom By Involving Others

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 18:17-19

What could you do to lighten the load of all that God wants you to do?  As a summary of the last nine lessons, here’s a short list of some of the things God had Moses do to lighten his load.  These things not only lightened his load, but they allowed God to accomplish through Moses all that God wanted to do.  Maybe they could help you to accomplish more, too.

1) Delegate.  Jethro helped Moses to see that Moses would only wear himself out unless he involved others in the work.

2) Write it down.  God helped Moses to write down what he had already learned from God, and would need to know in the future, so that Moses could share this wisdom with others.

3) Trust God’s timing.  God showed Moses a huge vision for what He wanted to do through Moses, but God also told him that it wouldn’t happen overnight, but rather, little by little.

4) Listen for God’s specific instructions.  God spoke in specific detail about how God wanted the people to do the work―and Moses listened.

5) Give dignity and honor to those serving with you. God showed Moses not only specific ways to involve others, but also how to give them dignity and honor for their work.

By putting a system in place, Moses was able to multiply the number of people who could experience the freedom God had in mind for them, including us today who still benefit from those words.  Moses still had meaningful work to do, but he was relieved from having to do it all himself.

As I wrote this lesson, I had just returned from a missions trip to Africa.  My wife and I had been wanting to do something to help the people of Africa in some way, but we had no idea what to do.  The problems facing that continent are overwhelming.  But after voicing our desire to each other and to God, God showed us a way that we cold help.  He invited us to join a missions trip to Swaziland to plant hundreds of small vegetable gardens in people’s backyards.

The project was simple enough in theory, but took a huge amount of planning and effort to make it work in practice.  We certainly couldn’t have done it alone.  Thankfully, we didn’t have to.

God raised up people to help in dozens of ways:  donors who funded the trip, drivers who helped us get through the mountains, pastors who went ahead of us to prepare the people for what we were going to do, translators who helped us interact with the local people, administrators who handled the logistics for our team, and secretaries who arranged hundreds of details during the week.

If we had tried to do this alone, the five of us who went from Streator might have planted five or ten gardens the whole week.  But, by involving others, God was able to use our team of 80 volunteers, working alongside the beautiful people of Swaziland, to plant and distribute over 8,000 of these small vegetable gardens.  Over the past few years, thousands of volunteers, on dozens of similar trips, have been able to plant and distribute hundreds of thousands of these life-giving gardens.

I often think that I’m the one that has to accomplish the whole vision that God puts on my heart.  While I’m willing to do the work, I get overwhelmed because there’s too much work to do.  The truth is there is too much work to do―at least for one person.  But by involving others, we can finish the work together.

If you feel overwhelmed by the visions that God has put on your heart, remember that Moses needed help, too.  Remember Jethro’s words to Moses:

“What you are doing is not good. You and these people who come to you will only wear yourselves out. The work is too heavy for you; you cannot handle it alone. Listen now to me and I will give you some advice, and may God be with you…” (Exodus 18:17b-19a). 

Moses took Jethro’s advice by involving others―and God was with him.  May God be with you, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Multiply Freedom By Involving Others”

Lesson 38: We Must Deal With Sin With A Heart Like Jesus

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:15-35

If we want to help set others free from sin, at some point we must deal with their sin.  But the way we deal with it makes all the difference in the world.

We can learn a lesson from the way Moses dealt with the sin of his people when they created a golden calf and began to worship it.

Moses was hot with anger at their sin, and God called Moses to administer justice to the people.  But even in Moses’ righteous anger, he only took things as far as God told him to―and no further.  Even more important, he showed his true heart for God and for the people, by offering his own life as a willing sacrifice in their place.

Take a look at what Moses said the day after he had to administer God’s justice to the people:

“The next day Moses said to the people, ‘You have committed a great sin. But now I will go up to the LORD; perhaps I can make atonement for your sin.’  So Moses went back to the LORD and said, ‘Oh, what a great sin these people have committed! They have made themselves gods of gold. But now, please forgive their sin―but if not, then blot me out of the book you have written’ ” (Exodus 32:31-32). 

Moses had done what God had told him to do, but his words reveal the heart from which he had done it.  He admitted that the people had sinned, not glossing over it, not trying to minimize it, but acknowledging that it was great indeed.  But he also called on God to forgive their sin, adding that if God wouldn’t forgive them, then to please blot his own name out of God’s book.

Moses was able to effectively execute justice because he was also willing to take the same punishment upon himself as what might have come to those who had sinned.  He didn’t come against them as one who was merely outraged by their actions, even though he was outraged.  He came to them as one who was also willing to stand in the gap for them.

Doesn’t that sound like someone else in the Bible?  It sounds to me like Jesus.

It sounds exactly like what Jesus did for us when he willingly died on the cross.  He hadn’t done anything wrong.  In fact, He had done everything right.  But because of His great love for us, He was willing to take upon Himself the punishment that we rightfully  deserved for our sin.

This is the kind of heart that God wants us to have when He calls us to deal with other people’s sin:  a heart full of love. I’ve been in situations where I haven’t had this kind of heart.  But I’ve known that I’ve needed to do whatever it took to get this kind of heart before I would be able to effectively confront the sin in another person’s life.

Even though we can’t die in the place of others, as Jesus did, we can have hearts that are willing to do so.  We can have the same kind of heart that Jesus had.  We can walk with people through their struggles.  We can talk with them as they try to find their way out.  We can listen to them as they anguish over the very real, and sometimes very precious things they may need to leave behind in order to get free.  We can ask God’s forgiveness for them, even when they repeatedly make mistakes on their road to recovery.

The Bible says that Jesus is the only one who can condemn any of us, but instead of condemning us, He’s sitting at the right hand of God, praying for us (see Romans 8:34).

That’s the kind of heart God wants us to have for others when we deal with their sin.  A heart that can feel the pain that God feels when people sin, but a heart that is also willing to stand in the gap for them when they do.  God wants us to deal with sin from a heart full of love―a heart just like Jesus.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 37: We Can Turn People Back When They Turn Away

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:7-14

Have you ever tried to help someone out with their life, only to see them turn away from God?  You wonder if they’ll ever turn back around?  You think to yourself, “Man, I could really help that person if they would just let me.”

I want to encourage you that all is not lost when our friends, family, or co-workers turn away from God.  Even though they may be quick to turn away from God, we can turn them back.  We have the power of the Living God in our lives to help turn their lives around.

Take encouragement from what happened to Moses in Exodus chapter 32.  When God and Moses finished talking on the mountain, God gave Moses a heads-up about what was going on back at camp.  God said:

“Go down, because your people, whom you brought up out of Egypt, have become corrupt. They have been quick to turn away from what I commanded them and have made themselves an idol cast in the shape of a calf. They have bowed down to it and sacrificed to it and have said, ‘These are your gods, O Israel, who brought you up out of Egypt’ ”  (Exodus 32:8-9).

If you’ve followed the story of these people up to this point, what do you think you would do with them now?  They’ve just seen miracle after miracle after miracle of God working in their lives.  They’ve just been set free from 400 years of bondage in slavery.  Yet here they are, a short time later, and again, they’re turning their back on God.

Here’s what God thought of doing at this point:

“I have seen these people,” the LORD said to Moses, “and they are a stiff-necked people.  Now leave me alone so that my anger may burn against them and that I may destroy them. Then I will make you into a great nation” (Exodus 32:10).

Moses may have felt the exact same thing.  But when Moses heard what God was about to do, something clicked within Moses.  He said, in effect, “No, God, don’t do it!”

Moses didn’t plead the innocence of the people, like we might try to do regarding our friends, saying, “It’s just a calf, they’ll turn back.  Let ’em go, it’s no big deal.”   Moses didn’t try to argue on the people’s behalf based on their merit, but based on God’s promises:

“O LORD,” he said, “why should your anger burn against your people, whom you brought out of Egypt with great power and a mighty hand? Why should the Egyptians say, ‘It was with evil intent that he brought them out, to kill them in the mountains and to wipe them off the face of the earth’? Turn from your fierce anger; relent and do not bring disaster on your people. Remember your servants Abraham, Isaac and Israel, to whom you swore by your own self: ‘I will make your descendants as numerous as the stars in the sky and I will give your descendants all this land I promised them, and it will be their inheritance forever.’ ” Then the LORD relented and did not bring on his people the disaster he had threatened (Exodus 32:8-14).

Something similar happened back in Genesis chapter 6 when God threatened to destroy the earth with a flood.  But on account of Noah, God gave humanity another chance.

While it’s true that people can be quick to turn away from God, it’s also true that we can turn them back.  We have the power of the Living God with us to help turn their lives around.

We can stand in the gap for them.  We can pray for them.  We can listen to them, speak the truth to them, and show love to them.  Remember that God is “not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance” (2 Peter 3:9b).

Call out to God on their behalf, saying, “God, please spare my daughter from the bad decisions she’s made.  Spare my son, my boss, my mother, my father, my brother, my friend.  Have mercy on them Lord, not because of their goodness, but because of Yours.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 31: God Wants To Meet With Us And Speak To Us

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 29:36-46

There’s nothing better than to be with someone you love, spending an extended period of time with them, day and night.  Over the next ten lessons we’re going to focus on worshiping God, and what it feels to be in love with, and spend extended time with Him.

Since I first read about prayer and fasting in the Bible, I’ve tried it for various amounts of time.  Why would I want to give up food to pray for a day, or five days, or ten, twenty or forty days?  It’s not because I like giving up food.  I don’t!  But I love being with God.  I’ve found that when I empty myself of the things of the world, it makes more room in my life to be filled with the things of God.

In Exodus 29:38-56, God told the Israelites to make a sacrifice to Him every day in the morning, and every day in the evening at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting.  There He would meet with them, and speak to them.

“This is what you are to offer on the altar regularly each day: two lambs a year old. Offer one in the morning and the other at twilight….a pleasing aroma, an offering made to the LORD by fire.  For the generations to come this burnt offering is to be made regularly at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting before the LORD. There I will meet you and speak to you; there also I will meet with the Israelites, and the place will be consecrated by my glory” (Exodus 29:38-39, 41b-43). 

This is why God set the Israelites free, so He could meet with them and speak to them.  It’s the same reason He set you and me free, so He could meet with us and speak to us.

Thankfully, we don’t have to wait till Sunday, or any special time of the year.  We can meet with God every morning and every evening.  And God wants to meet with us, live with us and speak to us.

When I first became a Christian, I began a habit of setting aside time every morning and every evening to spend time with God.  I would wake up early, take my Bible and a journal, and spend time with God before I went to work.  Then in the evenings, I would take time to read more from the Bible, or another Christian book―something that would focus my thoughts on Him again at night.

I’ve found that whenever I’ve regularly done this over the years, it has helped me to sandwich in my day, between waking up and going to bed.  I’ll get my marching orders in the morning, then recap the day again in the evening.  It can be hard to keep this schedule, and there are times when I haven’t kept it up.  But reading this passage has reminded me again of the value setting aside time  twice a day to intentionally be with God.

A number of godly men and women over the years have made this a regular practice in their lives.   Saints of the past, and saints of today, have written daily devotionals for this purpose with titles like Charles Spurgeon’s Morning and Evening, or Joyce Meyers’ Starting Your Day Right: Devotions for Each Morning of the Year and Ending Your Day Right: Devotions for Every Evening of the Year.  You can sign up at various websites on the Internet, like http://www.crosswalk.com, and receive a devotional twice a day by email.

It’s not always easy to carve out time to spend time with God.  But it’s so worth it. Sacrificing this way for God is like a lucky honeymoon couple going to Hawaii for a week.  They don’t get in the plane because they want to sit in a cramped seat for hours on end.  They do it because when they get there, they’ll get to spend uninterrupted time with their beloved, day and night.

Take time today, and every day―even twice a day―to get away with your Beloved.  He wants to meet with you and speak with you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Wants To Meet With Us And Speak To Us”

Lesson 32: Make A Place To Meet With God Twice A Day

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 30:1-16

Last time we looked at making a time to meet with God twice a day.  Today we’ll look at making a place to meet with God twice a day, a place where we can truly “worship” Him.

In Exodus 30, God asked Aaron to build an altar for burning incense.  This was to be a fragrant offering to God, twice a day:

“Make an altar of acacia wood for burning incense. …  Aaron must burn fragrant incense on the altar every morning when he tends the lamps.  He must burn incense again when he lights the lamps at twilight so incense will burn regularly before the LORD for the generations to come” (Exodus 30:1,7-8). 

I know I’m not Aaron, but as I read this passage, I was trying to think of a way that I could do something similar every morning and every evening as part of my own quiet time with God.

Although my piano’s not made of acacia wood, I decided that I could use it as an altar.  This wasn’t to be a thing that I could worship, but a place where I could worship, a place where I could send up my own fragrant offering to the Lord.  As Aaron tended the lamps every morning and every evening, I thought I could light a candle there by my piano, too.  Then as I would play the piano, or sing a song, or put my Bible on the front of the piano and read some scripture from it, I would have a visual reminder that these moments were dedicated to God.

After doing this for several weeks, I found out that lighting the candle reminded me to focus on Him, making this a special time of personal worship.  This wasn’t to be a time to ask God for things, but a time to make a fragrant offering of my life to Him, serving Him, pleasing Him and spending time with Him.

The lit candle reminded me that my quiet time isn’t just a time to be alone.  It’s a time to be with God.

It’s amazing how that simple act of lighting the candle twice a day, and playing a song, let me know if I had truly spent time with God during the day.  I would sometimes think, “Oh, yeah, I read my Bible this morning,” or “I thought about God as I got out of bed,” or “I prayed about something as I jumped in the car.”  The candle helped me to focus not just on thinking “about” God, but being “with” God.

Do you have a place where you can go to worship God?  A quiet spot in your house, or somewhere else, where you can meet with Him, twice a day?  My wife, Lana, put a chair in a closet several years ago and goes in there from time to time when she needs an extra special time with God.  Although there’s barely enough room for her feet in the closet, it’s enough room for her to cozy up with her Bible and journal and focus solely on Him.

Some of my friends have a special desk where they sit on a straight back chair to help keep them awake and focused.  Others sit at their kitchen table, or on their front porch when the weather’s nice, or jump in their truck with the motor turned off.  Some keep a Bible and notepad by their bed so they can spend time with God the first and last thing every day.

One of the best places I’ve found in my busy house is in the bathtub!  With the bathroom fan running and the curtain pulled, this drowns out many of the other sounds and distractions in the house.  I’ve accidentally baptized a couple of Bibles doing this.  But the time with God is awesome!

If you don’t already have a place, consider finding one where you can spend time with God every morning and every evening.  Try several places!  This is not only to help you form a lifelong habit of a daily quiet time with God, but can also help you experience changes in your life, and your relationship with Him, as a result of the time you spend together each day.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Make A Place To Meet With God Twice A Day”

Lesson 36: People Will Worship, But What?

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:1-6

As human beings, we want to worship something.  We desire to worship, we’re wired to worship, and we will worship.  But what will we worship?

One of my missionary friends says that his definition of missions is to help people turn away from worshiping anything that was pulling them away from God, so that they could worship the One True God.  It isn’t a matter of whether or not people will worship, but a matter of who or what they will worship.

Exodus 32 gives us one of the clearest pictures of this truth in the Bible.

While Moses was spending forty days and nights in the presence of God, getting the detailed plans for what God wanted them to do next, the Israelites were growing impatient down at the bottom of the mountain.  They went to Moses’ right-hand man and brother, Aaron, saying,

“Come, make us gods who will go before us. As for this fellow Moses who brought us up out of Egypt, we don’t know what has happened to him” (Exodus 32:1b). 

Now Aaron, having seen all the great signs and wonders that God had just finished doing for the people, should have naturally said something like this:  “Didn’t you see that pillar of fire?  That cloud of smoke?  Those Egyptians smashed by the waves of the sea?  What are you thinking?”  But that’s not what Aaron said.  He said:

 “ ‘Take off the gold earrings that your wives, your sons and your daughters are wearing, and bring them to me.’  So all the people took off their earrings and brought them to Aaron. He took what they handed him and made it into an idol cast in the shape of a calf, fashioning it with a tool. Then they said, ‘These are your gods, O Israel, who brought you up out of Egypt.’ … Afterward they sat down to eat and drink and got up to indulge in revelry” (Exodus 32:2-4, 6b). 

The people grew impatient waiting for what God had in mind for them.  God knew it was in their hearts to shape and fashion things out of gold.  He had a blueprint in mind for them that was about to blow them away with the magnificence and awe of it, and would inspire in their hearts for impassioned worship.  But instead, they chose to put their God-given skills to use in ways that took them further from God, instead of drawing them closer to Him.

I had a friend who told me about her 32-year old daughter who had decided to pursue a lesbian relationship.  My friend asked me how she could continue to show love and acceptance to her daughter, without approving of the relationship.  She especially wondered how she could possibly ask her daughter to give up this relationship, when it seemed like this was the first time her daughter had been happy in her entire life.  What could I say?

I told her:  “Your daughter may be really happy for the first time in her life.  It sounds like she’s found someone who loves and accepts her.  There’s nothing wrong with a loving and accepting friendship―we all need those.  But it’s the sexualization of that friendship that isn’t what God wants for her.  If she thinks what she has now is good, imagine what God has in store for her!  God says He can do immeasurably more than all we can ask or imagine.”

I know in my own life I was happy, having fun, and thought I was doing fine―until I put my faith in Christ.  But when I started reading the Bible, I saw that God had more in store for me.  What I was doing would never bring me to that point, and would probably destroy me, like it eventually destroyed the Israelites.  Many of them died as a result.

Looking back on my life, the happiness I experienced then pales in comparison to what God has given me now.  I was trying to meet my valid needs, but in invalid ways.

We’re all going to worship something.  It’s a valid need we all have.  But only by worshiping the One True God can we truly satisfy that need, for our benefit, and for His.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 33: Cleanse And Consecrate Yourself For Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 30:17-38

Today I’d like to talk about why we sometimes aren’t able to fully come into worship.  We want to worship God, but we’re held back by something.

Exodus 30 gives us a clue about one of the things that can hold us back―and how to get past it.  There was something that Aaron and his sons were to do every time they came into the place of worship, and something that would happen if they didn’t:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Make a bronze basin, with its bronze stand, for washing. Place it between the Tent of Meeting and the altar, and put water in it. Aaron and his sons are to wash their hands and feet with water from it.  Whenever they enter the Tent of Meeting, they shall wash with water so that they will not die’ ”  (Exodus 30:18-20a).

They were to wash their hands and feet in water from a bronze basin whenever they entered the place of worship.  If they didn’t, they’d die!  It seems like God was pretty serious about getting clean before coming into His presence!

Sometimes we get pretty lax about coming into the presence of God.  I know I do.  I love to be able to come to God Just As I Am, like the famous song that’s sung at Billy Graham crusades.  But this passage is a reminder to me that if I’m ever finding it hard to fully enter into worship, it would be good to look and see if there’s anything in my life that might need cleansing―not physically with water, but inwardly in my heart or life.

I’ve had guys share with me that they’re struggling in a relationship with their wife.   I’ll sometimes ask them if there’s anything they haven’t told their wife, anything that they might have done to sin against her.  Oftentimes, they’ll say, “Yes.”  It’s no surprise then that they find their relationship with their wife has cooled off.  Who wants to be around someone else when they’ve sinned against them and haven’t confessed it?

One man told me he was struggling with intimacy with his wife.  Then he also told me he was struggling with homosexual pornography.  I asked him if he had ever talked to his wife about this struggle.  “Of course not!” he answered, “it would hurt her too much if I told her.”

I told him, “Buddy, it’s hurting her too much now, every day, and it’s playing out in every part of your relationship with her.  It’s not going to hurt her more by telling her, it’s going to finally help you, and her, start to get the healing you both need.”  I’m fully aware that there are better and worse times for confessing these things, and there are better and worse ways to communicate the truth.  But ultimately, it is the truth that will set us free.

It’s similar in our relationships with God.  Sometimes we have sin in our lives, sins against Him, and we don’t really feel like spending time with Him.  We don’t feel like worshiping Him.  But if we would confess our sins to God, and come clean to Him, we’d be much more eager to come into His presence.

Confession is critical, especially to God.  It shows God, or the other person, that you really do care about your relationship with them.  Rather than driving them away, it usually draws them closer to you.

If there’s anything on your heart that you want to confess to God, maybe you’d like to take some time right now to get things right with Him again.  It might only take 30 seconds after you finish reading this note to just talk to Him and say, “I’m sorry for what I’ve done.  I pray that You’d forgive me.”  It might take a few hours or days.  But whatever it takes, do it.  Come clean.  The cleansing you’ll feel afterwards can make the worship you experience later all the more sweet.

And here’s an encouraging promise from God’s Word:

“If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1:19).

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Cleanse And Consecrate Yourself For Worship”

Lesson 35: Observe The Sabbath

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 31:12-18

How would it feel if your boss came to you this week and said, “Why don’t you take a day off this week.  It’s no problem.  You’ve worked hard, just go home and get some rest.”  I think that would feel great!

The truth is, that’s what God says to us every week.

Even when God gives us a huge task to do, He still wants us to be sure to take a break every seven days, just like He wanted Moses and the Israelites to take a break when they had a huge task before them.

In the chapters leading up to Exodus 31, God has laid out in detail all the work that the Israelites would need to do to build their house of worship.  The work would take many months to complete.  But at the end of everything God called them to do, God closed with these words:

“For six days, work is to be done, but the seventh day is a Sabbath of rest, holy to the LORD.  Whoever does any work on the Sabbath day must be put to death.  The Israelites are to observe the Sabbath, celebrating it for the generations to come as a lasting covenant.  It will be a sign between me and the Israelites forever, for in six days the LORD made the heavens and the earth, and on the seventh day he abstained from work and rested” (Exodus 31:15-18). 

God Himself took a break at the end of a long, hard week of creating the universe, and we’ve been on a seven-day calendar ever since.  Like so many of God’s laws, the penalty of death wasn’t meant to be mean, but to emphasize just how critical this law would be to our own well-being.  God knows how we’re wired.  He’s the One who wired us!  He knows that we need a rest every seven days, and He’s thrilled to give it to us.

I grew up on a farm in Illinois, and my Dad worked as hard as anyone I knew.  But not on Sunday.  It didn’t matter if there was still work to be done or not, or whether it was raining or sunny, Dad took off―and we did, too.  It was great!  (As a side note:  the Sabbath for Jews is from sunset on Friday through sunset on Saturday, whereas the early Christians began to celebrate the Sabbath on Sunday, the “Lord’s Day,” which is the day Jesus rose from the dead.)

One Sunday night, my wife Lana began to make a big lasagna dinner for some guests we were having over for dinner on Monday night.  I didn’t think it was a very good way for her to spend her “day off.”  But when we were talking about it with a friend a few weeks later, our friend asked Lana if making the lasagna dinner brought “rest to her soul.”  Lana said it really did, because she was able to enjoy the whole process of making the dinner while I watched the kids.

For Lana, making that lasagna dinner was truly relaxing and restful.  I had to wonder if Jesus wasn’t smiling at me and my legalistic view of the Sabbath.  The religious leaders of Jesus’ day looked at what He was doing as breaking the Sabbath rules, too, like healing others, or allowing His disciples to gather food from the fields (Matthew 12:1-14).  But rather than breaking the law, Jesus was revealing the heart of the law, a law which was designed to bring true “rest to our souls,” a kind of rest which Jesus still offers to all who come to Him as well:

“Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light” (Matthew 11:28-30). 

What about you?  What would you do this week that would truly bring rest to your soul?  God may be eagerly waiting and hoping you’ll do that very thing, too!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 34: God Chooses And Equips People To Do His Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 31:1-11

If you feel like you’re not very gifted or skilled, or if you wonder if God’s going to use you in any special way, today’s lesson is for you.  God does choose and equip people to do His work.

In the last few chapters of Exodus, God has gone into considerable detail telling Moses how to make all kinds of things for the place of worship:  the tapestries, altar, utensils, incense and oils.  Now God tells Moses how it would all get done:  God had chosen and equipped people to do His work:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘See, I have chosen Bezalel…and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, with skill, ability and knowledge in all kinds of crafts―to make artistic designs for work in gold, silver and bronze, to cut and set stones, to work in wood, and to engage in all kinds of craftsmanship. Moreover, I have appointed Oholiab…to help him. Also I have given skill to all the craftsmen to make everything I have commanded you’ ”  (Exodus 31:1-6). 

What was the very first thing with which God had filled Bezalel?  The Spirit of God.  It’s encouraging to me to know that when God calls us to do something, He will, first and foremost, fill us with His Spirit so we can do it.

I remember praying for a man on the night he gave his life to the Lord.  As we talked, he told me he had really wanted to read his Bible, but in the 50+ years he had been alive, he had never been able to do it.  So I prayed with him: “Lord, fill him with Your Spirit so that he can do the things he wants to do.”

I left my Bible with him and the next day he started reading it.  Then he bought his own Bible and kept reading it.  Within a few weeks, he had finished the New Testament, so he went back to the Old Testament and read it, too.  Then he started reading the whole thing all over again, and began passing out Bibles to all his friends.  Now he’s a pastor of a church!

If you feel like you’re not able to do what God’s called you to do, ask Him again:  “Father, fill me with Your Spirit so I can do the things You want me to do.”

But God didn’t stop there with Bezalel.  God also filled him with “skill, ability and knowledge in all kinds of crafts.”  God also said He’d send yet another man, Oholiab, to help Bezelel, along with many other people to help them both.  God equipped all of them with various skills, abilities and knowledge to do His work.

Asking God to equip you isn’t a “magical” prayer.  I’ve anointed my hands with oil and prayed that God would help me to play the piano better.  After washing off my hands, I sat down to play again―and it sounded just like it did before!  But over time, God has answered that prayer by giving me more and more opportunities to play and lead worship and develop my skills.

Now this is just a guess on my part, but where do you think all those Israelites got their skills, abilities and knowledge to do all kinds of intricate work with gold, silver and bronze?  Remember that they had just been slaves in Egypt, working for kings who were later buried in those incredible pyramids.  Have you ever seen the coffins or other things they’ve brought out of Egypt, like King Tut’s headpiece, or the other intricate carvings found in his tomb?  Who worked on all that stuff?  It’s probably fair to say that a number of the slaves helped to carry out the details of that elaborate work.

I wonder if the Israelites might have felt that all those years were wasted, making images of someone else’s gods.  But now, God was calling them to use their gifts and skills for Him, to make a place of worship that far surpassed anything they had ever done before.

Keep praying that God will fill you with His Spirit, giving you skills, abilities and knowledge that you can ultimately use for Him.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Chooses And Equips People To Do His Work”

Lesson 35: Observe The Sabbath

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 31:12-18

How would it feel if your boss came to you this week and said, “Why don’t you take a day off this week.  It’s no problem.  You’ve worked hard, just go home and get some rest.”  I think that would feel great!

The truth is, that’s what God says to us every week.

Even when God gives us a huge task to do, He still wants us to be sure to take a break every seven days, just like He wanted Moses and the Israelites to take a break when they had a huge task before them.

In the chapters leading up to Exodus 31, God has laid out in detail all the work that the Israelites would need to do to build their house of worship.  The work would take many months to complete.  But at the end of everything God called them to do, God closed with these words:

“For six days, work is to be done, but the seventh day is a Sabbath of rest, holy to the LORD.  Whoever does any work on the Sabbath day must be put to death.  The Israelites are to observe the Sabbath, celebrating it for the generations to come as a lasting covenant.  It will be a sign between me and the Israelites forever, for in six days the LORD made the heavens and the earth, and on the seventh day he abstained from work and rested” (Exodus 31:15-18). 

God Himself took a break at the end of a long, hard week of creating the universe, and we’ve been on a seven-day calendar ever since.  Like so many of God’s laws, the penalty of death wasn’t meant to be mean, but to emphasize just how critical this law would be to our own well-being.  God knows how we’re wired.  He’s the One who wired us!  He knows that we need a rest every seven days, and He’s thrilled to give it to us.

I grew up on a farm in Illinois, and my Dad worked as hard as anyone I knew.  But not on Sunday.  It didn’t matter if there was still work to be done or not, or whether it was raining or sunny, Dad took off―and we did, too.  It was great!  (As a side note:  the Sabbath for Jews is from sunset on Friday through sunset on Saturday, whereas the early Christians began to celebrate the Sabbath on Sunday, the “Lord’s Day,” which is the day Jesus rose from the dead.)

One Sunday night, my wife Lana began to make a big lasagna dinner for some guests we were having over for dinner on Monday night.  I didn’t think it was a very good way for her to spend her “day off.”  But when we were talking about it with a friend a few weeks later, our friend asked Lana if making the lasagna dinner brought “rest to her soul.”  Lana said it really did, because she was able to enjoy the whole process of making the dinner while I watched the kids.

For Lana, making that lasagna dinner was truly relaxing and restful.  I had to wonder if Jesus wasn’t smiling at me and my legalistic view of the Sabbath.  The religious leaders of Jesus’ day looked at what He was doing as breaking the Sabbath rules, too, like healing others, or allowing His disciples to gather food from the fields (Matthew 12:1-14).  But rather than breaking the law, Jesus was revealing the heart of the law, a law which was designed to bring true “rest to our souls,” a kind of rest which Jesus still offers to all who come to Him as well:

“Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light” (Matthew 11:28-30). 

What about you?  What would you do this week that would truly bring rest to your soul?  God may be eagerly waiting and hoping you’ll do that very thing, too!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Observe The Sabbath”

Lesson 34: God Chooses And Equips People To Do His Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 31:1-11

If you feel like you’re not very gifted or skilled, or if you wonder if God’s going to use you in any special way, today’s lesson is for you.  God does choose and equip people to do His work.

In the last few chapters of Exodus, God has gone into considerable detail telling Moses how to make all kinds of things for the place of worship:  the tapestries, altar, utensils, incense and oils.  Now God tells Moses how it would all get done:  God had chosen and equipped people to do His work:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘See, I have chosen Bezalel…and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, with skill, ability and knowledge in all kinds of crafts―to make artistic designs for work in gold, silver and bronze, to cut and set stones, to work in wood, and to engage in all kinds of craftsmanship. Moreover, I have appointed Oholiab…to help him. Also I have given skill to all the craftsmen to make everything I have commanded you’ ”  (Exodus 31:1-6). 

What was the very first thing with which God had filled Bezalel?  The Spirit of God.  It’s encouraging to me to know that when God calls us to do something, He will, first and foremost, fill us with His Spirit so we can do it.

I remember praying for a man on the night he gave his life to the Lord.  As we talked, he told me he had really wanted to read his Bible, but in the 50+ years he had been alive, he had never been able to do it.  So I prayed with him: “Lord, fill him with Your Spirit so that he can do the things he wants to do.”

I left my Bible with him and the next day he started reading it.  Then he bought his own Bible and kept reading it.  Within a few weeks, he had finished the New Testament, so he went back to the Old Testament and read it, too.  Then he started reading the whole thing all over again, and began passing out Bibles to all his friends.  Now he’s a pastor of a church!

If you feel like you’re not able to do what God’s called you to do, ask Him again:  “Father, fill me with Your Spirit so I can do the things You want me to do.”

But God didn’t stop there with Bezalel.  God also filled him with “skill, ability and knowledge in all kinds of crafts.”  God also said He’d send yet another man, Oholiab, to help Bezelel, along with many other people to help them both.  God equipped all of them with various skills, abilities and knowledge to do His work.

Asking God to equip you isn’t a “magical” prayer.  I’ve anointed my hands with oil and prayed that God would help me to play the piano better.  After washing off my hands, I sat down to play again―and it sounded just like it did before!  But over time, God has answered that prayer by giving me more and more opportunities to play and lead worship and develop my skills.

Now this is just a guess on my part, but where do you think all those Israelites got their skills, abilities and knowledge to do all kinds of intricate work with gold, silver and bronze?  Remember that they had just been slaves in Egypt, working for kings who were later buried in those incredible pyramids.  Have you ever seen the coffins or other things they’ve brought out of Egypt, like King Tut’s headpiece, or the other intricate carvings found in his tomb?  Who worked on all that stuff?  It’s probably fair to say that a number of the slaves helped to carry out the details of that elaborate work.

I wonder if the Israelites might have felt that all those years were wasted, making images of someone else’s gods.  But now, God was calling them to use their gifts and skills for Him, to make a place of worship that far surpassed anything they had ever done before.

Keep praying that God will fill you with His Spirit, giving you skills, abilities and knowledge that you can ultimately use for Him.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 36: People Will Worship, But What?

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:1-6

As human beings, we want to worship something.  We desire to worship, we’re wired to worship, and we will worship.  But what will we worship?

One of my missionary friends says that his definition of missions is to help people turn away from worshiping anything that was pulling them away from God, so that they could worship the One True God.  It isn’t a matter of whether or not people will worship, but a matter of who or what they will worship.

Exodus 32 gives us one of the clearest pictures of this truth in the Bible.

While Moses was spending forty days and nights in the presence of God, getting the detailed plans for what God wanted them to do next, the Israelites were growing impatient down at the bottom of the mountain.  They went to Moses’ right-hand man and brother, Aaron, saying,

“Come, make us gods who will go before us. As for this fellow Moses who brought us up out of Egypt, we don’t know what has happened to him” (Exodus 32:1b). 

Now Aaron, having seen all the great signs and wonders that God had just finished doing for the people, should have naturally said something like this:  “Didn’t you see that pillar of fire?  That cloud of smoke?  Those Egyptians smashed by the waves of the sea?  What are you thinking?”  But that’s not what Aaron said.  He said:

 “ ‘Take off the gold earrings that your wives, your sons and your daughters are wearing, and bring them to me.’  So all the people took off their earrings and brought them to Aaron. He took what they handed him and made it into an idol cast in the shape of a calf, fashioning it with a tool. Then they said, ‘These are your gods, O Israel, who brought you up out of Egypt.’ … Afterward they sat down to eat and drink and got up to indulge in revelry” (Exodus 32:2-4, 6b). 

The people grew impatient waiting for what God had in mind for them.  God knew it was in their hearts to shape and fashion things out of gold.  He had a blueprint in mind for them that was about to blow them away with the magnificence and awe of it, and would inspire in their hearts for impassioned worship.  But instead, they chose to put their God-given skills to use in ways that took them further from God, instead of drawing them closer to Him.

I had a friend who told me about her 32-year old daughter who had decided to pursue a lesbian relationship.  My friend asked me how she could continue to show love and acceptance to her daughter, without approving of the relationship.  She especially wondered how she could possibly ask her daughter to give up this relationship, when it seemed like this was the first time her daughter had been happy in her entire life.  What could I say?

I told her:  “Your daughter may be really happy for the first time in her life.  It sounds like she’s found someone who loves and accepts her.  There’s nothing wrong with a loving and accepting friendship―we all need those.  But it’s the sexualization of that friendship that isn’t what God wants for her.  If she thinks what she has now is good, imagine what God has in store for her!  God says He can do immeasurably more than all we can ask or imagine.”

I know in my own life I was happy, having fun, and thought I was doing fine―until I put my faith in Christ.  But when I started reading the Bible, I saw that God had more in store for me.  What I was doing would never bring me to that point, and would probably destroy me, like it eventually destroyed the Israelites.  Many of them died as a result.

Looking back on my life, the happiness I experienced then pales in comparison to what God has given me now.  I was trying to meet my valid needs, but in invalid ways.

We’re all going to worship something.  It’s a valid need we all have.  But only by worshiping the One True God can we truly satisfy that need, for our benefit, and for His.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “People Will Worship, But What?”

Lesson 37: We Can Turn People Back When They Turn Away

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:7-14

Have you ever tried to help someone out with their life, only to see them turn away from God?  You wonder if they’ll ever turn back around?  You think to yourself, “Man, I could really help that person if they would just let me.”

I want to encourage you that all is not lost when our friends, family, or co-workers turn away from God.  Even though they may be quick to turn away from God, we can turn them back.  We have the power of the Living God in our lives to help turn their lives around.

Take encouragement from what happened to Moses in Exodus chapter 32.  When God and Moses finished talking on the mountain, God gave Moses a heads-up about what was going on back at camp.  God said:

“Go down, because your people, whom you brought up out of Egypt, have become corrupt. They have been quick to turn away from what I commanded them and have made themselves an idol cast in the shape of a calf. They have bowed down to it and sacrificed to it and have said, ‘These are your gods, O Israel, who brought you up out of Egypt’ ”  (Exodus 32:8-9).

If you’ve followed the story of these people up to this point, what do you think you would do with them now?  They’ve just seen miracle after miracle after miracle of God working in their lives.  They’ve just been set free from 400 years of bondage in slavery.  Yet here they are, a short time later, and again, they’re turning their back on God.

Here’s what God thought of doing at this point:

“I have seen these people,” the LORD said to Moses, “and they are a stiff-necked people.  Now leave me alone so that my anger may burn against them and that I may destroy them. Then I will make you into a great nation” (Exodus 32:10).

Moses may have felt the exact same thing.  But when Moses heard what God was about to do, something clicked within Moses.  He said, in effect, “No, God, don’t do it!”

Moses didn’t plead the innocence of the people, like we might try to do regarding our friends, saying, “It’s just a calf, they’ll turn back.  Let ’em go, it’s no big deal.”   Moses didn’t try to argue on the people’s behalf based on their merit, but based on God’s promises:

“O LORD,” he said, “why should your anger burn against your people, whom you brought out of Egypt with great power and a mighty hand? Why should the Egyptians say, ‘It was with evil intent that he brought them out, to kill them in the mountains and to wipe them off the face of the earth’? Turn from your fierce anger; relent and do not bring disaster on your people. Remember your servants Abraham, Isaac and Israel, to whom you swore by your own self: ‘I will make your descendants as numerous as the stars in the sky and I will give your descendants all this land I promised them, and it will be their inheritance forever.’ ” Then the LORD relented and did not bring on his people the disaster he had threatened (Exodus 32:8-14).

Something similar happened back in Genesis chapter 6 when God threatened to destroy the earth with a flood.  But on account of Noah, God gave humanity another chance.

While it’s true that people can be quick to turn away from God, it’s also true that we can turn them back.  We have the power of the Living God with us to help turn their lives around.

We can stand in the gap for them.  We can pray for them.  We can listen to them, speak the truth to them, and show love to them.  Remember that God is “not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance” (2 Peter 3:9b).

Call out to God on their behalf, saying, “God, please spare my daughter from the bad decisions she’s made.  Spare my son, my boss, my mother, my father, my brother, my friend.  Have mercy on them Lord, not because of their goodness, but because of Yours.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “We Can Turn People Back When They Turn Away”

Lesson 38: We Must Deal With Sin With A Heart Like Jesus

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:15-35

If we want to help set others free from sin, at some point we must deal with their sin.  But the way we deal with it makes all the difference in the world.

We can learn a lesson from the way Moses dealt with the sin of his people when they created a golden calf and began to worship it.

Moses was hot with anger at their sin, and God called Moses to administer justice to the people.  But even in Moses’ righteous anger, he only took things as far as God told him to―and no further.  Even more important, he showed his true heart for God and for the people, by offering his own life as a willing sacrifice in their place.

Take a look at what Moses said the day after he had to administer God’s justice to the people:

“The next day Moses said to the people, ‘You have committed a great sin. But now I will go up to the LORD; perhaps I can make atonement for your sin.’  So Moses went back to the LORD and said, ‘Oh, what a great sin these people have committed! They have made themselves gods of gold. But now, please forgive their sin―but if not, then blot me out of the book you have written’ ” (Exodus 32:31-32). 

Moses had done what God had told him to do, but his words reveal the heart from which he had done it.  He admitted that the people had sinned, not glossing over it, not trying to minimize it, but acknowledging that it was great indeed.  But he also called on God to forgive their sin, adding that if God wouldn’t forgive them, then to please blot his own name out of God’s book.

Moses was able to effectively execute justice because he was also willing to take the same punishment upon himself as what might have come to those who had sinned.  He didn’t come against them as one who was merely outraged by their actions, even though he was outraged.  He came to them as one who was also willing to stand in the gap for them.

Doesn’t that sound like someone else in the Bible?  It sounds to me like Jesus.

It sounds exactly like what Jesus did for us when he willingly died on the cross.  He hadn’t done anything wrong.  In fact, He had done everything right.  But because of His great love for us, He was willing to take upon Himself the punishment that we rightfully  deserved for our sin.

This is the kind of heart that God wants us to have when He calls us to deal with other people’s sin:  a heart full of love. I’ve been in situations where I haven’t had this kind of heart.  But I’ve known that I’ve needed to do whatever it took to get this kind of heart before I would be able to effectively confront the sin in another person’s life.

Even though we can’t die in the place of others, as Jesus did, we can have hearts that are willing to do so.  We can have the same kind of heart that Jesus had.  We can walk with people through their struggles.  We can talk with them as they try to find their way out.  We can listen to them as they anguish over the very real, and sometimes very precious things they may need to leave behind in order to get free.  We can ask God’s forgiveness for them, even when they repeatedly make mistakes on their road to recovery.

The Bible says that Jesus is the only one who can condemn any of us, but instead of condemning us, He’s sitting at the right hand of God, praying for us (see Romans 8:34).

That’s the kind of heart God wants us to have for others when we deal with their sin.  A heart that can feel the pain that God feels when people sin, but a heart that is also willing to stand in the gap for them when they do.  God wants us to deal with sin from a heart full of love―a heart just like Jesus.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “We Must Deal With Sin With A Heart Like Jesus”

Lesson 33: Cleanse And Consecrate Yourself For Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 30:17-38

Today I’d like to talk about why we sometimes aren’t able to fully come into worship.  We want to worship God, but we’re held back by something.

Exodus 30 gives us a clue about one of the things that can hold us back―and how to get past it.  There was something that Aaron and his sons were to do every time they came into the place of worship, and something that would happen if they didn’t:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Make a bronze basin, with its bronze stand, for washing. Place it between the Tent of Meeting and the altar, and put water in it. Aaron and his sons are to wash their hands and feet with water from it.  Whenever they enter the Tent of Meeting, they shall wash with water so that they will not die’ ”  (Exodus 30:18-20a).

They were to wash their hands and feet in water from a bronze basin whenever they entered the place of worship.  If they didn’t, they’d die!  It seems like God was pretty serious about getting clean before coming into His presence!

Sometimes we get pretty lax about coming into the presence of God.  I know I do.  I love to be able to come to God Just As I Am, like the famous song that’s sung at Billy Graham crusades.  But this passage is a reminder to me that if I’m ever finding it hard to fully enter into worship, it would be good to look and see if there’s anything in my life that might need cleansing―not physically with water, but inwardly in my heart or life.

I’ve had guys share with me that they’re struggling in a relationship with their wife.   I’ll sometimes ask them if there’s anything they haven’t told their wife, anything that they might have done to sin against her.  Oftentimes, they’ll say, “Yes.”  It’s no surprise then that they find their relationship with their wife has cooled off.  Who wants to be around someone else when they’ve sinned against them and haven’t confessed it?

One man told me he was struggling with intimacy with his wife.  Then he also told me he was struggling with homosexual pornography.  I asked him if he had ever talked to his wife about this struggle.  “Of course not!” he answered, “it would hurt her too much if I told her.”

I told him, “Buddy, it’s hurting her too much now, every day, and it’s playing out in every part of your relationship with her.  It’s not going to hurt her more by telling her, it’s going to finally help you, and her, start to get the healing you both need.”  I’m fully aware that there are better and worse times for confessing these things, and there are better and worse ways to communicate the truth.  But ultimately, it is the truth that will set us free.

It’s similar in our relationships with God.  Sometimes we have sin in our lives, sins against Him, and we don’t really feel like spending time with Him.  We don’t feel like worshiping Him.  But if we would confess our sins to God, and come clean to Him, we’d be much more eager to come into His presence.

Confession is critical, especially to God.  It shows God, or the other person, that you really do care about your relationship with them.  Rather than driving them away, it usually draws them closer to you.

If there’s anything on your heart that you want to confess to God, maybe you’d like to take some time right now to get things right with Him again.  It might only take 30 seconds after you finish reading this note to just talk to Him and say, “I’m sorry for what I’ve done.  I pray that You’d forgive me.”  It might take a few hours or days.  But whatever it takes, do it.  Come clean.  The cleansing you’ll feel afterwards can make the worship you experience later all the more sweet.

And here’s an encouraging promise from God’s Word:

“If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1:19).

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 39: Meeting With God

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:1-17

For me, one of the most encouraging things to read about in the Bible is when people meet with God.  It’s amazing to me that God not only met with people in the Bible, but that He also wants to meet with us.

One of those biblical meetings occurs in the middle of Exodus chapter 33, which describes how Moses would often meet with God.

“Now Moses used to take a tent and pitch it outside the camp some distance away, calling it the ‘tent of meeting.’ Anyone inquiring of the LORD would go to the tent of meeting outside the camp. And whenever Moses went out to the tent, all the people rose and stood at the entrances to their tents, watching Moses until he entered the tent. As Moses went into the tent, the pillar of cloud would come down and stay at the entrance, while the LORD spoke with Moses. Whenever the people saw the pillar of cloud standing at the entrance to the tent, they all stood and worshiped, each at the entrance to his tent. The LORD would speak to Moses face to face, as a man speaks with his friend. Then Moses would return to the camp, but his young aide Joshua son of Nun did not leave the tent” (Exodus 33:7-11). 

This passage is tucked in the midst of a very difficult time in the life of the Israelites.  God was really angry with them for what they had just done, by turning away from Him.  After dealing with their sin, God told them to go ahead of Him into the promised land.  Then God added, “But I will not go with you, because you are a stiff-necked people and I might destroy you on the way” (Exodus 33:3b). 

The people were distressed to hear this.  So Moses did again what was apparently something he had been doing already on a regular basis.  He went out to meet with God in the “tent of meeting.”

I think many of us go through times when we feel like God is really close to us, then go through other times when we feel He is far from us.  There are many reasons for this kind of ebb and flow in our relationship with God.  But I know for me, if God seems distant, I want to make sure it isn’t because I have become “stiff-necked,” like God described had happened to the people in this passage.  I want to make sure my neck is well-lubricated, and fully turned towards Him.

I remember an author who described a time in his own life when he was feeling empty in the things he was doing for God.  He realized that he was using his own skills and abilities more and more to serve God, but relying on God less and less.  In order to regain His full reliance on God to do what God had called him to do, he realized he needed to turn back to God again in a personal relationship that was real and vibrant.

As part of his personal renewal, he made a commitment to himself to write out his dialog with God daily, filling at least one page of a notebook per day.  By intentionally carving out time to be with God again, he was able to recapture the joy and fullness of serving Him.

We don’t have to deliberately sin to feel like God is distant.  But sometimes through our busy-ness, laziness, or plain neglect, we can find ourselves farther and farther from the one true relationship that matters most:  our relationship with God.

God wants to meet with us.  And when we put our faith in Christ, God promises to send His Holy Spirit to not only meet with us, but to live within us (see Romans 8:11), and to speak with us, too:

“But when he, the Spirit of truth, comes, he will guide you into all truth. He will not speak on his own; he will speak only what he hears, and he will tell you what is yet to come” (John 16:13). 

God wants to meet with you, too.  Take time to meet with Him today.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Meeting With God”

Lesson 32: Make A Place To Meet With God Twice A Day

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 30:1-16

Last time we looked at making a time to meet with God twice a day.  Today we’ll look at making a place to meet with God twice a day, a place where we can truly “worship” Him.

In Exodus 30, God asked Aaron to build an altar for burning incense.  This was to be a fragrant offering to God, twice a day:

“Make an altar of acacia wood for burning incense. …  Aaron must burn fragrant incense on the altar every morning when he tends the lamps.  He must burn incense again when he lights the lamps at twilight so incense will burn regularly before the LORD for the generations to come” (Exodus 30:1,7-8). 

I know I’m not Aaron, but as I read this passage, I was trying to think of a way that I could do something similar every morning and every evening as part of my own quiet time with God.

Although my piano’s not made of acacia wood, I decided that I could use it as an altar.  This wasn’t to be a thing that I could worship, but a place where I could worship, a place where I could send up my own fragrant offering to the Lord.  As Aaron tended the lamps every morning and every evening, I thought I could light a candle there by my piano, too.  Then as I would play the piano, or sing a song, or put my Bible on the front of the piano and read some scripture from it, I would have a visual reminder that these moments were dedicated to God.

After doing this for several weeks, I found out that lighting the candle reminded me to focus on Him, making this a special time of personal worship.  This wasn’t to be a time to ask God for things, but a time to make a fragrant offering of my life to Him, serving Him, pleasing Him and spending time with Him.

The lit candle reminded me that my quiet time isn’t just a time to be alone.  It’s a time to be with God.

It’s amazing how that simple act of lighting the candle twice a day, and playing a song, let me know if I had truly spent time with God during the day.  I would sometimes think, “Oh, yeah, I read my Bible this morning,” or “I thought about God as I got out of bed,” or “I prayed about something as I jumped in the car.”  The candle helped me to focus not just on thinking “about” God, but being “with” God.

Do you have a place where you can go to worship God?  A quiet spot in your house, or somewhere else, where you can meet with Him, twice a day?  My wife, Lana, put a chair in a closet several years ago and goes in there from time to time when she needs an extra special time with God.  Although there’s barely enough room for her feet in the closet, it’s enough room for her to cozy up with her Bible and journal and focus solely on Him.

Some of my friends have a special desk where they sit on a straight back chair to help keep them awake and focused.  Others sit at their kitchen table, or on their front porch when the weather’s nice, or jump in their truck with the motor turned off.  Some keep a Bible and notepad by their bed so they can spend time with God the first and last thing every day.

One of the best places I’ve found in my busy house is in the bathtub!  With the bathroom fan running and the curtain pulled, this drowns out many of the other sounds and distractions in the house.  I’ve accidentally baptized a couple of Bibles doing this.  But the time with God is awesome!

If you don’t already have a place, consider finding one where you can spend time with God every morning and every evening.  Try several places!  This is not only to help you form a lifelong habit of a daily quiet time with God, but can also help you experience changes in your life, and your relationship with Him, as a result of the time you spend together each day.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 40: We’re Set Free To Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:11

We’ve reached lesson 40 of this 50 lesson study of the book of Exodus.  Before we head into the final 10 lessons of this study, I’d like to remind you of the purpose of “the Exodus,” of getting free, in the first place.

God sets us free so we can worship Him.  We don’t have to wait till we die and go to heaven to be in the presence of God.  We don’t have to wait till we get to the end of some spiritual journey to be with Him.  We don’t even have to wait one more minute.

We can worship God in our hearts right now.  We can spend time in His presence, commune with Him, at any given moment.

There’s a little passage tucked in Exodus 33 that reminds me of this.  The Bible says that when Moses would want to spend time with God, he would go to the “Tent of Meeting,” and God would meet with him there.  But then the Bible adds these words:

“Then Moses would return to the camp, but his young aide Joshua son of Nun did not leave the tent”  (Exodus 33:11b). 

I try to picture what it would be like to be a young aide to Moses, the great deliverer of the people of Israel.  What would it be like to walk beside him into the tent of meeting, and watch him as the Lord would, “speak to Moses face to face, as a man speaks to his friend” (Exodus 33:11a)?

I think it would be awesome! Apparently, so did Joshua.  Since Moses was the leader of the nation, he had to then go back to the camp to deal with the issues of the day.  But not Joshua.  Joshua stayed.  He wasn’t about to leave that tent.  He was going to stay right there in the presence of God.

Although they hadn’t reached the promised land yet, they could still spend time in the presence of God.  Although they hadn’t resolved all of the problems and struggles of life, they could still worship Him.  Although they were still in the midst of one of the worst struggles of their nation, this didn’t deter Joshua from spending time in the “tent of meeting.”  Rather than deterring the people, it probably drove them even deeper into the presence of the Living God.

Sometimes we think that we have to reach a certain place in our freedom before we can fully worship God.  We think that we have to get free of a particular sin, or be fully restored from a broken relationship.  Or we wonder if we might never really be able to worship God here on this earth, but will only get to truly enter His presence when we die.

But this passage in Exodus, as well as many others throughout the Bible, encourage me that we can, at any moment, step into the presence of God.  Sure, it’s a lot easier to step into His presence when we’re not weighted down with sin and strife and struggle.  That’s why God wants us so desperately to throw off anything that might entangle us.

And yet, sometimes, it’s the very act of coming into His presence that helps us to finally surrender our grip on those things that are holding us back, letting God Himself take the weights off of our shoulders.  As Joshua would later find out, when Moses died and Joshua had to take over the leadership of the entire nation, those regular moments in the presence of God would prove invaluable to his own effectiveness as a leader.

Whether there’s peace all around you, or strife swirling out of control, I’d like to encourage you to step into God’s presence sometime today, even right now if you can.  Like Joshua, maybe you can just stay there and linger awhile with God, like a honeymoon couple enjoying some intimate moments together.

Worshiping God is one of the most glorious, life-giving, and life producing acts in which we can engage.  It’s the reason God set us free in the first place.  Why not take a little time to just step into His presence today?

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “We’re Set Free To Worship”

Lesson 31: God Wants To Meet With Us And Speak To Us

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 29:36-46

There’s nothing better than to be with someone you love, spending an extended period of time with them, day and night.  Over the next ten lessons we’re going to focus on worshiping God, and what it feels to be in love with, and spend extended time with Him.

Since I first read about prayer and fasting in the Bible, I’ve tried it for various amounts of time.  Why would I want to give up food to pray for a day, or five days, or ten, twenty or forty days?  It’s not because I like giving up food.  I don’t!  But I love being with God.  I’ve found that when I empty myself of the things of the world, it makes more room in my life to be filled with the things of God.

In Exodus 29:38-56, God told the Israelites to make a sacrifice to Him every day in the morning, and every day in the evening at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting.  There He would meet with them, and speak to them.

“This is what you are to offer on the altar regularly each day: two lambs a year old. Offer one in the morning and the other at twilight….a pleasing aroma, an offering made to the LORD by fire.  For the generations to come this burnt offering is to be made regularly at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting before the LORD. There I will meet you and speak to you; there also I will meet with the Israelites, and the place will be consecrated by my glory” (Exodus 29:38-39, 41b-43). 

This is why God set the Israelites free, so He could meet with them and speak to them.  It’s the same reason He set you and me free, so He could meet with us and speak to us.

Thankfully, we don’t have to wait till Sunday, or any special time of the year.  We can meet with God every morning and every evening.  And God wants to meet with us, live with us and speak to us.

When I first became a Christian, I began a habit of setting aside time every morning and every evening to spend time with God.  I would wake up early, take my Bible and a journal, and spend time with God before I went to work.  Then in the evenings, I would take time to read more from the Bible, or another Christian book―something that would focus my thoughts on Him again at night.

I’ve found that whenever I’ve regularly done this over the years, it has helped me to sandwich in my day, between waking up and going to bed.  I’ll get my marching orders in the morning, then recap the day again in the evening.  It can be hard to keep this schedule, and there are times when I haven’t kept it up.  But reading this passage has reminded me again of the value setting aside time  twice a day to intentionally be with God.

A number of godly men and women over the years have made this a regular practice in their lives.   Saints of the past, and saints of today, have written daily devotionals for this purpose with titles like Charles Spurgeon’s Morning and Evening, or Joyce Meyers’ Starting Your Day Right: Devotions for Each Morning of the Year and Ending Your Day Right: Devotions for Every Evening of the Year.  You can sign up at various websites on the Internet, like http://www.crosswalk.com, and receive a devotional twice a day by email.

It’s not always easy to carve out time to spend time with God.  But it’s so worth it. Sacrificing this way for God is like a lucky honeymoon couple going to Hawaii for a week.  They don’t get in the plane because they want to sit in a cramped seat for hours on end.  They do it because when they get there, they’ll get to spend uninterrupted time with their beloved, day and night.

Take time today, and every day―even twice a day―to get away with your Beloved.  He wants to meet with you and speak with you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 30: Multiply Freedom By Involving Others

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 18:17-19

What could you do to lighten the load of all that God wants you to do?  As a summary of the last nine lessons, here’s a short list of some of the things God had Moses do to lighten his load.  These things not only lightened his load, but they allowed God to accomplish through Moses all that God wanted to do.  Maybe they could help you to accomplish more, too.

1) Delegate.  Jethro helped Moses to see that Moses would only wear himself out unless he involved others in the work.

2) Write it down.  God helped Moses to write down what he had already learned from God, and would need to know in the future, so that Moses could share this wisdom with others.

3) Trust God’s timing.  God showed Moses a huge vision for what He wanted to do through Moses, but God also told him that it wouldn’t happen overnight, but rather, little by little.

4) Listen for God’s specific instructions.  God spoke in specific detail about how God wanted the people to do the work―and Moses listened.

5) Give dignity and honor to those serving with you. God showed Moses not only specific ways to involve others, but also how to give them dignity and honor for their work.

By putting a system in place, Moses was able to multiply the number of people who could experience the freedom God had in mind for them, including us today who still benefit from those words.  Moses still had meaningful work to do, but he was relieved from having to do it all himself.

As I wrote this lesson, I had just returned from a missions trip to Africa.  My wife and I had been wanting to do something to help the people of Africa in some way, but we had no idea what to do.  The problems facing that continent are overwhelming.  But after voicing our desire to each other and to God, God showed us a way that we cold help.  He invited us to join a missions trip to Swaziland to plant hundreds of small vegetable gardens in people’s backyards.

The project was simple enough in theory, but took a huge amount of planning and effort to make it work in practice.  We certainly couldn’t have done it alone.  Thankfully, we didn’t have to.

God raised up people to help in dozens of ways:  donors who funded the trip, drivers who helped us get through the mountains, pastors who went ahead of us to prepare the people for what we were going to do, translators who helped us interact with the local people, administrators who handled the logistics for our team, and secretaries who arranged hundreds of details during the week.

If we had tried to do this alone, the five of us who went from Streator might have planted five or ten gardens the whole week.  But, by involving others, God was able to use our team of 80 volunteers, working alongside the beautiful people of Swaziland, to plant and distribute over 8,000 of these small vegetable gardens.  Over the past few years, thousands of volunteers, on dozens of similar trips, have been able to plant and distribute hundreds of thousands of these life-giving gardens.

I often think that I’m the one that has to accomplish the whole vision that God puts on my heart.  While I’m willing to do the work, I get overwhelmed because there’s too much work to do.  The truth is there is too much work to do―at least for one person.  But by involving others, we can finish the work together.

If you feel overwhelmed by the visions that God has put on your heart, remember that Moses needed help, too.  Remember Jethro’s words to Moses:

“What you are doing is not good. You and these people who come to you will only wear yourselves out. The work is too heavy for you; you cannot handle it alone. Listen now to me and I will give you some advice, and may God be with you…” (Exodus 18:17b-19a). 

Moses took Jethro’s advice by involving others―and God was with him.  May God be with you, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 41: Ask God To Show You His Glory

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:18-23

I’d like you to listen in to a conversation that took place several thousand years ago between God and Moses.  In this conversation, you’ll learn something about what it’s like to have an intimate relationship with God, and what you can do to take that relationship even deeper.

The conversation takes place in chapter 33 of the book of Exodus.  Moses has just been pleading with God to come with him on the next leg of his journey.

The LORD replied, “My Presence will go with you, and I will give you rest.” Then Moses said to him, “If your Presence does not go with us, do not send us up from here.  How will anyone know that you are pleased with me and with your people unless you go with us? What else will distinguish me and your people from all the other people on the face of the earth?” 

And the LORD said to Moses, “I will do the very thing you have asked, because I am pleased with you and I know you by name.” 

Then Moses said, “Now show me your glory.” 

And the LORD said, “I will cause all my goodness to pass in front of you, and I will proclaim my name, the LORD, in your presence” (Exodus 33:14-19a). 

What’s amazing to me about this conversation is that throughout this whole journey called “the exodus” from Egypt, Moses has been walking with God, talking with God, and seeing God work in various ways.  And yet, here in chapter 33, Moses is still asking to see more and more of God.  He says to God, “Now show me your glory.”

One of the lessons I get out of this conversation is that no matter how close we are to God, or how close we have been in the past, we can always go deeper with Him.  There’s always more to learn about Him.  There’s always more that God wants to reveal to us about Himself, if we’re willing to ask.

Maybe this is one of the reasons God makes it possible for us to spend eternity in heaven with Him when we put our faith in Christ, because it will take that long to get to know Him as deeply as possible.

This idea of spending time with God so that we can get to know Him more is a huge part of what it means to experience His “glory.”  If you look closely at the conversation, you’ll see that God says that He knows Moses by name.  He knows who Moses is.  He knows what makes Moses tick.  He knows his name.  So when Moses asks to see God’s glory, God replies, in essence,  “All right, I’ll show you My name, too.  I’ll show you more of who I am.”  God knows Moses, and Moses wants to know God.

In the purest sense, this is at the heart of what it means to be intimate with someone else:  to reveal more of yourself to them, and to invite them to reveal more of themselves to you.

In fact, the Hebrew word often used in the Bible to describe the conception of a child is “yada,” which means “to know.”  When the Bible says that “Adam knew Eve,” it means that they were so intimate that they conceived a child!  (see Genesis 4:1, NKJV)  Interestingly, this same word “yada” is used to describe the intimacy that takes place when we worship God, an intimacy in which we reveal more of ourselves to Him, and He reveals more of Himself to us.

God invites us to be intimate with Him, to worship Him with our entire beings.  He wants us to love Him with all of our heart, soul, mind and strength, not rushing through these moments of intimacy, but taking the time to reveal ourselves to each other.

No matter how close to, or far away from God you might feel, take some extra time today to ask Him to reveal more of Himself to you.  Ask God to show you His glory.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Ask God To Show You His Glory”

Lesson 29: Anoint, Ordain, And Consecrate Those Serving

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 28:41-29:35

What can we do for the people who work with us to dedicate them―and their gifts and talents―to the Lord?  One thing to consider is “anointing” them with oil.

It seems like an ancient practice, anointing people with oil.  But one of the most dramatic experiences of my life was an ordination service where I truly felt God Himself was calling me into His service.  He used the hands of a pastor to anoint my head with oil, ordaining and consecrating me for the work God had called me to do.

Throughout the Bible, God anointed some of His most powerful leaders with oil for their work of service to Him, like King David, King Saul, and in the passage we’re looking at today, the priest Aaron and his sons:

“After you put these clothes on your brother Aaron and his sons, anoint and ordain them. Consecrate them so they may serve me as priests” (Exodus 28:41). 

I happened to be in Israel when I read some of these passages about anointing people with oil.  It’s one thing to read these passages at home.  It’s another thing entirely to be standing on the spots where these things took place.  At one point, I was amazed to think that I was standing at the tomb of Samuel the prophet, the one who walked the very same hills I was walking on when he sought out young David to anoint him as king.

These were real people who had done these things, who lived in real places that still exist today.  I wondered what it would be like if God were to send someone to anoint me, right there in Israel, for the work He had called me to do.  I had recently quit my job to go into full-time ministry and wondered if God could consecrate me in this specific way, too.  So I began to pray that God would send someone.  I couldn’t believe He did it when it happened the very next day!

I ran into a tour group and began talking to a pastor and his wife.  They kept asking me questions about how I had quit my job and gone into ministry.  I really didn’t want to stand around and chit-chat―I was waiting for God to show up!  But as we talked, the pastor asked if I had ever anointed people with oil when I prayed for the sick, as he had found that to be very effective.

I couldn’t believe it!  I hadn’t told him anything about my prayer the day before that God would send someone to anoint me with oil.  Yet here was a man standing in front of me who regularly anointed people with oil.   I hesitantly asked him if he would pray for me, too, anointing me with oil for the work that God had called me to do.  He said he would, and at the next stop on the tour, he’d pick up a bottle of oil at one of the local shops to do it.

So I walked with their group from the Temple Mount, down the Way of the Cross, where Jesus carried his cross to his crucifixion.  The tour stopped at the church that now houses the crucifixion site.  We bought a little bottle of oil, and went into the church to pray.

There, about 20 feet from the foot of the cross which marks the spot where Jesus is said to have died, this man and his wife prayed for me.  They anointed me with oil for the work of service God had called me to do.  Their prayers were accompanied―at 1:00 sharp―by the loud ringing of church bells overhead, the sounds of a tour group singing hymns, and as sights and smells of burning incense wafted through the room.

I was overwhelmed by the way God had answered my prayers.  I’ll never look at an anointing service as just an ancient ritual again.  It is a powerful means by which God can ordain and consecrate us for our work of service to Him.

God used an earthly man to anoint, ordain and consecrate me for my work, and has since used me to do the same for others.  Perhaps God wants to touch those around you in a similar way, praying for them that they would use their gifts and talents to bear much fruit for Him.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 28: Give Dignity And Honor To Those Serving With You

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 27:20-28:40

What can we do to give dignity and honor to those who serve with us?  And what difference can it make when we do?

I once attended a church that was very formal.  All the pastors wore black robes.  At one point, one of the pastors wanted to start preaching in just his suit, without the robe.  He wanted to be less formal so that the people he was trying to reach would feel he was more like them.

But some of the leaders of the church didn’t like that idea.  It went against their particular view of church life.  While the church eventually let him preach without his robe for the first of their three morning worship services, he had to put it on again for the other two services.

I thought the whole debate was somewhat unnecessary as he had a reasonable idea he wanted to implement.  But when I read Exodus chapter 28, trying to read it from God’s perspective, I was able to see that there are times when it’s important to do things that will give people dignity and honor for the work they have been called to do.

Here’s what God asked Moses to do for his brother Aaron, and Aaron’s sons, all of whom God had called to become priests in the tabernacle that they were building:

“Make sacred garments for your brother Aaron to give him dignity and honor.  Tell all the skilled men to whom I have given wisdom in such matters that they are to make garments for Aaron, for his consecration, so he may serve me as priest” (Exodus 28:2-3). 

Then God described in great detail what the robes and turbans and undergarments should look like.

I don’t know what you might think about this idea today, whether or not pastors or priests should wear elaborate robes.  But the passage indicates to me that there are times when God asks us to give dignity and honor to the people around us, sometimes in very specific ways, and that God wants us to listen to―and do―what He tells us to do.

I was reading this passage when I was getting ready to launch our newly redesigned website for The Ranch.  As I tried to think what God might want me to do for those who helped me with the project, I felt He wanted me to have a special online prayer and dedication service for them.  So I set a date and time, and invited about a dozen people to join me in the chat room.

We had someone from Latvia who had helped redesign the website.  We had someone from Denmark who built the software on which the whole system runs.  We had someone from Colorado who helps with our prayer ministry and answering emails.  We had someone from North Carolina who serves on our board.

I had sent each of them a small bottle of oil, based on a passage we’re going to look at next week, but touched on in this passage, so that I could pray for them, anointing and consecrating them for their work of service to God.

I was very hesitant at first, because in some ways, it seemed―well―just very weird to do this over the Internet!  I thought it would be hard to really give them dignity and honor like this.  But I’ve also prayed for enough people over the Internet by now to know that prayer has no boundaries.

So as I prayed for each person, I asked them to put some oil on their finger and touch it to their forehead as I typed out my prayers on my keyboard.  I later heard back from several of those who came who said that as we prayed together, they had completely broken down in tears, weeping at this special expression of appreciation for their work of service to God.

What about those who work with you?  Is there a way that God might want you to give them dignity and honor?  I believe that if you’ll ask God, He’ll answer you.  He may not tell you to put a robe on them.  But whatever He tells you, when you do it, God will touch people through it.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 42: Absorb The Name Of The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:1-7

If God wore a name tag, I think today’s scripture passage would be on it.  A person’s name often reveals something about who they are.  This was especially true in biblical days.  The name “Moses,” for instance, meant “drawn out of the water,” which describes exactly how he was rescued from the Nile River by one of Pharaoh’s daughters.

God’s name reveals to us who He is, too.  So when Moses says to God in Exodus 34, “show me Your glory,” God responds by saying that He would cause His “name” to pass in front of Moses, thus revealing to Moses more about who He is.  Here’s what God says:

“Then the LORD came down in the cloud and stood there with him and proclaimed his name, the LORD.  And he passed in front of Moses, proclaiming, ‘The LORD, the LORD, the compassionate and gracious God, slow to anger, abounding in love and faithfulness, maintaining love to thousands, and forgiving wickedness, rebellion and sin. Yet he does not leave the guilty unpunished; he punishes the children and their children for the sin of the fathers to the third and fourth generation’ ” (Exodus 34:5-7). 

God’s name tag would read something like this:  “Hello, my name is…  Compassionate.  Gracious.  Slow to Anger.  Abounding in Love and Faithfulness.  Forgiving, Yet Just.”

To me, it’s an Old Testament description of what Christ came to demonstrate for us in the New Testament.  The prophet Jeremiah later tells us that God is going to make a new covenant with the people, not one written on tablets of stone, but one that would be written on people’s hearts.  Not a covenant where the children would have to pay for the sins of their fathers, but one where each person would be called to account for their own sins.

Some people think that God is portrayed in the Old Testament as being easily provoked to anger.  But the way I read it, I see God as incredibly compassionate, gracious and slow to anger.  If you read the Bible from beginning to end, you’ll see a repeating pattern of God drawing people to Himself, then people turning away.  God draws them back, then they turn away.  He draws them again, then they turn away again.  At some point, if God is a “just” God, He must eventually punish sin.

But if God were merely “just,” He would have wiped out the entire planet long ago.  In fact, way back in Genesis chapter 6, just six chapters into the history of man, God was tempted to do just that because of the wickedness of the people.  But God relented, and gave mankind another chance.  And another.  And another.  The fact that any of us are still alive today is a testimony to God’s compassion, grace, and ability to be slow to anger.  The fact that God sent Jesus to die, so that anyone who would put their faith in Him would be saved from the punishment of death, shows that He is still willing to go to incredible lengths to be forgiving, yet just.

I’ve heard the difference between justice, mercy and grace described by the different possible reactions of a man who had caught a thief trying to steal a brand new Harley-Davidson motorcycle from his garage.  If the owner grabbed a gun and shot the thief, or escorted him to jail, that would be justice.  The thief was stealing his stuff, and stealing is wrong, so justice requires some kind of penalty.

But if the owner said, “I’m just going to let you go and walk out of here now.  Even though what you’ve done is wrong, I’m not going to touch you, just go,” that would be mercy.

But if the owner turned around, went back into the house and got the keys to the Harley, came back and handed them to the thief, signed over the title to him, and handed him $100 to put gas in it, that would be grace.

And that’s what God has done for us through Christ:

“But God demonstrates his own love for us in this: While we were still sinners, Christ died for us” (Romans 5:8).

Take time to absorb the name of the Lord, realizing how incredibly loving and gracious He is.  Then remember to extend that same love and grace to others.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Absorb The Name  Of The Lord”

Lesson 43: Worship And Wonder

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:8-10

I’ve had moments in my life where something will happen and I’ll think, “Wow, that was the presence of God passing right in front of me.”

I don’t always sense His presence like this, but when I do, I’m usually taken aback by it, and I’m not quite sure how to react.  It’s overwhelming, on one hand, to realize that God has just passed by.  But it’s often such a small thing, on the other hand, that alerts me to His presence, that it makes me stop and think, “Was that really God?”

I love how Moses responds when the presence of God passed by Him in Exodus chapter 34:

“Moses bowed to the ground at once and worshiped.  ‘O Lord, if I have found favor in your eyes,’ he said, ‘then let the Lord go with us. Although this is a stiff-necked people, forgive our wickedness and our sin, and take us as your inheritance.’ Then the LORD said: ‘I am making a covenant with you. Before all your people I will do wonders never before done in any nation in all the world. The people you live among will see how awesome is the work that I, the LORD, will do for you’ ”  (Exodus 34:8-10). 

Moses’ response was immediate:  he bowed down and worshiped, “at once.”

The night before I wrote this lesson, I had one of those moments where I felt God’s presence passing by.

All week I had been thinking about an illustration of what grace looks like that I had read twenty years ago in Victor Hugo’s book, Les Miserables.  In the book, a thief takes refuge in the home of a bishop, who was the first person who offered the thief a meal and lodging since his escape from prison.  As they prepared for bed that night, the bishop handed the thief a silver candlestick to light his way to his bedroom for the night.

In the middle of the night, the thief’s heart became hard again and he took the opportunity to escape while he still could, stealing the silver utensils that they had used for dinner as he left the house.  But early the next morning, the police caught the thief and brought him back to the bishop’s house.  The bishop exclaimed, “Oh, you are back again!  I am glad to see you.  I gave you the candlesticks, too, which are silver also, and will bring forty francs.  Why did you not take them?”

The thief was stunned, as were the police.  The bishop added solemnly, “Never forget you have promised me you would use the money to become an honest man,” which is exactly what happened.

I remembered that picture of grace from Hugo’s book and wanted to share it with others, but didn’t know where in my house to find the book I had once read.  The night before I was to write this lesson, my 8 year-old son and I were reading from another book, a large collection of short stories, when my son said, “I’d like to just flip through the pages and pick a story with my fingers.”  He ran his fingers through the 832 page book and opened it.  I stared in disbelief at the title of the story in front of my eyes.  It was called, The Good Bishop, and it gave a short, 3-page summary of this very incident with the candlesticks from Victor Hugo’s book, Les Miserables.

I felt as if the presence of God had just passed by.

I wanted to bow down and worship.  Not just because God had found the story for me that I had been looking for, in a place where I never would have looked for it, but because earlier in the day I was wondering why some of the “big” things I’ve been praying about have not yet been answered.

I was reminded that God is not just in the big things―and He’s not just in the little things.  God is in every thing.

The next time God passes by, what will your response be?  I’m praying that more and more, my response will be like that of Moses, to bow down at once, and worship.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Worship And Wonder”

Lesson 27: God Can Speak Specifically And Clearly

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 25:1-27:19

Do you ever wonder if God speaks to people?  And if so, does He just speak in generalities, giving us good principles to live by, but leaving the details up to us?

I was in a Bible study with a friend who felt that God does speak to us, but only in terms of giving us the “big picture.”  The specifics were for us to figure out.  I understood what my friend was saying―and at times that is certainly true.

But as I’ve read through the Bible, I’ve also been struck by how often God speaks to people with very specific instructions―instructions that He wants to be followed precisely―even down to the last “cubit.”

Exodus chapters 25, 26, and 27 are prime examples of God speaking specifically and clearly.  In the opening words of chapter 25, God tells Moses to collect some very specific items from the people:  ram skins dyed red, acacia wood, onyx stones and more.  God continues with these words:

“Then have them make a sanctuary for me, and I will dwell among them.  Make this tabernacle and all its furnishings exactly like the pattern I will show you” (Exodus 25:8-9). 

For the next 89 verses, God gave Moses a detailed description of exactly how to build this tabernacle, and all of the elements within it: the ark of the covenant, the tables, the lampstands, the altars, the oil, the shovels―even the meat forks.

Listen to some of this detail:

… “ Make a lampstand of pure gold and hammer it out, base and shaft; its cups, buds and blossoms shall be of one piece with it.  Six branches are to extend from the sides of the lampstand―three on one side and three on the other.  Three cups shaped like almond flowers with buds and blossoms are to be on one branch, three on the next branch, and the same for all six branches extending from the lampstand” (Exodus 25:31-33). 

… “Make the tabernacle with ten curtains of finely twisted linen and blue, purple and scarlet yarn, with cherubim worked into them by a skilled craftsman.  All the curtains are to be the same size―twenty-eight cubits long and four cubits wide” (Exodus 26:1-2). 

… “Build an altar of acacia wood, three cubits high; it is to be square, five cubits long and five cubits wide…. Make a grating for it, a bronze network, and make a bronze ring at each of the four corners of the network.  Put it under the ledge of the altar so that it is halfway up the altar” (Exodus 27:1,4-5). 

The detail reminds me of when God told Noah precisely how to build the ark for the animals, describing its dimensions cubit by cubit (a length of about 18 inches).

Why was God so specific?  Maybe it was because there had never been a need for a boat like that before.  How could Noah have known how many animals would show up?  It was better for Noah to follow God’s specific instructions up front on how to build the ark, than to try to build it his own way and then have the elephants and hippos and rhinos and giraffes show up!

When we need wisdom, we can ask God for it.  He’s the Creator of the universe.  He knows how every molecule is put together.  He knows what needs to be done and how to do it.  And He’s glad to pour out that wisdom into us.

The Bible says: “If any of you lacks wisdom, he should ask God, who gives generously to all without finding fault, and it will be given to him” (James 1:5).

God can speak specifically and clearly.  There’s no doubt about it scripturally, as in this case from Exodus.  Someone might wonder, based on their experience (or lack thereof), if God speaks specifically.  But based on Scripture, there’s no doubt that He does!

Whatever you’re working on right now―a project for work, a new type of ministry, a relationship with a spouse, child or friend―ask God for wisdom on how to proceed.  Then listen, and do, what He says.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 44: Our Role And God’s Role

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:11-28

We’re going to look in this lesson at something that puzzles a lot of people, including me.  Sometimes we wonder how much we have to do for God, and how much He’s going to do for us.  It’s hard to find the balance.  The truth is that we both have roles to play.  God has things He wants us to do, and then there are things He says He’ll do.

A quick look at Exodus chapter 34, verses 10-28, when God made a covenant with the Israelites, shows these two roles.  If you take a look at that passage, you’ll see that God says there are things He’s going to do, and then He says there are things He wants them to do.

Here are a few things that God says He’s going to do for them:

  • He’ll do wonders never before done in any nation of the world (verse 10)
  • He’ll drive out the nations ahead of them (verse 11)
  • He’ll enlarge their territory (verse 24)

And here are a few things that God wants them to do:

  • Obey what He commands (verse 11)
  • Don’t make cast idols (verse 17) (I think this was just a reminder about the golden calf, “That was a bad move guys, don’t ever do that again, OK?”)
  • Celebrate the feasts and make sure to rest every seventh day (verses 18 and 21)

I think this is helpful for our own understanding of how we interact with God.

Sometimes we might sit back and mistakenly say, “It’s all in Your hands God.  I’m not going to do a thing.  I’m leaving it all up to You.”  There are times when it’s important to simply pray, and pray, and pray.  But prayer is a conversation with God, and oftentimes during those conversations, God tells us things that He wants us to do.  In those times, we’ve got to do our part.

Other times, we might mistakenly think that we’ve got to do everything.  We think that if we don’t do it, it won’t get done.  We act as if God’s not likely to do anything for us.  We forget that God has a huge role to play in everything we do.  In the case of the Israelites, God’s role was to do certain things, like performing wonders never before done in any nation of the world, driving out nations before them, and enlarging their territory―little things like that.  :)

So there are often these two things going on at the same time:  things God will do, and things He wants us to do.  We need to trust God to do His part, and we need to do our part to the best of our ability.

There’s a final point in this passage that I don’t want you to miss.  God ends His conversation with Moses with these words:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Write down these words, for in accordance with these words I have made a covenant with you and with Israel.’ Moses was there with the LORD forty days and forty nights without eating bread or drinking water. And he wrote on the tablets the words of the covenant―the Ten Commandments” (Exodus 34:27-28). 

Moses had just finished two back-to-back 40-day fasts.  He had totally emptied himself so he could be totally filled with God.  The words that God spoke to Moses in those quiet times together turned out to be some of the longest lasting words in the history of the world:  the Ten Commandments.  Three thousand years later they are still some of the most talked-about and cherished words ever written.

Our quiet times with God have power.  This Exodus study is proof of that to me.  It was during my own 40-day fast, almost three years before writing this devotional, that I first took the notes from the book of Exodus that have resulted in this study.  What we do in our quiet times with God can have an effect days, months and even years into the future.

God wants us to spend time with Him, and to act on what He tells us to do during that time.  God will do His part.  He just wants us to do ours.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Our Role And God’s Role”

Lesson 26: Come Up To The Lord And Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 24

What’s the ultimate goal of being set free?  What does freedom finally allow us to do, without hindrance?

The answer I’ve read over and over in Scripture is this:  we’re set free so we can worship God.

If a person can’t worship God, fully from their heart, then they’re still in bondage.  They may live in a free country, but if they can’t worship God, they’re not really free at all.  On the other hand, they may live in a prison cell, but if they can worship God, they are truly free.  The degree of freedom we have in our lives is directly proportional to the degree to which we’re able to worship God from our hearts.

This was God’s ultimate goal for setting the Israelites free from Egypt.  He told Moses to bring the people out into the desert so they could worship Him.  He sets us free from sin, not only because it’s good and helpful for us, but also so that we can be released to worship Him with our whole hearts.

In Exodus 24, Moses and his people have finally made it out to the place where God told Moses to come.  Now they can start doing what they came to do, starting with Moses and some of the other leaders.  God calls them up to the mountain to worship.  The rest of the people will get their chance soon.  But for now, God calls Moses to lead the way:

“Then he said to Moses, ‘Come up to the LORD, you and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel. You are to worship at a distance, but Moses alone is to approach the LORD; the others must not come near. And the people may not come up with him’ ” (Exodus 24:1-2). 

Moses is about to become their “worship leader.”

And what a worship service it is!  Take a look at what happens when they come up to the Lord:

“Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and the seventy elders of Israel went up and saw the God of Israel. Under his feet was something like a pavement made of sapphire, clear as the sky itself. But God did not raise his hand against these leaders of the Israelites; they saw God, and they ate and drank.”  (Exodus 24:9-10). 

They saw God―and lived!  Then they ate and drank in His presence there on the mountain.  Wow!  To come into the presence of God, to see Him, to eat and drink and have a party right there at His feet―that’s a true mountaintop experience!

The cool thing is, we can now do that any day of the week, no matter where we are or what’s going on in our lives.  We can take a moment, even right now, today, to spend a few minutes in the presence of the Lord, worshiping Him in our hearts.

You may not be able to sing.  You may not be able to play an instrument.  You may not be able to speak well.  But you can do one thing right now that no one can stop you from doing:  you can worship God in your heart.

You might not think you can.  You might think others are hindering you from it.  You might think your circumstances are preventing it.  But the truth is, nothing―and no one―can stop you from worshiping God.  You can choose right now to worship Him!

Just say, “Father, I want to worship You.  I want to be in Your presence.  I want to eat and drink and enjoy a few moments with You, right now.  I want to worship You!”

If sin is holding you back, confess it.  If fear is getting you off track, let the Lord, Your shepherd, lead you beside His still waters.  If life is weighing you down, let Jesus pick you up.  He offered each of us this promise: “Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest” (Matthew 11:28). 

Come up to the Lord and worship.  This is why He set you free!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 25: Little By Little

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 23:20-33

Praying for anything big to happen in your life?  Waiting for God to bring it about?  Wondering why it’s not coming about as fast as you’d like?

When I get frustrated that I’m not seeing the big, grand vision come together for something that I really think God is putting on my heart, I take comfort from a short passage in Exodus chapter 23.  It reminds me that God is able “to do immeasurably more than all we can ask or imagine,” as the New Testament says in Ephesians 3:20, but that God doesn’t always do it all at once.

Why not?  Here’s what God told the Israelites, and what He often tells me, too.

As the Israelites approached the “promised land,” a huge expanse of property that God promised to give them when they got out of Egypt, God told them that He would drive out the current occupants of the land because of their wickedness and rebellion against Him.  But, He added:

“I will not drive them out in a single year, because the land would become desolate and the wild animals too numerous for you. Little by little I will drive them out before you, until you have increased enough to take possession of the land” (Exodus 23:29-30). 

God was still going to give them their promised land, but little by little, for their own protection, and for the safekeeping of His vision for the land.

Even though there were over 600,000 Israelites at the time, the land was still bigger than they could effectively manage had they gotten it all at once.  The land would have become desolate and overrun with wild animals.  God, in His grace, was going to wait to drive out the current inhabitants until the Israelites increased enough to take possession of the land.

This is extremely encouraging to me!  I don’t like to wait for God’s promises to be fulfilled―especially when I can see them so clearly, when they look like they’re within reach, yet when I can’t seem to take hold of them.  These verses remind me that God will do what He says He will do, but in His timing, for our good and for the good of the vision He’s given us. 

For many years now I’ve been praying for a real “ranch,” a place where I can invite people to spend time with God, away from the busy-ness of their lives.  I’ve been to just such a ranch with my family―a beautiful private retreat on 240 acres of rolling hills in northern Illinois.  Yet as I looked around at the expanse of the property, I couldn’t imagine all of the care and maintenance it would take just to put gravel on the back roads every few years, let alone take care of all the cattle, sheep, ducks, fencing and guest homes.

Even though this seems to be exactly what I’ve been praying for, and continue to pray for, I know that I’ve not “increased enough to take possession” of the fullness of this vision.  That doesn’t stop me from asking, and it doesn’t stop me from believing that God will someday fulfill the fullness of what He’s put on my heart.  But it does help me to be thankful―so thankful―that God holds back from giving me what I’m asking for before I can handle it.

Maybe you’ve been praying for some big things to happen in your life, or a friend’s life.  Maybe you’ve wondered why things aren’t happening as fast as you’d like, or to the extent that you’d like.  Maybe you’re getting discouraged and wondering why God is poking around, taking His time, when there are so many things you want to get done―and now!

Take heart from this little passage in Exodus 23.  As God Himself says several times in this passage, He will do what He promised.  There are still things He wants us to do in the mean time.  But, for our benefit, and for the benefit of His unfolding vision, He often carries out His will “little by little”―so we won’t be overwhelmed by the answer when it does come.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 45: Spending Time In God’s Presence Changes Us

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:29-35

If you’ve ever read through the book of Psalms, you may have noticed that King David doesn’t always go into God’s presence with a really happy attitude, but he usually comes out with one.

Just flip through the Psalms and see how many times this happens.  Psalm 4, for instance, starts with, “Answer me when I call to you, O my righteous God.  Give me relief from my distress; be merciful to me and hear my prayer” (verse 1), but it ends with, “I will lie down in peace, for you alone, O LORD, make me dwell in safety” (verse 8).

Over and over the pattern repeats.  David starts out pretty angry with God, and angry with the  people around him, but he ends up by praising God and trusting Him completely.  Why?

Because spending time in God’s presence changes us.  Sometimes we don’t even notice the change, but others do.  And when they notice the change in us, it changes them, too.

Take a look at the change that took place in Moses when he spent time in God’s presence.  In Exodus chapter 34, the change was so visible, it was reflected in his face:

“When Moses came down from Mount Sinai with the two tablets of the Testimony in his hands, he was not aware that his face was radiant because he had spoken with the LORD. When Aaron and all the Israelites saw Moses, his face was radiant, and they were afraid to come near him. But Moses called to them; so Aaron and all the leaders of the community came back to him, and he spoke to them. Afterward all the Israelites came near him, and he gave them all the commands the LORD had given him on Mount Sinai.  When Moses finished speaking to them, he put a veil over his face. But whenever he entered the LORD’s presence to speak with him, he removed the veil until he came out. And when he came out and told the Israelites what he had been commanded, they saw that his face was radiant. Then Moses would put the veil back over his face until he went in to speak with the LORD” (Exodus 34:29-35). 

Here’s a man with a super-tan!  Moses had just asked God in Exodus chapter 33: “Show me your glory.”  Later, when Moses came down from the mountain, he had God’s glory all over him!  He was so radiant, so physically changed, that he had to put a veil over his face when he talked to other people!

Spending time in God’s presence changes us.  The more time we spend with God, the more we’re changed we’ll be―physically, emotionally, spiritually―in all kinds of ways.  Whenever we ask to see God’s glory, we shouldn’t be surprised to find that His glory is reflected in us.

What causes the moon to shine so bright?  It’s the reflection of the sun.  There’s nothing inherent in the moon to make it light up the night.  That’s what God wants to do through each one of us.  He wants us to spend time with Him, absorbing His glory, so we can go out and reflect the light of His Son into the darkness of the world around us.

Moses wasn’t even aware how his time with God had changed him.  But others were.  The glory that covered Moses was certainly for Moses’ benefit, but it also overflowed to all of those around him.

If you’ll diligently spend time with God, you’ll start to see that the overflow from your time with Him will naturally touch other people.  Although this may not be your main purpose for spending time with God, He can use the overflow of your experience to “prime the pump” for others.

Spending time in God’s presence changes us.  Although you may come into His presence tired, angry, frustrated or broken, chances are good that a little time with the Creator of the universe, the One who gave you life and breath, will give you new life, too.  He’ll restore you, encourage you, strengthen you and help you to put your trust in Him more and more.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Spending Time In God’s Presence Changes Us”

Lesson 24: Share What You’ve Learned With Others

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 20:22-23:19

What has God taught you that might be helpful to others?  We’ve all learned things from Him over the years―things we’ve done wrong, things we’ve done right, things He’s spoken to us or through us.

I was in the midst of writing down some of the things God had spoken to me when I was reading Exodus chapters 20, 21, 22 and 23.  When I read about God’s conversation with Moses on the mountain, and how God gave Moses the Ten Commandments and the 600+ rules that followed, I saw what God was doing in a new light.

Of course, we’re supposed to read what God spoke to Moses during those forty days, and of course, we’ll be blessed if we follow that wisdom.  But I also saw a new lesson for my life when I stepped back and looked at what God was doing overall.  God was pouring out His wisdom to Moses so that Moses could pour it out to others.

The lesson for me was that God has poured out wisdom into our lives, too, and He wants us to pour it out to others.

Up to this point in the story of how God set the Israelites free from Egypt, Moses was the sole judge over the entire nation.  Everyone who had a dispute would bring it to Moses to be settled.  God would give Moses the wisdom he needed to make a ruling, and Moses would make the decision.

This worked for a time, but eventually it began to wear Moses and the people out.  So God, through the words of Jethro, prompted Moses to delegate the work of judging others to several of the other leaders of Israel.  Moses would still be available to hear the most difficult cases, but the majority of cases could be decided by these others.

It was at this time―as Moses prepared to delegate these duties―that God called Moses up to the mountain and spoke to him the Ten Commandments and all the rules that followed.  As I read through this list of commandments, I could almost picture how the conversation between God and Moses might have gone:

“Moses, do you remember when that bull gored a man to death―the bull that had never gored anyone before?  And do you remember how I told you to rule in that situation―that the bull must be killed, but the owner of the bull would not be held responsible?  Share that with others.

“And do you remember when another bull gored a man to death, but that bull had a habit of goring people?  Do you remember how I told you to rule in that situation―that the bull must be killed as well as the owner, unless those hurt by the goring would accept payment from the owner instead?  Share that, too.”

Although the actual conversation between God and Moses isn’t recorded, the result of what God spoke during those forty days is recorded.  What should be done when a bull gores someone is clearly spelled out in Exodus 21:28-32.

Maybe God reminded Moses of things that happened in the past, as well as telling him about things that might come up in the future.  God spoke to Moses about all kinds of topics one by one, from cases involving adultery, theft and murder, to love, lust and anger.  Then God asked Moses to share them with others, which he did.

Now, thousands of years later, we can still read these words of wisdom that came from the mouth of God.  They form the foundation of the laws that are currently on the books in country after country.  They help us to understand our basic rights, how to get along with each other, and how to better love God and our neighbors.

Think with me for a minute how this lesson might apply to you.

God has spent a lifetime pouring out His wisdom into you.  What topics in life has God spoken to you about the most?  Or the most often?  Or the most clearly?  What questions have you struggled with, wrestled through, and found God’s answers?

Take time to share what you’ve learned with others.  The answers you’ve found may set them free, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 23: Rules Can Be Good!

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 20:1-21

How do you like rules?  If you’re like most people, you probably love rules―for other people,  anyway!  Rules keep people from stealing our stuff, running into us when we go through intersections, and harming those we love.

But what about rules for ourselves?  Many times, we balk at rules.  They make us feel restricted and constrained.  But the rules God has set into place are the best kind of rules.  They’re helpful for us and for others.  Instead of constricting us, they set us free to live the best life possible.

Without rules, I would be like a train without a track, or a kite without a string.  If I were a train, I would think that the track was constraining me from going where I wanted to go.  But in reality, the track would be the very thing that enabled me to go at all―and to go far and fast!  If I were a kite, I would think that the string would be holding me back.  But in reality, the tension of the string is the very thing that would help me to go higher and stay up longer than if I were to cut myself loose from it!

Exodus chapter 20 lists the most helpful and enduring set of rules ever given to anyone:  The Ten Commandments.  Thousands of years later, they still form the basis for many legal systems throughout the world.

“And God spoke all these words: 

‘I am the LORD your God, who brought you out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery. You shall have no other gods before me.’ 

‘You shall not make for yourself an idol in the form of anything in heaven above or on the earth beneath or in the waters below. You shall not bow down to them or worship them; for I, the LORD your God, am a jealous God, punishing the children for the sin of the fathers to the third and fourth generation of those who hate me, but showing love to a thousand generations of those who love me and keep my commandments.’ 

‘You shall not misuse the name of the LORD your God, for the LORD will not hold anyone guiltless who misuses his name.’ 

‘Remember the Sabbath day by keeping it holy. Six days you shall labor and do all your work, but the seventh day is a Sabbath to the LORD your God. On it you shall not do any work, neither you, nor your son or daughter, nor your manservant or maidservant, nor your animals, nor the alien within your gates. For in six days the LORD made the heavens and the earth, the sea, and all that is in them, but he rested on the seventh day. Therefore the LORD blessed the Sabbath day and made it holy.’ 

‘Honor your father and your mother, so that you may live long in the land the LORD your God is giving you.’ 

‘You shall not murder.’ 

‘You shall not commit adultery.’ 

‘You shall not steal.’ 

‘You shall not give false testimony against your neighbor.’ 

‘You shall not covet your neighbor’s house. You shall not covet your neighbor’s wife, or his manservant or maidservant, his ox or donkey, or anything that belongs to your neighbor’ ” (Exodus 20:1-17). 

Rather than restricting us, these rules free us to live the abundant life God created us to live.

Now step back a minute and look at these rules from God’s perspective.  Why did He give these rules to Moses at this particular point in the journey out of Egypt?  Based on Moses’ recent conversation with Jethro, I believe it was God’s way to teach everyone His decrees and laws, and to show them the way to live, as Jethro suggested in Exodus 18:20.  At this critical point, God gave Moses a detailed set of rules to pass on to others so they could help him lead.

If you’re wondering how to lead others better, or if you’re wondering how you can live a more abundant life yourself, consider putting a good set of rules into place.  A good set of rules, like a train track and a kite string, can often help us go farther and faster, and to fly longer and higher than ever before!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 46: Make The Call To All Who Are Willing And Skilled

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 35:1-36:7

If God has put a vision on your heart to do something for Him, I want to encourage you today to take a step of faith:  make the call to all who are willing and skilled to help you do what God wants done.

If you’re like me, asking for help is one of the hardest parts of carrying out God’s will.  But I’m encouraged by what I read in Exodus chapter 35.  Here we see that Moses has come down from the mountain with a detailed vision in mind for what God wanted him to do next:  to build an incredible place of worship for God.  Now, it’s time for Moses to ask the people for their help, to see if they will provide the resources and the labor to make it happen.  How will he ask them?  And how will they respond?  Let’s take a look:

“Moses said to the whole Israelite community, ‘This is what the LORD has commanded:  From what you have, take an offering for the LORD. Everyone who is willing is to bring to the LORD an offering of gold, silver and bronze; blue, purple and scarlet yarn and fine linen; goat hair; ram skins dyed red and hides of sea cows; acacia wood; olive oil for the light; spices for the anointing oil and for the fragrant incense; and onyx stones and other gems to be mounted on the ephod and breastpiece.  All who are skilled among you are to come and make everything the LORD has commanded…’ ” (Exodus 35:4-10).

He calls on all who are willing and skilled to “give” to the work and to “get involved” in the work.  Now let’s look at the response:

“Then the whole Israelite community withdrew from Moses’ presence, and everyone who was willing and whose heart moved him came and brought an offering to the LORD for the work on the Tent of Meeting, for all its service, and for the sacred garments. … All the Israelite men and women who were willing brought to the LORD freewill offerings for all the work the LORD through Moses had commanded them to do” (Exodus 35:21, 29). 

In the end, God had stirred the hearts of so many people that they had to be restrained from giving any more!

“Then Moses gave an order and they sent this word throughout the camp: ‘No man or woman is to make anything else as an offering for the sanctuary.’ And so the people were restrained from bringing more, because what they already had was more than enough to do all the work” (Exodus 36:6-7). 

When I first read this passage, I wondered what that must feel like, to see people give and get involved to such an extent that they had to be restrained from giving any more.  But when I came back to this passage again to teach it to others, I was in the middle of raising funds for five of us to go on a missions trip to Africa.  Up to that point, I had often questioned if we’d be able to raise enough for even one of us to go, let alone five.

I took encouragement from this passage, and kept pressing on.  In the final weeks before our trip, I found myself having to tell people to not give any more to the trip, for we had already raised all that we needed for all five of us to go.

We can sometimes look at a passage like this, and even hear a story like I just told, and be either discouraged or encouraged, wondering why it’s not happening to us, or looking forward to when it will happen to us.

My encouragement to you is to make the call.  Make the call to all who are willing to help you carry out the vision that God has put on your heart.  As Christians, God has entrusted us with great visions, great plans and great ways to reach the world for Him.  God wants us to step out in faith, make the call, and ask people to give and get involved in doing what God wants done.  Make the call!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Make The Call To All Who Are Willing And Skilled”

Lesson 47: Do The Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 36:8-39:32

I don’t know about you, but there are times when I’ve planned, prayed and gotten things ready to take on a huge project, but by the time it comes to do the work, I’m already exhausted!  I feel like a woman who’s nine months pregnant, but when it comes time to push, I don’t have the strength.

When we feel like we can’t push any farther, that’s often when we need to push the most.  That’s often the culmination of all that we’ve worked so hard to achieve up to that point.  If we stop pushing at the moment of delivery, we’re going to shortchange, and possibly even abort, the whole plan.

We’ve come to that point in the book of Exodus, too.  We’re on Lesson 47 out of 50.  With just three lessons to go, the people are finally ready to do the work that God had given Moses such a detailed vision for back on the mountaintop.  Take a look at just a few of the verses as the work begins:

“All the skilled men among the workmen made the tabernacle with ten curtains of finely twisted linen and blue, purple and scarlet yarn, with cherubim worked into them by a skilled craftsman. All the curtains were the same size―twenty-eight cubits long and four cubits wide. They joined five of the curtains together and did the same with the other five. Then they made loops of blue material along the edge of the end curtain in one set, and the same was done with the end curtain in the other set. They also made fifty loops on one curtain and fifty loops on the end curtain of the other set, with the loops opposite each other. Then they made fifty gold clasps and used them to fasten the two sets of curtains together so that the tabernacle was a unit” (Exodus 36:8-13).

The description of all the work continues in similar detail for another three chapters.  Sometimes we can skip over these details in the Bible, but this is the foundation for what God called them to do.  They came out of the desert to worship God, and now they’re building a place of worship to do it.

When I studied this passage initially, I heard about a songwriting contest.  I had written a song about five years earlier that I really liked and had put a lot of time into, but never recorded it.  The contest turned out to be just the thing I needed to finally spur me on to do the work and get it recorded.  Although I didn’t exactly have the time to mess with this kind of thing, I felt like I needed to follow through on all the work I had previously done on the song.

So I stepped out of my comfort zone and sent an email to a woman in California.  I loved her voice, but didn’t have any money to pay her for this project.  I asked her if she’d still be willing to record the song for this contest, anyway.  Amazingly, she said, “Yes,” and asked some of her friends to help her record it.

It turned out to be a beautiful recording, and although we didn’t win the contest, I was so thankful to have it recorded.  When I called to thank her for her work on it, she said, “Oh, no, thank you!  Thank you for asking and letting me do it!”  She told me how the song had really ministered to her that week as she worked on it.  Had I not “made the call” to get the work done, the song still wouldn’t be recorded, and those involved would have missed out on the blessing it turned out to be to them as well.

I know how hard it can be to “do the work” when the time finally comes to do it.

But for whatever project God’s given you, don’t lose heart.  Don’t lose strength.  This final push could be what finally delivers your “baby.”  Many people will be blessed through your work, including those who work on it with you!

So don’t give up.  Don’t give in.  Don’t stop pushing now.  Do the work!  And get it done!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Do The Work”

Lesson 22: Let God Establish You In People’s Eyes

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 19

How many people will be affected by what you do this week?  Chances are, it will be more people than any of us might realize.

We all have a “sphere of influence,” people with whom we have contact throughout the week, people who can be influenced by the way we live our lives.  It may include people in our own family, people where we work, or people where we just hang out.  It may include a bank teller, a postal worker, a doctor, a nurse or a receptionist.  It may include people at church, people on the Internet, or people we don’t even know, who are watching what we do.

And what we do matters.

Take a look at what happened when Moses was obedient to God’s call on his life, taking steps of faith even when surrounded by doubt.  When God spoke to Moses from the burning bush, and called him to set the Israelites free, Moses hesitated to believe it.  But God assured Moses that he was the man.  To confirm it, God told Moses He would give him a sign:

“I will be with you. And this will be the sign to you that it is I who have sent you: When you have brought the people out of Egypt, you will worship God on this mountain” (Exodus 3:2). 

Now if I were Moses, I think I would have been a little bit frustrated that the sign would only come after I had taken this huge step of faith!  Why would God wait until after the Israelites were free, and worshiping Him back at this same mountain, to give Moses “the sign”?

To see why, fast forward several months.  In Exodus chapter 19, we see that the sign wasn’t just for Moses, but also for those in Moses’ new sphere of influence.

When Moses stepped out in faith, and the people came back to the mountain to worship God, that became a sign that anyone could read.  As the people gathered there at the foot of the mountain, God told Moses to remind the people:

“You yourselves have seen what I [God] did to Egypt, and how I carried you on eagles’ wings and brought you to myself. Now if you obey me fully and keep my covenant, then out of all nations you will be my treasured possession.” 

The people heard this and responded together, “We will do everything the LORD has said.” 

Then God speaks these words to Moses:

“I am going to come to you in a dense cloud, so that the people will hear me speaking with you and will always put their trust in you’ ” (from Exodus 19:3-9). 

God wasn’t done with Moses when they got to the mountain.  God still had many years of work ahead for him, and God needed the people to always put their trust in Moses so that they would follow his lead.

Sometimes the signs God gives us are not just for us, but for others to read, too.  When we step out in faith, being obedient to what God has called us to do, it releases others to step out in faith and obedience as well.

A few years ago, I felt God wanted me to head up a city-wide outreach here in town.  With more than a little fear in my heart, I finally brought up the idea at our local ministers’ meeting.  Within a year, we had over 200 people involved in planning and pulling off this event.

Looking back, I realized that my stepping out in faith, and doing what God had called me to do, was a catalyst for others to step out in faith, and do what God had called them to do.

People are affected by what we do.

What is God calling you to do?  Remember that you may not be the only one who is affected by what you do or don’t do.  None of us live in isolation.  In fact, the sign that God gives you to show that He really is with you may just be the sign someone else needs to read!  Then they’ll be able to see that God is with them, too!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 21: Put A System In Place

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 18

Feeling overwhelmed with too much to do?  Don’t despair.  Help may be on the way!  I was lamenting to a friend one day about all the things I felt God wanted me to do.  She asked:  “Why would God give you more to do than one person could do?”  I knew the answer:  He wouldn’t.  He knows what I can handle and what I can’t.

So I knew there were only two options left:  1) Either God hadn’t given me everything I felt He wanted me to do, and I needed to back out of some of them;  Or 2) God had given me all the things I felt He wanted me to do, and I needed to find a new way to do them.

It turned out to be some of both.  For this lesson, though, I want to focus on the second option.  There are times when God calls us to accomplish things for Him, that don’t require us to do them all by ourselves.

Moses found himself in this situation when leading over 600,000 men, not counting all the women and children, through a desert.  Moses’ father-in-law, Jethro, saw all that Moses was doing and said:

“What is this you are doing for the people? Why do you alone sit as judge, while all these people stand around you from morning till evening?” 

Moses answered him, “Because the people come to me to seek God’s will.  Whenever they have a dispute, it is brought to me, and I decide between the parties and inform them of God’s decrees and laws.” 

Moses’ father-in-law replied, “What you are doing is not good. You and these people who come to you will only wear yourselves out. The work is too heavy for you; you cannot handle it alone. Listen now to me and I will give you some advice, and may God be with you. You must be the people’s representative before God and bring their disputes to him. Teach them the decrees and laws, and show them the way to live and the duties they are to perform. But select capable men from all the people―men who fear God, trustworthy men who hate dishonest gain―and appoint them as officials over thousands, hundreds, fifties and tens. Have them serve as judges for the people at all times, but have them bring every difficult case to you; the simple cases they can decide themselves. That will make your load lighter, because they will share it with you. If you do this and God so commands, you will be able to stand the strain, and all these people will go home satisfied.” 

Moses listened to his father-in-law and did everything he said.  (Exodus 18:14-24)

Here was Moses, a man truly called by God to lead the people, yet becoming overwhelmed by taking care of every dispute by himself.  Jethro saw that this would eventually wear Moses out―as well as all the people.  So Jethro gave Moses some practical advice: “Get help!”  Moses did, and he was able to fulfill the call of God on his life in a way that he was able to “stand the strain,” and all the people went home “satisfied.”

Was Moses called to lead the people?  Absolutely.  Did that mean he had to meet every need personally?  Not at all.  While he was still ultimately responsible for the people, he found that by putting a system into place and enlisting the help of others he was able to fulfill the call of God on his life.

If you’re feeling overwhelmed with too much to do, it’s worth an honest prayer to God:  “Am I doing the things You want me to do?  And if so, is there another way You want me to do them?”  Then listen to His honest answers, which come at times through other people.

Even Moses, as close as He was to God, still allowed God to speak into His life through another human being.  God’s goal was to meet the needs of the people.  Moses’ goal was to see that it got done.  Take a look at the goal, then look at your role.  In the end, I believe God will help you to “stand the strain,” and all the people will go home “satisfied.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 48: Finish The Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 39:33-40:33

We’re just around the corner from the end of this study of the book of Exodus.  Appropriately, then, this lesson is called, “Finish The Work.”

Today is “payday” for Moses and for all the people traveling with him.  They’re about to reach the culmination of all that they’ve worked for, and all that they’ve been set free for:  to worship God.

The details of their work, as listed in Exodus chapters 39 and 40, might seem trivial, dull and something to skip over to someone just skimming through the Bible.  But if you’ve ever worked on a building project yourself, you know that when the end of the project starts coming into view, those days can be some of the most exciting and beautiful days of the entire project!

Can you imagine what the people who were building this place of worship must have thought as they saw it all finally coming together?  They’ve just carved all these beautiful things, gilded them with gold, and decorated them with all kinds of precious stones.  They’ve just crafted beautiful works of art that were conceived in the very mind of God Himself.

Then they started bringing them forward to Moses, letting him look over each item to see that it was finished exactly as God had described them to him on the mountain.  They begin to put it all together, standing each piece up in its place.  They light the lamps, burn the incense, and put the tablets of stone, the very words of God, into the ark of the covenant, and Wow!  The work is finally complete!

The whole process concludes with these words:

“So all the work on the tabernacle, the Tent of Meeting, was completed. The Israelites did everything just as the LORD commanded Moses….And so Moses finished the work” (Exodus 39:32, 40:33b). 

What a powerful moment!  Have you ever heard about something called the “212 Principle,” popularized in a book by Mac Anderson and Sam Parker?  At 211 degrees Fahrenheit, water is hot, but at 212 degrees, water boils.  And when water boils, you get steam, and steam can power a locomotive.  Although there’s only one degree of difference between 211 and 212, that extra degree can be enough to take all the previous effort over the top!

I don’t know what kind of project you might be working on right now.  I don’t know if you’re at 211 degrees, or 150, or 98.6!  But I do know that we all have a tendency to wear out when we’re working on a project, even a project that God has clearly called us to do.  We can get to the point where we’re not sure if we can take one more step.  We’re not sure that we can raise the temperature one more degree.  But let me encourage you that if God’s called you to do it, keep on doing it!

The American inventor, Thomas Edison, worked non-stop for several years to perfect the light bulb.  He tested over 6,000 materials to use for filaments―everything from bamboo to cedar to hickory.  After thousands of tests and a pile of failed materials that stacked up outside his house high enough to reach his second floor window, Edison finally hit upon a material that burned long enough, and bright enough, for commercial success:  carbonized cotton.

Edison’s perseverance paid off, not only for himself, but for all of us who have benefited from his perseverance.  Edison said, “Many of life’s failures were men who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up.”

The Apostle Paul, who knew how hard it was to persevere in the work of the Lord year after year, even in the face of endless persecution, hardship and personal suffering, still had enough confidence in the end result of that perseverance that he wrote to the people living in Galatia:  “Let us not become weary in doing good, for at the proper time we will reap a harvest if we do not give up” (Galatians 6:9).

Don’t become weary in doing good!  Finish the work!  At the proper time, you will reap a harvest, if you do not give up.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Finish The Work”

Lesson 20: Take The Elders With You

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:5-6

Has God ever called you to take a risky step of faith in front of other people?  Why does He do that?

I know I’d rather take a risky step of faith when I’m all alone, in private, with no one watching.  Sometimes we’re able to do that, but there are other times when God calls us to take steps of faith with others looking on.

With today’s lesson, we’re turning a corner in the book of Exodus.  In the first ten lessons, we looked at how to “get free” from the bondages in our life.  In lessons 11-20, we covered how to “stay free” once we’ve gotten free.  In the next ten lessons, we’re going to look at how to “set others free,” a big part of which involves enlisting the help of others.

Take a look at how God begins to do this here in Exodus chapter 17:

“The LORD answered Moses, ‘Walk on ahead of the people. Take with you some of the elders of Israel and take in your hand the staff with which you struck the Nile, and go.  I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb. Strike the rock, and water will come out of it for the people to drink’ ” (Exodus 17:5-6). 

Why did God tell Moses to take some of the elders of Israel with him on his way to strike the rock?

Although the text of this chapter doesn’t say specifically, we can get an idea of what might be going on by looking ahead at the next few chapters.  Moses’ father-in-law is about to come onto the scene and tell Moses to divide up the work of leading the people, encouraging Moses to choose leaders over groups of tens, hundreds and thousands to help share the leadership load.  The elders that go with Moses to the rock are likely to be some of the same elders who will take on these new roles.

While taking our steps of faith in private may be “safe,” taking those same steps in public may be significant in helping others take their own steps of faith down the road.

When I began my Internet ministry, I reached a point where I was overwhelmed with requests for prayer and advice.  So I invited some people to help me respond to all the emails that were coming in.  One of those who volunteered was a woman from Tennessee who had a heart, and a gift, for helping people.  Over the years of helping us, her burden for helping others over the Internet continued to grow.

The week that I wrote this lesson, she launched an Internet ministry of her own at http://www.DayByDay7.org.  Taking what she has learned about doing ministry over the Internet and combining it with her other God-given gifts and talents, she’s now poised to help many more people grow in their faith.  Here’s part of a note I got from her that week:

“I just wanted to share with you that I got my first prayer request from someone in California.  I don’t even know how they got my website.  I can’t tell you how hard that hit me―it was so sudden and I didn’t expect to get any hits or prayer requests so soon.  It was completely awesome.  You should have seen me praising the Lord.  All the hard work was worth it!  At that moment, the poem on my website came to pass:  if I can ease one pain, it will all be worth it!”

The closing of her note tied together this idea of the value of taking others with us while we step out in faith.  She wrote:  “Thank you for allowing me to volunteer with The Ranch and for encouraging me to reach out to others through your ministry and this one.  I don’t know where God will take it, but I’m ready!  You are my inspiration for DayByDay7.org.”

Why does God call us to sometimes take steps of faith with others watching?  Perhaps one of the reasons is so that when we walk along with each other, we can encourage each other to keep taking more steps of faith, thus expanding the ministry of “setting others free.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 49: The Glory Of The Lord Covers The Work

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 40:34-38

We’ve come to the last five verses, and the spectacular conclusion, of the book of Exodus.  Take a look at what happens when Moses finishes the work:

“Then the cloud covered the Tent of Meeting, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.  Moses could not enter the Tent of Meeting because the cloud had settled upon it, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle. In all the travels of the Israelites, whenever the cloud lifted from above the tabernacle, they would set out; but if the cloud did not lift, they did not set out―until the day it lifted.  So the cloud of the LORD was over the tabernacle by day, and fire was in the cloud by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel during all their travels” (Exodus 40:34-38). 

What is it that Moses sees that so fills the tabernacle that he can’t even get into it?  The glory of the Lord―the very thing that Moses had asked to see back in Exodus 33:18 when he said, “Now show me your glory.”  But this time, Moses wasn’t the only one who got to see it―everyone got to see it!

There’s a lesson here for me, for you and for everyone who does their work as if working for the Lord:  when you’ve finished the work, been obedient to the vision, and brought it to its conclusion, the glory of the Lord can finally come down on your work in a way that everyone can see it.

I’ve had some experiences in my life where I’ve sensed the presence of God in a way that I can only describe as “the glory of the Lord.”  I’m not an expert in the glory of the Lord, but from what I’ve read in the Bible, from what I’ve learned from other Christians, and from what I’ve experienced in my own life, the glory of the Lord seems to be actual “stuff,” like the air we breathe.  It’s real, physical and tangible.  It can be seen, sensed and felt.

I’ve sensed it during worship, when one time I was just singing to God in what seemed to be a normal, enjoyable worship experience, and all of a sudden, the presence of the Lord was so real and tangible that I felt like I couldn’t move if I wanted to.  And I didn’t want to!  I wanted to stay in His presence as long as I possibly could!

I’ve sensed it during my quiet times, when once I was sitting back on my couch, writing in my journal, and suddenly felt like melted butter was being poured into my chest.  Maybe it was the oil of the Holy Spirit, if that sounds more palatable, but whatever words I would use to describe it couldn’t do justice to what I felt during those precious minutes with the Lord.

I’d love to be able to finish a project and see the glory of the Lord come down and cover it in a way that everyone could see it, so that I couldn’t even stand up anymore!  At that point, I wouldn’t care!  If my purpose in doing all that I do is to worship the Lord, as was the case for the Israelites, then who cares if He bowls me over when it’s done, and I’m laid out flat on the floor in His presence?  That’s right where I’d want to be anyway!  I wouldn’t want to go anywhere else!

If the Lord picked up and moved, I’d want to pick up and move with Him, like the Israelites who followed Him.  I wouldn’t want to stay back!  I’d want to be with God!

My prayer for you as you work on your own projects for the Lord, and even as you come to the the end of this study with me, is that when you’ve finished the work, been obedient to the vision, and brought it to its conclusion, that the glory of the Lord would show up in such a way that you, and everyone else, can see it.

Now, may the Lord show you His glory!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Glory Of The Lord Covers The Work”

Lesson 19: Take Your Position And Maintain Your Position

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:8-16

What difference can it make to those around you whether or not you can “stay up” in your faith?  For some people, it may mean the difference between victory and defeat, between staying free and falling back into bondage.

When God calls us to take action, He wants us to take our position, and maintain our position, even when we begin to feel weak.  He may even send others to help us so we can continue to stand strong.

In the case of Moses, God sent two men to help him when he was feeling weak.  When Moses was wearing out, he lowered his arms, and his army began to lose.  But when Aaron and Hur gave him a boost, Moses’ army got a boost at the same time.  There’s a short description of this event in Exodus 17:

“The Amalekites came and attacked the Israelites at Rephidim. Moses said to Joshua, ‘Choose some of our men and go out to fight the Amalekites. Tomorrow I will stand on top of the hill with the staff of God in my hands.’ 

“So Joshua fought the Amalekites as Moses had ordered, and Moses, Aaron and Hur went to the top of the hill. As long as Moses held up his hands, the Israelites were winning, but whenever he lowered his hands, the Amalekites were winning. When Moses’ hands grew tired, they took a stone and put it under him and he sat on it. Aaron and Hur held his hands up―one on one side, one on the other―so that his hands remained steady till sunset. So Joshua overcame the Amalekite army with the sword” (Exodus 7:8-13). 

It must have seemed odd for Moses to tell Joshua to go into battle while Moses himself went up on a hill, holding his staff in his hands.  But they both had their roles to play.  They both had to take their positions and maintain their positions for victory to come.  Moses needed to keep his staff in the air, and Joshua needed to fight with all his might.

What’s the deal with Moses having to hold his arms up in the air?  What good could that do?  While I’m sure there were supernatural things that God did by having Moses raise his staff, (like turning water into blood and splitting the Red Sea in two), I also think there were some “natural” things that God did through this act, too.

As Joshua and the army looked up to the hill, they could see their leader, Moses, with his staff in his hands raised up to heaven.  They could also see if Moses grew weary and lowered his arms.  While one movement gave them strength and courage, the other movement led to weakness and discouragement.

Moses, Aaron and Hur all saw the effect this had on Joshua and the army.  They knew what needed to be done.  When Moses couldn’t do it by himself anymore, Aaron and Hur stepped in to lift his hands for him.  As they watched Joshua and the army until sunset that day, they saw the result of what they were doing:  the Israelites were finally able to overcome the Amalekites.

A famous Christian once told his friend that he didn’t want to be a role model for others.  His friend said, “It’s not a matter of whether or not you want to be a role model.  You are a role model.  The question is whether you’re going to be a good role model or a bad one.”

There are times when we may not feel like taking the position God has called us to take.  There are times when we may not feel like maintaining the position God has called us to take.  We may wish we could go down to fight instead of standing on a hill.  Or we may wish we could go stand on a hill instead of going down to fight!  But if God has called us to our position, we just need to take it and maintain it.

What position has God called you to take?  Take your position and maintain your position―then watch to see the difference it can make in your life, and in the lives of those around you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 50: Free To Worship

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:12

Thanks for taking the time to go through this study of the book of Exodus with me.  I’ve learned a lot from the story of how God set the Israelites free, and I hope you have, too.

As we close out our time together, I’d like to remind you of three key points from this study that apply directly to each of our lives.

1) God set the Israelites free so they could worship Him―and that’s the same reason He set you free, too.

This reason is stated throughout the book of Exodus, from the first time that God called to Moses from the burning bush:  “When you have brought the people out of Egypt, you will worship God on this mountain’ ” (Exodus 3:12b).

To the words Moses spoke to Pharaoh:  “Go to Pharaoh and say to him, ‘This is what the LORD says: Let my people go, so that they may worship me’ ” (Exodus 8:1b).

To the concluding scene of the entire book, when the glory of the Lord descended on the place the Israelites built to worship Him:  “Then the cloud covered the Tent of Meeting, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle” (Exodus 40:34).

To be truly free means to be able to worship God with your whole heart.  If you can worship God with your whole heart, regardless of whatever else might be going on around you, you’re free!  But if you can’t worship God in your heart, for whatever reason, you’re still in bondage, and God wants to set you free.

If that’s the case, you might want to review these lessons again to look for ideas to help you get fully free.

2) God helped the Israelites to stay free―and He wants to help you stay free, too.

God’s help included a system of rules to keep the Israelites, and each of us, from plunging back into bondage again.  These rules are summarized in the Ten Commandments:

“You shall have no other gods before me… 

You shall not make for yourself an idol… 

You shall not misuse the name of the LORD your God… 

Remember the Sabbath day by keeping it holy… 

Honor your father and your mother… 

You shall not murder. 

You shall not commit adultery. 

You shall not steal. 

You shall not give false testimony against your neighbor. 

You shall not covet…” (from Exodus 20:1-17). 

Rather than restricting us, these rules free us to live the abundant life God has created us to live.

Again, if you’ve gotten free in the past, but are struggling to stay free now, you might want to review these lessons again for more insights on how to restore the freedom you once had.

3) God invited Moses to take part in His plan to set others free―just like God is inviting you to take part in it, too.

Hundreds of years before Moses was even born, God had a plan for setting the Israelites free.  God told Abraham:

“Know for certain that your descendants will be strangers in a country not their own, and they will be enslaved and mistreated four hundred years.  But I will punish the nation they serve as slaves, and afterward they will come out with great possessions” (Genesis 15:14).

And that’s exactly what happened.  God had a plan in mind for setting His people free, and He called on Moses to help Him with that plan.

God has a plan for setting others free, too, and He’s called on you and me to help Him with that plan.

What’s His plan?  God knew that our sins would enslave us―and eventually kill us.  So God sent Jesus, His Son, to die for our sins so we could be free to live with Him forever:

“For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (John 3:16). 

After dying for our freedom, and rising again from the dead, Jesus asked His followers to do one more thing:

“Go into all the world and preach the good news to all creation” (Mark 16:15).  

He’s inviting you into His plan.  Won’t you join Him?

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Free To Worship”

Lesson 18: Take It To The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:1-7

What can we do when people seem to love us one minute and hate us the next―when we haven’t even done anything differently?  We can learn a lesson from Moses and do what he did:  take it to the Lord.

I remember a man who had heard about some of the things I was doing in my walk of faith with God.  He was so impressed that he came over to my house one day said to me:  “you’re the closest thing to a disciple I’ve ever seen.”  Within a month, that same man started to deride and question everything I did.  I wasn’t doing anything differently, but somehow his perception of me had changed during that month.

People can be fickle―and sometimes with good reason.  But we still need to know how to respond to them.  Moses had to deal with people’s fickle reactions all the time.  When things were going great in the camp, the people put their faith in Moses, following him wherever he led. But when circumstances changed, their opinions of Moses changed, even to the point where they wanted to stone him to death.

In Exodus 17, when the people found themselves without water again, they turned on Moses again:

“The whole Israelite community set out from the Desert of Sin, traveling from place to place as the LORD commanded. They camped at Rephidim, but there was no water for the people to drink. So they quarreled with Moses and said, ‘Give us water to drink.’  

“Moses replied, ‘Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you put the LORD to the test?’  But the people were thirsty for water there, and they grumbled against Moses. They said, ‘Why did you bring us up out of Egypt to make us and our children and livestock die of thirst?’ ” (Exodus 17:1-3). 

What could Moses do?  Instead of taking it personally, he took it to the Lord―and the Lord answered him.

“Then Moses cried out to the LORD, ‘What am I to do with these people? They are almost ready to stone me.’  

“The LORD answered Moses, ‘Walk on ahead of the people. Take with you some of the elders of Israel and take in your hand the staff with which you struck the Nile, and go. I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb. Strike the rock, and water will come out of it for the people to drink.’ So Moses did this in the sight of the elders of Israel. And he called the place Massah and Meribah because the Israelites quarreled and because they tested the LORD saying, ‘Is the LORD among us or not?’ ” (Exodus 17:4-7). 

This last question is the key question for all of us:  “Is the Lord among us or not?”  If we can answer that question, we can be dead to compliments and dead to criticism.

When God answered Moses, He clearly told Moses what to do:  walk on ahead of the people, take some of the elders with him, along with his staff, with which God had already displayed his power.  Then He told Moses:  “I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb.”

God said, in effect:  “Moses, I am with you.  Strike the rock and you’ll have water for all the people.”

Jesus said similar words to His disciples, words which still apply to all of us who call ourselves His disciples today:  “And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age” (Matthew 28:20b). 

When we know that God is with us, we can properly respond to people’s comments, whether they are compliments or criticism.  The key is not in ignoring people’s compliments or criticism, but in fully recognizing that God is with us in what we’re doing.  When we know that He is with us, we will clearly defer people’s compliments and criticism to Him, knowing that it is God who is calling the shots, not us.

Whether people compliment you or criticize you, don’t take it personally.  Take it to the Lord, letting Him reassure you that He’s still with you!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 17: Trust God To Provide Showing He’s The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 16

Want to see the hand of God at work in your life this year?  Try this:  take time to write down each of your prayers in a journal or on a pad of paper.  Then leave some space next to each prayer so that you can come back later to record when, and how, that prayer was answered.

Within just a few weeks, you’ll begin to see how many prayers God answers on a regular basis.  You’ll also see how often He answers those prayers in a way that you’ll know it was the Lord who answered them.  By connecting your prayers to God’s answers, you’ll both see and know that God’s hand is at work in your life.

This is how God said He would answer the prayers of the Israelites when they cried out for food in the desert in Exodus chapter 16:

The LORD said to Moses, “I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, ‘At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am the LORD your God’ ” (Exodus 16:11-12). 

Starting the very next day, God gave them manna every morning and quail every night, not as the result of some natural desert phenomenon, but clearly as a result of God delivering on His promise exactly as He told them He would.

One day, God answered one of my prayers in a similarly specific way when I was praying about where God wanted me to live and minister.

I was living in Illinois at the time and had a map of the United States laying out on the table.  Just out of curiosity, I closed my eyes and let my finger fall on the map.  When I saw that it had landed on Dallas, Texas, I closed the map.  I really wasn’t wanting to go back to Texas again, since I had just moved back to Illinois from from Texas just a few years earlier.

But later that night, as I told a friend on the phone what had happened regarding the map, my friend immediately described to me a picture that God had impressed on his mind when I said the word “Dallas.”  He described a place called “The Ranch,” not the famous ranch from the old TV show “Dallas,” but a scene he had never seen before.  He told me in detail about the location of the trees, the sunset, some obstacles, a dirt path, a fence, and a river by, next to which stood one solitary tree casting its shadow on the water.

My friend drew what he had seen on a piece of paper.  He signed it, dated it and faxed me a copy.  Vision or no vision, I still wasn’t interested in going to Texas!  So I promptly forgot about it….until several months later when I got a phone call from a pastor in Dallas, Texas.  He wanted to know if I would be interested in moving to Dallas to serve as the Associate Pastor at his church.  I had to pull out my friend’s sketch and ask God if there was any connection between the call and my earlier prayer.  It turns out there was!  You can see the whole story on The Ranch website by watching the video for this lesson.

Suffice it to say we ended up moving to Dallas!  Exactly one year later―to the day―I found myself standing on the bank of the river outside our new back yard, looking at a scene that had been detailed a year earlier in a drawing I now held in my hand and included the trees, the sunset, the obstacles, the dirt path, the fence, and even the solitary tree casting its shadow onto the water!  To top it all off, just behind this scene was a brand new sports rehab center that happened to open that very month called, “The Ranch.”  (This story was the inspiration for how I decided to call my website The Ranch!)

If you want to see the hand of God at work in your life, take time to write down your prayers―then leave room for His answers!  When you make the connection between your prayers and God’s answers, you’ll begin to see clearly that the Lord really is “the LORD!”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Small Group Study Guide for Exodus: Lessons In Freedom

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible.

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible.

I’m excited to offer this study guide for groups who want to study this material together!  While studying God’s Word on your own can be extremely rewarding, studying it with others can be even more so.  I’ve learned from my own experience that the words of Solomon are true:  “As iron sharpens iron, so one man sharpens another” (Proverbs 27:17).

This study is divided into fifty lessons, and the questions that follow can be used for personal reflection, group discussion, or a combination of both.

If your group wants to read and discuss each lesson together, they could meet once a week and complete this study in fifty weeks.  If your group wants to cover the material more quickly, group members could study several lessons on their own during the week, then discuss those lessons together with the group covering five lessons per week for a period of ten weeks.  A set of “summary questions” is also included for this approach.

However you choose to do it, I pray that God will speak to you through it!

Lesson 1

The Israelites may have felt weak since they were slaves in Egypt.  But the reason they were enslaved was because Pharaoh could see they would one day become incredibly strong, so he decided to suppress them before they could overpower him.

1. Is there an area of your life that God may want you to be strong, but because of circumstances or other situations, you feel weak in that area?

2. Could it be that God wants you to use that weakness for His glory somehow?

3. What are some ways He might be able to use it?

4. What are some steps you can take to start moving into what God may have in mind for you in this area?

Lesson 2

While the Israelite midwives faced threats from Pharaoh unless they killed all of the newborn Israelites boys, the midwives feared God more than they feared Pharaoh and decided to do what was right.  They let the boys live, and God blessed not only the Israelites, but the midwives, too.

1. Is there an area of your life where the “fear of man” is keeping you from fulfilling something that God might want you to do instead?

2. What’s the worst that could happen if you stepped forward in what you feel called to do?  

3. What’s the worst that could happen if you don’t step forward in what you feel called to do?

4. How might God bless you, and those around you, if you do step forward in what you feel called to do?

Lesson 3

When God was looking for someone to lead His people into freedom, He found someone in Moses whose heart was already committed to that end.  Even though Moses’ plans to set people free seemed to backfire from time to time, God eventually called Moses to set people free in a big way.

1. Is there something on your heart that you feel called to do, and may have tried to do in the past, but hasn’t yet been fulfilled?

2. If God were looking for someone to do what you feel called to do, what things in your past might show Him that you’re committed to that end, too?

3. What are some things you might do right now to demonstrate that commitment?

4. In what ways could you use some strengthening from God right now to help you carry out what He’s put on your heart to do?

Lesson 4

God came up with a plan to set the Israelites free:  He saw their misery, He heard their prayers, He was concerned about their suffering, and He wanted to rescue them.  But part of His plan also included using Moses, if He was willing, to be His human instrument to bring about that freedom.

1. Why would God want to involve His people in His plans, instead of doing it all Himself?

2. Are there some things going on in the world that make you want to ask why God isn’t doing something about them?

3. If so, is it possible that He might be wanting to ask you the same question?

4. If God were to invite you to take part in His plan, would you want to?

Lesson 5

When God invited Moses to take part in His plan of rescuing the Israelites, Moses protested:  he gave God many good reasons why he wasn’t the best choice for the job.  But God countered all of Moses’ reasons with just one reason of His own:  “I will be with you.”

1. What difference do you think it made to Moses to know that God would be with Him?

2. What difference do you think it would make to you if you knew that God would be with you in what He’s calling you to do?

3. What do you think about the statement, “It’s not a matter of whether you can or can’t, but whether you will or won’t”?

4. What are some things you could do to help you clarify whether God is calling you to do something or not, and whether or not He will be with you or not?

Summary Questions – Lessons 1-5

The book of Exodus is one of the most dramatic books in the Bible.  You may already be familiar with some of the stories contained within it, either from reading it before, or from famous movies based on various aspects of the story.

1. Flip through the pages of the book of Exodus, looking at just the headings of each section if you’d like, and share with the group a topic or two that you find.  (For instance, “the parting of the Red Sea,” or “baby Moses gets put in a basket.”)

2. The word Exodus means to flee or to “exit,” and the book of Exodus describes how God helped the Israelites escape from their bondage in Egypt.  What are some other bondages from which God might want to help His people escape?

3. In what ways did the “fear of man” enslave the Israelites, and in what ways can the “fear of man” enslave us today?

4. In what ways did the “fear of God” help the Israelites step into their divine destiny, and in what ways can the “fear of God” help us today to do the same?

5. What are some things that you see in the world around you that you hope God would do something about–and that He might be hoping you would get involved in doing something about, too?

6. Although it seems like God could have rescued the Israelites all by Himself, He chose to use Moses as His human instrument to accomplish His plan.  Share why you think God would rather work through His people than doing everything Himself?

7. Although Moses and God were on the same page regarding what they hoped would happen, what seemed to hinder Moses in jumping into God’s plan, and what seemed to help him finally agree to do it?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 1-5, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read 2 Chronicles 16:9a again, and share in what ways you might hope that God would strengthen you in the days ahead?

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that if God has called you to do something, He will be with you to help you do it.

Lesson 6

When Moses first approached Pharaoh about letting the Israelites go free, Pharaoh did just the opposite and increased the workload on the Israelites.  Moses could have been discouraged and even wondered if this was God’s plan at all, until he stopped to ask God again about the situation.

1. What does a home-improvement project usually look like when the remodeling begins?

2. How can knowing beforehand that things might get messy help you to keep your faith when you step out to do what God has called you to do?

3. When Moses saw the workload increase for his people, instead of setting them free, what did he do to make sure he was still on track?

4. Why is it important to win the battle of faith first, before even attempting the battle in the flesh?

Lesson 7

When Moses returned to God to make sure he was still on the right track, God assured him that he was.  God continued to promise Moses that it would be “because of my mighty hand” that Pharaoh eventually let the people go.

1. Have you ever had something in your life backfire, even when you were pretty sure it was God’s plan prior to that point?

2. What did God say to Moses to reassure him that Moses was still on track (see verses 2-8)?

3. If God has spoken to you about something you’re to do in life, is there something tangible that you could use as a visible reminder of what he’s called you to do, to help you through those “hump days” in your life?

4. There’s a phrase in the military that standing orders are good orders, meaning that if no new direction has been given, to continue doing the last thing you were told to do.  How might this apply right now to anything you’re going through in your own walk with God?

Lesson 8

In the process of setting the Israelites free, God sent plague after plague against the Egyptians who were holding them in bondage.  Although He might have been able to set them free instantly, He chose instead to use this lengthier, and more difficult process.

1. Which of the plagues do you think would be hardest on you personally, if you were an Egyptian living in Egypt in those days (not counting the final plague on the firstborn)?

2. Why does the Bible say God used this particular process to set the Israelites free?  

3. How can this story, and the stories of Daniel and David and Jonah, be an encouragement to those going through difficult trials in their lives?

4. If God had the choice to set you free in an instant, but you were the only one who would praise God in the end, or He could set you free in another way that might even painful to you, but many would praise God in the end, which would you want Him to do?

Lesson 9

Of all the plagues to strike the Egyptians, none struck as hard, it seems, as the one that took the life of every firstborn male in the land.  Even the Israelites had to make a sacrifice before getting their freedom.

1. Why do you think Moses didn’t take Pharaoh up on his initial offers to let the people go out in the wilderness and worship God for a few days, but leave the women and children, or animals behind?

2. Why do you think God required the sacrifice of the firstborn on the part of the Egyptians, and the sacrifice of an animal on the part of the Israelites, too?

3. How do you react to the idea of “plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever”?

4. How does the sacrifice in this story correspond to the sacrifice of Christ on the cross?

Lesson 10

When the Israelites celebrated their first “Passover,” it was a night marked by weeping and wailing in the Egyptian streets, as God’s Spirit passed over the houses that were marked by the blood of a lamb.  It was such a memorable event that even today, 3,500 years later, people still celebrate it.

1. Have you ever been through something that has been so difficult, that when you finally came through it, you’ve remembered it ever since?

2. What thoughts do you think were going through the Israelites minds during the night of that final plague in Egypt?

3. What thoughts do you think were going through the Egyptians minds during that night?

4. If you’re going through something difficult in your life right now, what hope might you take from this story?

Summary Questions – Lessons 6-10

The process of coming out of bondage in Egypt was a painful one, both for those who were in bondage and for those who were keeping them in bondage.  But in the end, there was something about the process that focused everyone’s attention on the One who was setting them free, making it a memorable event still for people today.

1. Flip through the pages of Exodus chapters 6-12 and have each person in the group mention one or two things that either the Israelites or the Egyptians had to go through that made their lives harder once Moses showed up, rather than easier.

2. How did Moses handle each of these seeming setbacks to God’s plan:  with superhuman faith, or with something more like what each of us might have felt, or some combination of the two? 

3. Why is it important to gear up for two battles when doing God’s will: the battle of faith (believing God will do what He says He will do), and the battle of flesh (doing the hard work itself).

4. Is there something you do, or something you have done in the past, to help you through the “hump days” of your life?

5. What did you think of excerpts from the stories about Moses, Daniel, David, and Jonah that indicated why God sometimes sets people free in the way that He does (so that all will come to know Him)?

6. What do you think of the idea of plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever?  Is it an appealing, a frightening, or some combination of the two, and why?

7. The freedom the Israelites received was nothing short of remarkable.  The entire nation of slaves was set free on a single day, with the full permission of everyone in Egypt.  How did God bring such a remarkable event to pass?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 6-10, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read 1 Corinthians 11:24-25 again, and share in what ways communion, for the Christian, is in some ways related to the Passover Feast for the Jews.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that God often sets people free in a way that all will know that He is the Lord.

Lesson 11

God asked Moses and the Israelites to mark the date that they came out of Egypt in a way that they could remember, and their descendants could remember, the event forever.  The Passover is still celebrated annually all of these generations later, reminding them of the freedom they attained on that remarkable day.

1. What are some memorable dates in your life, dates that you would hope to remember for the rest of your life?

2. What value is there to you, and those around you, of remembering and even celebrating such dates?

3. And in particular, how might commemorating a date you were set free from something be helpful to you, or those around you?

4. In what ways might you want to commemorate for yourself, or share with others, an important date in your life?

Lesson 12

When God brought the Israelites out of Egypt, He put them on an indirect path to the Promised Land, rather than a direct path that led straight to it.  God said that this wasn’t a mistake, but that He did this on purpose, for their benefit.

1. What reason did God give for taking the Israelites the long way around to the Promised Land (verses 17-18a)?

2. Why do you think it’s sometimes true that “the shortest route in the long run is the longest route in the short run.”  Why or why not?

3. Is there anything going on in your life right now that God might be taking you on the longer route to get there so that the outcome in the end will be far better than taking you on a more direct route?

4. What did the Apostle Paul do, as he recorded in Philippians 3:13b-14–that you might do to–to help him keep moving forward on the path God had placed Him?

Lesson 13

After fleeing from Egypt, Moses and the Israelites came up against a wall of sorts:  the Red Sea was in front of them, and the Egyptian army was pursuing them from behind, as Pharaoh had once again changed his mind about letting them go free.  When God told Moses to “Stand firm,” he did, even though there seemed to be no possible way of escape.

1. Why is “standing firm” so hard to do sometimes?

2. What was the people’s reaction when they found themselves trapped in this fretful situation?

3. What did God say in response to their fears?

4. How can this story encourage you when you’re facing something in life where the odds seem insurmountably against you?

Lesson 14

After standing firm for just the right length of time, God told Moses to raise His staff and stretch out his hand over the sea.  Although it may have seemed pointless to Moses, he did it, and the sea parted in front of him, and the Israelites crossed over on dry ground with a wall of water on each side of them.

1. Why do you think God asked Moses to raise his staff and stretch out his hand over the sea, when the text says that it was God who drove back the sea with a strong wind?

2. While God certainly encourages us to pray about the situations in our lives, why is it that prayer alone may not always accomplish what God wants to accomplish?

3. Can you think of some other stories in the Bible where people put their faith in action and saw remarkable results, even though it was clear that it was God who was doing that which was remarkable?

4. Are there situations in your life where God might be calling you to “raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea,” even though doing so might seem unlikely to accomplish much of anything unless God intervenes?

Lesson 15

When the Israelites came through the Red Sea, having seen the waves part before them, then close in behind them on the encroaching Egyptian army, they sang a song to the Lord.  The song helped them express their love for their God, and has been sung and remembered for generations so others can express their love to God as well.

1. Have you ever written a poem or a song in honor of someone special, and if so, what was their reaction?

2. How might God react to such a song or poem, whether or not you wrote it yourself or sang one that someone else had written?

3. How might remembering what God has done for you in a song or poem help to solidify the event in your mind, as well as to others in the future?

4. Why not take some time right now to right down a few words or phrases of something you’d like to express to God about what He’s done for you in your life, then keep writing until they come together in a poem or song?

Summary Questions – Lessons 11-15

When God brought the Israelites out of Egypt, He did some specific things to help them to stay free, such as putting them on the longer path to the Promised Land, and to ask them to commemorate the event with an annual feast.  He also gave them some additional signs of His power among them by having them stand firm when things seemed to be caving in, and parting the sea in front of them when Moses raised his staff.

1. If you’ve seen the movies “The Ten Commandments” or “The Prince of Egypt,” share with the group your thoughts on how faithful those movies were to the story you read in the Bible about the parting of the Red Sea.

2. Look again at the story of the parting of the Red Sea in the Bible, and share what aspects of the story make you think this was not just a little creek or river they crossed, nor that the water simply receded on its own for a short period of time, like a tide that goes in and out with the phases of the moon.

3. What are some reasons that God wanted the Israelites to commemorate their coming out of Egypt year after year?

4. Why did God want to take the Israelites to the Promised Land on an indirect path, and why might God sometimes put us on indirect path in life as well?

5. What feelings might you go through if God set you free from something, only to find yourself backed up against a seemingly impassible wall–and then He told you to just “stand firm”?

6. When God is clearly the one who does some of the miracles in our lives, why is it that He still wants us to take some step of action toward bringing it about?

7. If you’ve written a poem or song about something God has done in your life, maybe you’d want to share it with the group at this point, so they can rejoice and be encouraged along with you!

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 11-15, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Proverbs 3:5-6 again, and share where you feel you are, on a scale of 1-10 (ten being the highest), in trusting the Lord with all your heart for the situations you’re facing in life.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that when we trust in the Lord with all our heart, He will make our paths straight.

Lesson 16

Three days after their dramatic flight through the Red Sea, the people were desperate for God again:  they grumbled against Moses for they had not found water in the desert for three days, and when they did it was undrinkable.  So Moses cried out to the Lord, and the Lord answered his prayer, showing him how to make the bitter water sweet.

1. What kinds of things cause people to go from praising God for one deliverance to grumbling against Him again in such a short time?

2. How would you describe the difference between “grumbling” and “crying out to God,” if there is any difference?

3. How, specifically, did God answer Moses’ cry?

4. If you were to cry out to God today with a specific prayer request, how confident are you that He might give you a specific answer to your prayer?

Lesson 17

Having discovered water and manna in the desert, the Israelites began to tire of the daily provision God had given them and they cried out for more.  God heard their cries, and in an effort to remind them that He was still the Lord their God, their provider, He told them to expect meat to eat every night and every morning.

1. God is our provider, yet sometimes we don’t connect our prayers with His provisions.  Have you ever taken time to write down your prayer requests, then gone back later to see how God answered them?

2. If so, share your experience.  (If not, you might consider trying it!) Have you ever had God answer your prayers in a way that you know that He’s the Lord, that He’s the only one who could have orchestrated the answer you received?

3. Even though God answered the Israelites prayers in this story, what is it about their request and God’s answer that seems to fall short of the beautiful relationship God wished to have with them?

4. What might we do in our prayer time that would both honor God for who He is, yet also express our practical needs to Him?

Lesson 18

When the Israelites ran out of water again, they took out their anger on Moses.  But instead of taking it personally, Moses took it to the Lord, and the Lord reminded them all that He was indeed still with them.

1. Have you noticed that people can be fickle at times, swaying from fully supporting something to fully opposing it on what seems like a moment’s notice?

2. When people oppose you, how well do you do, on a scale of 1-10 (with 10 being you do great) at taking it to the Lord instead of taking it personally?

3. What effect might if have on your heart and attitude if you knew that the Lord was with you in situations like this?  (Not that He is necessarily “siding” with you, but that He is indeed with you, nonetheless).

4. How did God answer Moses when Moses came to Him, and how might God answer you when you come to him?

Lesson 19

When the Israelites went into battle, Moses told Joshua to choose some men and go fight the battle, while Moses went with Aaron and Hur to the top of a hill.  Each man had to take his position and maintain his position in order to see the victory.

1. Why might Moses have sent Joshua into the battle, while Moses himself went up to the top of the hill with the staff of God in his hands?

2. What benefit did it seem to give Joshua and his men for Moses to hold his staff high in the air during the fight? (and why might they have faltered when Moses lowered the staff?)

3. Are there some ways in which this statement applies to you, too?  “It’s not a matter of whether or not you want to be a role model.  You are a role model.  The question is whether you’re going to be a good role model or a bad one.”

4. If you’re currently facing any battles in your life, what position has God called you to take, and how can you better take your position and maintain your position?

Lesson 20

In many ways, Moses has been almost totally alone in his efforts to set the Israelites free.  But in chapter 17, God begins setting the stage for others to join him in his efforts, when God tells Moses to take the elders with him as he takes his next step of faith.

1. What are some of the pros and cons of taking your steps of faith in public, versus taking them in private?

2. How is the challenge Moses faces in this chapter the same as some of the challenges he’s faced earlier?

3. What level of confidence do you think Moses felt in going and doing what God had called him to do, at least compared to the Israelites needed help with their water supply?

4. If God were to call you to take a few others with you on your next step of faith, who might you take, and how might they benefit from being with you?

Summary Questions – Lessons 16-20

Even after helping to set the Israelites free, Moses faced several battles in the desert:  battles of faith, battles within the camp, and battles outside the camp.  But whenever Moses cried out to God, God answered his prayers with miraculous provision and practical steps that Moses could take to meet the needs around him.

1. As much as the Israelites wanted to be free from their bondage, there were times when they seemed to wonder if it would have been better to have stayed in Egypt.  Why is that, and have you ever felt that way?

2. Having read about the Israelites fickleness about going back and forth in their view of their situation, what would you say is one of the keys to remaining firmly on course?

3. While we are always dependent on God for every breath we take, what happens that makes us feel like we can sometimes live without Him?  And what usually happens to make us realize our utter dependence upon Him once again?

4. Is it possible to express our practical needs to God in a way that still honors Him and expresses our trust in Him, rather than our frustration in Him?  If so, how?

5. How was Moses able to not take it personally when the people grumbled against him, and how can we not take it personally when people grumble against us?

6. In what areas of your life do you feel like your life is on display?  And how does what you display affect those around you?

7. Are most of your steps of faith ones that you’ve taken privately, or have you ever had to take steps of faith in public, in one way or another?  If so, what has been the effect of taking a public step of faith?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 16-20, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 28:20b again, and share what difference it would make in your life if you believed Jesus’ statement and took it to heart, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that Jesus is with you always, to the very end of the age.

Lesson 21

After some time in the desert, Moses began to feel the strain of Moses being the sole judge over the people’s disputes.  On the verge of wearing himself out, as well as the people, Moses’ father-in-law urged him to get help in the form of putting a system in place of additional leaders who could help Moses judge the people’s disputes.

1. How well can you relate with these words of Mother Teresa, who said, “I know God will not give me anything I can’t handle. I just wish He didn’t trust me so much.”

2. What do you think about the question, “Why would God give you more to do than one person to do?”

3. If you’re feeling overwhelmed by all you have to do, what do you think of these two options:  1) either God hasn’t give you all of those things to do and you might need to back out of some of them, or 2) God has given you all those things to do and you might need to find a new way to do them?

4. What kind of solutions might God be showing you right now about how to accomplish all that He’s given you to do?

Lesson 22

When the Israelites reached the mountain to which God told them to go, God also told Moses that He would allow the people to hear Him speaking to Moses, so that they would always put their trust in him.  God wanted to establish Moses in the eyes of the people, so that they would listen to and follow his lead for the rest of their time together.

1. Have you ever stepped out in faith for yourself, only to realize later that your step of faith encouraged others to step out in faith as well?  Consider some of the people who are in your “sphere of influence,” the people you encounter in a typical week (such as family, friends and co-workers, as well as others you come in contact with: bank tellers, postal workers, doctors, nurses, people on the Internet, etc.)

2. How might they be affected by your thoughts, words and actions this week?

3. What are some ways that God may have already “established” you in their eyes, as an ambassador for Him?

4. How might God use your faith in God this week to help others grow in their faith in Him?

Lesson 23

God gave Moses and the people a set of rules to follow, the Ten Commandments.  Those rules weren’t meant to put limits on the people to keep them in a new type of bondage, but to allow them to live as freely as possible and still stay in harmony with one another.

1. What’s your feeling about the Ten Commandments in general?  Do you see them more as unnecessary restrictions on your life and putting you back under a new kind of bondage, or as words of wisdom to help you live more freely?

2. We often think of the Ten Commandments in terms of how they apply to us personally. But how do you think the Ten Commandments helped Moses as he began to include other leaders in helping him judge the people’s disputes?

3. In your own leadership of those around you, whether at home or work or other activities, how can rules help everything and everyone work more smoothly?

4. Are there any rules you might need to, or want to, put into place in the days ahead to help things run smoother in your life?

Lesson 24

The Ten Commandments are followed by over 600 more rules for living that God gave to Moses and the people in the desert.  The rules would allow Moses and the people to know and understand how they could best live together in the coming years, and also to help the new set of leaders decide any disputes that arose among the people.

1. Do you think the Ten Commandments and the 600 rules that followed were altogether “new” rules that God wanted to give the people, or more likely a “codification” of the rules that God had already been using to help the people live together in harmony, or some combination of the two?

2. If God has given you wisdom in certain areas of your life, how might sharing that wisdom with others help them in their lives?

3. Consider some of the questions asked in today’s message and write down your answers:  What topics in life has God spoken to you about the most?  Or the most often? Or the most clearly? What questions have you struggled with, wrestled through, and found God’s answers?

4. What are some ways you might be able to share what you’ve learned from God with others?

Lesson 25

God promised the Israelites that He would bring them into a “promised land,”  but He also knew that they weren’t yet able to occupy the entire land, that it would become desolate and the wild animals would overrun it.  So God told them He would give it to them little by little, until they had increased enough to take possession of all of it.

1. What are some things you’re praying about right now where it seems God is delaying the answer?

2. How might this passage help you in seeing God’s perspective on those situations?

3. While you may feel like you’re ready for God’s full answer to your prayers, in what ways might He still want to “increase you” so that when the answer comes, you’ll be ready for it?

4. Read Ephesians 3:20, and consider what it might look like if God really answered your prayers in a way that was immeasurably more than all you could ask or imagine.  How willing would you be to wait for an answer like that?

Summary Questions – Lessons 21-25

After setting the Israelites free from Egypt, God began to expand Moses’ ability to lead them through the desert by raising up more leaders to help him.  God gave Moses and the people the Ten Commandments and over 600 other rules to help them live in freedom with each other, and by which the leader’s could judge the people’s disputes.

1. Look through the list of rules God gave the people in Exodus 20-23.  Share with each one or two of the rules that stand out as particularly interesting or unusual to you.

2. Why do you think the laws of many nations around the world are still based on the rules God gave to the Israelites in the desert so many years ago?  And what is it about the Top 10 that make them stand out from all the rest?

3. With all the wisdom Moses already had, why was it that Jethro was able to see a way for Moses to lead the people even better, a way that Moses either never considered before, or at least never implemented?

4. How might it affect you–in terms of what you say and do in your life–to know that others are watching your walk with God and could be directly influenced by it in one way or another?

5. What do you think of the idea of rules being like the tracks that enable a train to go as fast as it does, or a kite string that enables a kite to fly as high as it does?

6. What is one topic that you feel God has taught you the most about in life–or about which you have wrestled with the most and found some of God’s answers?

7. What reason did God give the Israelites for why He wasn’t going to give them the promised land all at once (see Exodus 23:29-30)?  And how might that apply to any situations you’re facing in your life today?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 20-25, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Exodus 20:1-3 again and share why you think God put this first commandment ahead of all the rest.  

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering the One True God you serve, and how very much He loves you.

Lesson 26

From the very beginning, God told Moses why He wanted to free the Israelites:  so they could worship Him freely.  And in chapter 24, Moses and several of his leaders finally got to go up to the mountain God had called them to, and they ate and drank in the presence of God.

1. Why does God seem to love it so much when we worship Him?  What does it do for Him?  And what does it do for us?

2. Even though there are more times of worship coming up for the Israelites, where everyone will be involved, what might have made this time of worship so special to God, to Moses, and to the elders that came with Him?

3. How do you best like to worship?  With words? Your music? In your heart? In other ways?

4. Why not take some time right now to worship the Lord, whether it’s in your favorite way, or just in your heart, right where you are (which might be your favorite way!)

Lesson 27

God told Moses to have the people make a sanctuary for Him, a place where He would dwell among them.  Just as God had spoken to Noah about the specific details of how to build the ark for the animals, God now gave Moses very specific instructions for how to build this place of worship.

1. What would you say to someone who says that God only speaks in generalities, such as “Love one another”?  

2. Why might God want to speak so specifically to His people at times?

3. Do you believe that God could still speak so specifically to you about the situations you’re facing in your life?  Why or why not?

4. Is there something you’d like to ask God for wisdom about?  Take a few minutes to ask Him now, and listen for His answer.

Lesson 28

God told Moses make sacred garments for his brother Aaron to give him dignity and honor as he served as the high priest.  God wanted to consecrate him in a special way for this special work of service.

1. Why do you think God may have wanted to set Aaron apart with special garments for his duties as a priest?

2. As you read through Exodus 28:1-40, what other reasons did God have for creating Aaron’s ephod and breastpiece the way He did, and who else would He be honoring through the specific symbols and engravings that He used?

3. Can you think of some people in your life who might benefit from being honored for the work they’re doing?

4. If so, are there some specific ways you might be able to give them such dignity and honor?

Lesson 29

God called Moses to anoint, ordain and consecrate Aaron and his sons for the work of service God had called them to do.  Moses was to anoint them with a special mixture of oil and spices, blended specifically for this purpose of consecrating them for this work.

1. Can you think of other people in the Bible whom God anointed for the work they were to do? (see 1 Samuel 10:1, 1 Samuel 16, 1 Kings 1:39, for examples)

2. What purpose does anointing people with oil seem to serve?

3. What purpose might anointing people with oil serve today?

4. In Luke 4:18, Jesus quoted the words of Isaiah the prophet and said that God had anointed Him for a specific purpose.  What was that purpose, and how might God want you to serve others with that same purpose?

Lesson 30

Moses was able to accomplish all the work that God had for him to do because he was able to put a system in place, a system that involved other people in the work.  Thankfully, he didn’t have to do it all alone, and God showed him specific steps he could take to make it happen all along the way.

1. Consider what might have happened to Moses had he not gotten others involved in the work?  What would his life have been like, and what would the people’s lives have been like that he served?

2. By involving others in the work, how was he able to expand the work that God had called him to do?

3. What are some barriers that might keep you from involving others in the work that God has called you to do?  And what are some of the benefits of involving them in the work?

4. When you weigh the barriers against the benefits, are there some things you might do differently in your own life having seen the example of Moses in this study?

Summary Questions – Lessons 26-30

God called Moses and the Israelites out of Egypt so they could worship Him freely.  Once in the desert, God gave the Israelites specific instructions for creating a place of worship that was beautiful and enthralling, setting apart various people for various purposes.

1. Read through some of the verses about why God wanted to set the people free from their bondage:  Exodus 3:12, 4:23, 7:16, 8:1, 8:20, 9:1, 9:13, 10:3, 24:1.  Why does bondage sometimes keep people from being able to worship?

2. Some people seem to be able to worship even while they’re being held captive by others.  Are such people really in bondage or not?

3. What do you think of the statement: “The degree of freedom we have in our lives is directly proportional to the degree to which we’re able to worship God from our hearts.”

4. Some people think God only speaks in generalities, like “Love one another.”  While that’s certainly true, can you give some examples from the Bible where God spoke to people very specifically?

5. Just as Moses was called to make sacred garments for the priests who served God alongside of him, are there some specific ways you can give “dignity and honor” to those whom God may have called to serve alongside you? 

6. Can you think of some examples of when God anointed people for His work? In what ways can we anoint, consecrate, or dedicate people to God’s work today?

7. In what ways might involving others in the work God has called you to do help to expand that work exponentially?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 26-30, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 11:28 again, and share what how worshiping God can help you ease your burdens and give you rest.  Share also how it might do the same for God!

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that God has called you out of bondage so you can worship Him.

Lesson 31

God called the Israelites to make an offering to Him twice a day:  once in the morning and once in the evening.  As they did this, He told them that He would meet with them and speak with them there.

1. While there are benefits of talking to God throughout the day, what’s the benefit of setting aside time every morning and every evening to come to talk with Him?

2. Do you have a routine in place that helps you to spend time with God at least once or twice a day?  If not, is it something you’d like to start?

3. What are some ways that using a devotional can enhance your quiet time with God, in addition to just reading the Bible itself?

4. Consider making a plan for spending quiet time with God twice a day. Write down what you might study during that time. If you don’t have anything in mind, consider looking for some devotionals or other tools that could help you make the most of your time with God.

Lesson 32

God asked Aaron to build an altar where he could burn incense every morning and at twilight.  Having a special place and a special activity to do at the altar created a fragrant offering to the Lord.

1. Do you have a special “place” where you have quiet time before the Lord?  

2. If you do have a special place, where is it?  And if you don’t, what are some places that might lend themselves to quiet moments with Him?

3. How can spending quiet time with God be like a fragrant offering to Him?

4. If there’s something else you’d like to do in your quiet time with God that would make it special, write it here.

Lesson 33

God asked Moses to make a bronze basin where people could wash their hands and feet before entering the Tent of Meeting.  Being washed clean first would keep them from dying.

1. While there’s value in coming to God “just as you are,” what value might there be in getting washed clean before coming into His presence?

2. What does unconfessed sin do to our intimacy with others?

3. How can unconfessed sin affect our relationship with God?

4. If you’re aware of any unconfessed sin in your life, read 1 John 1:19 again and be encouraged to bring those sins to God and receive His forgiveness and cleansing.

Lesson 34

After calling the people to make all kinds of beautiful things for their place of worship, God pointed out those whom He had given special skills to carry out that work.  He says He also filled them with His Spirit to take on these special tasks.

1. God seems to have equipped the Israelites with special skills even while they were in bondage.  How did He want them to use those skills now that they were free?

2. Even with the special skills God had given them, why did He also need to fill them with His Spirit?

3. What are some special skills God has given you that you, even skills that you may have acquired in a totally secular way, that you could now use for Him?

4. Ask God to fill you with His Spirit, to enable you to do those things He has called you to do.

Lesson 35

Even with all the work God called the Israelites to do, He also wanted to make sure they had a break one day out of every seven.  This followed the example He Himself set for us by taking a Sabbath of rest after creating the world in six days.

1. Are you ever reluctant to “rest” on the Sabbath day?

2. Why do you think God was so serious about people taking a Sabbath day of rest, saying that anyone who didn’t rest was to be put to death?

3. The Sabbath is a day to recharge our batteries, just like sleep recharges us at night, except that on the Sabbath, we get to stay awake and enjoy the time of rest!  What are some things you could do on the Sabbath, if you could do anything at all, that would bring “rest to your soul”?

4. Can you do any of those things on this coming Sabbath?  If so, why not give it a try?

Summary Questions – Lessons 31-35

God wanted to meet with the people at the Tent of Meeting.  He gave them several details for making the most of their meeting time with Him, from the timing and location, to the preparations they could make before and during their time together.

1. Why do you think God the Creator longs to meet with those whom He has created?

2. If you were in His place, why would you want to spend time with those you had created?

3. Why do you think God wanted the people to meet with and talk with Him every morning and at twilight?

4. If you have a regular place or time that you meet with God, where and when do you do it?  If not, where might you do it?

5. How can confessing your sins to God help you in your relationship with Him?

6. What kinds of skills has God given you that God might be able to use for Him?  And how would His filling you with His Spirit help you in using those gifts?

7. What would you do if you could do something on the next Sabbath day that would truly bring “rest to your soul”?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 31-35, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 11:28-30 again and think through how having daily, and even twice daily quiet times with God can help bring rest to your soul.  Share also how keeping the Sabbath free from work can also bring you God’s rest.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to help you take time out of your days and weeks to get recharged with Him.

Lesson 36

People are wired to worship, and they’re going to worship something, whether it’s God or something else.  God wants us to focus our worship on Him.

1. While God was telling Moses all the incredible things He wanted the people to do with their skills and resources, they created a golden calf worshiped it instead, as Moses had not yet come down from the mountain.  How does this reinforce the fact that people are “wired” to worship?

2. Even though we’re wired to worship, does it make much difference what we worship?

3. Can the same thing be said for love…if we’re wired for love, does it make much difference with whom we choose to share that love?

4. Are you worshiping anything other than what God wants you to worship?  If so, why not refocus your worship back on Him today?

Lesson 37

When the people turned away from God, God was ready to let them perish in their sinfulness.  But Moses reminded God of what would happen if He did, that the other nations would look at God as if He were evil, and the promises God had made for their future would be thwarted.

1. Some people think that God appears to be mean in the Old Testament.  But given all that He had done for the Israelites up to this point, do you think He was acting with evil intent?

2. Even though Moses might have been tempted to agree with God, that the people should be wiped out, why did He plead with God to spare them?

3. Do you ever encounter people, and their sins, whom seem to deserve any punishment God might dole out to them?

4. What might happen if you pleaded with God for mercy on them in their behalf?

Lesson 38

Moses pleaded with God for the lives of the Israelites, offering to have God’s wrath come upon him instead of upon them, even though they were the ones who have sinned.  God responded by dealing with their sin, but also in showing great mercy.

1. What did Moses say that God could do to Him if He wasn’t willing to forgive the people’s sins (verse 32)?  Why would Moses put himself on the line like that?

2. How does what Moses did compare to what Jesus did for us?

3. While we may have to deal with people who sin, how can we do it in a way that reflects the hearts of Moses and Jesus when people sinned around them?

4. How might someone act differently if they had a heart of hate for those who sin, instead of a heart of love?

Lesson 39

Moses was distressed that even though God wasn’t going to destroy the people for their sin of creating and worshiping the golden calf, that He wasn’t going to go with them on the rest of their journey either.  Moses made it a point thereafter to regularly meet with God in the “tent of meeting,” to continue pleading with God on their behalf.

1. How did Moses speak with God when they met at the tent of meeting?

2. Joshua was a young aid to Moses at this time, and later was selected to lead the people into the promised land.  How is Joshua’s heart for the Lord revealed in this passage (verse 11)?

3. What might you do to enhance your time with God, to be sure that you’ve truly met with Him during the day?

4. While Moses spoke with God face to face, how do we speak with God and hear from Him today (see John 16:13)?

Lesson 40

Just like Moses and Joshua stepped into the tent of meeting to meet with God, we, too can step into His presence at any moment, anywhere we are.

1. While some people wish they had a tent of meeting where they could visit with God, God has now given us His Holy Spirit, who dwells within us.  In what ways is this even better than the tent of meeting that Moses and Joshua had?

2. How free do you think you have to be before you can step into the presence of the Lord?

3. What sometimes keeps you from stepping into God’s presence maybe more than you might like to do?

4. As today’s devotional suggests at the end, why not take a little time to just step into His presence today?

Summary Questions – Lessons 36-40

People are wired to worship, but sometimes they focus their attention on things other than God.  When they do, God wants them to refocus on Him.  Moses, like Jesus, pleaded with God to forgive others of their sins, even though they may have deserved any punishment that He would have given them.  God wants us to have the same heart for others, pleading their cause even if they deserve otherwise.

1. When Moses saw the people sinning, after all the miracles they had seen, what could he have done instead of pleading for their forgiveness?  And what might have been the result if God did what he had said?

2. How did Moses’ heart for God carry over into his heart for the people (see Exodus 32:8-14).

3. What evidence in life makes you think that we really are “wired” to worship, even if we don’t always worship the right thing.

4. What can we learn from Moses’ conversation with God on behalf of the people in terms of how we can stand in the gap for others as well?

5. How can we deal with sin, yet with a heart like Jesus?

6. While Moses got to meet with God and hear from Him in the tent of meeting, how has God enabled each of us to meet with Him and hear from Him today (see John 16:13)?

7. These lessons are a reminder that you can step into and out of God’s presence at any moment.  How can this reminder help you face the week ahead?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 36-40, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Exodus 33:11 again and consider what it must have been like to be a young aid in the presence of Moses, watching him converse with God as he did.  Share how that experience may have prepared and equipped Joshua to eventually lead the people into the Promised Land.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to remind you step into His presence at any moment in the week ahead.

Lesson 41

For as many conversations as Moses had with God throughout their time before, during and after the Exodus from Egypt, Moses still asks to see more of God, saying “Now show me your glory.”  Moses continually longer for a more and more intimate relationship with God, asking God to reveal more and more of Himself to Moses.

1. For all that Moses and God had been through together, why might Moses have wanted to go deeper still in his relationship with God?

2. What does this say about our relationships with God, whether we’re new to that relationship or whether we’ve been in a relationship with Him for years?

3. How might you apply the biblical idea of “knowing” someone to your relationship with God?

4. What might happen if you were to ask God to show you His glory like Moses did? Why not ask and find out?

Lesson 42

Moses asked God to show him God’s glory.  God responded by letting His name pass before Moses, a name that described in His essence, who He was, in detail.

1. What’s been your view of God in the Old Testament?

2. Does God’s description of Himself here in Exodus 34:1-7 match the view you’ve had, or not?

3. In what ways did Jesus exhibit similar traits in the New Testament?

4. In what ways has God shown His grace to you (read Romans 5:8 again for ideas), and in what ways can you show that grace to others?

Lesson 43

When God passed in front of Moses, Moses’ response was immediate:  he bowed bowed down and worshiped, “at once.”  God often passes by us during the days, too, because He’s not just in the big things or just the little things―He’s in all things.

1. Have you ever had an experience where you felt like God passed by you, even if it were for a fleeting moment?

2. If so, what was your reaction at the time?

3. Why was “worship” an appropriate response for Moses when God passed by? And why is it appropriate for us as well?

4. When you ask God to show you His glory, be prepared to respond the way Moses did―with worship!

Lesson 44

God had many things He wanted to do for the Israelites, and He had many things He called Moses to do to help Him.  What resulted from their conversations in their quiet times together has impacted people for thousands of years.

1. If God can do all things, why does He need our help?

2. If He has so much He wants us to do, why do we need His help?

3. What’s the relationship between praying and doing the work God wants us to do?

4. Can you think of anything from your own quiet times with God that has changed the course of your life or the lives of others?

Lesson 45

After Moses had spent an extended time in God’s presence, he came out with his face shining so bright that he had to wear a veil in front of the people.  Just like the moon reflects the brightness of the sun, bringing light in the darkness, so we too can reflect the glory of God, bringing light to those around us.

1. How did being in God’s presence change King David?

2. How did being in God’s presence change Moses?

3. How can being in God’s presence change you?

4. How can your being in God’s presence change those around you, even without that being your initial goal?

Summary Questions – Lessons 41-45

Moses asked God to show him God’s glory and God did it, by making His name pass in front of Moses.  As a result, Moses got to know God more intimately than before, eventually even reflecting God’s glory to all those around him.

1. Why do you think one of God’s greatest gifts is to give us eternal life with Him? How long do you think it would take to get to know Him as intimately and as fully as possible?

2. Why do you think Moses would want to see more of God’s glory, even after all the miracles and amazing things Moses had seen already?

3. Why do we long for intimacy in our human relationships?  And how does this translate to our relationship with God?

4. What are some things that would be on God’s nametag, according to Exodus 34:5-7?

5. What was Moses’ immediate response when God did allow His glory to pass before Him?

6. What’s the relationship between prayer and the things God wants to do through us?

7. How did spending time in God’s presence change Moses?  And how can it change us (and even those around us)?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 41-45, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Psalm 4 again and consider why David often goes into God’s presence in distress and comes out of God’s presence with peace.  Share any similar experiences you may have had in your life.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to change you as you come into His presence.

Lesson 46

When it came time to carry out the work that God had laid before Moses and the people, Moses made to the call to all who were willing and skilled.  The response was so overwhelming that Moses had to restrain the people from bringing more.

1. Why is it so hard for us to sometimes ask for help?

2. Rather than demanding people to participate, Moses called on everyone who was “willing.”  What difference do you think it made to the people for Moses to make his call the way he did?

3. What did Moses have to trust when he put out the call like he did?

4. If there’s something God has put on your heart to do for Him, and you don’t think you can possibly do it yourself, who might you call to help you out?

Lesson 47

After Moses made the call to all who were willing and skilled, the people set about doing the work that God had called them to do.  They followed God’s plan in every detail, and produced a masterpiece in the end: a beautiful place to worship God.

1. Have you ever been so consumed by the planning for a project that when it came time to put the plan into practice, you felt like you were out of steam?

2. What from Moses’ story might encourage you to do the work, even keeping to all the details, that God has called you to do?

3. Is there anything you or others could do to help you through this time, to give you strength for the work ahead?

4. Let me encourage you to do as the Israelites did:  Don’t give up.  Don’t give in. Don’t stop pushing now.  Dow the work!  And get it done!

Lesson 48

Moses and the people found the strength to finally “finish the work,” just as God had commanded them to do.  And as they did His reward for them was just around the corner.

1. Are there some projects in your life that might be at 211 degrees, just one degree short of that which would bring the fruit from all your labor?

2. What encouragement can you take from the examples in today’s devotional that  could help you add that one final degree of heat to “finish the work.”

3. What does the Apostle Paul say will be the result of our work, if we don’t get weary along the way (see Galatians 6:9)?

4. Determine in your heart today to finish the work God has given you to do.

Lesson 49

When Moses and the people had finished the work God called them to do, God showed up in a powerful way.  His glory so filled their place of worship that they couldn’t even get into it!

1. What did the glory of the Lord look like as it came down upon the work the people had finished?

2. How was this yet another specific answer to Moses’ prayer back in Exodus 33:18?

3. Who could see the glory of the Lord as it came down upon their work?  And what effect did that have on the people?

4. As you finish the work God has given you to do, ask God again to once again show you His glory!

Lesson 50

God had a reason for setting the Israelites free:  to worship Him.  After setting them free, God gave them specific ways to stay free and to set others free, too–ways which often involved worshiping Him!

1. If worshiping God from your heart is the measure of truly being free, how free do you feel?

2. What was God’s plan for the Israelites from even before they were taken away into bondage (see Genesis 15:14)?  And what happened?

3. What is God’s plan for your life from even before you were taken taken into bondage (see John 3:16)?  And what’s going to happen?

4. Reread Mark 16:15.  What can you do this week to join God in His plan?

Summary Questions – Lessons 46-50

After all the planning and praying about the work God had called the Israelites to do, the time finally came to do it.  They did the work, and God’s glory covered their work in a way that everyone could see it.

1. What’s the most exciting part of a project for you?  Getting the idea, starting the work, finishing the work, seeing the results of the work?

2. What can keep you motivated throughout the whole process?

3. When the time came for Moses to execute the plan God had given him to do, who did Moses call (see Exodus 35:4-10)?

4. Do you ever get tempted to give up on a project just when it’s time to finally do the work?  What encouragement can you take from the Israelites story in Exodus 36:8-13?

5. What’s the “212 Principle,” and how can might it apply to any situations you’re facing right now in your life?

6. What happened when the people finally finished the work?  What came down and covered it?  And how did this answer Moses’ prayer in Exodus 33:18?

7. What was the goal of the Exodus from the very beginning, as found in Exodus 3:12?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 46-50, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Genesis 15:14 again and consider God’s long term plan for them from the very beginning.  Then take encouragement from God’s long term plan for you, as found in John 3:16!

10. Read John 4:23-24 and close in prayer for each other, asking God to help you to worship Him fully, in spirit and in truth.

Lesson 16: Cry Out To The Lord

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 15:22-27

What makes Christmas so special for so many people?  I think the answer can be summed up in one word:  JESUS.  That one word contains more power, more hope and more love than all the others words in the world combined.

Even the word “Jesus” has a significant meaning.  It comes from the Greek form of the name Joshua, which means “the Lord saves.”  So to say that “Jesus Saves” is like saying, in bold and underlined, “The Savior Saves!”  It is the saving power of Jesus that makes Christmas so special to me and millions of others around the world.

It is that same Truth that God has been trying to get across to people for thousands of years.

Three thousand years ago there were over 600,000 men, women and children who were on the verge of death in the middle of a desert.  They had just lived through some of the most fearful and awesome moments ever recorded in history, and yet they found themselves once again at the edge of calamity.

Having found no water in the desert for three days, they finally found water at a place called Marah―only to discover that the water was bitter and was undrinkable.  This was the last straw.  They grumbled to Moses, and Moses did the best thing any of us can do in such a situation―he cried out to the Lord:

“Then Moses cried out to the LORD, and the LORD showed him a piece of wood. He threw it into the water, and the water became sweet” (Exodus 15:25). 

Once again, “the Lord saves.” There’s a big difference between grumbling to others and crying out to the Lord.  “Grumbling to others” is giving in to defeat and failure.  “Crying out to the Lord” is looking up with hope and anticipation.  The people grumbled.  Moses cried out to the Lord, and the Lord showed him exactly what to do.

A man here in the U.S., by the name of George Washington Carver, saw poverty and desperation all around him in his home state of Georgia.  He cried out to the Lord, asking God to show him the secrets of the universe.  God told George that this would be too much for him to handle!  So George asked God to show him the secrets of the peanut, an unimportant plant at that time that grew in Georgia.  In response to that cry, God showed George hundreds of uses for the peanut, including peanut butter, oils, lubricants, paints and more.  George put his wisdom to use and turned the peanut into a $13 million industry for the state of Georgia.

Back to Jesus, I heard from a woman who had grown up as a Buddhist, and who one day she found herself in the blackest of holes.  Her marriage, her family, and her life were a total mess.  She didn’t know what to do.  So she did the one thing she hadn’t tried before.  She called out to Jesus, whom she had heard about on television.  Standing in the middle of her living room, she looked up to heaven, with tears in her eyes, and called out to Jesus as loud as she could.  With that cry, Jesus totally and completely transformed her life here on earth and gave her a future in heaven, too.  You can read her whole story on The Ranch website by going to “Stories” and clicking on “Jesus Get Me Out Of Here!”

I don’t know where you are today or what you’re going through.  But the Lord knows―the Lord who saves, the Lord who took a truly desperate situation and completely turned it around by showing Moses the simplest of solutions―to throw a stick into bitter water to make it sweet.

What do you need from the Lord today?  Don’t grumble to others.  Cry out to the Lord!  Listen for His answer, no matter how simple.  You might find that the solution is right under your nose.  You just need the Lord to show it to you!  You’ll find out again that the Lord is able to save you and those around you, perhaps even hundreds of thousands around you!  Remember what “Jesus” means:  “The Lord Saves!”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 15: Take Time To Praise God

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 15:1-21

When you’ve broken free from something in your life, what’s a practical thing you can do to stay free?

One thing is to write down specifically what God has done for you―in a poem, in a song, or just in some words that don’t even rhyme.  When you take the time to write it down, especially in a way that can be recited or sung later, those words can be a reminder of what God has done for you―and what He’s going to do in the future.

I don’t think of myself as a poet, but sometimes poems just come out!  One came out when I was a senior in college when I was dating Lana.  I was working at an office that had an Apple computer called the “Lisa.”  “Lisa” was Apple’s forerunner to the Macintosh, and was the first of Apple’s computers to have a “graphical user interface,” years before Microsoft created “windows.”

That’s when I fell in love, not only with Lana, but also with Apple computers.  I discovered that this computer allowed me to express myself in a poem by drawing pictures next to the text:

 I love your name Lana, 

You don’t look like a (I drew a picture of a banana).  

Your (I drew a picture of her hair) is so curly, 

You never look (I drew a picture of a squirrel) -ly.”  

I’ll spare you from having to read the rest of the poem!  As goofy as it was, Lana has kept it to this day.

The fact that we take the time to write down something about someone special can have a significant impact on them―and on us.

For the Israelites, when they got free from the Egyptians and made it to the other side of the Red Sea, they seemed to almost spontaneously combust into a song about the experience:

“I will sing to the LORD,
for he is highly exalted.
The horse and its rider
he has hurled into the sea.”
(Exodus 15:1) 

This goes on for 20 more verses.  The song is specifically about their experience, recalling how the water piled up like a wall on each side of them, and then how God blew the water back into place again with His breath, plunging their enemies to the depths like a stone.  The song then turns into a song of hope for what God promised to do for them in the future.

Their song was such a powerful reminder of God’s deliverance that we still sing some of its refrains today, such as, “And I shall prepare him my heart…” from the song Exodus XV.

Just as people love it when we take time to write about how much they mean to us, God loves it, too.  One of the reasons is because it takes time to write down the words.  In that time, when we recall what God has done for us and what He has promised to do for us in the future, we can find hope to go on.  We can remember all that He’s done and all that He’s going to do.  We remind ourselves that we don’t really want to go back to our own “Egypt” ever again.

As I wrote this lesson, we were about to celebrate Christmas all around the world.  We were getting ready to sing songs about things that God has done throughout the ages, some of them thousands of years ago, and some just a few years ago.  I wondered aloud if maybe it was time for a new song, too?

Has God done something in your life that you’d like to remember forever―something that you’d like to pass on to future generations?  Or is there someone special in your life who could use a special gift this week?  Not a gift from a store, but a gift from a storehouse of love.  If so, let it flow!  Write a poem to the awesome God we serve―or to someone that you love.  If you like music, how about writing a tune, or just humming one that can go along with the poem?

Then give it to your Beloved as a special act of love.  They’ll keep it forever.  And it will help keep you free!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 14: Take Action

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 14:15-31

In our last study, we took a look at “standing firm” when our back is up against the wall.  In this study, we’ll look at what to do next, because God doesn’t want us to stand still forever.  There comes a time when God calls us to take action.

To paraphrase a preacher in the early days of America, who had been praying about what God wanted him to do in regards to creating this new country:  “There’s a time to pray and a time to act.  Now’s the time to act!”

Prayer is not a one-way conversation, but is an invitation for God to speak.  And when God speaks, we need to do what He says, no matter how trivial a thing He might tell us to do.

God spoke to Moses when Moses’ back was up against the wall of the Red Sea.  The people had been crying out to Moses, complaining that he had brought them out into the desert to die at the hands of the Egyptians.  As the Egyptian chariots quickly approached, Moses told the people to “stand firm,” and they would see the deliverance of the Lord.

But then God told Moses what to do next:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Why are you crying out to me? Tell the Israelites to move on. Raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea to divide the water so that the Israelites can go through the sea on dry ground. …’  Then Moses stretched out his hand over the sea, and all that night the LORD drove the sea back with a strong east wind and turned it into dry land. The waters were divided, and the Israelites went through the sea on dry ground, with a wall of water on their right and on their left” (Exodus 14:15-16, 21-22). 

Moses may have thought:  What?  Just raise my staff and stretch out my hand over the sea?  How could that help!?!  But Moses did what God said to do, and the Lord blew back the waters with His very breath, delivering the Israelites to safety and destroying their captors.

I was farming with my Dad one day when the rain began to fall on our two tractors.  I was driving ahead of my Dad, preparing the ground so he could plant the grain behind me.  It was critical that we got the crops in the ground that day.  We didn’t have time for a storm.

As the rain started hitting my face, I stood up on the open-air tractor, held my hand up above my head, and prayed that the rain would stop.  Guess what happened?  I got drenched!  Totally soaked from head to toe!  I said, “Okay, God, I don’t have control over the wind and rain.”

But as I thought about it some more, I said, “Even though I don’t have control, God, I believe that You do.  I think this is just Satan trying to discourage me.  God, I’m going to put my hand back up and keep on praying.  I’m going to keep driving and praying until the rain stops, because we need to get Dad’s crops in today!”

Although the rain kept pelting me in the face, I held my hand up high.  I was still  getting soaked for a few more minutes, but by the time I got to the other end of the field and turned around to take another pass, the rain had completely stopped.  For the rest of the day, we planted that field as the rain came down in sheets all around us.  Even the cars that drove on the road bordering our field had their windshield wipers going all day long, but the rain didn’t touch the ground we were planting.

God doesn’t always answer our prayers so dramatically, and even when He doesn’t, we can be assured that He has something better in mind for us, because God is ultimately FOR us.

But when God does tell you to take action, take action!  No matter how big or how small that action may be, make sure to get it done. Don’t let Satan get you down.  Lift your hands to God and press on.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 13: Stand Firm

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 14:1-14

What can you do when your back is up against the wall, when you can’t go forward, and when you feel like God doesn’t want you to go backward?  Sometimes the best thing to do is the hardest thing to do:  to “stand firm.”

A few years ago, my family was moving from Texas to Illinois.  We had a very short timeframe to sell our house and make the move.  As I prayed about it, I felt God wanted us to make the move between February 15th and February 28th, a two week window of time―that was less than two months away.

I was fighting for my faith on this one.  I felt I was supposed to sell the house without a realtor, which can often take longer than with a realtor, and I didn’t have any time to lose.  Then I got a letter from a realtor that almost totally undid my faith.  It read:

“It’s now been a couple of weeks since you began trying to sell your house by yourself, and for your sake I do hope you will be successful―although the odds are not with you.  I say this because currently in this area there are some 470 full-time real estate professionals who are working 7 days a week to sell homes like yours. Yet even with so many professionals on the job, it is still taking an average of 30-120 days to get a listed home sold. Now, if it takes 470 full-time professionals over 4 months to get a house sold, how long will it take you―working part-time by yourself?”

I wondered what to do.  It was critical that we sell our house quickly.  Then I was reminded of the Israelites in Exodus, chapter 14.

They had just been set free from Egypt when God led them right up to the edge of the Red Sea.  Pharaoh had changed his mind again, wondering why he had let his slaves go free.  He took his chariots and chased after the Israelites, threatening to put them into bondage again.  The Israelites saw their captors coming and cried out to Moses:

“Was it because there were no graves in Egypt that you brought us to the desert to die? What have you done to us by bringing us out of Egypt? Didn’t we say to you in Egypt, ‘Leave us alone; let us serve the Egyptians’? It would have been better for us to serve the Egyptians than to die in the desert!” (Exodus 14:11-12).

Sometimes we wonder the same thing.  We finally get free from something that has enslaved us, then it tries to force its way back into our lives to captivate us again.  We panic.  We wonder why we ever tried to get free in the first place.  But Moses told his people something that helped them stay free, and it can help us stay free as well.  Moses answered:

“Do not be afraid. Stand firm and you will see the deliverance the LORD will bring you today. The Egyptians you see today you will never see again. The LORD will fight for you; you need only to be still”  (Exodus 14:13-14). 

Even Moses couldn’t have guessed that God was going to part the Red Sea for them to cross, but he knew that God had brought them this far, and He could bring them home.

In my own small way, I felt like Moses with my back up against the Sea.  I was about to panic when I got that realtor’s letter.  But I decided to “stand firm.”  As if in confirmation of my decision, I read another story in 1 Kings 18 where God answered the prayers of one man, Elijah, over the misguided prayers of 450 others.  It was close enough to my situation up against the 470 realtors mentioned in the letter that it gave me goose bumps!

Three weeks later we had a buyer for the house.  We finalized the sale on February 26th and pulled out of town on February 28th.

Standing orders are good orders.  If God hasn’t directed a change in your plans, the best plan is to “stand firm” in the plan He’s already given you.

Don’t give in to fear.  Stand firm in God!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 12: God’s Route Takes Time For Our Sake

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 13:17-22

Have you ever been able to see exactly where you want to go, but it seems like it takes forever to get there?  The more you walk towards it, the farther away it gets?  That may not be an optical illusion.  That may just be the hand of God at work.

I’ve been working on a project for several years.  Every once in awhile I think I see the finish line just around the next turn.  Then I realize that it wasn’t the finish line at all, but just another marker along the way.  God urges me on, and seems to send me on another lap around the track.

Why does God do that?  Isn’t He the One who called us to run this race in the first place and holds out the prize for us at the end?  In Exodus chapter 13, God gives us at least one of the reasons He holds us back from reaching the finish line too soon.

When God promised the Israelites He would bring them into “the Promised Land,” He set them free from Egypt and sent them on their way.  But instead of sending them on the straightest route, He deliberately sent them on a much longer route around the desert.  He tells us why in Exodus 13:17-18a:

“When Pharaoh let the people go, God did not lead them on the road through the Philistine country, though that was shorter. For God said, ‘If they face war, they might change their minds and return to Egypt.’  So God led the people around by the desert road toward the Red Sea.” 

The Israelites were so fresh out of Egypt that God knew that if they went straight to the Promised Land and had to do battle right away, they might have hightailed it right back to Egypt.  God knew that Egypt was a much worse place for them to be and it wasn’t where He wanted them to be at all.  For their own protection, God took them on the longer route.

Oftentimes we get frustrated when we have to take the longer route.  We cry out, “God, why is it taking so long for me to get there?  Why is it taking so long to restore my marriage that I know You want restored?  To get the job that I know you want me to have?  To bring back the child that I know You want to bring back?  To finish the project that I know You called me to do?”

It might be that God is waiting until we’re ready to say with our whole heart:  “OK, God, I’m ready to take on this battle no matter what.  I’m going to fight for my marriage the way You want me to fight for it.  I’m going to fight for my job, fight for my purpose, fight for my calling in life.  I want to be able to stand firm in these things, God, so teach me everything I need to know before I get there, because if I get there too soon, I might hightail it back to Egypt.”

Proverbs 3:5-6 tells us how we can get this kind of attitude:  “Trust in the LORD with all your heart and lean not on your own understanding; in all your ways acknowledge him, and he will make your paths straight.”

Sometimes the shortest route in the long run is the longest route in the short run.

Don’t be frustrated when God says to take another lap around the track.  Don’t give up on what God’s called you to do.  Don’t give in to the thinking that you’ll never make it.  Follow the example of the Apostle Paul: “But one thing I do:  Forgetting what is behind and straining toward what is ahead, I press on toward the goal to win the prize for which God has called me heavenward in Christ Jesus” (Philippians 3:13b-14).

Tell God:  “Father, I’m ready when You are.  Whether I reach my goal today or sometime down the road, I’m still going to trust You no matter what.  You’ve brought me this far.  I know You’ll bring me home.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 11: Mark The Date

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 13:1-16

If you could live any day of your life over again―because it was so memorable―which day would you re-live?  For me, I’d pick November 19th, 1988, the day I asked my wife, Lana, to marry me.  It was perfect in every way, even including the brief rain shower that fell on us while we rode paddle boats at the Houston Zoo.

Some dates are so memorable that we think we’ll never forget them.  But as time passes, and life takes its unexpected turns, we can sometimes forget, or simply devalue, what God has done for us in the past.  And when we forget, we tend to quickly lose ground on any freedom we had gained up to that point.

In the last ten lessons of this study, we looked at how the Israelites were finally able to get free from their bondage.  In the next ten lessons, we’re going to look at how to stay free, which can be just as important as getting free in the first place.

The first lesson for staying free is this:  mark the date.  Make a point to deliberately remember, from year to year, just what God has done for you.  And not only for you to remember, but as an opportunity to remind those around you what God has done for you, too.

Here’s what God told the Israelites to do in Exodus chapter 13:

“Then Moses said to the people, ‘Commemorate this day, the day you came out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery, because the LORD brought you out of it with a mighty hand … You must keep this ordinance at the appointed time year after year … In days to come, when your son asks you, ‘What does this mean?’ say to him, ‘With a mighty hand the LORD brought us out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery’ … and it will be like a sign on your hand and a symbol on your forehead that the LORD brought us out of Egypt with his mighty hand.”

God knew what the Israelites would be facing in the future.  He knew that they may one day wonder if they had made the wrong decision, if maybe they should turn around and go back to Egypt, back into bondage.  But if they could simply remember this night and the miraculous deliverance they experienced that could only be attributed to the hand of God, they would have the faith to keep moving forward – faith to endure any obstacle in the future.

Some people scoff at holidays, thinking they serve no purpose except to give people a day off of work.  But to those who use these “holy” days well, they can be powerful reminders of what God has done, and provide “staying power” for those who have been set free.

Here in the United States, we celebrate a holiday called Thanksgiving, a day that was established when the first people who came to this land from overseas wanted to remember all that God had done for them.  They had lost much in the process of coming to America, including many loved ones who didn’t survive the trip and their first few months here.  But rather than despair over what they had lost, they gave thanks for what they had found.

The day before I wrote this lesson was November 19th.  Throughout the day, I took time to remember what happened on the day I proposed to Lana.  I told my kids about it.  I told her brother about it.  I told her Dad about it.  I bought her flowers.  I love to re-live that day in my mind for myself, and out loud for others, because I want to continually remember throughout my life what God has done for me.

Are you struggling to stay free?  Wondering if it might be better to head back to Egypt?  If so, try taking some time this week to remember some of the things God has done for you in the past.  Mark those dates on your calendar.  Celebrate them every year.  Let them be “like a sign on your hand and a symbol on your forehead” of all that the Lord has done for you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 10: God Fulfills His Promises In Unforgettable Ways

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 12

Can you imagine an event so memorable that people would still celebrate it 3,500 years later?  Not 35, or 350, but 3,500 years later!?!  The Passover was just such an event:  the night the Israelites were set free from their bondage in Egypt.

We’ve already looked at one of the reasons God does things the way He does:  so that the whole world will know that He is God, so they will put their faith in Him, too.  But in this lesson, we see yet another reason:  sometimes God fulfills His promises in a way that is so unforgettable that people will remember it for years to come.

When God called me into full-time ministry, He used a verse about the Passover to confirm it.  I was asking God to confirm some things He was telling me were going to happen that day.

Two verses of scripture came to my mind:  Genesis 2:3 and Exodus 12:2.  I didn’t know what the verses said, so I looked up Genesis 2:3.  It was about the first Sabbath Day.  Assuming I must have heard wrong on that one, I turned to Exodus 12:2, which was about the first Passover.  I began to write in my journal, “God, I don’t get it,” but before I finished the sentence, I felt like God said:  “Like the Sabbath and the Passover were markers of special days, so today will mark a special day for you, Eric.”

“What will it mark?”  I asked.

“The beginning of your ministry,” He answered.

God did what He promised to do that day, and within 48 hours I had quit my job and launched out into full-time ministry.

As memorable as that event was for me, it was minuscule compared to what God did for the Israelites on that first Passover night:

“Each man is to take a lamb for his family…year-old males without defect, and…slaughter them at midnight….take some of the blood and put it on the sides and tops of the doorframes of the houses where they eat the lambs…On that same night I will pass through Egypt and strike down every firstborn – both men and animals – and I will bring judgment on all the gods of Egypt. I am the LORD.  The blood will be a sign for you on the houses where you are; and when I see the blood, I will pass over you. No destructive plague will touch you when I strike Egypt.  This is a day you are to commemorate; for the generations to come you shall celebrate it as a festival to the LORD – a lasting ordinance” (Exodus 12:3, 6, and 12-14). 

And a lasting celebration it has become.  When Jesus celebrated the Passover on the night before He died, the tradition was already 1,500 years old.  You’ve probably celebrated it, even if you weren’t fully aware of it, if you’ve ever taken communion, or the Lord’s Supper.  For it was during the Passover meal that Jesus took the bread and the cup and spoke these words:

“This is my body, which is for you; do this in remembrance of me…this cup is the new covenant in my blood. Do this whenever you drink it in remembrance of me” (1 Corinthians 11:24-25). 

Just as the Old Covenant required a lamb to be sacrificed so the Israelites could go free, the New Covenant has the same requirement so that we can go free, except that Jesus is that lamb.  The Bible says, “For Christ, our Passover lamb, has been sacrificed” (I Corinthians 5:7).  

For all that the Israelites had to go through in Egypt―the hard labor, the waiting, the wailing all around them―their day of freedom was so memorable we still celebrate it 3,500 years later.

Are you waiting for God to do something in your life?  Are you wondering why it has to take so long―why your labor might be getting harder not easier?  It just might be that God is working things out in such a way that when He does fulfill His promises to you, He will do it in a way that is so unforgettable, that you―and everyone around you―will remember it for years.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 9: Ultimate Victory Comes From Ultimate Sacrifice

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 11

How free do you want to be?  If you want to get a little bit free, you only have to make a little bit of sacrifice.  But if you want to get totally free, you have to make a total sacrifice.

I’ve ridden on a few swings with my kids before and there’s a bit of a thrill that comes with it.  But one day I went on a 100 foot bungee swing with them and it was a totally different experience!

After my six year old son and I were pulled half-way up to the top, he asked “Are we there yet?”  When we were pulled still higher and higher, he hung onto my arm tighter and tighter.  When we got to the top, I counted to three before pulling the cord that would plunge us down the 100 foot drop:

One! Two! Three!  Whewwwww!  The sense of freedom that came in those next few seconds was overwhelming as we swung down and then back up again over the crowd below us.

Moses had the chance to get a little bit of freedom for the Israelite slaves in Egypt.  Pharaoh offered Moses the chance to go into the desert for a few days with just the men.  Moses said, “No.”  Then Pharaoh said Moses could go with the women and children, too, but just leave the animals behind.  Moses refused.  Each time Pharaoh offered a compromise, Moses held out for total freedom, because that’s what God had promised him.

In Exodus chapter 11, God tells Moses that total freedom is just around the corner, but it wouldn’t come without cost.

So Moses said, “This is what the LORD says: ‘About midnight I will go throughout Egypt. Every firstborn son in Egypt will die, from the firstborn son of Pharaoh, who sits on the throne, to the firstborn son of the slave girl, who is at her hand mill, and all the firstborn of the cattle as well.  There will be loud wailing throughout Egypt – worse than there has ever been or ever will be again. But among the Israelites not a dog will bark at any man or animal.’ Then you will know that the LORD makes a distinction between Egypt and Israel” (Exodus 11:4-7). 

Ultimate victory comes only from ultimate sacrifice.

None of the Israelites’ sons would die in this way, but God called upon them to make a sacrifice, too―of a lamb.  When they put the blood of the lamb on the doorframes of their homes, the Angel of the Lord would “pass over” them and not kill their sons, because their sacrifice had already been made.

There are times when something has to die so something else can live.

I heard a woman speak one night about dying to ourselves so that God could live through us.  She quoted Madame Guyon, a Christian who lived in France in the 1600’s, who talked about this total surrender as “plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever.”

I was enthralled by this vision.  But a friend of mine,  who had heard the same talk, was scared to death by it.  He wasn’t sure if he could trust God or not, and wasn’t wanting to take the chance to find out.

I wasn’t sure I wanted to do the bungee swing, either, until I saw a sign on the ride that said, “100% safety.”  That’s what I needed to know to enjoy the ride of my life.  Maybe you’re not sure you want to totally surrender everything in your life to Christ.  Let me assure you that based on my experience, the experience of others, and most importantly, the words of God Himself in the Bible, that God is trustworthy.  He loves you, cares about you, and has already made the ultimate sacrifice for you.  Jesus is “the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!” (John 1:29b).

If you want a little bit of freedom, trust Jesus a little bit.  But if you want total freedom, put your faith in Christ for everything in your life.  Everything!  Then you’ll find out the truth of Jesus’ words: “if the Son sets you free, you will be free indeed! (John 8:36)

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 8: God Sets People Free So All Will Know

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 7-10

People sometimes wonder why God “hardens” Pharaoh’s heart in the process of setting the Israelites free from Egypt.  Why does God have to do it this way?  Doesn’t this override Pharaoh’s free will, if God is the one who makes Pharaoh’s heart hard?

Not at all!  A friend of mine compares this to the different effects the sun has on two different objects:  butter and clay.  What happens when the sun shines on a lump of butter for a few hours?  It gets soft.  But what happens when the sun shines on a lump of clay for a few hours?  It gets hard!  The same sun that softens the butter, hardens the clay.  The difference is not in the sun, but in the reaction of the objects to the sun.

When God pours out the plagues in Exodus chapters 7, 8, 9 and 10, Moses and Pharaoh have two different reactions.  Moses’ heart gets softer to God’s purposes and Pharaoh’s just gets harder and harder.

But there’s still a deeper question in this story:  Why does God have to bother with Moses, Pharaoh and the plagues at all?  If God wants to set the people free, why doesn’t He just cut off their chains, open the gates of Egypt and walk the people out?  Why, for that matter, does God free anyone the way He does?

Why wait until Daniel’s already in the lion’s den before saving him?  Why wait for little David to come onto the scene before defeating Goliath?  Why wait till Jonah’s near the bottom of the ocean before sending a whale out to save him?

God tells us the answer in every one of these stories.

He sets people free in a way that the world will know that He is the Lord, so that others will put their faith in Him and be set free, too.

We can read this over and over again in the story of the plagues:

“…and the Egyptians will know that I am the LORD…” (Exodus 7:5) 

“…by this you will know that I am the LORD…” (Exodus 7:17) 

“…so that you may know there is no one like the LORD…” (Exodus 8:10) 

“…so that you will know that I, the LORD , am in this land.” (Exodus 8:22) 

“…that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth.” (Exodus 9:16) 

We can read this over and over again throughout the Bible.

When God sets Daniel free from the lion’s den, He does it in a way that so impresses the king of that land that the king “wrote a letter to all the peoples, nations and men of every language throughout the land…that in every part of my kingdom people must fear and reverence the God of Daniel” (from Daniel 6:25-27).

When God gave David the victory over Goliath, He did it in a way that “the whole world will know that there is a God in Israel” (from 1 Samuel 17:45-46).

When God rescued Jonah from the depths of the ocean, He was able to get His message out to the people of Nineveh so that even the king of that city issued a proclamation to all the people in his land:  “Let everyone call urgently on God. Let them give up their evil ways and their violence. Who knows? God may yet relent and with compassion turn from his fierce anger so that we will not perish” (from Jonah 3:7-9).

If you wonder why God does things the way He does, pray that God would soften your heart to the things He’s trying to do.  Pray that God would soften the hearts of your family and friends to the things He may be trying to do through you.  Then trust Him that He really does want to set you and your family and friends free.

God may be waiting for just the right time, just the right place, and just the right circumstances so that others will know that He is the Lord, put their faith and trust in Him, and be set free, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 7: God Helps Us With Both Battles

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 6

How well do you do on the “Wednesdays” of your life?  The way you handle those “hump days” could very well determine what happens with the rest of your week―and the rest of your life!

Maybe it’s a marriage that you were really thrilled about jumping into at first, but then starts getting hard.  Or maybe it’s a baby you’ve looked forward to having and then it finally comes―along with the dirty diapers,  the crying and the sleepless nights.  Or maybe it’s a Bible study you couldn’t wait to start, but then begins to lag and just isn’t “speaking to you” anymore.  Whatever it is, a “Wednesday” is anything that makes you feel like you just want to throw in the towel and give in.

Moses was definitely having a “Wednesday” in Exodus chapter 6, and the lesson God gave him for how to get through it is a good one for us, too.

Moses had done exactly what God told him to do, asking Pharaoh to “Let my people go.”  But Pharaoh said, “No,” and increased the people’s work.

Now Moses was fighting a battle in his flesh and a battle in his faith.  We find out, in Exodus chapter 6, when Moses returns to the Lord, that God is still with him, ready and willing to help Moses fight both battles. Regarding the battle of the flesh, God says He will help Moses by using His “mighty hand”:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Now you will see what I will do to Pharaoh: Because of my mighty hand he will let them go; because of my mighty hand he will drive them out of his country’ ” (Exodus 6:1) 

Regarding the battle of the faith, God tells Moses three things:

1)  God reminds Moses that this was His idea, His plan, His covenant (verses 2-5);

2)  God reminds Moses that He will be with Moses, that Moses isn’t fighting alone (verse 6);

3)  God reminds Moses what the outcome will be, what the future holds (verses 7-8).

When you’re in the middle of your own battles, be sure to return to the Lord.  Let Him speak to you, remind you, reassure you that you’re on the right path.  If you’re not, He’ll let you know.  But if you are, let Him reassure you that that this is His idea, that He is with you and that He has a plan for your future.  These reminders can give you the faith you need to make another push in your flesh, to go another round, to keep moving forward till “Friday” comes.

I had a dream one night where God spoke clearly to me about preaching on the Internet.  Even though I thought it would be financially impossible, I saw in the dream an envelope wrapped in a “net”―something that looked like one of those red woven sacks in which they sell grapefruit.  There were a few dollars in the envelope and a note saying that the bill had already been paid.  I wasn’t to worry about the money, but to just keep preaching on the “net.”

What did I do when I woke up?  I worried about the money!  Over time, whenever I “returned to the Lord,” He reminded me that this was His idea, that He was with me, and that He had a plan for my future.

Because I returned to Him so many times to get this reminder, I finally took a red mesh grapefruit bag and put it in my bill drawer.  Every time I’d worry about the money, I’d open that drawer, see the “net” and immediately sense the peace of God.  There was nothing magical about the bag―it was simply a visual reminder of the promises God had made to me―but it helped me get through more than a few of my own “Wednesdays.”

Don’t let “Wednesdays” get you down.  Don’t let the rest of your week drop; don’t let the rest of your marriage or job or children drop; don’t let the rest of your life drop.  Return to the Lord.  He’ll help you fight both battles.  Remember:  Friday’s coming!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 6: The Battle Of Faith And Flesh

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 5

What happens when you step out in faith, thinking you’re doing what God wants you to do, but then everything goes wrong?

Don’t give up on God too soon!  You might find that you’re still in the center of God’s will―even when everything around you looks worse than ever before.

This happens all the time in the “natural” world.  Last summer we hired some guys to fix the broken brick steps that lead up to our house.  Within a few days we had a bigger mess than before!  The yard was piled with broken bricks and concrete, mounds of sand, bags of cement and stacks of new bricks, not to mention the torn up grass from the backhoe and cement truck.  It was a total mess, worse than the one we were trying to fix!

The same thing happened to Moses in Exodus 5, with much more devastating results.  He did exactly what God told him to do, asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites go out into the desert for a worship service.  The Israelites were thrilled!  God had sent a deliverer.  But instead of things getting better, things got worse―much worse!

Pharaoh said, “No way!” and ordered the Israelite slaves to continue making the same number of bricks as before, but he’d no longer give them any straw to make the bricks―they would have to find it themselves.  The slaves took a beating and they took it out on Moses: “May the Lord look upon you and judge you!  You have made us a stench to Pharaoh and his officials and have put a sword in their hand to kill us.”

Now Moses faced a battle on two fronts:  a battle of faith and a battle of flesh.  Although he probably wanted to fight the battle of the flesh first, saving his people from the physical attack coming against them, he knew which battle he had to fight first.  He had to fight for his faith―to keep on believing what God had told him.  Had he heard from God or not?  Had he done something wrong or not?  He knew he had to win the battle for his faith first if he was ever going to win the battle of the flesh.

So he did the best thing any of us can do:  he returned to the Lord.

He cried out, “O Lord, why have you brought trouble upon this people? Is this why you sent me? Ever since I went to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has brought trouble upon this people, and you have not rescued your people at all.”  God answered him, telling him he was right on track and to keep moving forward in faith.

While we were in the middle of our own brick project, I faced another situation that was so frustrating that I wrote in my journal, “I’m pulling my hair out!  I want to scream!”  I was trying to redesign The Ranch website so I could expand it to minister to more people over the Internet. That meant I had to install some new software that I felt God wanted me to use, but I had no idea how to use it.  Everything I tried made a bigger mess than before.  Instead of making things better, I was making them worse―much worse!

I went outside and looked at the mess in our front yard.  I knew that remodeling projects were always like this.  When in the middle of it, the mess gets worse before it gets better.  I thanked God for the reminder and went back to work.

The website ended up more beautiful and more functional than I could have imagined.  Our front steps turned out better than before and the grass began to grow again.  These were small victories compared to what Moses finally gained: he was able to set an entire nation free as God had promised.

Just because your steps of faith lead you into worse trouble than before, don’t automatically assume that you’re out of God’s will, or that you’ve done something wrong.  Return to the Lord.  Fight the battle of faith first, and the victory in the flesh will follow.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 5: Let God’s Will Overcome Your Won’t

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:11-4:31

Have you ever faced a choice between God’s “will” and your “won’t”?  A few years ago I felt God wanted me to go to Israel.  I had just quit my job and had about $1,500 in the bank.  It wasn’t exactly the best time to take a trip!  But I couldn’t get it off my mind, so I called to find out how much a ticket would be.  The answer:  $1,498!

Two thoughts went through my head simultaneously, one was mine and one was God’s.  I said, “God, I don’t have enough!” while God said, “Eric, you have just enough!”  I knew I had a decision to make.  Was I going to follow God’s “will,” or follow my “won’t”?

When God calls us to do something that we’re afraid to do, how can we overcome our doubts and fears so they don’t get in the way of God’s will?  God gives us a clue in the story of Moses at the burning bush in Exodus, chapters 3 and 4.

When God spoke to Moses from within the burning bush, it was an experience most of us would envy, hearing God speak exactly what to do, personally and clearly.  God said:  “So now go, I am sending you to Pharaoh to bring my people the Israelites out of Egypt.”

But Moses protested.  He had already tried to rescue just a few Israelites and that didn’t seem to go too well.  So Moses said to God, “Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh and bring the Israelites out of Egypt?”

He had a good question, one we often ask ourselves when God calls us to do something:  “Who am I?”

But God had a good answer, the same answer He often gives to us, an answer that contains some of the most comforting words in the whole Bible:  “I will be with you.”  It’s worth repeating over and over.  “I will be with you.”  “I will be with you.”  “I will be with you.”

Knowing that God will be with you can help you submit your won’t to God’s will.  Maybe you’ve heard these classic lines by an unknown author, but they’re worth repeating over and over, too:

A basketball in my hands is worth about $19. 

A basketball in Michael Jordan’s hands is worth about $33 million. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

A sling shot in my hands is a kid’s toy. 

A sling shot in David’s hand is a mighty weapon. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

Two fish and 5 loaves of bread in my hands is a couple of fish sandwiches. 

Two fish and 5 loaves of bread in Jesus’ hands will feed thousands. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

Nails in my hands might produce a birdhouse. 

Nails in Jesus Christ’s hands will produce salvation for the entire world. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

As you see now, it depends on whose hands it’s in. So put your concerns, your worries, your fears, your hopes, your dreams, your families, and your relationships in God’s hands, because, “It depends on whose hands it’s in.” 

When Moses was convinced that God would be with him, he finally submitted his won’t to God’s will.  God went with Moses to Egypt and together they set the Israelites free.  When I was convinced that God would be with me, I finally submitted my won’t to God’s will, too.  God went with me to Israel and we were both tremendously blessed.

God called my wife, our two oldest kids and me to go on a missions trip to Africa.  I looked at the cost and said, “God, I can’t do it!”   To which God seemed to reply, “It’s not a matter of whether you can or can’t do it, but whether you will or won’t do it.  Remember, I will be with you and you can do all things through Christ who gives you strength.”  So we put a deposit down on the trip and prayed for God’s will to be done.  It was!

Don’t let your won’t stand in the way of God’s will.  Remember, God says, “I will be with you.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 4: God Rescues People Through People

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:1-10

Ever wonder why, when God wants something done, He calls on one of us to do it instead of just doing it Himself?

I knew a man who was burdened by the problem of pornography in our country and cried out to God: “Don’t You see what’s happening?  How long are You going to let this go on?  When are You going to do something about it?”

Then he heard God speaking those same words right back to him:  “Don’t you see what’s happening?  How long are you going to let this go on?  When are you going to do something about it?”

The man was so convicted that he started an organization to combat the problem, served on a presidential task force to deal with it, and worked for years to try to set people free from this particular bondage.

As I read about Moses and the burning bush in Exodus, chapter 3, I put myself in Moses’ shoes for a minute (except that he had taken his off, of course, as God had told him that he was standing on “holy ground”).  If I were Moses, I think I would have been fine with everything God was saying up until the last line.  Sentence after sentence, God talked about everything He wanted to do for the Israelites, then the conversation took a sharp turn:

“I am the God of your fathers…” 

“I have seen the misery of my people…” 

“I have heard them crying out…” 

“I am concerned about their suffering…” 

“I have come down to rescue them…” 

“So now go. I am sending you…to bring my people…out of Egypt” 

What?!?!  I was with You God up until that last line!  If You’re God, if You see their misery, if You’ve heard them crying out, if You’re concerned about their suffering, if You’ve come down to rescue them, then why don’t You do it!  You could do this way better than I could!

No doubt, God was certainly involved.  There’s no way Moses could have caused the plagues, split the Red Sea, or made the Egyptians gladly give the Israelites all their gold and jewels on their way out of town.  But for some reason, God called on Moses to be involved.  He told Moses what He was planning to do, then invited Moses to “jump into the story.”  It’s scary, but exciting, that God would let us take part in what He’s trying to do on the earth.

The lesson I get out of this is that God likes to rescue people through people.  He wants us to be His hands, His feet, His eyes, His ears, His mouth.

A few friends asked me to come pray for a man who was dying of cancer.  He was way too young to be on his death bed, and he let me know it.  He had a lot of questions for God, saying, “God, what are You doing?”  “Why are You doing this to me?” and “Where are You, God?”

I understood what He was saying, but I said, “If you want to know where God is, look around this room!  You’ve got five people standing here by your bedside,  praying for you, holding your hand, and talking to you.  He’s all around your bed!  God lives in us and works through each one of us by His Holy Spirit.”

Maybe you’re reading these words today and thinking, “That’s nice for that guy in his bed, but there’s no one talking to me.  Where is God for me?”  Well, I’m talking to you right now!  As you read these words, I hope you’ll be able to hear the voice of God in them for you, too, because He wants to tell you something, too:  “I love you, I care about you, and you know what? I want to use you, too!”

Why does God use people to rescue people?  The Apostle Paul says it this way:

“We are therefore Christ’s ambassadors, as though God were making his appeal through us. We implore you on Christ’s behalf: Be reconciled to God.” (2 Corinthians 5:20). 

Let God use you to do His will today.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 3: A Burning Heart Precedes A Burning Bush

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 2 

Do you ever wish God would just show up in a burning bush and tell you clearly what He wanted you to do?

Then I have some good news for you:  I believe God wants to do that for you, too!  Why? Because while we’re looking for a burning bush, God is looking for a burning heart―one that burns with the same desires for which His burns.

When I take a close look at the years leading up to Moses’ burning bush experience, I can’t help but think that God didn’t choose Moses at random.  In chapter 2 of Exodus, we read that Moses’ heart was bent on rescuing people years before God called him to rescue an entire nation. Three times in the passage preceding the burning bush, we see a burning heart:

1)  He tries to rescue a fellow Hebrew who was being beaten by an Egyptian;

2)  He tries to rescue two fighting Hebrews from each other;

3)  He tries to rescue Jethro’s daughters from the attacking shepherds.

Here’s a man whose heart was set on rescuing people. So when God was looking for a man to rescue the entire nation of Israel from slavery, to whom did He look? To Moses, a man whose heart was already burning to do the very things that God wanted done.

The lesson for me in this passage is that a burning heart precedes a burning bush. Sometimes we’re looking for a burning bush when God is looking for a burning heart. He’s looking to see if we’re eager to do the things that He wants done.  And when He sees a burning heart, He often puts His finger on that person and says, “I choose you for this task because you have shown yourself eager to do the very things I want done.”

I remember hearing a pastor from Germany speak to a group of us in the United States, asking if any of us wanted to join him in doing missionary work in Germany.  Several hands went up.  Then he asked, “Okay, what things have you been doing here in the U.S. with Germanic people?”  None of those in the audience had an answer for him. He continued, “When I see that you’re working with Germanic people here and that you truly have a heart for them, then let’s talk about coming over to Germany and helping me with my work. I want to know that your heart is really in it.”

I had some friends who had a heart for Chinese people.  They wanted to go to China someday to live and laugh and learn and share with the Chinese.  So they started by inviting Chinese people into their home while they lived in the United States.  They did this for several years.  When God was looking for someone to go to China, whom do you think God called?  They eventually moved to China to live among their people God had put on their heart, and were able to change even more lives for Him.

When you look at the lives of people like Moses, the Apostle Paul and Joseph, you’ll see that while each of them had rather dramatic “burning bush” experiences, their ultimate calling was not radically different from what they had been doing all along:  serving God with their whole hearts and doing His will all along the way.

There’s good news in all of this for you, too:  know that while you’re looking for a burning bush, God is looking for a burning heart.  In fact, He’s actively looking throughout the earth for people whose hearts are fully committed to Him.  2 Chronicles 16:9a says:

“For the eyes of the LORD range throughout the earth to strengthen those whose hearts are fully committed to him.” 

God is continually looking at our hearts.  Are they fully committed to Him?  Are they burning to do the things that He wants done?

If so, know that God wants to strengthen you in the work you’re doing.  If not, pray that God will set your heart on fire today for the things that fire Him up.  Either way, be encouraged!  Once your heart is burning for God, He’ll see it, and He may even speak to you in your own “burning bush.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 2: The Fear Of God Leads To Freedom

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 1:15-22 

I love playing the piano, but I used to be so afraid of playing in front of others that I never wanted to play in public.  At home, I could play for hours, loving every minute of it.  But in front of others, my brain would check out, and my hands would shake.

Then one day I was reading Jesus’ parable about the talents and the three guys who were given different amounts of talents.  Two of them made a return on their gifts, but one buried his talent in the ground because he was afraid.

I was convicted.  I was letting the “fear of man” keep my talent hidden, when God had given it to me, not just for me but, like all gifts He gives, so that we can bless others.

I had a choice to make:  I was going to be guided either by what men might think of me, or by what God might think of me.

The Hebrew midwives in Egypt had a choice to make, too.  When the king of Egypt was afraid the Israelites were growing too numerous and might one day leave them, he put them in bondage and ordered the midwives to kill any baby boys as soon as they were born.  What could the midwives do?  Their hands were tied―or were they?  The Bible says:

“The midwives, however, feared God and did not do what the king of Egypt had told them to do; they let the boys live.” (Exodus 1:17) 

And the results?

“So God was kind to the midwives and the people increased and became even more numerous. And because the midwives feared God, he gave them families of their own” (Exodus 1:20-21). 

Although the “fear of man” threatened to keep the midwives in bondage, the “fear of God” set them free.  God honored the midwives’ healthy fear of Him by blessing them with families of their own and freeing who-knows-how-many children from the grip of death as well.

Instead of succumbing to their honest and understandable fears, God showed them a way around their fears to accomplish what He called them to do:  deliver His children.

I found a way around my fear of playing the piano in front of people, too.

One day a friend came to my house and heard a few of the songs I had written.  He seemed to be truly touched by the music and thought it would touch others, too.  He was a professional musician and asked if he could bring some recording equipment over and record the songs.  That was fine with me.  I wasn’t afraid of making a mistake in front of a machine―just people!

When we finished recording a dozen songs, he gave me a copy of the music.  I was amazed by what I heard!  I had never heard my songs played before as a “listener.”  I was always the “player,” and my concentration was intensely focused on getting the notes right.  For the first time, I was able to truly relax and just listen to the music.  And it touched my own heart, too.

I uploaded the songs on the Internet and people began to listen.  And they were touched, too, setting them free from worries, tensions, fears and doubts that were keeping them in bondage.

Instead of succumbing to my honest and understandable fears, God showed me a way around my fears to accomplish what He called me to do:  deliver His children.  And the confidence that has given me has enabled me to play in front of people now, too, not caring so much about the notes I might get wrong, but caring more about the notes God’s given me to play.

Is the “fear of man” holding you back from doing some of the very things that God has called you to do, gifted you to do, and equipped you to do?  You might want to take a cue from the Hebrew midwives who feared God more than man, and in the process set themselves―and who knows how many others―free.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Lesson 1: The Fear Of Man Leads To Bondage

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 1:1-14

Could it be that your greatest weakness is actually your greatest strength?

A man came up to me after I spoke at a men’s breakfast and said, “Hi Eric, do you remember me?”  I strained to put a name with his face, but couldn’t do it.  When he told me his name, an image from high school immediately flashed across my mind.

We were both freshmen playing flag football in gym class when he got in the way of a senior.  This senior knocked my friend to the ground and started pummeling him in the face with his fist.  I watched my friend’s head bounce up and down on the ground with each pounding.

Why would someone pummel my friend like that?  My friend was a big kid, but a nice kid.  Even though he hadn’t done anything wrong, his sheer size made him appear to be a threat.  The pummeling had its effect:  my friend never got in this senior’s way again, and I made sure I didn’t either!

Unfortunately, my friend walked away feeling weak and beaten down when in reality, it was his sheer strength that drew the fire in the first place.  When people are fearful of us, or we’re fearful of them, it often leads to bondage.  Something similar happened to the Israelites.  Back in the days of Moses, when the nation of Israel started to grow while they were living in Egypt, the king of Egypt saw their strength and got scared:

“Look,” he said to his people, “the Israelites have become much too numerous for us. Come, we must deal shrewdly with them or they will become even more numerous and, if war breaks out, will join our enemies, fight against us and leave the country” (Exodus 1:9-10). 

The Israelites were immediately enslaved.  For the next 400 years, they were treated as the lowest of the low in Egypt.  I’m sure they felt worthless, worn-out and weak.  But in reality, it was their great strength that caused the fearful king to put them into bondage.  Although they may have felt like the weakest nation on earth, do you remember what God said about them?  He called them His “chosen” people, His “treasured possession,” and promised that they would become “a great nation.” (Deuteronomy 7:6 and Genesis 12:2).  This was their destiny.  This was their calling.  A destiny and calling that the king foresaw and tried to stop.

I got spiritually pummeled a few years ago after speaking as a guest at a local church.  I thought the regular pastor would be thrilled when he came back to hear that half a dozen people had put their faith in Christ that day for the very first time.  Instead, I got an extremely harsh letter from him a few weeks later saying that one of those people had started going to another church (she wanted to go to a Bible study and her church didn’t have one).  He blamed me for her leaving and made it clear that he wanted nothing to do with me or my ministry ever again.

For the next few days, I felt like I’d gotten the wind knocked out of me.  I felt like I never wanted to speak at another church again.  This man was not only an influential pastor in the community, but he was also the president of the minister’s association in town.  But then God reminded me of my calling, my purpose in life, and what He said about me.  I was able to shake off the fear of man and stand tall again in the calling of God.  That pastor eventually invited me to speak again at his church, and I eventually became president of the minister’s association!  :)

But the fear of man almost derailed me from God’s plan for my life.  I began to look at other areas of my life where I felt weak to see if those areas might really be strengths instead.

Do you feel weak, pummeled or beaten down in certain areas of your life? Could it be that some of those areas might actually be some of your greatest strengths?

Don’t let the fear of man keep you down.  Ask God what He says about you, your gifts and your calling.  Listen to what He says and He will set you free.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Exodus: Lessons in Freedom

Exodus: Lessons In Freedom

How To Get Free, Stay Free And Set Others Free
by Eric Elder

Featuring 50 inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic yet practical books of the Bible.

This book includes a Small Group Study Guide that I’ve used with several groups myself. I’ve included the videos of one of those groups at the end of each lesson as I led them through this study. Please use it for your own encouragement, then consider leading a small group of your own through this inspiring and dramatic book! May you and many others be blessed as you do.

Listen here, read below, or click here to download the PDF
Also available in PaperbackApple Books, KindleNook, or Audible

Preface

Exodus is one of the most dramatic books in the Bible.  Feature films have told various stories from the book of Exodus, ranging from Cecil B. Demille’s epic, The Ten Commandments,to DreamWorks’ animated, The Prince of Egypt,to Stephen Spielberg’s classic, Raiders of the Lost Ark.

But what I like most about the book of Exodus is not how dramatic it is, but how practical it is.

I began this study at a time when I wanted to expand my own ministry.  I wanted to learn how God used Moses to set hundreds of thousands of people free.  I thought I might learn a few lessons for how God might use me to set others free, too.

I was right.  But instead of finding one or two lessons, I found fifty!

I began applying these lessons to my own life and  ministry and began to see results immediately.  These are the lessons that I’ll be sharing with you throughout this book―lessons from stories that are over 3,000 years old, and lessons from from my own life today; lessons that include some of my favorite Bible stories, and lessons that include some of my favorite personal stories of my own walk with God.

God wants to set you free.  He wants to keep you free.  And He wants to use you to set others free.  May God bless you―and many others―as you read and apply these lessons to your life.

Eric Elder

P.S. I’ve included a Scripture Reading with each devotional that I encourage you to read in your own Bible as well as reading my devotional.  It’s a great way to hear directly from God about subjects in your life that I may not have touched upon in my devotional, and when you’ve read all of the Scripture Readings, you’ll have also read through the entire book of Exodus.  (In this online version, I’ve also included a video discussion of each lesson with a group of guys that met weekly to talk about what we were reading.  I hope you enjoy this extended look at some of these rich passages from one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible).

Lesson 1: The Fear Of Man Leads To Bondage

Scripture Reading: Exodus 1:1-14

Could it be that your greatest weakness is actually your greatest strength?

A man came up to me after I spoke at a men’s breakfast and said, “Hi Eric, do you remember me?”  I strained to put a name with his face, but couldn’t do it.  When he told me his name, an image from high school immediately flashed across my mind.

We were both freshmen playing flag football in gym class when he got in the way of a senior.  This senior knocked my friend to the ground and started pummeling him in the face with his fist.  I watched my friend’s head bounce up and down on the ground with each pounding.

Why would someone pummel my friend like that?  My friend was a big kid, but a nice kid.  Even though he hadn’t done anything wrong, his sheer size made him appear to be a threat.  The pummeling had its effect:  my friend never got in this senior’s way again, and I made sure I didn’t either!

Unfortunately, my friend walked away feeling weak and beaten down when in reality, it was his sheer strength that drew the fire in the first place.  When people are fearful of us, or we’re fearful of them, it often leads to bondage.  Something similar happened to the Israelites.  Back in the days of Moses, when the nation of Israel started to grow while they were living in Egypt, the king of Egypt saw their strength and got scared:

“Look,” he said to his people, “the Israelites have become much too numerous for us. Come, we must deal shrewdly with them or they will become even more numerous and, if war breaks out, will join our enemies, fight against us and leave the country” (Exodus 1:9-10). 

The Israelites were immediately enslaved.  For the next 400 years, they were treated as the lowest of the low in Egypt.  I’m sure they felt worthless, worn-out and weak.  But in reality, it was their great strength that caused the fearful king to put them into bondage.  Although they may have felt like the weakest nation on earth, do you remember what God said about them?  He called them His “chosen” people, His “treasured possession,” and promised that they would become “a great nation.” (Deuteronomy 7:6 and Genesis 12:2).  This was their destiny.  This was their calling.  A destiny and calling that the king foresaw and tried to stop.

I got spiritually pummeled a few years ago after speaking as a guest at a local church.  I thought the regular pastor would be thrilled when he came back to hear that half a dozen people had put their faith in Christ that day for the very first time.  Instead, I got an extremely harsh letter from him a few weeks later saying that one of those people had started going to another church (she wanted to go to a Bible study and her church didn’t have one).  He blamed me for her leaving and made it clear that he wanted nothing to do with me or my ministry ever again.

For the next few days, I felt like I’d gotten the wind knocked out of me.  I felt like I never wanted to speak at another church again.  This man was not only an influential pastor in the community, but he was also the president of the minister’s association in town.  But then God reminded me of my calling, my purpose in life, and what He said about me.  I was able to shake off the fear of man and stand tall again in the calling of God.  That pastor eventually invited me to speak again at his church, and I eventually became president of the minister’s association!  :)

But the fear of man almost derailed me from God’s plan for my life.  I began to look at other areas of my life where I felt weak to see if those areas might really be strengths instead.

Do you feel weak, pummeled or beaten down in certain areas of your life? Could it be that some of those areas might actually be some of your greatest strengths?

Don’t let the fear of man keep you down.  Ask God what He says about you, your gifts and your calling.  Listen to what He says and He will set you free.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Fear Of Man Leads To Bondage”

Lesson 2: The Fear Of God Leads To Freedom

Scripture Reading: Exodus 1:15-22 

I love playing the piano, but I used to be so afraid of playing in front of others that I never wanted to play in public.  At home, I could play for hours, loving every minute of it.  But in front of others, my brain would check out, and my hands would shake.

Then one day I was reading Jesus’ parable about the talents and the three guys who were given different amounts of talents.  Two of them made a return on their gifts, but one buried his talent in the ground because he was afraid.

I was convicted.  I was letting the “fear of man” keep my talent hidden, when God had given it to me, not just for me but, like all gifts He gives, so that we can bless others.

I had a choice to make:  I was going to be guided either by what men might think of me, or by what God might think of me.

The Hebrew midwives in Egypt had a choice to make, too.  When the king of Egypt was afraid the Israelites were growing too numerous and might one day leave them, he put them in bondage and ordered the midwives to kill any baby boys as soon as they were born.  What could the midwives do?  Their hands were tied―or were they?  The Bible says:

“The midwives, however, feared God and did not do what the king of Egypt had told them to do; they let the boys live.” (Exodus 1:17) 

And the results?

“So God was kind to the midwives and the people increased and became even more numerous. And because the midwives feared God, he gave them families of their own” (Exodus 1:20-21). 

Although the “fear of man” threatened to keep the midwives in bondage, the “fear of God” set them free.  God honored the midwives’ healthy fear of Him by blessing them with families of their own and freeing who-knows-how-many children from the grip of death as well.

Instead of succumbing to their honest and understandable fears, God showed them a way around their fears to accomplish what He called them to do:  deliver His children.

I found a way around my fear of playing the piano in front of people, too.

One day a friend came to my house and heard a few of the songs I had written.  He seemed to be truly touched by the music and thought it would touch others, too.  He was a professional musician and asked if he could bring some recording equipment over and record the songs.  That was fine with me.  I wasn’t afraid of making a mistake in front of a machine―just people!

When we finished recording a dozen songs, he gave me a copy of the music.  I was amazed by what I heard!  I had never heard my songs played before as a “listener.”  I was always the “player,” and my concentration was intensely focused on getting the notes right.  For the first time, I was able to truly relax and just listen to the music.  And it touched my own heart, too.

I uploaded the songs on the Internet and people began to listen.  And they were touched, too, setting them free from worries, tensions, fears and doubts that were keeping them in bondage.

Instead of succumbing to my honest and understandable fears, God showed me a way around my fears to accomplish what He called me to do:  deliver His children.  And the confidence that has given me has enabled me to play in front of people now, too, not caring so much about the notes I might get wrong, but caring more about the notes God’s given me to play.

Is the “fear of man” holding you back from doing some of the very things that God has called you to do, gifted you to do, and equipped you to do?  You might want to take a cue from the Hebrew midwives who feared God more than man, and in the process set themselves―and who knows how many others―free.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Fear Of God Leads To Freedom”

Lesson 3: A Burning Heart Precedes A Burning Bush

Scripture Reading: Exodus 2 

Do you ever wish God would just show up in a burning bush and tell you clearly what He wanted you to do?

Then I have some good news for you:  I believe God wants to do that for you, too!  Why? Because while we’re looking for a burning bush, God is looking for a burning heart―one that burns with the same desires for which His burns.

When I take a close look at the years leading up to Moses’ burning bush experience, I can’t help but think that God didn’t choose Moses at random.  In chapter 2 of Exodus, we read that Moses’ heart was bent on rescuing people years before God called him to rescue an entire nation. Three times in the passage preceding the burning bush, we see a burning heart:

1)  He tries to rescue a fellow Hebrew who was being beaten by an Egyptian;

2)  He tries to rescue two fighting Hebrews from each other;

3)  He tries to rescue Jethro’s daughters from the attacking shepherds.

Here’s a man whose heart was set on rescuing people. So when God was looking for a man to rescue the entire nation of Israel from slavery, to whom did He look? To Moses, a man whose heart was already burning to do the very things that God wanted done.

The lesson for me in this passage is that a burning heart precedes a burning bush. Sometimes we’re looking for a burning bush when God is looking for a burning heart. He’s looking to see if we’re eager to do the things that He wants done.  And when He sees a burning heart, He often puts His finger on that person and says, “I choose you for this task because you have shown yourself eager to do the very things I want done.”

I remember hearing a pastor from Germany speak to a group of us in the United States, asking if any of us wanted to join him in doing missionary work in Germany.  Several hands went up.  Then he asked, “Okay, what things have you been doing here in the U.S. with Germanic people?”  None of those in the audience had an answer for him. He continued, “When I see that you’re working with Germanic people here and that you truly have a heart for them, then let’s talk about coming over to Germany and helping me with my work. I want to know that your heart is really in it.”

I had some friends who had a heart for Chinese people.  They wanted to go to China someday to live and laugh and learn and share with the Chinese.  So they started by inviting Chinese people into their home while they lived in the United States.  They did this for several years.  When God was looking for someone to go to China, whom do you think God called?  They eventually moved to China to live among their people God had put on their heart, and were able to change even more lives for Him.

When you look at the lives of people like Moses, the Apostle Paul and Joseph, you’ll see that while each of them had rather dramatic “burning bush” experiences, their ultimate calling was not radically different from what they had been doing all along:  serving God with their whole hearts and doing His will all along the way.

There’s good news in all of this for you, too:  know that while you’re looking for a burning bush, God is looking for a burning heart.  In fact, He’s actively looking throughout the earth for people whose hearts are fully committed to Him.  2 Chronicles 16:9a says:

“For the eyes of the LORD range throughout the earth to strengthen those whose hearts are fully committed to him.” 

God is continually looking at our hearts.  Are they fully committed to Him?  Are they burning to do the things that He wants done?

If so, know that God wants to strengthen you in the work you’re doing.  If not, pray that God will set your heart on fire today for the things that fire Him up.  Either way, be encouraged!  Once your heart is burning for God, He’ll see it, and He may even speak to you in your own “burning bush.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “A Burning Heart Precedes A Burning Bush”

Lesson 4: God Rescues People Through People

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:1-10

Ever wonder why, when God wants something done, He calls on one of us to do it instead of just doing it Himself?

I knew a man who was burdened by the problem of pornography in our country and cried out to God: “Don’t You see what’s happening?  How long are You going to let this go on?  When are You going to do something about it?”

Then he heard God speaking those same words right back to him:  “Don’t you see what’s happening?  How long are you going to let this go on?  When are you going to do something about it?”

The man was so convicted that he started an organization to combat the problem, served on a presidential task force to deal with it, and worked for years to try to set people free from this particular bondage.

As I read about Moses and the burning bush in Exodus, chapter 3, I put myself in Moses’ shoes for a minute (except that he had taken his off, of course, as God had told him that he was standing on “holy ground”).  If I were Moses, I think I would have been fine with everything God was saying up until the last line.  Sentence after sentence, God talked about everything He wanted to do for the Israelites, then the conversation took a sharp turn:

“I am the God of your fathers…” 

“I have seen the misery of my people…” 

“I have heard them crying out…” 

“I am concerned about their suffering…” 

“I have come down to rescue them…” 

“So now go. I am sending you…to bring my people…out of Egypt” 

What?!?!  I was with You God up until that last line!  If You’re God, if You see their misery, if You’ve heard them crying out, if You’re concerned about their suffering, if You’ve come down to rescue them, then why don’t You do it!  You could do this way better than I could!

No doubt, God was certainly involved.  There’s no way Moses could have caused the plagues, split the Red Sea, or made the Egyptians gladly give the Israelites all their gold and jewels on their way out of town.  But for some reason, God called on Moses to be involved.  He told Moses what He was planning to do, then invited Moses to “jump into the story.”  It’s scary, but exciting, that God would let us take part in what He’s trying to do on the earth.

The lesson I get out of this is that God likes to rescue people through people.  He wants us to be His hands, His feet, His eyes, His ears, His mouth.

A few friends asked me to come pray for a man who was dying of cancer.  He was way too young to be on his death bed, and he let me know it.  He had a lot of questions for God, saying, “God, what are You doing?”  “Why are You doing this to me?” and “Where are You, God?”

I understood what He was saying, but I said, “If you want to know where God is, look around this room!  You’ve got five people standing here by your bedside,  praying for you, holding your hand, and talking to you.  He’s all around your bed!  God lives in us and works through each one of us by His Holy Spirit.”

Maybe you’re reading these words today and thinking, “That’s nice for that guy in his bed, but there’s no one talking to me.  Where is God for me?”  Well, I’m talking to you right now!  As you read these words, I hope you’ll be able to hear the voice of God in them for you, too, because He wants to tell you something, too:  “I love you, I care about you, and you know what? I want to use you, too!”

Why does God use people to rescue people?  The Apostle Paul says it this way:

“We are therefore Christ’s ambassadors, as though God were making his appeal through us. We implore you on Christ’s behalf: Be reconciled to God.” (2 Corinthians 5:20). 

Let God use you to do His will today.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Rescues People Through People”

Lesson 5: Let God’s Will Overcome Your Won’t

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:11-4:31

Have you ever faced a choice between God’s “will” and your “won’t”?  A few years ago I felt God wanted me to go to Israel.  I had just quit my job and had about $1,500 in the bank.  It wasn’t exactly the best time to take a trip!  But I couldn’t get it off my mind, so I called to find out how much a ticket would be.  The answer:  $1,498!

Two thoughts went through my head simultaneously, one was mine and one was God’s.  I said, “God, I don’t have enough!” while God said, “Eric, you have just enough!”  I knew I had a decision to make.  Was I going to follow God’s “will,” or follow my “won’t”?

When God calls us to do something that we’re afraid to do, how can we overcome our doubts and fears so they don’t get in the way of God’s will?  God gives us a clue in the story of Moses at the burning bush in Exodus, chapters 3 and 4.

When God spoke to Moses from within the burning bush, it was an experience most of us would envy, hearing God speak exactly what to do, personally and clearly.  God said:  “So now go, I am sending you to Pharaoh to bring my people the Israelites out of Egypt.”

But Moses protested.  He had already tried to rescue just a few Israelites and that didn’t seem to go too well.  So Moses said to God, “Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh and bring the Israelites out of Egypt?”

He had a good question, one we often ask ourselves when God calls us to do something:  “Who am I?”

But God had a good answer, the same answer He often gives to us, an answer that contains some of the most comforting words in the whole Bible:  “I will be with you.”  It’s worth repeating over and over.  “I will be with you.”  “I will be with you.”  “I will be with you.”

Knowing that God will be with you can help you submit your won’t to God’s will.  Maybe you’ve heard these classic lines by an unknown author, but they’re worth repeating over and over, too:

A basketball in my hands is worth about $19. 

A basketball in Michael Jordan’s hands is worth about $33 million. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

A sling shot in my hands is a kid’s toy. 

A sling shot in David’s hand is a mighty weapon. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

Two fish and 5 loaves of bread in my hands is a couple of fish sandwiches. 

Two fish and 5 loaves of bread in Jesus’ hands will feed thousands. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

Nails in my hands might produce a birdhouse. 

Nails in Jesus Christ’s hands will produce salvation for the entire world. 

It depends on whose hands it’s in. 

As you see now, it depends on whose hands it’s in. So put your concerns, your worries, your fears, your hopes, your dreams, your families, and your relationships in God’s hands, because, “It depends on whose hands it’s in.” 

When Moses was convinced that God would be with him, he finally submitted his won’t to God’s will.  God went with Moses to Egypt and together they set the Israelites free.  When I was convinced that God would be with me, I finally submitted my won’t to God’s will, too.  God went with me to Israel and we were both tremendously blessed.

God called my wife, our two oldest kids and me to go on a missions trip to Africa.  I looked at the cost and said, “God, I can’t do it!”   To which God seemed to reply, “It’s not a matter of whether you can or can’t do it, but whether you will or won’t do it.  Remember, I will be with you and you can do all things through Christ who gives you strength.”  So we put a deposit down on the trip and prayed for God’s will to be done.  It was!

Don’t let your won’t stand in the way of God’s will.  Remember, God says, “I will be with you.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Let God’s Will Overcome Your Won’t”

Lesson 6: The Battle Of Faith And Flesh

Scripture Reading: Exodus 5

What happens when you step out in faith, thinking you’re doing what God wants you to do, but then everything goes wrong?

Don’t give up on God too soon!  You might find that you’re still in the center of God’s will―even when everything around you looks worse than ever before.

This happens all the time in the “natural” world.  Last summer we hired some guys to fix the broken brick steps that lead up to our house.  Within a few days we had a bigger mess than before!  The yard was piled with broken bricks and concrete, mounds of sand, bags of cement and stacks of new bricks, not to mention the torn up grass from the backhoe and cement truck.  It was a total mess, worse than the one we were trying to fix!

The same thing happened to Moses in Exodus 5, with much more devastating results.  He did exactly what God told him to do, asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites go out into the desert for a worship service.  The Israelites were thrilled!  God had sent a deliverer.  But instead of things getting better, things got worse―much worse!

Pharaoh said, “No way!” and ordered the Israelite slaves to continue making the same number of bricks as before, but he’d no longer give them any straw to make the bricks―they would have to find it themselves.  The slaves took a beating and they took it out on Moses: “May the Lord look upon you and judge you!  You have made us a stench to Pharaoh and his officials and have put a sword in their hand to kill us.”

Now Moses faced a battle on two fronts:  a battle of faith and a battle of flesh.  Although he probably wanted to fight the battle of the flesh first, saving his people from the physical attack coming against them, he knew which battle he had to fight first.  He had to fight for his faith―to keep on believing what God had told him.  Had he heard from God or not?  Had he done something wrong or not?  He knew he had to win the battle for his faith first if he was ever going to win the battle of the flesh.

So he did the best thing any of us can do:  he returned to the Lord.

He cried out, “O Lord, why have you brought trouble upon this people? Is this why you sent me? Ever since I went to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has brought trouble upon this people, and you have not rescued your people at all.”  God answered him, telling him he was right on track and to keep moving forward in faith.

While we were in the middle of our own brick project, I faced another situation that was so frustrating that I wrote in my journal, “I’m pulling my hair out!  I want to scream!”  I was trying to redesign The Ranch website so I could expand it to minister to more people over the Internet. That meant I had to install some new software that I felt God wanted me to use, but I had no idea how to use it.  Everything I tried made a bigger mess than before.  Instead of making things better, I was making them worse―much worse!

I went outside and looked at the mess in our front yard.  I knew that remodeling projects were always like this.  When in the middle of it, the mess gets worse before it gets better.  I thanked God for the reminder and went back to work.

The website ended up more beautiful and more functional than I could have imagined.  Our front steps turned out better than before and the grass began to grow again.  These were small victories compared to what Moses finally gained: he was able to set an entire nation free as God had promised.

Just because your steps of faith lead you into worse trouble than before, don’t automatically assume that you’re out of God’s will, or that you’ve done something wrong.  Return to the Lord.  Fight the battle of faith first, and the victory in the flesh will follow.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Battle Of Faith And Flesh”

Lesson 7: God Helps Us With Both Battles

Scripture Reading: Exodus 6

How well do you do on the “Wednesdays” of your life?  The way you handle those “hump days” could very well determine what happens with the rest of your week―and the rest of your life!

Maybe it’s a marriage that you were really thrilled about jumping into at first, but then starts getting hard.  Or maybe it’s a baby you’ve looked forward to having and then it finally comes―along with the dirty diapers,  the crying and the sleepless nights.  Or maybe it’s a Bible study you couldn’t wait to start, but then begins to lag and just isn’t “speaking to you” anymore.  Whatever it is, a “Wednesday” is anything that makes you feel like you just want to throw in the towel and give in.

Moses was definitely having a “Wednesday” in Exodus chapter 6, and the lesson God gave him for how to get through it is a good one for us, too.

Moses had done exactly what God told him to do, asking Pharaoh to “Let my people go.”  But Pharaoh said, “No,” and increased the people’s work.

Now Moses was fighting a battle in his flesh and a battle in his faith.  We find out, in Exodus chapter 6, when Moses returns to the Lord, that God is still with him, ready and willing to help Moses fight both battles. Regarding the battle of the flesh, God says He will help Moses by using His “mighty hand”:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Now you will see what I will do to Pharaoh: Because of my mighty hand he will let them go; because of my mighty hand he will drive them out of his country’ ” (Exodus 6:1) 

Regarding the battle of the faith, God tells Moses three things:

1)  God reminds Moses that this was His idea, His plan, His covenant (verses 2-5);

2)  God reminds Moses that He will be with Moses, that Moses isn’t fighting alone (verse 6);

3)  God reminds Moses what the outcome will be, what the future holds (verses 7-8).

When you’re in the middle of your own battles, be sure to return to the Lord.  Let Him speak to you, remind you, reassure you that you’re on the right path.  If you’re not, He’ll let you know.  But if you are, let Him reassure you that that this is His idea, that He is with you and that He has a plan for your future.  These reminders can give you the faith you need to make another push in your flesh, to go another round, to keep moving forward till “Friday” comes.

I had a dream one night where God spoke clearly to me about preaching on the Internet.  Even though I thought it would be financially impossible, I saw in the dream an envelope wrapped in a “net”―something that looked like one of those red woven sacks in which they sell grapefruit.  There were a few dollars in the envelope and a note saying that the bill had already been paid.  I wasn’t to worry about the money, but to just keep preaching on the “net.”

What did I do when I woke up?  I worried about the money!  Over time, whenever I “returned to the Lord,” He reminded me that this was His idea, that He was with me, and that He had a plan for my future.

Because I returned to Him so many times to get this reminder, I finally took a red mesh grapefruit bag and put it in my bill drawer.  Every time I’d worry about the money, I’d open that drawer, see the “net” and immediately sense the peace of God.  There was nothing magical about the bag―it was simply a visual reminder of the promises God had made to me―but it helped me get through more than a few of my own “Wednesdays.”

Don’t let “Wednesdays” get you down.  Don’t let the rest of your week drop; don’t let the rest of your marriage or job or children drop; don’t let the rest of your life drop.  Return to the Lord.  He’ll help you fight both battles.  Remember:  Friday’s coming!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Helps Us With Both Battles”

Lesson 8: God Sets People Free So All Will Know

Scripture Reading: Exodus 7-10

People sometimes wonder why God “hardens” Pharaoh’s heart in the process of setting the Israelites free from Egypt.  Why does God have to do it this way?  Doesn’t this override Pharaoh’s free will, if God is the one who makes Pharaoh’s heart hard?

Not at all!  A friend of mine compares this to the different effects the sun has on two different objects:  butter and clay.  What happens when the sun shines on a lump of butter for a few hours?  It gets soft.  But what happens when the sun shines on a lump of clay for a few hours?  It gets hard!  The same sun that softens the butter, hardens the clay.  The difference is not in the sun, but in the reaction of the objects to the sun.

When God pours out the plagues in Exodus chapters 7, 8, 9 and 10, Moses and Pharaoh have two different reactions.  Moses’ heart gets softer to God’s purposes and Pharaoh’s just gets harder and harder.

But there’s still a deeper question in this story:  Why does God have to bother with Moses, Pharaoh and the plagues at all?  If God wants to set the people free, why doesn’t He just cut off their chains, open the gates of Egypt and walk the people out?  Why, for that matter, does God free anyone the way He does?

Why wait until Daniel’s already in the lion’s den before saving him?  Why wait for little David to come onto the scene before defeating Goliath?  Why wait till Jonah’s near the bottom of the ocean before sending a whale out to save him?

God tells us the answer in every one of these stories.

He sets people free in a way that the world will know that He is the Lord, so that others will put their faith in Him and be set free, too.

We can read this over and over again in the story of the plagues:

“…and the Egyptians will know that I am the LORD…” (Exodus 7:5) 

“…by this you will know that I am the LORD…” (Exodus 7:17) 

“…so that you may know there is no one like the LORD…” (Exodus 8:10) 

“…so that you will know that I, the LORD , am in this land.” (Exodus 8:22) 

“…that my name might be proclaimed in all the earth.” (Exodus 9:16) 

We can read this over and over again throughout the Bible.

When God sets Daniel free from the lion’s den, He does it in a way that so impresses the king of that land that the king “wrote a letter to all the peoples, nations and men of every language throughout the land…that in every part of my kingdom people must fear and reverence the God of Daniel” (from Daniel 6:25-27).

When God gave David the victory over Goliath, He did it in a way that “the whole world will know that there is a God in Israel” (from 1 Samuel 17:45-46).

When God rescued Jonah from the depths of the ocean, He was able to get His message out to the people of Nineveh so that even the king of that city issued a proclamation to all the people in his land:  “Let everyone call urgently on God. Let them give up their evil ways and their violence. Who knows? God may yet relent and with compassion turn from his fierce anger so that we will not perish” (from Jonah 3:7-9).

If you wonder why God does things the way He does, pray that God would soften your heart to the things He’s trying to do.  Pray that God would soften the hearts of your family and friends to the things He may be trying to do through you.  Then trust Him that He really does want to set you and your family and friends free.

God may be waiting for just the right time, just the right place, and just the right circumstances so that others will know that He is the Lord, put their faith and trust in Him, and be set free, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Sets People Free So All Will Know”

Lesson 9: Ultimate Victory Comes From Ultimate Sacrifice

Scripture Reading: Exodus 11

How free do you want to be?  If you want to get a little bit free, you only have to make a little bit of sacrifice.  But if you want to get totally free, you have to make a total sacrifice.

I’ve ridden on a few swings with my kids before and there’s a bit of a thrill that comes with it.  But one day I went on a 100 foot bungee swing with them and it was a totally different experience!

After my six year old son and I were pulled half-way up to the top, he asked “Are we there yet?”  When we were pulled still higher and higher, he hung onto my arm tighter and tighter.  When we got to the top, I counted to three before pulling the cord that would plunge us down the 100 foot drop:

One! Two! Three!  Whewwwww!  The sense of freedom that came in those next few seconds was overwhelming as we swung down and then back up again over the crowd below us.

Moses had the chance to get a little bit of freedom for the Israelite slaves in Egypt.  Pharaoh offered Moses the chance to go into the desert for a few days with just the men.  Moses said, “No.”  Then Pharaoh said Moses could go with the women and children, too, but just leave the animals behind.  Moses refused.  Each time Pharaoh offered a compromise, Moses held out for total freedom, because that’s what God had promised him.

In Exodus chapter 11, God tells Moses that total freedom is just around the corner, but it wouldn’t come without cost.

So Moses said, “This is what the LORD says: ‘About midnight I will go throughout Egypt. Every firstborn son in Egypt will die, from the firstborn son of Pharaoh, who sits on the throne, to the firstborn son of the slave girl, who is at her hand mill, and all the firstborn of the cattle as well.  There will be loud wailing throughout Egypt – worse than there has ever been or ever will be again. But among the Israelites not a dog will bark at any man or animal.’ Then you will know that the LORD makes a distinction between Egypt and Israel” (Exodus 11:4-7). 

Ultimate victory comes only from ultimate sacrifice.

None of the Israelites’ sons would die in this way, but God called upon them to make a sacrifice, too―of a lamb.  When they put the blood of the lamb on the doorframes of their homes, the Angel of the Lord would “pass over” them and not kill their sons, because their sacrifice had already been made.

There are times when something has to die so something else can live.

I heard a woman speak one night about dying to ourselves so that God could live through us.  She quoted Madame Guyon, a Christian who lived in France in the 1600’s, who talked about this total surrender as “plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever.”

I was enthralled by this vision.  But a friend of mine,  who had heard the same talk, was scared to death by it.  He wasn’t sure if he could trust God or not, and wasn’t wanting to take the chance to find out.

I wasn’t sure I wanted to do the bungee swing, either, until I saw a sign on the ride that said, “100% safety.”  That’s what I needed to know to enjoy the ride of my life.  Maybe you’re not sure you want to totally surrender everything in your life to Christ.  Let me assure you that based on my experience, the experience of others, and most importantly, the words of God Himself in the Bible, that God is trustworthy.  He loves you, cares about you, and has already made the ultimate sacrifice for you.  Jesus is “the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!” (John 1:29b).

If you want a little bit of freedom, trust Jesus a little bit.  But if you want total freedom, put your faith in Christ for everything in your life.  Everything!  Then you’ll find out the truth of Jesus’ words: “if the Son sets you free, you will be free indeed! (John 8:36)

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Ultimate Victory Comes From Ultimate Sacrifice”

Lesson 10: God Fulfills His Promises In Unforgettable Ways

Scripture Reading: Exodus 12

Can you imagine an event so memorable that people would still celebrate it 3,500 years later?  Not 35, or 350, but 3,500 years later!?!  The Passover was just such an event:  the night the Israelites were set free from their bondage in Egypt.

We’ve already looked at one of the reasons God does things the way He does:  so that the whole world will know that He is God, so they will put their faith in Him, too.  But in this lesson, we see yet another reason:  sometimes God fulfills His promises in a way that is so unforgettable that people will remember it for years to come.

When God called me into full-time ministry, He used a verse about the Passover to confirm it.  I was asking God to confirm some things He was telling me were going to happen that day.

Two verses of scripture came to my mind:  Genesis 2:3 and Exodus 12:2.  I didn’t know what the verses said, so I looked up Genesis 2:3.  It was about the first Sabbath Day.  Assuming I must have heard wrong on that one, I turned to Exodus 12:2, which was about the first Passover.  I began to write in my journal, “God, I don’t get it,” but before I finished the sentence, I felt like God said:  “Like the Sabbath and the Passover were markers of special days, so today will mark a special day for you, Eric.”

“What will it mark?”  I asked.

“The beginning of your ministry,” He answered.

God did what He promised to do that day, and within 48 hours I had quit my job and launched out into full-time ministry.

As memorable as that event was for me, it was minuscule compared to what God did for the Israelites on that first Passover night:

“Each man is to take a lamb for his family…year-old males without defect, and…slaughter them at midnight….take some of the blood and put it on the sides and tops of the doorframes of the houses where they eat the lambs…On that same night I will pass through Egypt and strike down every firstborn – both men and animals – and I will bring judgment on all the gods of Egypt. I am the LORD.  The blood will be a sign for you on the houses where you are; and when I see the blood, I will pass over you. No destructive plague will touch you when I strike Egypt.  This is a day you are to commemorate; for the generations to come you shall celebrate it as a festival to the LORD – a lasting ordinance” (Exodus 12:3, 6, and 12-14). 

And a lasting celebration it has become.  When Jesus celebrated the Passover on the night before He died, the tradition was already 1,500 years old.  You’ve probably celebrated it, even if you weren’t fully aware of it, if you’ve ever taken communion, or the Lord’s Supper.  For it was during the Passover meal that Jesus took the bread and the cup and spoke these words:

“This is my body, which is for you; do this in remembrance of me…this cup is the new covenant in my blood. Do this whenever you drink it in remembrance of me” (1 Corinthians 11:24-25). 

Just as the Old Covenant required a lamb to be sacrificed so the Israelites could go free, the New Covenant has the same requirement so that we can go free, except that Jesus is that lamb.  The Bible says, “For Christ, our Passover lamb, has been sacrificed” (I Corinthians 5:7).  

For all that the Israelites had to go through in Egypt―the hard labor, the waiting, the wailing all around them―their day of freedom was so memorable we still celebrate it 3,500 years later.

Are you waiting for God to do something in your life?  Are you wondering why it has to take so long―why your labor might be getting harder not easier?  It just might be that God is working things out in such a way that when He does fulfill His promises to you, He will do it in a way that is so unforgettable, that you―and everyone around you―will remember it for years.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Fulfills His Promises In Unforgettable Ways”

Lesson 11: Mark The Date

Scripture Reading: Exodus 13:1-16

If you could live any day of your life over again―because it was so memorable―which day would you re-live?  For me, I’d pick November 19th, 1988, the day I asked my wife, Lana, to marry me.  It was perfect in every way, even including the brief rain shower that fell on us while we rode paddle boats at the Houston Zoo.

Some dates are so memorable that we think we’ll never forget them.  But as time passes, and life takes its unexpected turns, we can sometimes forget, or simply devalue, what God has done for us in the past.  And when we forget, we tend to quickly lose ground on any freedom we had gained up to that point.

In the last ten lessons of this study, we looked at how the Israelites were finally able to get free from their bondage.  In the next ten lessons, we’re going to look at how to stay free, which can be just as important as getting free in the first place.

The first lesson for staying free is this:  mark the date.  Make a point to deliberately remember, from year to year, just what God has done for you.  And not only for you to remember, but as an opportunity to remind those around you what God has done for you, too.

Here’s what God told the Israelites to do in Exodus chapter 13:

“Then Moses said to the people, ‘Commemorate this day, the day you came out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery, because the LORD brought you out of it with a mighty hand … You must keep this ordinance at the appointed time year after year … In days to come, when your son asks you, ‘What does this mean?’ say to him, ‘With a mighty hand the LORD brought us out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery’ … and it will be like a sign on your hand and a symbol on your forehead that the LORD brought us out of Egypt with his mighty hand.”

God knew what the Israelites would be facing in the future.  He knew that they may one day wonder if they had made the wrong decision, if maybe they should turn around and go back to Egypt, back into bondage.  But if they could simply remember this night and the miraculous deliverance they experienced that could only be attributed to the hand of God, they would have the faith to keep moving forward – faith to endure any obstacle in the future.

Some people scoff at holidays, thinking they serve no purpose except to give people a day off of work.  But to those who use these “holy” days well, they can be powerful reminders of what God has done, and provide “staying power” for those who have been set free.

Here in the United States, we celebrate a holiday called Thanksgiving, a day that was established when the first people who came to this land from overseas wanted to remember all that God had done for them.  They had lost much in the process of coming to America, including many loved ones who didn’t survive the trip and their first few months here.  But rather than despair over what they had lost, they gave thanks for what they had found.

The day before I wrote this lesson was November 19th.  Throughout the day, I took time to remember what happened on the day I proposed to Lana.  I told my kids about it.  I told her brother about it.  I told her Dad about it.  I bought her flowers.  I love to re-live that day in my mind for myself, and out loud for others, because I want to continually remember throughout my life what God has done for me.

Are you struggling to stay free?  Wondering if it might be better to head back to Egypt?  If so, try taking some time this week to remember some of the things God has done for you in the past.  Mark those dates on your calendar.  Celebrate them every year.  Let them be “like a sign on your hand and a symbol on your forehead” of all that the Lord has done for you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Mark The Date”

Lesson 12: God’s Route Takes Time For Our Sake

Scripture Reading: Exodus 13:17-22

Have you ever been able to see exactly where you want to go, but it seems like it takes forever to get there?  The more you walk towards it, the farther away it gets?  That may not be an optical illusion.  That may just be the hand of God at work.

I’ve been working on a project for several years.  Every once in awhile I think I see the finish line just around the next turn.  Then I realize that it wasn’t the finish line at all, but just another marker along the way.  God urges me on, and seems to send me on another lap around the track.

Why does God do that?  Isn’t He the One who called us to run this race in the first place and holds out the prize for us at the end?  In Exodus chapter 13, God gives us at least one of the reasons He holds us back from reaching the finish line too soon.

When God promised the Israelites He would bring them into “the Promised Land,” He set them free from Egypt and sent them on their way.  But instead of sending them on the straightest route, He deliberately sent them on a much longer route around the desert.  He tells us why in Exodus 13:17-18a:

“When Pharaoh let the people go, God did not lead them on the road through the Philistine country, though that was shorter. For God said, ‘If they face war, they might change their minds and return to Egypt.’  So God led the people around by the desert road toward the Red Sea.” 

The Israelites were so fresh out of Egypt that God knew that if they went straight to the Promised Land and had to do battle right away, they might have hightailed it right back to Egypt.  God knew that Egypt was a much worse place for them to be and it wasn’t where He wanted them to be at all.  For their own protection, God took them on the longer route.

Oftentimes we get frustrated when we have to take the longer route.  We cry out, “God, why is it taking so long for me to get there?  Why is it taking so long to restore my marriage that I know You want restored?  To get the job that I know you want me to have?  To bring back the child that I know You want to bring back?  To finish the project that I know You called me to do?”

It might be that God is waiting until we’re ready to say with our whole heart:  “OK, God, I’m ready to take on this battle no matter what.  I’m going to fight for my marriage the way You want me to fight for it.  I’m going to fight for my job, fight for my purpose, fight for my calling in life.  I want to be able to stand firm in these things, God, so teach me everything I need to know before I get there, because if I get there too soon, I might hightail it back to Egypt.”

Proverbs 3:5-6 tells us how we can get this kind of attitude:  “Trust in the LORD with all your heart and lean not on your own understanding; in all your ways acknowledge him, and he will make your paths straight.”

Sometimes the shortest route in the long run is the longest route in the short run.

Don’t be frustrated when God says to take another lap around the track.  Don’t give up on what God’s called you to do.  Don’t give in to the thinking that you’ll never make it.  Follow the example of the Apostle Paul: “But one thing I do:  Forgetting what is behind and straining toward what is ahead, I press on toward the goal to win the prize for which God has called me heavenward in Christ Jesus” (Philippians 3:13b-14).

Tell God:  “Father, I’m ready when You are.  Whether I reach my goal today or sometime down the road, I’m still going to trust You no matter what.  You’ve brought me this far.  I know You’ll bring me home.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God’s Route Takes Time For Our Sake”

Lesson 13: Stand Firm

Scripture Reading: Exodus 14:1-14

What can you do when your back is up against the wall, when you can’t go forward, and when you feel like God doesn’t want you to go backward?  Sometimes the best thing to do is the hardest thing to do:  to “stand firm.”

A few years ago, my family was moving from Texas to Illinois.  We had a very short timeframe to sell our house and make the move.  As I prayed about it, I felt God wanted us to make the move between February 15th and February 28th, a two week window of time―that was less than two months away.

I was fighting for my faith on this one.  I felt I was supposed to sell the house without a realtor, which can often take longer than with a realtor, and I didn’t have any time to lose.  Then I got a letter from a realtor that almost totally undid my faith.  It read:

“It’s now been a couple of weeks since you began trying to sell your house by yourself, and for your sake I do hope you will be successful―although the odds are not with you.  I say this because currently in this area there are some 470 full-time real estate professionals who are working 7 days a week to sell homes like yours. Yet even with so many professionals on the job, it is still taking an average of 30-120 days to get a listed home sold. Now, if it takes 470 full-time professionals over 4 months to get a house sold, how long will it take you―working part-time by yourself?”

I wondered what to do.  It was critical that we sell our house quickly.  Then I was reminded of the Israelites in Exodus, chapter 14.

They had just been set free from Egypt when God led them right up to the edge of the Red Sea.  Pharaoh had changed his mind again, wondering why he had let his slaves go free.  He took his chariots and chased after the Israelites, threatening to put them into bondage again.  The Israelites saw their captors coming and cried out to Moses:

“Was it because there were no graves in Egypt that you brought us to the desert to die? What have you done to us by bringing us out of Egypt? Didn’t we say to you in Egypt, ‘Leave us alone; let us serve the Egyptians’? It would have been better for us to serve the Egyptians than to die in the desert!” (Exodus 14:11-12).

Sometimes we wonder the same thing.  We finally get free from something that has enslaved us, then it tries to force its way back into our lives to captivate us again.  We panic.  We wonder why we ever tried to get free in the first place.  But Moses told his people something that helped them stay free, and it can help us stay free as well.  Moses answered:

“Do not be afraid. Stand firm and you will see the deliverance the LORD will bring you today. The Egyptians you see today you will never see again. The LORD will fight for you; you need only to be still”  (Exodus 14:13-14). 

Even Moses couldn’t have guessed that God was going to part the Red Sea for them to cross, but he knew that God had brought them this far, and He could bring them home.

In my own small way, I felt like Moses with my back up against the Sea.  I was about to panic when I got that realtor’s letter.  But I decided to “stand firm.”  As if in confirmation of my decision, I read another story in 1 Kings 18 where God answered the prayers of one man, Elijah, over the misguided prayers of 450 others.  It was close enough to my situation up against the 470 realtors mentioned in the letter that it gave me goose bumps!

Three weeks later we had a buyer for the house.  We finalized the sale on February 26th and pulled out of town on February 28th.

Standing orders are good orders.  If God hasn’t directed a change in your plans, the best plan is to “stand firm” in the plan He’s already given you.

Don’t give in to fear.  Stand firm in God!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Stand Firm”

Lesson 14: Take Action

Scripture Reading: Exodus 14:15-31

In our last study, we took a look at “standing firm” when our back is up against the wall.  In this study, we’ll look at what to do next, because God doesn’t want us to stand still forever.  There comes a time when God calls us to take action.

To paraphrase a preacher in the early days of America, who had been praying about what God wanted him to do in regards to creating this new country:  “There’s a time to pray and a time to act.  Now’s the time to act!”

Prayer is not a one-way conversation, but is an invitation for God to speak.  And when God speaks, we need to do what He says, no matter how trivial a thing He might tell us to do.

God spoke to Moses when Moses’ back was up against the wall of the Red Sea.  The people had been crying out to Moses, complaining that he had brought them out into the desert to die at the hands of the Egyptians.  As the Egyptian chariots quickly approached, Moses told the people to “stand firm,” and they would see the deliverance of the Lord.

But then God told Moses what to do next:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Why are you crying out to me? Tell the Israelites to move on. Raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea to divide the water so that the Israelites can go through the sea on dry ground. …’  Then Moses stretched out his hand over the sea, and all that night the LORD drove the sea back with a strong east wind and turned it into dry land. The waters were divided, and the Israelites went through the sea on dry ground, with a wall of water on their right and on their left” (Exodus 14:15-16, 21-22). 

Moses may have thought:  What?  Just raise my staff and stretch out my hand over the sea?  How could that help!?!  But Moses did what God said to do, and the Lord blew back the waters with His very breath, delivering the Israelites to safety and destroying their captors.

I was farming with my Dad one day when the rain began to fall on our two tractors.  I was driving ahead of my Dad, preparing the ground so he could plant the grain behind me.  It was critical that we got the crops in the ground that day.  We didn’t have time for a storm.

As the rain started hitting my face, I stood up on the open-air tractor, held my hand up above my head, and prayed that the rain would stop.  Guess what happened?  I got drenched!  Totally soaked from head to toe!  I said, “Okay, God, I don’t have control over the wind and rain.”

But as I thought about it some more, I said, “Even though I don’t have control, God, I believe that You do.  I think this is just Satan trying to discourage me.  God, I’m going to put my hand back up and keep on praying.  I’m going to keep driving and praying until the rain stops, because we need to get Dad’s crops in today!”

Although the rain kept pelting me in the face, I held my hand up high.  I was still  getting soaked for a few more minutes, but by the time I got to the other end of the field and turned around to take another pass, the rain had completely stopped.  For the rest of the day, we planted that field as the rain came down in sheets all around us.  Even the cars that drove on the road bordering our field had their windshield wipers going all day long, but the rain didn’t touch the ground we were planting.

God doesn’t always answer our prayers so dramatically, and even when He doesn’t, we can be assured that He has something better in mind for us, because God is ultimately FOR us.

But when God does tell you to take action, take action!  No matter how big or how small that action may be, make sure to get it done. Don’t let Satan get you down.  Lift your hands to God and press on.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take Action”

Lesson 15: Take Time To Praise God

Scripture Reading: Exodus 15:1-21

When you’ve broken free from something in your life, what’s a practical thing you can do to stay free?

One thing is to write down specifically what God has done for you―in a poem, in a song, or just in some words that don’t even rhyme.  When you take the time to write it down, especially in a way that can be recited or sung later, those words can be a reminder of what God has done for you―and what He’s going to do in the future.

I don’t think of myself as a poet, but sometimes poems just come out!  One came out when I was a senior in college when I was dating Lana.  I was working at an office that had an Apple computer called the “Lisa.”  “Lisa” was Apple’s forerunner to the Macintosh, and was the first of Apple’s computers to have a “graphical user interface,” years before Microsoft created “windows.”

That’s when I fell in love, not only with Lana, but also with Apple computers.  I discovered that this computer allowed me to express myself in a poem by drawing pictures next to the text:

 I love your name Lana, 

You don’t look like a (I drew a picture of a banana).  

Your (I drew a picture of her hair) is so curly, 

You never look (I drew a picture of a squirrel) -ly.”  

I’ll spare you from having to read the rest of the poem!  As goofy as it was, Lana has kept it to this day.

The fact that we take the time to write down something about someone special can have a significant impact on them―and on us.

For the Israelites, when they got free from the Egyptians and made it to the other side of the Red Sea, they seemed to almost spontaneously combust into a song about the experience:

“I will sing to the LORD,
for he is highly exalted.
The horse and its rider
he has hurled into the sea.”
(Exodus 15:1) 

This goes on for 20 more verses.  The song is specifically about their experience, recalling how the water piled up like a wall on each side of them, and then how God blew the water back into place again with His breath, plunging their enemies to the depths like a stone.  The song then turns into a song of hope for what God promised to do for them in the future.

Their song was such a powerful reminder of God’s deliverance that we still sing some of its refrains today, such as, “And I shall prepare him my heart…” from the song Exodus XV.

Just as people love it when we take time to write about how much they mean to us, God loves it, too.  One of the reasons is because it takes time to write down the words.  In that time, when we recall what God has done for us and what He has promised to do for us in the future, we can find hope to go on.  We can remember all that He’s done and all that He’s going to do.  We remind ourselves that we don’t really want to go back to our own “Egypt” ever again.

As I wrote this lesson, we were about to celebrate Christmas all around the world.  We were getting ready to sing songs about things that God has done throughout the ages, some of them thousands of years ago, and some just a few years ago.  I wondered aloud if maybe it was time for a new song, too?

Has God done something in your life that you’d like to remember forever―something that you’d like to pass on to future generations?  Or is there someone special in your life who could use a special gift this week?  Not a gift from a store, but a gift from a storehouse of love.  If so, let it flow!  Write a poem to the awesome God we serve―or to someone that you love.  If you like music, how about writing a tune, or just humming one that can go along with the poem?

Then give it to your Beloved as a special act of love.  They’ll keep it forever.  And it will help keep you free!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take Time To Praise God”

Lesson 16: Cry Out To The Lord

Scripture Reading: Exodus 15:22-27

What makes Christmas so special for so many people?  I think the answer can be summed up in one word:  JESUS.  That one word contains more power, more hope and more love than all the others words in the world combined.

Even the word “Jesus” has a significant meaning.  It comes from the Greek form of the name Joshua, which means “the Lord saves.”  So to say that “Jesus Saves” is like saying, in bold and underlined, “The Savior Saves!”  It is the saving power of Jesus that makes Christmas so special to me and millions of others around the world.

It is that same Truth that God has been trying to get across to people for thousands of years.

Three thousand years ago there were over 600,000 men, women and children who were on the verge of death in the middle of a desert.  They had just lived through some of the most fearful and awesome moments ever recorded in history, and yet they found themselves once again at the edge of calamity.

Having found no water in the desert for three days, they finally found water at a place called Marah―only to discover that the water was bitter and was undrinkable.  This was the last straw.  They grumbled to Moses, and Moses did the best thing any of us can do in such a situation―he cried out to the Lord:

“Then Moses cried out to the LORD, and the LORD showed him a piece of wood. He threw it into the water, and the water became sweet” (Exodus 15:25). 

Once again, “the Lord saves.” There’s a big difference between grumbling to others and crying out to the Lord.  “Grumbling to others” is giving in to defeat and failure.  “Crying out to the Lord” is looking up with hope and anticipation.  The people grumbled.  Moses cried out to the Lord, and the Lord showed him exactly what to do.

A man here in the U.S., by the name of George Washington Carver, saw poverty and desperation all around him in his home state of Georgia.  He cried out to the Lord, asking God to show him the secrets of the universe.  God told George that this would be too much for him to handle!  So George asked God to show him the secrets of the peanut, an unimportant plant at that time that grew in Georgia.  In response to that cry, God showed George hundreds of uses for the peanut, including peanut butter, oils, lubricants, paints and more.  George put his wisdom to use and turned the peanut into a $13 million industry for the state of Georgia.

Back to Jesus, I heard from a woman who had grown up as a Buddhist, and who one day she found herself in the blackest of holes.  Her marriage, her family, and her life were a total mess.  She didn’t know what to do.  So she did the one thing she hadn’t tried before.  She called out to Jesus, whom she had heard about on television.  Standing in the middle of her living room, she looked up to heaven, with tears in her eyes, and called out to Jesus as loud as she could.  With that cry, Jesus totally and completely transformed her life here on earth and gave her a future in heaven, too.  You can read her whole story on The Ranch website by going to “Stories” and clicking on “Jesus Get Me Out Of Here!”

I don’t know where you are today or what you’re going through.  But the Lord knows―the Lord who saves, the Lord who took a truly desperate situation and completely turned it around by showing Moses the simplest of solutions―to throw a stick into bitter water to make it sweet.

What do you need from the Lord today?  Don’t grumble to others.  Cry out to the Lord!  Listen for His answer, no matter how simple.  You might find that the solution is right under your nose.  You just need the Lord to show it to you!  You’ll find out again that the Lord is able to save you and those around you, perhaps even hundreds of thousands around you!  Remember what “Jesus” means:  “The Lord Saves!”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Cry Out To The Lord”

Lesson 17: Trust God To Provide Showing He’s The Lord

Scripture Reading: Exodus 16

Want to see the hand of God at work in your life this year?  Try this:  take time to write down each of your prayers in a journal or on a pad of paper.  Then leave some space next to each prayer so that you can come back later to record when, and how, that prayer was answered.

Within just a few weeks, you’ll begin to see how many prayers God answers on a regular basis.  You’ll also see how often He answers those prayers in a way that you’ll know it was the Lord who answered them.  By connecting your prayers to God’s answers, you’ll both see and know that God’s hand is at work in your life.

This is how God said He would answer the prayers of the Israelites when they cried out for food in the desert in Exodus chapter 16:

The LORD said to Moses, “I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, ‘At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am the LORD your God’ ” (Exodus 16:11-12). 

Starting the very next day, God gave them manna every morning and quail every night, not as the result of some natural desert phenomenon, but clearly as a result of God delivering on His promise exactly as He told them He would.

One day, God answered one of my prayers in a similarly specific way when I was praying about where God wanted me to live and minister.

I was living in Illinois at the time and had a map of the United States laying out on the table.  Just out of curiosity, I closed my eyes and let my finger fall on the map.  When I saw that it had landed on Dallas, Texas, I closed the map.  I really wasn’t wanting to go back to Texas again, since I had just moved back to Illinois from from Texas just a few years earlier.

But later that night, as I told a friend on the phone what had happened regarding the map, my friend immediately described to me a picture that God had impressed on his mind when I said the word “Dallas.”  He described a place called “The Ranch,” not the famous ranch from the old TV show “Dallas,” but a scene he had never seen before.  He told me in detail about the location of the trees, the sunset, some obstacles, a dirt path, a fence, and a river by, next to which stood one solitary tree casting its shadow on the water.

My friend drew what he had seen on a piece of paper.  He signed it, dated it and faxed me a copy.  Vision or no vision, I still wasn’t interested in going to Texas!  So I promptly forgot about it….until several months later when I got a phone call from a pastor in Dallas, Texas.  He wanted to know if I would be interested in moving to Dallas to serve as the Associate Pastor at his church.  I had to pull out my friend’s sketch and ask God if there was any connection between the call and my earlier prayer.  It turns out there was!  You can see the whole story on The Ranch website by watching the video for this lesson.

Suffice it to say we ended up moving to Dallas!  Exactly one year later―to the day―I found myself standing on the bank of the river outside our new back yard, looking at a scene that had been detailed a year earlier in a drawing I now held in my hand and included the trees, the sunset, the obstacles, the dirt path, the fence, and even the solitary tree casting its shadow onto the water!  To top it all off, just behind this scene was a brand new sports rehab center that happened to open that very month called, “The Ranch.”  (This story was the inspiration for how I decided to call my website The Ranch!)

If you want to see the hand of God at work in your life, take time to write down your prayers―then leave room for His answers!  When you make the connection between your prayers and God’s answers, you’ll begin to see clearly that the Lord really is “the LORD!”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Trust God To Provide Showing He’s The Lord”

Lesson 18: Take It To The Lord

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:1-7

What can we do when people seem to love us one minute and hate us the next―when we haven’t even done anything differently?  We can learn a lesson from Moses and do what he did:  take it to the Lord.

I remember a man who had heard about some of the things I was doing in my walk of faith with God.  He was so impressed that he came over to my house one day said to me:  “you’re the closest thing to a disciple I’ve ever seen.”  Within a month, that same man started to deride and question everything I did.  I wasn’t doing anything differently, but somehow his perception of me had changed during that month.

People can be fickle―and sometimes with good reason.  But we still need to know how to respond to them.  Moses had to deal with people’s fickle reactions all the time.  When things were going great in the camp, the people put their faith in Moses, following him wherever he led. But when circumstances changed, their opinions of Moses changed, even to the point where they wanted to stone him to death.

In Exodus 17, when the people found themselves without water again, they turned on Moses again:

“The whole Israelite community set out from the Desert of Sin, traveling from place to place as the LORD commanded. They camped at Rephidim, but there was no water for the people to drink. So they quarreled with Moses and said, ‘Give us water to drink.’  

“Moses replied, ‘Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you put the LORD to the test?’  But the people were thirsty for water there, and they grumbled against Moses. They said, ‘Why did you bring us up out of Egypt to make us and our children and livestock die of thirst?’ ” (Exodus 17:1-3). 

What could Moses do?  Instead of taking it personally, he took it to the Lord―and the Lord answered him.

“Then Moses cried out to the LORD, ‘What am I to do with these people? They are almost ready to stone me.’  

“The LORD answered Moses, ‘Walk on ahead of the people. Take with you some of the elders of Israel and take in your hand the staff with which you struck the Nile, and go. I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb. Strike the rock, and water will come out of it for the people to drink.’ So Moses did this in the sight of the elders of Israel. And he called the place Massah and Meribah because the Israelites quarreled and because they tested the LORD saying, ‘Is the LORD among us or not?’ ” (Exodus 17:4-7). 

This last question is the key question for all of us:  “Is the Lord among us or not?”  If we can answer that question, we can be dead to compliments and dead to criticism.

When God answered Moses, He clearly told Moses what to do:  walk on ahead of the people, take some of the elders with him, along with his staff, with which God had already displayed his power.  Then He told Moses:  “I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb.”

God said, in effect:  “Moses, I am with you.  Strike the rock and you’ll have water for all the people.”

Jesus said similar words to His disciples, words which still apply to all of us who call ourselves His disciples today:  “And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age” (Matthew 28:20b). 

When we know that God is with us, we can properly respond to people’s comments, whether they are compliments or criticism.  The key is not in ignoring people’s compliments or criticism, but in fully recognizing that God is with us in what we’re doing.  When we know that He is with us, we will clearly defer people’s compliments and criticism to Him, knowing that it is God who is calling the shots, not us.

Whether people compliment you or criticize you, don’t take it personally.  Take it to the Lord, letting Him reassure you that He’s still with you!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take It To The Lord”

Lesson 19: Take Your Position And Maintain Your Position

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:8-16

What difference can it make to those around you whether or not you can “stay up” in your faith?  For some people, it may mean the difference between victory and defeat, between staying free and falling back into bondage.

When God calls us to take action, He wants us to take our position, and maintain our position, even when we begin to feel weak.  He may even send others to help us so we can continue to stand strong.

In the case of Moses, God sent two men to help him when he was feeling weak.  When Moses was wearing out, he lowered his arms, and his army began to lose.  But when Aaron and Hur gave him a boost, Moses’ army got a boost at the same time.  There’s a short description of this event in Exodus 17:

“The Amalekites came and attacked the Israelites at Rephidim. Moses said to Joshua, ‘Choose some of our men and go out to fight the Amalekites. Tomorrow I will stand on top of the hill with the staff of God in my hands.’ 

“So Joshua fought the Amalekites as Moses had ordered, and Moses, Aaron and Hur went to the top of the hill. As long as Moses held up his hands, the Israelites were winning, but whenever he lowered his hands, the Amalekites were winning. When Moses’ hands grew tired, they took a stone and put it under him and he sat on it. Aaron and Hur held his hands up―one on one side, one on the other―so that his hands remained steady till sunset. So Joshua overcame the Amalekite army with the sword” (Exodus 7:8-13). 

It must have seemed odd for Moses to tell Joshua to go into battle while Moses himself went up on a hill, holding his staff in his hands.  But they both had their roles to play.  They both had to take their positions and maintain their positions for victory to come.  Moses needed to keep his staff in the air, and Joshua needed to fight with all his might.

What’s the deal with Moses having to hold his arms up in the air?  What good could that do?  While I’m sure there were supernatural things that God did by having Moses raise his staff, (like turning water into blood and splitting the Red Sea in two), I also think there were some “natural” things that God did through this act, too.

As Joshua and the army looked up to the hill, they could see their leader, Moses, with his staff in his hands raised up to heaven.  They could also see if Moses grew weary and lowered his arms.  While one movement gave them strength and courage, the other movement led to weakness and discouragement.

Moses, Aaron and Hur all saw the effect this had on Joshua and the army.  They knew what needed to be done.  When Moses couldn’t do it by himself anymore, Aaron and Hur stepped in to lift his hands for him.  As they watched Joshua and the army until sunset that day, they saw the result of what they were doing:  the Israelites were finally able to overcome the Amalekites.

A famous Christian once told his friend that he didn’t want to be a role model for others.  His friend said, “It’s not a matter of whether or not you want to be a role model.  You are a role model.  The question is whether you’re going to be a good role model or a bad one.”

There are times when we may not feel like taking the position God has called us to take.  There are times when we may not feel like maintaining the position God has called us to take.  We may wish we could go down to fight instead of standing on a hill.  Or we may wish we could go stand on a hill instead of going down to fight!  But if God has called us to our position, we just need to take it and maintain it.

What position has God called you to take?  Take your position and maintain your position―then watch to see the difference it can make in your life, and in the lives of those around you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take Your Position And Maintain Your Position”

Lesson 20: Take The Elders With You

Scripture Reading: Exodus 17:5-6

Has God ever called you to take a risky step of faith in front of other people?  Why does He do that?

I know I’d rather take a risky step of faith when I’m all alone, in private, with no one watching.  Sometimes we’re able to do that, but there are other times when God calls us to take steps of faith with others looking on.

With today’s lesson, we’re turning a corner in the book of Exodus.  In the first ten lessons, we looked at how to “get free” from the bondages in our life.  In lessons 11-20, we covered how to “stay free” once we’ve gotten free.  In the next ten lessons, we’re going to look at how to “set others free,” a big part of which involves enlisting the help of others.

Take a look at how God begins to do this here in Exodus chapter 17:

“The LORD answered Moses, ‘Walk on ahead of the people. Take with you some of the elders of Israel and take in your hand the staff with which you struck the Nile, and go.  I will stand there before you by the rock at Horeb. Strike the rock, and water will come out of it for the people to drink’ ” (Exodus 17:5-6). 

Why did God tell Moses to take some of the elders of Israel with him on his way to strike the rock?

Although the text of this chapter doesn’t say specifically, we can get an idea of what might be going on by looking ahead at the next few chapters.  Moses’ father-in-law is about to come onto the scene and tell Moses to divide up the work of leading the people, encouraging Moses to choose leaders over groups of tens, hundreds and thousands to help share the leadership load.  The elders that go with Moses to the rock are likely to be some of the same elders who will take on these new roles.

While taking our steps of faith in private may be “safe,” taking those same steps in public may be significant in helping others take their own steps of faith down the road.

When I began my Internet ministry, I reached a point where I was overwhelmed with requests for prayer and advice.  So I invited some people to help me respond to all the emails that were coming in.  One of those who volunteered was a woman from Tennessee who had a heart, and a gift, for helping people.  Over the years of helping us, her burden for helping others over the Internet continued to grow.

The week that I wrote this lesson, she launched an Internet ministry of her own at http://www.DayByDay7.org.  Taking what she has learned about doing ministry over the Internet and combining it with her other God-given gifts and talents, she’s now poised to help many more people grow in their faith.  Here’s part of a note I got from her that week:

“I just wanted to share with you that I got my first prayer request from someone in California.  I don’t even know how they got my website.  I can’t tell you how hard that hit me―it was so sudden and I didn’t expect to get any hits or prayer requests so soon.  It was completely awesome.  You should have seen me praising the Lord.  All the hard work was worth it!  At that moment, the poem on my website came to pass:  if I can ease one pain, it will all be worth it!”

The closing of her note tied together this idea of the value of taking others with us while we step out in faith.  She wrote:  “Thank you for allowing me to volunteer with The Ranch and for encouraging me to reach out to others through your ministry and this one.  I don’t know where God will take it, but I’m ready!  You are my inspiration for DayByDay7.org.”

Why does God call us to sometimes take steps of faith with others watching?  Perhaps one of the reasons is so that when we walk along with each other, we can encourage each other to keep taking more steps of faith, thus expanding the ministry of “setting others free.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Take The Elders With You”

Lesson 21: Put A System In Place

Scripture Reading: Exodus 18

Feeling overwhelmed with too much to do?  Don’t despair.  Help may be on the way!  I was lamenting to a friend one day about all the things I felt God wanted me to do.  She asked:  “Why would God give you more to do than one person could do?”  I knew the answer:  He wouldn’t.  He knows what I can handle and what I can’t.

So I knew there were only two options left:  1) Either God hadn’t given me everything I felt He wanted me to do, and I needed to back out of some of them;  Or 2) God had given me all the things I felt He wanted me to do, and I needed to find a new way to do them.

It turned out to be some of both.  For this lesson, though, I want to focus on the second option.  There are times when God calls us to accomplish things for Him, that don’t require us to do them all by ourselves.

Moses found himself in this situation when leading over 600,000 men, not counting all the women and children, through a desert.  Moses’ father-in-law, Jethro, saw all that Moses was doing and said:

“What is this you are doing for the people? Why do you alone sit as judge, while all these people stand around you from morning till evening?” 

Moses answered him, “Because the people come to me to seek God’s will.  Whenever they have a dispute, it is brought to me, and I decide between the parties and inform them of God’s decrees and laws.” 

Moses’ father-in-law replied, “What you are doing is not good. You and these people who come to you will only wear yourselves out. The work is too heavy for you; you cannot handle it alone. Listen now to me and I will give you some advice, and may God be with you. You must be the people’s representative before God and bring their disputes to him. Teach them the decrees and laws, and show them the way to live and the duties they are to perform. But select capable men from all the people―men who fear God, trustworthy men who hate dishonest gain―and appoint them as officials over thousands, hundreds, fifties and tens. Have them serve as judges for the people at all times, but have them bring every difficult case to you; the simple cases they can decide themselves. That will make your load lighter, because they will share it with you. If you do this and God so commands, you will be able to stand the strain, and all these people will go home satisfied.” 

Moses listened to his father-in-law and did everything he said.  (Exodus 18:14-24)

Here was Moses, a man truly called by God to lead the people, yet becoming overwhelmed by taking care of every dispute by himself.  Jethro saw that this would eventually wear Moses out―as well as all the people.  So Jethro gave Moses some practical advice: “Get help!”  Moses did, and he was able to fulfill the call of God on his life in a way that he was able to “stand the strain,” and all the people went home “satisfied.”

Was Moses called to lead the people?  Absolutely.  Did that mean he had to meet every need personally?  Not at all.  While he was still ultimately responsible for the people, he found that by putting a system into place and enlisting the help of others he was able to fulfill the call of God on his life.

If you’re feeling overwhelmed with too much to do, it’s worth an honest prayer to God:  “Am I doing the things You want me to do?  And if so, is there another way You want me to do them?”  Then listen to His honest answers, which come at times through other people.

Even Moses, as close as He was to God, still allowed God to speak into His life through another human being.  God’s goal was to meet the needs of the people.  Moses’ goal was to see that it got done.  Take a look at the goal, then look at your role.  In the end, I believe God will help you to “stand the strain,” and all the people will go home “satisfied.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Put A System In Place”

Lesson 22: Let God Establish You In People’s Eyes

Scripture Reading: Exodus 19

How many people will be affected by what you do this week?  Chances are, it will be more people than any of us might realize.

We all have a “sphere of influence,” people with whom we have contact throughout the week, people who can be influenced by the way we live our lives.  It may include people in our own family, people where we work, or people where we just hang out.  It may include a bank teller, a postal worker, a doctor, a nurse or a receptionist.  It may include people at church, people on the Internet, or people we don’t even know, who are watching what we do.

And what we do matters.

Take a look at what happened when Moses was obedient to God’s call on his life, taking steps of faith even when surrounded by doubt.  When God spoke to Moses from the burning bush, and called him to set the Israelites free, Moses hesitated to believe it.  But God assured Moses that he was the man.  To confirm it, God told Moses He would give him a sign:

“I will be with you. And this will be the sign to you that it is I who have sent you: When you have brought the people out of Egypt, you will worship God on this mountain” (Exodus 3:2). 

Now if I were Moses, I think I would have been a little bit frustrated that the sign would only come after I had taken this huge step of faith!  Why would God wait until after the Israelites were free, and worshiping Him back at this same mountain, to give Moses “the sign”?

To see why, fast forward several months.  In Exodus chapter 19, we see that the sign wasn’t just for Moses, but also for those in Moses’ new sphere of influence.

When Moses stepped out in faith, and the people came back to the mountain to worship God, that became a sign that anyone could read.  As the people gathered there at the foot of the mountain, God told Moses to remind the people:

“You yourselves have seen what I [God] did to Egypt, and how I carried you on eagles’ wings and brought you to myself. Now if you obey me fully and keep my covenant, then out of all nations you will be my treasured possession.” 

The people heard this and responded together, “We will do everything the LORD has said.” 

Then God speaks these words to Moses:

“I am going to come to you in a dense cloud, so that the people will hear me speaking with you and will always put their trust in you’ ” (from Exodus 19:3-9). 

God wasn’t done with Moses when they got to the mountain.  God still had many years of work ahead for him, and God needed the people to always put their trust in Moses so that they would follow his lead.

Sometimes the signs God gives us are not just for us, but for others to read, too.  When we step out in faith, being obedient to what God has called us to do, it releases others to step out in faith and obedience as well.

A few years ago, I felt God wanted me to head up a city-wide outreach here in town.  With more than a little fear in my heart, I finally brought up the idea at our local ministers’ meeting.  Within a year, we had over 200 people involved in planning and pulling off this event.

Looking back, I realized that my stepping out in faith, and doing what God had called me to do, was a catalyst for others to step out in faith, and do what God had called them to do.

People are affected by what we do.

What is God calling you to do?  Remember that you may not be the only one who is affected by what you do or don’t do.  None of us live in isolation.  In fact, the sign that God gives you to show that He really is with you may just be the sign someone else needs to read!  Then they’ll be able to see that God is with them, too!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Let God Establish You In People’s Eyes”

Lesson 23: Rules Can Be Good!

Scripture Reading: Exodus 20:1-21

How do you like rules?  If you’re like most people, you probably love rules―for other people,  anyway!  Rules keep people from stealing our stuff, running into us when we go through intersections, and harming those we love.

But what about rules for ourselves?  Many times, we balk at rules.  They make us feel restricted and constrained.  But the rules God has set into place are the best kind of rules.  They’re helpful for us and for others.  Instead of constricting us, they set us free to live the best life possible.

Without rules, I would be like a train without a track, or a kite without a string.  If I were a train, I would think that the track was constraining me from going where I wanted to go.  But in reality, the track would be the very thing that enabled me to go at all―and to go far and fast!  If I were a kite, I would think that the string would be holding me back.  But in reality, the tension of the string is the very thing that would help me to go higher and stay up longer than if I were to cut myself loose from it!

Exodus chapter 20 lists the most helpful and enduring set of rules ever given to anyone:  The Ten Commandments.  Thousands of years later, they still form the basis for many legal systems throughout the world.

“And God spoke all these words: 

‘I am the LORD your God, who brought you out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery. You shall have no other gods before me.’ 

‘You shall not make for yourself an idol in the form of anything in heaven above or on the earth beneath or in the waters below. You shall not bow down to them or worship them; for I, the LORD your God, am a jealous God, punishing the children for the sin of the fathers to the third and fourth generation of those who hate me, but showing love to a thousand generations of those who love me and keep my commandments.’ 

‘You shall not misuse the name of the LORD your God, for the LORD will not hold anyone guiltless who misuses his name.’ 

‘Remember the Sabbath day by keeping it holy. Six days you shall labor and do all your work, but the seventh day is a Sabbath to the LORD your God. On it you shall not do any work, neither you, nor your son or daughter, nor your manservant or maidservant, nor your animals, nor the alien within your gates. For in six days the LORD made the heavens and the earth, the sea, and all that is in them, but he rested on the seventh day. Therefore the LORD blessed the Sabbath day and made it holy.’ 

‘Honor your father and your mother, so that you may live long in the land the LORD your God is giving you.’ 

‘You shall not murder.’ 

‘You shall not commit adultery.’ 

‘You shall not steal.’ 

‘You shall not give false testimony against your neighbor.’ 

‘You shall not covet your neighbor’s house. You shall not covet your neighbor’s wife, or his manservant or maidservant, his ox or donkey, or anything that belongs to your neighbor’ ” (Exodus 20:1-17). 

Rather than restricting us, these rules free us to live the abundant life God created us to live.

Now step back a minute and look at these rules from God’s perspective.  Why did He give these rules to Moses at this particular point in the journey out of Egypt?  Based on Moses’ recent conversation with Jethro, I believe it was God’s way to teach everyone His decrees and laws, and to show them the way to live, as Jethro suggested in Exodus 18:20.  At this critical point, God gave Moses a detailed set of rules to pass on to others so they could help him lead.

If you’re wondering how to lead others better, or if you’re wondering how you can live a more abundant life yourself, consider putting a good set of rules into place.  A good set of rules, like a train track and a kite string, can often help us go farther and faster, and to fly longer and higher than ever before!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Rules Can Be Good!”

Lesson 24: Share What You’ve Learned With Others

Scripture Reading: Exodus 20:22-23:19

What has God taught you that might be helpful to others?  We’ve all learned things from Him over the years―things we’ve done wrong, things we’ve done right, things He’s spoken to us or through us.

I was in the midst of writing down some of the things God had spoken to me when I was reading Exodus chapters 20, 21, 22 and 23.  When I read about God’s conversation with Moses on the mountain, and how God gave Moses the Ten Commandments and the 600+ rules that followed, I saw what God was doing in a new light.

Of course, we’re supposed to read what God spoke to Moses during those forty days, and of course, we’ll be blessed if we follow that wisdom.  But I also saw a new lesson for my life when I stepped back and looked at what God was doing overall.  God was pouring out His wisdom to Moses so that Moses could pour it out to others.

The lesson for me was that God has poured out wisdom into our lives, too, and He wants us to pour it out to others.

Up to this point in the story of how God set the Israelites free from Egypt, Moses was the sole judge over the entire nation.  Everyone who had a dispute would bring it to Moses to be settled.  God would give Moses the wisdom he needed to make a ruling, and Moses would make the decision.

This worked for a time, but eventually it began to wear Moses and the people out.  So God, through the words of Jethro, prompted Moses to delegate the work of judging others to several of the other leaders of Israel.  Moses would still be available to hear the most difficult cases, but the majority of cases could be decided by these others.

It was at this time―as Moses prepared to delegate these duties―that God called Moses up to the mountain and spoke to him the Ten Commandments and all the rules that followed.  As I read through this list of commandments, I could almost picture how the conversation between God and Moses might have gone:

“Moses, do you remember when that bull gored a man to death―the bull that had never gored anyone before?  And do you remember how I told you to rule in that situation―that the bull must be killed, but the owner of the bull would not be held responsible?  Share that with others.

“And do you remember when another bull gored a man to death, but that bull had a habit of goring people?  Do you remember how I told you to rule in that situation―that the bull must be killed as well as the owner, unless those hurt by the goring would accept payment from the owner instead?  Share that, too.”

Although the actual conversation between God and Moses isn’t recorded, the result of what God spoke during those forty days is recorded.  What should be done when a bull gores someone is clearly spelled out in Exodus 21:28-32.

Maybe God reminded Moses of things that happened in the past, as well as telling him about things that might come up in the future.  God spoke to Moses about all kinds of topics one by one, from cases involving adultery, theft and murder, to love, lust and anger.  Then God asked Moses to share them with others, which he did.

Now, thousands of years later, we can still read these words of wisdom that came from the mouth of God.  They form the foundation of the laws that are currently on the books in country after country.  They help us to understand our basic rights, how to get along with each other, and how to better love God and our neighbors.

Think with me for a minute how this lesson might apply to you.

God has spent a lifetime pouring out His wisdom into you.  What topics in life has God spoken to you about the most?  Or the most often?  Or the most clearly?  What questions have you struggled with, wrestled through, and found God’s answers?

Take time to share what you’ve learned with others.  The answers you’ve found may set them free, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Share What You’ve Learned With Others”

Lesson 25: Little By Little

Scripture Reading: Exodus 23:20-33

Praying for anything big to happen in your life?  Waiting for God to bring it about?  Wondering why it’s not coming about as fast as you’d like?

When I get frustrated that I’m not seeing the big, grand vision come together for something that I really think God is putting on my heart, I take comfort from a short passage in Exodus chapter 23.  It reminds me that God is able “to do immeasurably more than all we can ask or imagine,” as the New Testament says in Ephesians 3:20, but that God doesn’t always do it all at once.

Why not?  Here’s what God told the Israelites, and what He often tells me, too.

As the Israelites approached the “promised land,” a huge expanse of property that God promised to give them when they got out of Egypt, God told them that He would drive out the current occupants of the land because of their wickedness and rebellion against Him.  But, He added:

“I will not drive them out in a single year, because the land would become desolate and the wild animals too numerous for you. Little by little I will drive them out before you, until you have increased enough to take possession of the land” (Exodus 23:29-30). 

God was still going to give them their promised land, but little by little, for their own protection, and for the safekeeping of His vision for the land.

Even though there were over 600,000 Israelites at the time, the land was still bigger than they could effectively manage had they gotten it all at once.  The land would have become desolate and overrun with wild animals.  God, in His grace, was going to wait to drive out the current inhabitants until the Israelites increased enough to take possession of the land.

This is extremely encouraging to me!  I don’t like to wait for God’s promises to be fulfilled―especially when I can see them so clearly, when they look like they’re within reach, yet when I can’t seem to take hold of them.  These verses remind me that God will do what He says He will do, but in His timing, for our good and for the good of the vision He’s given us. 

For many years now I’ve been praying for a real “ranch,” a place where I can invite people to spend time with God, away from the busy-ness of their lives.  I’ve been to just such a ranch with my family―a beautiful private retreat on 240 acres of rolling hills in northern Illinois.  Yet as I looked around at the expanse of the property, I couldn’t imagine all of the care and maintenance it would take just to put gravel on the back roads every few years, let alone take care of all the cattle, sheep, ducks, fencing and guest homes.

Even though this seems to be exactly what I’ve been praying for, and continue to pray for, I know that I’ve not “increased enough to take possession” of the fullness of this vision.  That doesn’t stop me from asking, and it doesn’t stop me from believing that God will someday fulfill the fullness of what He’s put on my heart.  But it does help me to be thankful―so thankful―that God holds back from giving me what I’m asking for before I can handle it.

Maybe you’ve been praying for some big things to happen in your life, or a friend’s life.  Maybe you’ve wondered why things aren’t happening as fast as you’d like, or to the extent that you’d like.  Maybe you’re getting discouraged and wondering why God is poking around, taking His time, when there are so many things you want to get done―and now!

Take heart from this little passage in Exodus 23.  As God Himself says several times in this passage, He will do what He promised.  There are still things He wants us to do in the mean time.  But, for our benefit, and for the benefit of His unfolding vision, He often carries out His will “little by little”―so we won’t be overwhelmed by the answer when it does come.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Little By Little”

Lesson 26: Come Up To The Lord And Worship

Scripture Reading: Exodus 24

What’s the ultimate goal of being set free?  What does freedom finally allow us to do, without hindrance?

The answer I’ve read over and over in Scripture is this:  we’re set free so we can worship God.

If a person can’t worship God, fully from their heart, then they’re still in bondage.  They may live in a free country, but if they can’t worship God, they’re not really free at all.  On the other hand, they may live in a prison cell, but if they can worship God, they are truly free.  The degree of freedom we have in our lives is directly proportional to the degree to which we’re able to worship God from our hearts.

This was God’s ultimate goal for setting the Israelites free from Egypt.  He told Moses to bring the people out into the desert so they could worship Him.  He sets us free from sin, not only because it’s good and helpful for us, but also so that we can be released to worship Him with our whole hearts.

In Exodus 24, Moses and his people have finally made it out to the place where God told Moses to come.  Now they can start doing what they came to do, starting with Moses and some of the other leaders.  God calls them up to the mountain to worship.  The rest of the people will get their chance soon.  But for now, God calls Moses to lead the way:

“Then he said to Moses, ‘Come up to the LORD, you and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel. You are to worship at a distance, but Moses alone is to approach the LORD; the others must not come near. And the people may not come up with him’ ” (Exodus 24:1-2). 

Moses is about to become their “worship leader.”

And what a worship service it is!  Take a look at what happens when they come up to the Lord:

“Moses and Aaron, Nadab and Abihu, and the seventy elders of Israel went up and saw the God of Israel. Under his feet was something like a pavement made of sapphire, clear as the sky itself. But God did not raise his hand against these leaders of the Israelites; they saw God, and they ate and drank.”  (Exodus 24:9-10). 

They saw God―and lived!  Then they ate and drank in His presence there on the mountain.  Wow!  To come into the presence of God, to see Him, to eat and drink and have a party right there at His feet―that’s a true mountaintop experience!

The cool thing is, we can now do that any day of the week, no matter where we are or what’s going on in our lives.  We can take a moment, even right now, today, to spend a few minutes in the presence of the Lord, worshiping Him in our hearts.

You may not be able to sing.  You may not be able to play an instrument.  You may not be able to speak well.  But you can do one thing right now that no one can stop you from doing:  you can worship God in your heart.

You might not think you can.  You might think others are hindering you from it.  You might think your circumstances are preventing it.  But the truth is, nothing―and no one―can stop you from worshiping God.  You can choose right now to worship Him!

Just say, “Father, I want to worship You.  I want to be in Your presence.  I want to eat and drink and enjoy a few moments with You, right now.  I want to worship You!”

If sin is holding you back, confess it.  If fear is getting you off track, let the Lord, Your shepherd, lead you beside His still waters.  If life is weighing you down, let Jesus pick you up.  He offered each of us this promise: “Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest” (Matthew 11:28). 

Come up to the Lord and worship.  This is why He set you free!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Come Up To The Lord And Worship”

Lesson 27: God Can Speak Specifically And Clearly

Scripture Reading: Exodus 25:1-27:19

Do you ever wonder if God speaks to people?  And if so, does He just speak in generalities, giving us good principles to live by, but leaving the details up to us?

I was in a Bible study with a friend who felt that God does speak to us, but only in terms of giving us the “big picture.”  The specifics were for us to figure out.  I understood what my friend was saying―and at times that is certainly true.

But as I’ve read through the Bible, I’ve also been struck by how often God speaks to people with very specific instructions―instructions that He wants to be followed precisely―even down to the last “cubit.”

Exodus chapters 25, 26, and 27 are prime examples of God speaking specifically and clearly.  In the opening words of chapter 25, God tells Moses to collect some very specific items from the people:  ram skins dyed red, acacia wood, onyx stones and more.  God continues with these words:

“Then have them make a sanctuary for me, and I will dwell among them.  Make this tabernacle and all its furnishings exactly like the pattern I will show you” (Exodus 25:8-9). 

For the next 89 verses, God gave Moses a detailed description of exactly how to build this tabernacle, and all of the elements within it: the ark of the covenant, the tables, the lampstands, the altars, the oil, the shovels―even the meat forks.

Listen to some of this detail:

… ” Make a lampstand of pure gold and hammer it out, base and shaft; its cups, buds and blossoms shall be of one piece with it.  Six branches are to extend from the sides of the lampstand―three on one side and three on the other.  Three cups shaped like almond flowers with buds and blossoms are to be on one branch, three on the next branch, and the same for all six branches extending from the lampstand” (Exodus 25:31-33). 

… “Make the tabernacle with ten curtains of finely twisted linen and blue, purple and scarlet yarn, with cherubim worked into them by a skilled craftsman.  All the curtains are to be the same size―twenty-eight cubits long and four cubits wide” (Exodus 26:1-2). 

… “Build an altar of acacia wood, three cubits high; it is to be square, five cubits long and five cubits wide…. Make a grating for it, a bronze network, and make a bronze ring at each of the four corners of the network.  Put it under the ledge of the altar so that it is halfway up the altar” (Exodus 27:1,4-5). 

The detail reminds me of when God told Noah precisely how to build the ark for the animals, describing its dimensions cubit by cubit (a length of about 18 inches).

Why was God so specific?  Maybe it was because there had never been a need for a boat like that before.  How could Noah have known how many animals would show up?  It was better for Noah to follow God’s specific instructions up front on how to build the ark, than to try to build it his own way and then have the elephants and hippos and rhinos and giraffes show up!

When we need wisdom, we can ask God for it.  He’s the Creator of the universe.  He knows how every molecule is put together.  He knows what needs to be done and how to do it.  And He’s glad to pour out that wisdom into us.

The Bible says: “If any of you lacks wisdom, he should ask God, who gives generously to all without finding fault, and it will be given to him” (James 1:5).

God can speak specifically and clearly.  There’s no doubt about it scripturally, as in this case from Exodus.  Someone might wonder, based on their experience (or lack thereof), if God speaks specifically.  But based on Scripture, there’s no doubt that He does!

Whatever you’re working on right now―a project for work, a new type of ministry, a relationship with a spouse, child or friend―ask God for wisdom on how to proceed.  Then listen, and do, what He says.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Can Speak Specifically And Clearly”

Lesson 28: Give Dignity & Honor To Those Serving With You

Scripture Reading: Exodus 27:20-28:40

What can we do to give dignity and honor to those who serve with us?  And what difference can it make when we do?

I once attended a church that was very formal.  All the pastors wore black robes.  At one point, one of the pastors wanted to start preaching in just his suit, without the robe.  He wanted to be less formal so that the people he was trying to reach would feel he was more like them.

But some of the leaders of the church didn’t like that idea.  It went against their particular view of church life.  While the church eventually let him preach without his robe for the first of their three morning worship services, he had to put it on again for the other two services.

I thought the whole debate was somewhat unnecessary as he had a reasonable idea he wanted to implement.  But when I read Exodus chapter 28, trying to read it from God’s perspective, I was able to see that there are times when it’s important to do things that will give people dignity and honor for the work they have been called to do.

Here’s what God asked Moses to do for his brother Aaron, and Aaron’s sons, all of whom God had called to become priests in the tabernacle that they were building:

“Make sacred garments for your brother Aaron to give him dignity and honor.  Tell all the skilled men to whom I have given wisdom in such matters that they are to make garments for Aaron, for his consecration, so he may serve me as priest” (Exodus 28:2-3). 

Then God described in great detail what the robes and turbans and undergarments should look like.

I don’t know what you might think about this idea today, whether or not pastors or priests should wear elaborate robes.  But the passage indicates to me that there are times when God asks us to give dignity and honor to the people around us, sometimes in very specific ways, and that God wants us to listen to―and do―what He tells us to do.

I was reading this passage when I was getting ready to launch our newly redesigned website for The Ranch.  As I tried to think what God might want me to do for those who helped me with the project, I felt He wanted me to have a special online prayer and dedication service for them.  So I set a date and time, and invited about a dozen people to join me in the chat room.

We had someone from Latvia who had helped redesign the website.  We had someone from Denmark who built the software on which the whole system runs.  We had someone from Colorado who helps with our prayer ministry and answering emails.  We had someone from North Carolina who serves on our board.

I had sent each of them a small bottle of oil, based on a passage we’re going to look at next week, but touched on in this passage, so that I could pray for them, anointing and consecrating them for their work of service to God.

I was very hesitant at first, because in some ways, it seemed―well―just very weird to do this over the Internet!  I thought it would be hard to really give them dignity and honor like this.  But I’ve also prayed for enough people over the Internet by now to know that prayer has no boundaries.

So as I prayed for each person, I asked them to put some oil on their finger and touch it to their forehead as I typed out my prayers on my keyboard.  I later heard back from several of those who came who said that as we prayed together, they had completely broken down in tears, weeping at this special expression of appreciation for their work of service to God.

What about those who work with you?  Is there a way that God might want you to give them dignity and honor?  I believe that if you’ll ask God, He’ll answer you.  He may not tell you to put a robe on them.  But whatever He tells you, when you do it, God will touch people through it.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Give Dignity And Honor To Those Serving With You”

Lesson 29: Anoint, Ordain, And Consecrate Those Serving

Scripture Reading: Exodus 28:41-29:35

What can we do for the people who work with us to dedicate them―and their gifts and talents―to the Lord?  One thing to consider is “anointing” them with oil.

It seems like an ancient practice, anointing people with oil.  But one of the most dramatic experiences of my life was an ordination service where I truly felt God Himself was calling me into His service.  He used the hands of a pastor to anoint my head with oil, ordaining and consecrating me for the work God had called me to do.

Throughout the Bible, God anointed some of His most powerful leaders with oil for their work of service to Him, like King David, King Saul, and in the passage we’re looking at today, the priest Aaron and his sons:

“After you put these clothes on your brother Aaron and his sons, anoint and ordain them. Consecrate them so they may serve me as priests” (Exodus 28:41). 

I happened to be in Israel when I read some of these passages about anointing people with oil.  It’s one thing to read these passages at home.  It’s another thing entirely to be standing on the spots where these things took place.  At one point, I was amazed to think that I was standing at the tomb of Samuel the prophet, the one who walked the very same hills I was walking on when he sought out young David to anoint him as king.

These were real people who had done these things, who lived in real places that still exist today.  I wondered what it would be like if God were to send someone to anoint me, right there in Israel, for the work He had called me to do.  I had recently quit my job to go into full-time ministry and wondered if God could consecrate me in this specific way, too.  So I began to pray that God would send someone.  I couldn’t believe He did it when it happened the very next day!

I ran into a tour group and began talking to a pastor and his wife.  They kept asking me questions about how I had quit my job and gone into ministry.  I really didn’t want to stand around and chit-chat―I was waiting for God to show up!  But as we talked, the pastor asked if I had ever anointed people with oil when I prayed for the sick, as he had found that to be very effective.

I couldn’t believe it!  I hadn’t told him anything about my prayer the day before that God would send someone to anoint me with oil.  Yet here was a man standing in front of me who regularly anointed people with oil.   I hesitantly asked him if he would pray for me, too, anointing me with oil for the work that God had called me to do.  He said he would, and at the next stop on the tour, he’d pick up a bottle of oil at one of the local shops to do it.

So I walked with their group from the Temple Mount, down the Way of the Cross, where Jesus carried his cross to his crucifixion.  The tour stopped at the church that now houses the crucifixion site.  We bought a little bottle of oil, and went into the church to pray.

There, about 20 feet from the foot of the cross which marks the spot where Jesus is said to have died, this man and his wife prayed for me.  They anointed me with oil for the work of service God had called me to do.  Their prayers were accompanied―at 1:00 sharp―by the loud ringing of church bells overhead, the sounds of a tour group singing hymns, and as sights and smells of burning incense wafted through the room.

I was overwhelmed by the way God had answered my prayers.  I’ll never look at an anointing service as just an ancient ritual again.  It is a powerful means by which God can ordain and consecrate us for our work of service to Him.

God used an earthly man to anoint, ordain and consecrate me for my work, and has since used me to do the same for others.  Perhaps God wants to touch those around you in a similar way, praying for them that they would use their gifts and talents to bear much fruit for Him.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Anoint, Ordain, And Consecrate Those Serving”

Lesson 30: Multiply Freedom By Involving Others

Scripture Reading: Exodus 18:17-19

What could you do to lighten the load of all that God wants you to do?  As a summary of the last nine lessons, here’s a short list of some of the things God had Moses do to lighten his load.  These things not only lightened his load, but they allowed God to accomplish through Moses all that God wanted to do.  Maybe they could help you to accomplish more, too.

1) Delegate.  Jethro helped Moses to see that Moses would only wear himself out unless he involved others in the work.

2) Write it down.  God helped Moses to write down what he had already learned from God, and would need to know in the future, so that Moses could share this wisdom with others.

3) Trust God’s timing.  God showed Moses a huge vision for what He wanted to do through Moses, but God also told him that it wouldn’t happen overnight, but rather, little by little.

4) Listen for God’s specific instructions.  God spoke in specific detail about how God wanted the people to do the work―and Moses listened.

5) Give dignity and honor to those serving with you. God showed Moses not only specific ways to involve others, but also how to give them dignity and honor for their work.

By putting a system in place, Moses was able to multiply the number of people who could experience the freedom God had in mind for them, including us today who still benefit from those words.  Moses still had meaningful work to do, but he was relieved from having to do it all himself.

As I wrote this lesson, I had just returned from a missions trip to Africa.  My wife and I had been wanting to do something to help the people of Africa in some way, but we had no idea what to do.  The problems facing that continent are overwhelming.  But after voicing our desire to each other and to God, God showed us a way that we cold help.  He invited us to join a missions trip to Swaziland to plant hundreds of small vegetable gardens in people’s backyards.

The project was simple enough in theory, but took a huge amount of planning and effort to make it work in practice.  We certainly couldn’t have done it alone.  Thankfully, we didn’t have to.

God raised up people to help in dozens of ways:  donors who funded the trip, drivers who helped us get through the mountains, pastors who went ahead of us to prepare the people for what we were going to do, translators who helped us interact with the local people, administrators who handled the logistics for our team, and secretaries who arranged hundreds of details during the week.

If we had tried to do this alone, the five of us who went from Streator might have planted five or ten gardens the whole week.  But, by involving others, God was able to use our team of 80 volunteers, working alongside the beautiful people of Swaziland, to plant and distribute over 8,000 of these small vegetable gardens.  Over the past few years, thousands of volunteers, on dozens of similar trips, have been able to plant and distribute hundreds of thousands of these life-giving gardens.

I often think that I’m the one that has to accomplish the whole vision that God puts on my heart.  While I’m willing to do the work, I get overwhelmed because there’s too much work to do.  The truth is there is too much work to do―at least for one person.  But by involving others, we can finish the work together.

If you feel overwhelmed by the visions that God has put on your heart, remember that Moses needed help, too.  Remember Jethro’s words to Moses:

“What you are doing is not good. You and these people who come to you will only wear yourselves out. The work is too heavy for you; you cannot handle it alone. Listen now to me and I will give you some advice, and may God be with you…” (Exodus 18:17b-19a). 

Moses took Jethro’s advice by involving others―and God was with him.  May God be with you, too.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Multiply Freedom By Involving Others”

Lesson 31: God Wants To Meet With Us And Speak To Us

Scripture Reading: Exodus 29:36-46

There’s nothing better than to be with someone you love, spending an extended period of time with them, day and night.  Over the next ten lessons we’re going to focus on worshiping God, and what it feels to be in love with, and spend extended time with Him.

Since I first read about prayer and fasting in the Bible, I’ve tried it for various amounts of time.  Why would I want to give up food to pray for a day, or five days, or ten, twenty or forty days?  It’s not because I like giving up food.  I don’t!  But I love being with God.  I’ve found that when I empty myself of the things of the world, it makes more room in my life to be filled with the things of God.

In Exodus 29:38-56, God told the Israelites to make a sacrifice to Him every day in the morning, and every day in the evening at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting.  There He would meet with them, and speak to them.

“This is what you are to offer on the altar regularly each day: two lambs a year old. Offer one in the morning and the other at twilight….a pleasing aroma, an offering made to the LORD by fire.  For the generations to come this burnt offering is to be made regularly at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting before the LORD. There I will meet you and speak to you; there also I will meet with the Israelites, and the place will be consecrated by my glory” (Exodus 29:38-39, 41b-43). 

This is why God set the Israelites free, so He could meet with them and speak to them.  It’s the same reason He set you and me free, so He could meet with us and speak to us.

Thankfully, we don’t have to wait till Sunday, or any special time of the year.  We can meet with God every morning and every evening.  And God wants to meet with us, live with us and speak to us.

When I first became a Christian, I began a habit of setting aside time every morning and every evening to spend time with God.  I would wake up early, take my Bible and a journal, and spend time with God before I went to work.  Then in the evenings, I would take time to read more from the Bible, or another Christian book―something that would focus my thoughts on Him again at night.

I’ve found that whenever I’ve regularly done this over the years, it has helped me to sandwich in my day, between waking up and going to bed.  I’ll get my marching orders in the morning, then recap the day again in the evening.  It can be hard to keep this schedule, and there are times when I haven’t kept it up.  But reading this passage has reminded me again of the value setting aside time  twice a day to intentionally be with God.

A number of godly men and women over the years have made this a regular practice in their lives.   Saints of the past, and saints of today, have written daily devotionals for this purpose with titles like Charles Spurgeon’s Morning and Evening, or Joyce Meyers’ Starting Your Day Right: Devotions for Each Morning of the Year and Ending Your Day Right: Devotions for Every Evening of the Year.  You can sign up at various websites on the Internet, like http://www.crosswalk.com, and receive a devotional twice a day by email.

It’s not always easy to carve out time to spend time with God.  But it’s so worth it. Sacrificing this way for God is like a lucky honeymoon couple going to Hawaii for a week.  They don’t get in the plane because they want to sit in a cramped seat for hours on end.  They do it because when they get there, they’ll get to spend uninterrupted time with their beloved, day and night.

Take time today, and every day―even twice a day―to get away with your Beloved.  He wants to meet with you and speak with you.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Wants To Meet With Us And Speak To Us”

Lesson 32: Make A Place To Meet With God Twice A Day

Scripture Reading: Exodus 30:1-16

Last time we looked at making a time to meet with God twice a day.  Today we’ll look at making a place to meet with God twice a day, a place where we can truly “worship” Him.

In Exodus 30, God asked Aaron to build an altar for burning incense.  This was to be a fragrant offering to God, twice a day:

“Make an altar of acacia wood for burning incense. …  Aaron must burn fragrant incense on the altar every morning when he tends the lamps.  He must burn incense again when he lights the lamps at twilight so incense will burn regularly before the LORD for the generations to come” (Exodus 30:1,7-8). 

I know I’m not Aaron, but as I read this passage, I was trying to think of a way that I could do something similar every morning and every evening as part of my own quiet time with God.

Although my piano’s not made of acacia wood, I decided that I could use it as an altar.  This wasn’t to be a thing that I could worship, but a place where I could worship, a place where I could send up my own fragrant offering to the Lord.  As Aaron tended the lamps every morning and every evening, I thought I could light a candle there by my piano, too.  Then as I would play the piano, or sing a song, or put my Bible on the front of the piano and read some scripture from it, I would have a visual reminder that these moments were dedicated to God.

After doing this for several weeks, I found out that lighting the candle reminded me to focus on Him, making this a special time of personal worship.  This wasn’t to be a time to ask God for things, but a time to make a fragrant offering of my life to Him, serving Him, pleasing Him and spending time with Him.

The lit candle reminded me that my quiet time isn’t just a time to be alone.  It’s a time to be with God.

It’s amazing how that simple act of lighting the candle twice a day, and playing a song, let me know if I had truly spent time with God during the day.  I would sometimes think, “Oh, yeah, I read my Bible this morning,” or “I thought about God as I got out of bed,” or “I prayed about something as I jumped in the car.”  The candle helped me to focus not just on thinking “about” God, but being “with” God.

Do you have a place where you can go to worship God?  A quiet spot in your house, or somewhere else, where you can meet with Him, twice a day?  My wife, Lana, put a chair in a closet several years ago and goes in there from time to time when she needs an extra special time with God.  Although there’s barely enough room for her feet in the closet, it’s enough room for her to cozy up with her Bible and journal and focus solely on Him.

Some of my friends have a special desk where they sit on a straight back chair to help keep them awake and focused.  Others sit at their kitchen table, or on their front porch when the weather’s nice, or jump in their truck with the motor turned off.  Some keep a Bible and notepad by their bed so they can spend time with God the first and last thing every day.

One of the best places I’ve found in my busy house is in the bathtub!  With the bathroom fan running and the curtain pulled, this drowns out many of the other sounds and distractions in the house.  I’ve accidentally baptized a couple of Bibles doing this.  But the time with God is awesome!

If you don’t already have a place, consider finding one where you can spend time with God every morning and every evening.  Try several places!  This is not only to help you form a lifelong habit of a daily quiet time with God, but can also help you experience changes in your life, and your relationship with Him, as a result of the time you spend together each day.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Make A Place To Meet With God Twice A Day”

Lesson 33: Cleanse And Consecrate Yourself For Worship

Scripture Reading: Exodus 30:17-38

Today I’d like to talk about why we sometimes aren’t able to fully come into worship.  We want to worship God, but we’re held back by something.

Exodus 30 gives us a clue about one of the things that can hold us back―and how to get past it.  There was something that Aaron and his sons were to do every time they came into the place of worship, and something that would happen if they didn’t:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Make a bronze basin, with its bronze stand, for washing. Place it between the Tent of Meeting and the altar, and put water in it. Aaron and his sons are to wash their hands and feet with water from it.  Whenever they enter the Tent of Meeting, they shall wash with water so that they will not die’ ”  (Exodus 30:18-20a).

They were to wash their hands and feet in water from a bronze basin whenever they entered the place of worship.  If they didn’t, they’d die!  It seems like God was pretty serious about getting clean before coming into His presence!

Sometimes we get pretty lax about coming into the presence of God.  I know I do.  I love to be able to come to God Just As I Am, like the famous song that’s sung at Billy Graham crusades.  But this passage is a reminder to me that if I’m ever finding it hard to fully enter into worship, it would be good to look and see if there’s anything in my life that might need cleansing―not physically with water, but inwardly in my heart or life.

I’ve had guys share with me that they’re struggling in a relationship with their wife.   I’ll sometimes ask them if there’s anything they haven’t told their wife, anything that they might have done to sin against her.  Oftentimes, they’ll say, “Yes.”  It’s no surprise then that they find their relationship with their wife has cooled off.  Who wants to be around someone else when they’ve sinned against them and haven’t confessed it?

One man told me he was struggling with intimacy with his wife.  Then he also told me he was struggling with homosexual pornography.  I asked him if he had ever talked to his wife about this struggle.  “Of course not!” he answered, “it would hurt her too much if I told her.”

I told him, “Buddy, it’s hurting her too much now, every day, and it’s playing out in every part of your relationship with her.  It’s not going to hurt her more by telling her, it’s going to finally help you, and her, start to get the healing you both need.”  I’m fully aware that there are better and worse times for confessing these things, and there are better and worse ways to communicate the truth.  But ultimately, it is the truth that will set us free.

It’s similar in our relationships with God.  Sometimes we have sin in our lives, sins against Him, and we don’t really feel like spending time with Him.  We don’t feel like worshiping Him.  But if we would confess our sins to God, and come clean to Him, we’d be much more eager to come into His presence.

Confession is critical, especially to God.  It shows God, or the other person, that you really do care about your relationship with them.  Rather than driving them away, it usually draws them closer to you.

If there’s anything on your heart that you want to confess to God, maybe you’d like to take some time right now to get things right with Him again.  It might only take 30 seconds after you finish reading this note to just talk to Him and say, “I’m sorry for what I’ve done.  I pray that You’d forgive me.”  It might take a few hours or days.  But whatever it takes, do it.  Come clean.  The cleansing you’ll feel afterwards can make the worship you experience later all the more sweet.

And here’s an encouraging promise from God’s Word:

“If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1:19).

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Cleanse And Consecrate Yourself For Worship”

Lesson 34: God Chooses And Equips People To Do His Work

Scripture Reading: Exodus 31:1-11

If you feel like you’re not very gifted or skilled, or if you wonder if God’s going to use you in any special way, today’s lesson is for you.  God does choose and equip people to do His work.

In the last few chapters of Exodus, God has gone into considerable detail telling Moses how to make all kinds of things for the place of worship:  the tapestries, altar, utensils, incense and oils.  Now God tells Moses how it would all get done:  God had chosen and equipped people to do His work:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘See, I have chosen Bezalel…and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, with skill, ability and knowledge in all kinds of crafts―to make artistic designs for work in gold, silver and bronze, to cut and set stones, to work in wood, and to engage in all kinds of craftsmanship. Moreover, I have appointed Oholiab…to help him. Also I have given skill to all the craftsmen to make everything I have commanded you’ ”  (Exodus 31:1-6). 

What was the very first thing with which God had filled Bezalel?  The Spirit of God.  It’s encouraging to me to know that when God calls us to do something, He will, first and foremost, fill us with His Spirit so we can do it.

I remember praying for a man on the night he gave his life to the Lord.  As we talked, he told me he had really wanted to read his Bible, but in the 50+ years he had been alive, he had never been able to do it.  So I prayed with him: “Lord, fill him with Your Spirit so that he can do the things he wants to do.”

I left my Bible with him and the next day he started reading it.  Then he bought his own Bible and kept reading it.  Within a few weeks, he had finished the New Testament, so he went back to the Old Testament and read it, too.  Then he started reading the whole thing all over again, and began passing out Bibles to all his friends.  Now he’s a pastor of a church!

If you feel like you’re not able to do what God’s called you to do, ask Him again:  “Father, fill me with Your Spirit so I can do the things You want me to do.”

But God didn’t stop there with Bezalel.  God also filled him with “skill, ability and knowledge in all kinds of crafts.”  God also said He’d send yet another man, Oholiab, to help Bezelel, along with many other people to help them both.  God equipped all of them with various skills, abilities and knowledge to do His work.

Asking God to equip you isn’t a “magical” prayer.  I’ve anointed my hands with oil and prayed that God would help me to play the piano better.  After washing off my hands, I sat down to play again―and it sounded just like it did before!  But over time, God has answered that prayer by giving me more and more opportunities to play and lead worship and develop my skills.

Now this is just a guess on my part, but where do you think all those Israelites got their skills, abilities and knowledge to do all kinds of intricate work with gold, silver and bronze?  Remember that they had just been slaves in Egypt, working for kings who were later buried in those incredible pyramids.  Have you ever seen the coffins or other things they’ve brought out of Egypt, like King Tut’s headpiece, or the other intricate carvings found in his tomb?  Who worked on all that stuff?  It’s probably fair to say that a number of the slaves helped to carry out the details of that elaborate work.

I wonder if the Israelites might have felt that all those years were wasted, making images of someone else’s gods.  But now, God was calling them to use their gifts and skills for Him, to make a place of worship that far surpassed anything they had ever done before.

Keep praying that God will fill you with His Spirit, giving you skills, abilities and knowledge that you can ultimately use for Him.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “God Chooses And Equips People To Do His Work”

Lesson 35: Observe The Sabbath

Scripture Reading: Exodus 31:12-18

How would it feel if your boss came to you this week and said, “Why don’t you take a day off this week.  It’s no problem.  You’ve worked hard, just go home and get some rest.”  I think that would feel great!

The truth is, that’s what God says to us every week.

Even when God gives us a huge task to do, He still wants us to be sure to take a break every seven days, just like He wanted Moses and the Israelites to take a break when they had a huge task before them.

In the chapters leading up to Exodus 31, God has laid out in detail all the work that the Israelites would need to do to build their house of worship.  The work would take many months to complete.  But at the end of everything God called them to do, God closed with these words:

“For six days, work is to be done, but the seventh day is a Sabbath of rest, holy to the LORD.  Whoever does any work on the Sabbath day must be put to death.  The Israelites are to observe the Sabbath, celebrating it for the generations to come as a lasting covenant.  It will be a sign between me and the Israelites forever, for in six days the LORD made the heavens and the earth, and on the seventh day he abstained from work and rested” (Exodus 31:15-18). 

God Himself took a break at the end of a long, hard week of creating the universe, and we’ve been on a seven-day calendar ever since.  Like so many of God’s laws, the penalty of death wasn’t meant to be mean, but to emphasize just how critical this law would be to our own well-being.  God knows how we’re wired.  He’s the One who wired us!  He knows that we need a rest every seven days, and He’s thrilled to give it to us.

I grew up on a farm in Illinois, and my Dad worked as hard as anyone I knew.  But not on Sunday.  It didn’t matter if there was still work to be done or not, or whether it was raining or sunny, Dad took off―and we did, too.  It was great!  (As a side note:  the Sabbath for Jews is from sunset on Friday through sunset on Saturday, whereas the early Christians began to celebrate the Sabbath on Sunday, the “Lord’s Day,” which is the day Jesus rose from the dead.)

One Sunday night, my wife Lana began to make a big lasagna dinner for some guests we were having over for dinner on Monday night.  I didn’t think it was a very good way for her to spend her “day off.”  But when we were talking about it with a friend a few weeks later, our friend asked Lana if making the lasagna dinner brought “rest to her soul.”  Lana said it really did, because she was able to enjoy the whole process of making the dinner while I watched the kids.

For Lana, making that lasagna dinner was truly relaxing and restful.  I had to wonder if Jesus wasn’t smiling at me and my legalistic view of the Sabbath.  The religious leaders of Jesus’ day looked at what He was doing as breaking the Sabbath rules, too, like healing others, or allowing His disciples to gather food from the fields (Matthew 12:1-14).  But rather than breaking the law, Jesus was revealing the heart of the law, a law which was designed to bring true “rest to our souls,” a kind of rest which Jesus still offers to all who come to Him as well:

“Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light” (Matthew 11:28-30). 

What about you?  What would you do this week that would truly bring rest to your soul?  God may be eagerly waiting and hoping you’ll do that very thing, too!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Observe The Sabbath”

Lesson 36: People Will Worship, But What?

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:1-6

As human beings, we want to worship something.  We desire to worship, we’re wired to worship, and we will worship.  But what will we worship?

One of my missionary friends says that his definition of missions is to help people turn away from worshiping anything that was pulling them away from God, so that they could worship the One True God.  It isn’t a matter of whether or not people will worship, but a matter of who or what they will worship.

Exodus 32 gives us one of the clearest pictures of this truth in the Bible.

While Moses was spending forty days and nights in the presence of God, getting the detailed plans for what God wanted them to do next, the Israelites were growing impatient down at the bottom of the mountain.  They went to Moses’ right-hand man and brother, Aaron, saying,

“Come, make us gods who will go before us. As for this fellow Moses who brought us up out of Egypt, we don’t know what has happened to him” (Exodus 32:1b). 

Now Aaron, having seen all the great signs and wonders that God had just finished doing for the people, should have naturally said something like this:  “Didn’t you see that pillar of fire?  That cloud of smoke?  Those Egyptians smashed by the waves of the sea?  What are you thinking?”  But that’s not what Aaron said.  He said:

 ” ‘Take off the gold earrings that your wives, your sons and your daughters are wearing, and bring them to me.’  So all the people took off their earrings and brought them to Aaron. He took what they handed him and made it into an idol cast in the shape of a calf, fashioning it with a tool. Then they said, ‘These are your gods, O Israel, who brought you up out of Egypt.’ … Afterward they sat down to eat and drink and got up to indulge in revelry” (Exodus 32:2-4, 6b). 

The people grew impatient waiting for what God had in mind for them.  God knew it was in their hearts to shape and fashion things out of gold.  He had a blueprint in mind for them that was about to blow them away with the magnificence and awe of it, and would inspire in their hearts for impassioned worship.  But instead, they chose to put their God-given skills to use in ways that took them further from God, instead of drawing them closer to Him.

I had a friend who told me about her 32-year old daughter who had decided to pursue a lesbian relationship.  My friend asked me how she could continue to show love and acceptance to her daughter, without approving of the relationship.  She especially wondered how she could possibly ask her daughter to give up this relationship, when it seemed like this was the first time her daughter had been happy in her entire life.  What could I say?

I told her:  “Your daughter may be really happy for the first time in her life.  It sounds like she’s found someone who loves and accepts her.  There’s nothing wrong with a loving and accepting friendship―we all need those.  But it’s the sexualization of that friendship that isn’t what God wants for her.  If she thinks what she has now is good, imagine what God has in store for her!  God says He can do immeasurably more than all we can ask or imagine.”

I know in my own life I was happy, having fun, and thought I was doing fine―until I put my faith in Christ.  But when I started reading the Bible, I saw that God had more in store for me.  What I was doing would never bring me to that point, and would probably destroy me, like it eventually destroyed the Israelites.  Many of them died as a result.

Looking back on my life, the happiness I experienced then pales in comparison to what God has given me now.  I was trying to meet my valid needs, but in invalid ways.

We’re all going to worship something.  It’s a valid need we all have.  But only by worshiping the One True God can we truly satisfy that need, for our benefit, and for His.

Watch “People Will Worship, But What?”

Lesson 37: We Can Turn People Back When They Turn Away

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:7-14

Have you ever tried to help someone out with their life, only to see them turn away from God?  You wonder if they’ll ever turn back around?  You think to yourself, “Man, I could really help that person if they would just let me.”

I want to encourage you that all is not lost when our friends, family, or co-workers turn away from God.  Even though they may be quick to turn away from God, we can turn them back.  We have the power of the Living God in our lives to help turn their lives around.

Take encouragement from what happened to Moses in Exodus chapter 32.  When God and Moses finished talking on the mountain, God gave Moses a heads-up about what was going on back at camp.  God said:

“Go down, because your people, whom you brought up out of Egypt, have become corrupt. They have been quick to turn away from what I commanded them and have made themselves an idol cast in the shape of a calf. They have bowed down to it and sacrificed to it and have said, ‘These are your gods, O Israel, who brought you up out of Egypt’ ”  (Exodus 32:8-9).

If you’ve followed the story of these people up to this point, what do you think you would do with them now?  They’ve just seen miracle after miracle after miracle of God working in their lives.  They’ve just been set free from 400 years of bondage in slavery.  Yet here they are, a short time later, and again, they’re turning their back on God.

Here’s what God thought of doing at this point:

“I have seen these people,” the LORD said to Moses, “and they are a stiff-necked people.  Now leave me alone so that my anger may burn against them and that I may destroy them. Then I will make you into a great nation” (Exodus 32:10).

Moses may have felt the exact same thing.  But when Moses heard what God was about to do, something clicked within Moses.  He said, in effect, “No, God, don’t do it!”

Moses didn’t plead the innocence of the people, like we might try to do regarding our friends, saying, “It’s just a calf, they’ll turn back.  Let ’em go, it’s no big deal.”   Moses didn’t try to argue on the people’s behalf based on their merit, but based on God’s promises:

“O LORD,” he said, “why should your anger burn against your people, whom you brought out of Egypt with great power and a mighty hand? Why should the Egyptians say, ‘It was with evil intent that he brought them out, to kill them in the mountains and to wipe them off the face of the earth’? Turn from your fierce anger; relent and do not bring disaster on your people. Remember your servants Abraham, Isaac and Israel, to whom you swore by your own self: ‘I will make your descendants as numerous as the stars in the sky and I will give your descendants all this land I promised them, and it will be their inheritance forever.’ ” Then the LORD relented and did not bring on his people the disaster he had threatened (Exodus 32:8-14).

Something similar happened back in Genesis chapter 6 when God threatened to destroy the earth with a flood.  But on account of Noah, God gave humanity another chance.

While it’s true that people can be quick to turn away from God, it’s also true that we can turn them back.  We have the power of the Living God with us to help turn their lives around.

We can stand in the gap for them.  We can pray for them.  We can listen to them, speak the truth to them, and show love to them.  Remember that God is “not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance” (2 Peter 3:9b).

Call out to God on their behalf, saying, “God, please spare my daughter from the bad decisions she’s made.  Spare my son, my boss, my mother, my father, my brother, my friend.  Have mercy on them Lord, not because of their goodness, but because of Yours.  In Jesus’ name, Amen.”

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “We Can Turn People Back When They Turn Away”

Lesson 38: We Must Deal With Sin With A Heart Like Jesus

Scripture Reading: Exodus 32:15-35

If we want to help set others free from sin, at some point we must deal with their sin.  But the way we deal with it makes all the difference in the world.

We can learn a lesson from the way Moses dealt with the sin of his people when they created a golden calf and began to worship it.

Moses was hot with anger at their sin, and God called Moses to administer justice to the people.  But even in Moses’ righteous anger, he only took things as far as God told him to―and no further.  Even more important, he showed his true heart for God and for the people, by offering his own life as a willing sacrifice in their place.

Take a look at what Moses said the day after he had to administer God’s justice to the people:

“The next day Moses said to the people, ‘You have committed a great sin. But now I will go up to the LORD; perhaps I can make atonement for your sin.’  So Moses went back to the LORD and said, ‘Oh, what a great sin these people have committed! They have made themselves gods of gold. But now, please forgive their sin―but if not, then blot me out of the book you have written’ ” (Exodus 32:31-32). 

Moses had done what God had told him to do, but his words reveal the heart from which he had done it.  He admitted that the people had sinned, not glossing over it, not trying to minimize it, but acknowledging that it was great indeed.  But he also called on God to forgive their sin, adding that if God wouldn’t forgive them, then to please blot his own name out of God’s book.

Moses was able to effectively execute justice because he was also willing to take the same punishment upon himself as what might have come to those who had sinned.  He didn’t come against them as one who was merely outraged by their actions, even though he was outraged.  He came to them as one who was also willing to stand in the gap for them.

Doesn’t that sound like someone else in the Bible?  It sounds to me like Jesus.

It sounds exactly like what Jesus did for us when he willingly died on the cross.  He hadn’t done anything wrong.  In fact, He had done everything right.  But because of His great love for us, He was willing to take upon Himself the punishment that we rightfully  deserved for our sin.

This is the kind of heart that God wants us to have when He calls us to deal with other people’s sin:  a heart full of love. I’ve been in situations where I haven’t had this kind of heart.  But I’ve known that I’ve needed to do whatever it took to get this kind of heart before I would be able to effectively confront the sin in another person’s life.

Even though we can’t die in the place of others, as Jesus did, we can have hearts that are willing to do so.  We can have the same kind of heart that Jesus had.  We can walk with people through their struggles.  We can talk with them as they try to find their way out.  We can listen to them as they anguish over the very real, and sometimes very precious things they may need to leave behind in order to get free.  We can ask God’s forgiveness for them, even when they repeatedly make mistakes on their road to recovery.

The Bible says that Jesus is the only one who can condemn any of us, but instead of condemning us, He’s sitting at the right hand of God, praying for us (see Romans 8:34).

That’s the kind of heart God wants us to have for others when we deal with their sin.  A heart that can feel the pain that God feels when people sin, but a heart that is also willing to stand in the gap for them when they do.  God wants us to deal with sin from a heart full of love―a heart just like Jesus.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “We Must Deal With Sin With A Heart Like Jesus”

Lesson 39: Meeting With God

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:1-17

For me, one of the most encouraging things to read about in the Bible is when people meet with God.  It’s amazing to me that God not only met with people in the Bible, but that He also wants to meet with us.

One of those biblical meetings occurs in the middle of Exodus chapter 33, which describes how Moses would often meet with God.

“Now Moses used to take a tent and pitch it outside the camp some distance away, calling it the ‘tent of meeting.’ Anyone inquiring of the LORD would go to the tent of meeting outside the camp. And whenever Moses went out to the tent, all the people rose and stood at the entrances to their tents, watching Moses until he entered the tent. As Moses went into the tent, the pillar of cloud would come down and stay at the entrance, while the LORD spoke with Moses. Whenever the people saw the pillar of cloud standing at the entrance to the tent, they all stood and worshiped, each at the entrance to his tent. The LORD would speak to Moses face to face, as a man speaks with his friend. Then Moses would return to the camp, but his young aide Joshua son of Nun did not leave the tent” (Exodus 33:7-11). 

This passage is tucked in the midst of a very difficult time in the life of the Israelites.  God was really angry with them for what they had just done, by turning away from Him.  After dealing with their sin, God told them to go ahead of Him into the promised land.  Then God added, “But I will not go with you, because you are a stiff-necked people and I might destroy you on the way” (Exodus 33:3b). 

The people were distressed to hear this.  So Moses did again what was apparently something he had been doing already on a regular basis.  He went out to meet with God in the “tent of meeting.”

I think many of us go through times when we feel like God is really close to us, then go through other times when we feel He is far from us.  There are many reasons for this kind of ebb and flow in our relationship with God.  But I know for me, if God seems distant, I want to make sure it isn’t because I have become “stiff-necked,” like God described had happened to the people in this passage.  I want to make sure my neck is well-lubricated, and fully turned towards Him.

I remember an author who described a time in his own life when he was feeling empty in the things he was doing for God.  He realized that he was using his own skills and abilities more and more to serve God, but relying on God less and less.  In order to regain His full reliance on God to do what God had called him to do, he realized he needed to turn back to God again in a personal relationship that was real and vibrant.

As part of his personal renewal, he made a commitment to himself to write out his dialog with God daily, filling at least one page of a notebook per day.  By intentionally carving out time to be with God again, he was able to recapture the joy and fullness of serving Him.

We don’t have to deliberately sin to feel like God is distant.  But sometimes through our busy-ness, laziness, or plain neglect, we can find ourselves farther and farther from the one true relationship that matters most:  our relationship with God.

God wants to meet with us.  And when we put our faith in Christ, God promises to send His Holy Spirit to not only meet with us, but to live within us (see Romans 8:11), and to speak with us, too:

“But when he, the Spirit of truth, comes, he will guide you into all truth. He will not speak on his own; he will speak only what he hears, and he will tell you what is yet to come” (John 16:13). 

God wants to meet with you, too.  Take time to meet with Him today.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Meeting With God”

Lesson 40: We’re Set Free To Worship

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:11

We’ve reached lesson 40 of this 50 lesson study of the book of Exodus.  Before we head into the final 10 lessons of this study, I’d like to remind you of the purpose of “the Exodus,” of getting free, in the first place.

God sets us free so we can worship Him.  We don’t have to wait till we die and go to heaven to be in the presence of God.  We don’t have to wait till we get to the end of some spiritual journey to be with Him.  We don’t even have to wait one more minute.

We can worship God in our hearts right now.  We can spend time in His presence, commune with Him, at any given moment.

There’s a little passage tucked in Exodus 33 that reminds me of this.  The Bible says that when Moses would want to spend time with God, he would go to the “Tent of Meeting,” and God would meet with him there.  But then the Bible adds these words:

“Then Moses would return to the camp, but his young aide Joshua son of Nun did not leave the tent”  (Exodus 33:11b). 

I try to picture what it would be like to be a young aide to Moses, the great deliverer of the people of Israel.  What would it be like to walk beside him into the tent of meeting, and watch him as the Lord would, “speak to Moses face to face, as a man speaks to his friend” (Exodus 33:11a)?

I think it would be awesome! Apparently, so did Joshua.  Since Moses was the leader of the nation, he had to then go back to the camp to deal with the issues of the day.  But not Joshua.  Joshua stayed.  He wasn’t about to leave that tent.  He was going to stay right there in the presence of God.

Although they hadn’t reached the promised land yet, they could still spend time in the presence of God.  Although they hadn’t resolved all of the problems and struggles of life, they could still worship Him.  Although they were still in the midst of one of the worst struggles of their nation, this didn’t deter Joshua from spending time in the “tent of meeting.”  Rather than deterring the people, it probably drove them even deeper into the presence of the Living God.

Sometimes we think that we have to reach a certain place in our freedom before we can fully worship God.  We think that we have to get free of a particular sin, or be fully restored from a broken relationship.  Or we wonder if we might never really be able to worship God here on this earth, but will only get to truly enter His presence when we die.

But this passage in Exodus, as well as many others throughout the Bible, encourage me that we can, at any moment, step into the presence of God.  Sure, it’s a lot easier to step into His presence when we’re not weighted down with sin and strife and struggle.  That’s why God wants us so desperately to throw off anything that might entangle us.

And yet, sometimes, it’s the very act of coming into His presence that helps us to finally surrender our grip on those things that are holding us back, letting God Himself take the weights off of our shoulders.  As Joshua would later find out, when Moses died and Joshua had to take over the leadership of the entire nation, those regular moments in the presence of God would prove invaluable to his own effectiveness as a leader.

Whether there’s peace all around you, or strife swirling out of control, I’d like to encourage you to step into God’s presence sometime today, even right now if you can.  Like Joshua, maybe you can just stay there and linger awhile with God, like a honeymoon couple enjoying some intimate moments together.

Worshiping God is one of the most glorious, life-giving, and life producing acts in which we can engage.  It’s the reason God set us free in the first place.  Why not take a little time to just step into His presence today?

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “We’re Set Free To Worship”

Lesson 41: Ask God To Show You His Glory

Scripture Reading: Exodus 33:18-23

I’d like you to listen in to a conversation that took place several thousand years ago between God and Moses.  In this conversation, you’ll learn something about what it’s like to have an intimate relationship with God, and what you can do to take that relationship even deeper.

The conversation takes place in chapter 33 of the book of Exodus.  Moses has just been pleading with God to come with him on the next leg of his journey.

The LORD replied, “My Presence will go with you, and I will give you rest.” Then Moses said to him, “If your Presence does not go with us, do not send us up from here.  How will anyone know that you are pleased with me and with your people unless you go with us? What else will distinguish me and your people from all the other people on the face of the earth?” 

And the LORD said to Moses, “I will do the very thing you have asked, because I am pleased with you and I know you by name.” 

Then Moses said, “Now show me your glory.” 

And the LORD said, “I will cause all my goodness to pass in front of you, and I will proclaim my name, the LORD, in your presence” (Exodus 33:14-19a). 

What’s amazing to me about this conversation is that throughout this whole journey called “the exodus” from Egypt, Moses has been walking with God, talking with God, and seeing God work in various ways.  And yet, here in chapter 33, Moses is still asking to see more and more of God.  He says to God, “Now show me your glory.”

One of the lessons I get out of this conversation is that no matter how close we are to God, or how close we have been in the past, we can always go deeper with Him.  There’s always more to learn about Him.  There’s always more that God wants to reveal to us about Himself, if we’re willing to ask.

Maybe this is one of the reasons God makes it possible for us to spend eternity in heaven with Him when we put our faith in Christ, because it will take that long to get to know Him as deeply as possible.

This idea of spending time with God so that we can get to know Him more is a huge part of what it means to experience His “glory.”  If you look closely at the conversation, you’ll see that God says that He knows Moses by name.  He knows who Moses is.  He knows what makes Moses tick.  He knows his name.  So when Moses asks to see God’s glory, God replies, in essence,  “All right, I’ll show you My name, too.  I’ll show you more of who I am.”  God knows Moses, and Moses wants to know God.

In the purest sense, this is at the heart of what it means to be intimate with someone else:  to reveal more of yourself to them, and to invite them to reveal more of themselves to you.

In fact, the Hebrew word often used in the Bible to describe the conception of a child is “yada,” which means “to know.”  When the Bible says that “Adam knew Eve,” it means that they were so intimate that they conceived a child!  (see Genesis 4:1, NKJV)  Interestingly, this same word “yada” is used to describe the intimacy that takes place when we worship God, an intimacy in which we reveal more of ourselves to Him, and He reveals more of Himself to us.

God invites us to be intimate with Him, to worship Him with our entire beings.  He wants us to love Him with all of our heart, soul, mind and strength, not rushing through these moments of intimacy, but taking the time to reveal ourselves to each other.

No matter how close to, or far away from God you might feel, take some extra time today to ask Him to reveal more of Himself to you.  Ask God to show you His glory.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Ask God To Show You His Glory”

Lesson 42: Absorb The Name Of The Lord

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:1-7

If God wore a name tag, I think today’s scripture passage would be on it.  A person’s name often reveals something about who they are.  This was especially true in biblical days.  The name “Moses,” for instance, meant “drawn out of the water,” which describes exactly how he was rescued from the Nile River by one of Pharaoh’s daughters.

God’s name reveals to us who He is, too.  So when Moses says to God in Exodus 34, “show me Your glory,” God responds by saying that He would cause His “name” to pass in front of Moses, thus revealing to Moses more about who He is.  Here’s what God says:

“Then the LORD came down in the cloud and stood there with him and proclaimed his name, the LORD.  And he passed in front of Moses, proclaiming, ‘The LORD, the LORD, the compassionate and gracious God, slow to anger, abounding in love and faithfulness, maintaining love to thousands, and forgiving wickedness, rebellion and sin. Yet he does not leave the guilty unpunished; he punishes the children and their children for the sin of the fathers to the third and fourth generation’ ” (Exodus 34:5-7). 

God’s name tag would read something like this:  “Hello, my name is…  Compassionate.  Gracious.  Slow to Anger.  Abounding in Love and Faithfulness.  Forgiving, Yet Just.”

To me, it’s an Old Testament description of what Christ came to demonstrate for us in the New Testament.  The prophet Jeremiah later tells us that God is going to make a new covenant with the people, not one written on tablets of stone, but one that would be written on people’s hearts.  Not a covenant where the children would have to pay for the sins of their fathers, but one where each person would be called to account for their own sins.

Some people think that God is portrayed in the Old Testament as being easily provoked to anger.  But the way I read it, I see God as incredibly compassionate, gracious and slow to anger.  If you read the Bible from beginning to end, you’ll see a repeating pattern of God drawing people to Himself, then people turning away.  God draws them back, then they turn away.  He draws them again, then they turn away again.  At some point, if God is a “just” God, He must eventually punish sin.

But if God were merely “just,” He would have wiped out the entire planet long ago.  In fact, way back in Genesis chapter 6, just six chapters into the history of man, God was tempted to do just that because of the wickedness of the people.  But God relented, and gave mankind another chance.  And another.  And another.  The fact that any of us are still alive today is a testimony to God’s compassion, grace, and ability to be slow to anger.  The fact that God sent Jesus to die, so that anyone who would put their faith in Him would be saved from the punishment of death, shows that He is still willing to go to incredible lengths to be forgiving, yet just.

I’ve heard the difference between justice, mercy and grace described by the different possible reactions of a man who had caught a thief trying to steal a brand new Harley-Davidson motorcycle from his garage.  If the owner grabbed a gun and shot the thief, or escorted him to jail, that would be justice.  The thief was stealing his stuff, and stealing is wrong, so justice requires some kind of penalty.

But if the owner said, “I’m just going to let you go and walk out of here now.  Even though what you’ve done is wrong, I’m not going to touch you, just go,” that would be mercy.

But if the owner turned around, went back into the house and got the keys to the Harley, came back and handed them to the thief, signed over the title to him, and handed him $100 to put gas in it, that would be grace.

And that’s what God has done for us through Christ:

“But God demonstrates his own love for us in this: While we were still sinners, Christ died for us” (Romans 5:8).

Take time to absorb the name of the Lord, realizing how incredibly loving and gracious He is.  Then remember to extend that same love and grace to others.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Absorb The Name  Of The Lord”

Lesson 43: Worship And Wonder

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:8-10

I’ve had moments in my life where something will happen and I’ll think, “Wow, that was the presence of God passing right in front of me.”

I don’t always sense His presence like this, but when I do, I’m usually taken aback by it, and I’m not quite sure how to react.  It’s overwhelming, on one hand, to realize that God has just passed by.  But it’s often such a small thing, on the other hand, that alerts me to His presence, that it makes me stop and think, “Was that really God?”

I love how Moses responds when the presence of God passed by Him in Exodus chapter 34:

“Moses bowed to the ground at once and worshiped.  ‘O Lord, if I have found favor in your eyes,’ he said, ‘then let the Lord go with us. Although this is a stiff-necked people, forgive our wickedness and our sin, and take us as your inheritance.’ Then the LORD said: ‘I am making a covenant with you. Before all your people I will do wonders never before done in any nation in all the world. The people you live among will see how awesome is the work that I, the LORD, will do for you’ ”  (Exodus 34:8-10). 

Moses’ response was immediate:  he bowed down and worshiped, “at once.”

The night before I wrote this lesson, I had one of those moments where I felt God’s presence passing by.

All week I had been thinking about an illustration of what grace looks like that I had read twenty years ago in Victor Hugo’s book, Les Miserables.  In the book, a thief takes refuge in the home of a bishop, who was the first person who offered the thief a meal and lodging since his escape from prison.  As they prepared for bed that night, the bishop handed the thief a silver candlestick to light his way to his bedroom for the night.

In the middle of the night, the thief’s heart became hard again and he took the opportunity to escape while he still could, stealing the silver utensils that they had used for dinner as he left the house.  But early the next morning, the police caught the thief and brought him back to the bishop’s house.  The bishop exclaimed, “Oh, you are back again!  I am glad to see you.  I gave you the candlesticks, too, which are silver also, and will bring forty francs.  Why did you not take them?”

The thief was stunned, as were the police.  The bishop added solemnly, “Never forget you have promised me you would use the money to become an honest man,” which is exactly what happened.

I remembered that picture of grace from Hugo’s book and wanted to share it with others, but didn’t know where in my house to find the book I had once read.  The night before I was to write this lesson, my 8 year-old son and I were reading from another book, a large collection of short stories, when my son said, “I’d like to just flip through the pages and pick a story with my fingers.”  He ran his fingers through the 832 page book and opened it.  I stared in disbelief at the title of the story in front of my eyes.  It was called, The Good Bishop, and it gave a short, 3-page summary of this very incident with the candlesticks from Victor Hugo’s book, Les Miserables.

I felt as if the presence of God had just passed by.

I wanted to bow down and worship.  Not just because God had found the story for me that I had been looking for, in a place where I never would have looked for it, but because earlier in the day I was wondering why some of the “big” things I’ve been praying about have not yet been answered.

I was reminded that God is not just in the big things―and He’s not just in the little things.  God is in every thing.

The next time God passes by, what will your response be?  I’m praying that more and more, my response will be like that of Moses, to bow down at once, and worship.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Worship And Wonder”

Lesson 44: Our Role And God’s Role

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:11-28

We’re going to look in this lesson at something that puzzles a lot of people, including me.  Sometimes we wonder how much we have to do for God, and how much He’s going to do for us.  It’s hard to find the balance.  The truth is that we both have roles to play.  God has things He wants us to do, and then there are things He says He’ll do.

A quick look at Exodus chapter 34, verses 10-28, when God made a covenant with the Israelites, shows these two roles.  If you take a look at that passage, you’ll see that God says there are things He’s going to do, and then He says there are things He wants them to do.

Here are a few things that God says He’s going to do for them:

  • He’ll do wonders never before done in any nation of the world (verse 10)
  • He’ll drive out the nations ahead of them (verse 11)
  • He’ll enlarge their territory (verse 24)

And here are a few things that God wants them to do:

  • Obey what He commands (verse 11)
  • Don’t make cast idols (verse 17) (I think this was just a reminder about the golden calf, “That was a bad move guys, don’t ever do that again, OK?”)
  • Celebrate the feasts and make sure to rest every seventh day (verses 18 and 21)

I think this is helpful for our own understanding of how we interact with God.

Sometimes we might sit back and mistakenly say, “It’s all in Your hands God.  I’m not going to do a thing.  I’m leaving it all up to You.”  There are times when it’s important to simply pray, and pray, and pray.  But prayer is a conversation with God, and oftentimes during those conversations, God tells us things that He wants us to do.  In those times, we’ve got to do our part.

Other times, we might mistakenly think that we’ve got to do everything.  We think that if we don’t do it, it won’t get done.  We act as if God’s not likely to do anything for us.  We forget that God has a huge role to play in everything we do.  In the case of the Israelites, God’s role was to do certain things, like performing wonders never before done in any nation of the world, driving out nations before them, and enlarging their territory―little things like that.  :)

So there are often these two things going on at the same time:  things God will do, and things He wants us to do.  We need to trust God to do His part, and we need to do our part to the best of our ability.

There’s a final point in this passage that I don’t want you to miss.  God ends His conversation with Moses with these words:

“Then the LORD said to Moses, ‘Write down these words, for in accordance with these words I have made a covenant with you and with Israel.’ Moses was there with the LORD forty days and forty nights without eating bread or drinking water. And he wrote on the tablets the words of the covenant―the Ten Commandments” (Exodus 34:27-28). 

Moses had just finished two back-to-back 40-day fasts.  He had totally emptied himself so he could be totally filled with God.  The words that God spoke to Moses in those quiet times together turned out to be some of the longest lasting words in the history of the world:  the Ten Commandments.  Three thousand years later they are still some of the most talked-about and cherished words ever written.

Our quiet times with God have power.  This Exodus study is proof of that to me.  It was during my own 40-day fast, almost three years before writing this devotional, that I first took the notes from the book of Exodus that have resulted in this study.  What we do in our quiet times with God can have an effect days, months and even years into the future.

God wants us to spend time with Him, and to act on what He tells us to do during that time.  God will do His part.  He just wants us to do ours.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Our Role And God’s Role”

Lesson 45: Spending Time In God’s Presence Changes Us

Scripture Reading: Exodus 34:29-35

If you’ve ever read through the book of Psalms, you may have noticed that King David doesn’t always go into God’s presence with a really happy attitude, but he usually comes out with one.

Just flip through the Psalms and see how many times this happens.  Psalm 4, for instance, starts with, “Answer me when I call to you, O my righteous God.  Give me relief from my distress; be merciful to me and hear my prayer” (verse 1), but it ends with, “I will lie down in peace, for you alone, O LORD, make me dwell in safety” (verse 8).

Over and over the pattern repeats.  David starts out pretty angry with God, and angry with the  people around him, but he ends up by praising God and trusting Him completely.  Why?

Because spending time in God’s presence changes us.  Sometimes we don’t even notice the change, but others do.  And when they notice the change in us, it changes them, too.

Take a look at the change that took place in Moses when he spent time in God’s presence.  In Exodus chapter 34, the change was so visible, it was reflected in his face:

“When Moses came down from Mount Sinai with the two tablets of the Testimony in his hands, he was not aware that his face was radiant because he had spoken with the LORD. When Aaron and all the Israelites saw Moses, his face was radiant, and they were afraid to come near him. But Moses called to them; so Aaron and all the leaders of the community came back to him, and he spoke to them. Afterward all the Israelites came near him, and he gave them all the commands the LORD had given him on Mount Sinai.  When Moses finished speaking to them, he put a veil over his face. But whenever he entered the LORD’s presence to speak with him, he removed the veil until he came out. And when he came out and told the Israelites what he had been commanded, they saw that his face was radiant. Then Moses would put the veil back over his face until he went in to speak with the LORD” (Exodus 34:29-35). 

Here’s a man with a super-tan!  Moses had just asked God in Exodus chapter 33: “Show me your glory.”  Later, when Moses came down from the mountain, he had God’s glory all over him!  He was so radiant, so physically changed, that he had to put a veil over his face when he talked to other people!

Spending time in God’s presence changes us.  The more time we spend with God, the more we’re changed we’ll be―physically, emotionally, spiritually―in all kinds of ways.  Whenever we ask to see God’s glory, we shouldn’t be surprised to find that His glory is reflected in us.

What causes the moon to shine so bright?  It’s the reflection of the sun.  There’s nothing inherent in the moon to make it light up the night.  That’s what God wants to do through each one of us.  He wants us to spend time with Him, absorbing His glory, so we can go out and reflect the light of His Son into the darkness of the world around us.

Moses wasn’t even aware how his time with God had changed him.  But others were.  The glory that covered Moses was certainly for Moses’ benefit, but it also overflowed to all of those around him.

If you’ll diligently spend time with God, you’ll start to see that the overflow from your time with Him will naturally touch other people.  Although this may not be your main purpose for spending time with God, He can use the overflow of your experience to “prime the pump” for others.

Spending time in God’s presence changes us.  Although you may come into His presence tired, angry, frustrated or broken, chances are good that a little time with the Creator of the universe, the One who gave you life and breath, will give you new life, too.  He’ll restore you, encourage you, strengthen you and help you to put your trust in Him more and more.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Spending Time In God’s Presence Changes Us”

Lesson 46: Make The Call To All Who Are Willing And Skilled

Scripture Reading: Exodus 35:1-36:7

If God has put a vision on your heart to do something for Him, I want to encourage you today to take a step of faith:  make the call to all who are willing and skilled to help you do what God wants done.

If you’re like me, asking for help is one of the hardest parts of carrying out God’s will.  But I’m encouraged by what I read in Exodus chapter 35.  Here we see that Moses has come down from the mountain with a detailed vision in mind for what God wanted him to do next:  to build an incredible place of worship for God.  Now, it’s time for Moses to ask the people for their help, to see if they will provide the resources and the labor to make it happen.  How will he ask them?  And how will they respond?  Let’s take a look:

“Moses said to the whole Israelite community, ‘This is what the LORD has commanded:  From what you have, take an offering for the LORD. Everyone who is willing is to bring to the LORD an offering of gold, silver and bronze; blue, purple and scarlet yarn and fine linen; goat hair; ram skins dyed red and hides of sea cows; acacia wood; olive oil for the light; spices for the anointing oil and for the fragrant incense; and onyx stones and other gems to be mounted on the ephod and breastpiece.  All who are skilled among you are to come and make everything the LORD has commanded…’ ” (Exodus 35:4-10).

He calls on all who are willing and skilled to “give” to the work and to “get involved” in the work.  Now let’s look at the response:

“Then the whole Israelite community withdrew from Moses’ presence, and everyone who was willing and whose heart moved him came and brought an offering to the LORD for the work on the Tent of Meeting, for all its service, and for the sacred garments. … All the Israelite men and women who were willing brought to the LORD freewill offerings for all the work the LORD through Moses had commanded them to do” (Exodus 35:21, 29). 

In the end, God had stirred the hearts of so many people that they had to be restrained from giving any more!

“Then Moses gave an order and they sent this word throughout the camp: ‘No man or woman is to make anything else as an offering for the sanctuary.’ And so the people were restrained from bringing more, because what they already had was more than enough to do all the work” (Exodus 36:6-7). 

When I first read this passage, I wondered what that must feel like, to see people give and get involved to such an extent that they had to be restrained from giving any more.  But when I came back to this passage again to teach it to others, I was in the middle of raising funds for five of us to go on a missions trip to Africa.  Up to that point, I had often questioned if we’d be able to raise enough for even one of us to go, let alone five.

I took encouragement from this passage, and kept pressing on.  In the final weeks before our trip, I found myself having to tell people to not give any more to the trip, for we had already raised all that we needed for all five of us to go.

We can sometimes look at a passage like this, and even hear a story like I just told, and be either discouraged or encouraged, wondering why it’s not happening to us, or looking forward to when it will happen to us.

My encouragement to you is to make the call.  Make the call to all who are willing to help you carry out the vision that God has put on your heart.  As Christians, God has entrusted us with great visions, great plans and great ways to reach the world for Him.  God wants us to step out in faith, make the call, and ask people to give and get involved in doing what God wants done.  Make the call!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Make The Call To All Who Are Willing And Skilled”

Lesson 47: Do The Work

Scripture Reading: Exodus 36:8-39:32

I don’t know about you, but there are times when I’ve planned, prayed and gotten things ready to take on a huge project, but by the time it comes to do the work, I’m already exhausted!  I feel like a woman who’s nine months pregnant, but when it comes time to push, I don’t have the strength.

When we feel like we can’t push any farther, that’s often when we need to push the most.  That’s often the culmination of all that we’ve worked so hard to achieve up to that point.  If we stop pushing at the moment of delivery, we’re going to shortchange, and possibly even abort, the whole plan.

We’ve come to that point in the book of Exodus, too.  We’re on Lesson 47 out of 50.  With just three lessons to go, the people are finally ready to do the work that God had given Moses such a detailed vision for back on the mountaintop.  Take a look at just a few of the verses as the work begins:

“All the skilled men among the workmen made the tabernacle with ten curtains of finely twisted linen and blue, purple and scarlet yarn, with cherubim worked into them by a skilled craftsman. All the curtains were the same size―twenty-eight cubits long and four cubits wide. They joined five of the curtains together and did the same with the other five. Then they made loops of blue material along the edge of the end curtain in one set, and the same was done with the end curtain in the other set. They also made fifty loops on one curtain and fifty loops on the end curtain of the other set, with the loops opposite each other. Then they made fifty gold clasps and used them to fasten the two sets of curtains together so that the tabernacle was a unit” (Exodus 36:8-13).

The description of all the work continues in similar detail for another three chapters.  Sometimes we can skip over these details in the Bible, but this is the foundation for what God called them to do.  They came out of the desert to worship God, and now they’re building a place of worship to do it.

When I studied this passage initially, I heard about a songwriting contest.  I had written a song about five years earlier that I really liked and had put a lot of time into, but never recorded it.  The contest turned out to be just the thing I needed to finally spur me on to do the work and get it recorded.  Although I didn’t exactly have the time to mess with this kind of thing, I felt like I needed to follow through on all the work I had previously done on the song.

So I stepped out of my comfort zone and sent an email to a woman in California.  I loved her voice, but didn’t have any money to pay her for this project.  I asked her if she’d still be willing to record the song for this contest, anyway.  Amazingly, she said, “Yes,” and asked some of her friends to help her record it.

It turned out to be a beautiful recording, and although we didn’t win the contest, I was so thankful to have it recorded.  When I called to thank her for her work on it, she said, “Oh, no, thank you!  Thank you for asking and letting me do it!”  She told me how the song had really ministered to her that week as she worked on it.  Had I not “made the call” to get the work done, the song still wouldn’t be recorded, and those involved would have missed out on the blessing it turned out to be to them as well.

I know how hard it can be to “do the work” when the time finally comes to do it.

But for whatever project God’s given you, don’t lose heart.  Don’t lose strength.  This final push could be what finally delivers your “baby.”  Many people will be blessed through your work, including those who work on it with you!

So don’t give up.  Don’t give in.  Don’t stop pushing now.  Do the work!  And get it done!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Do The Work”

Lesson 48: Finish The Work

Scripture Reading: Exodus 39:33-40:33

We’re just around the corner from the end of this study of the book of Exodus.  Appropriately, then, this lesson is called, “Finish The Work.”

Today is “payday” for Moses and for all the people traveling with him.  They’re about to reach the culmination of all that they’ve worked for, and all that they’ve been set free for:  to worship God.

The details of their work, as listed in Exodus chapters 39 and 40, might seem trivial, dull and something to skip over to someone just skimming through the Bible.  But if you’ve ever worked on a building project yourself, you know that when the end of the project starts coming into view, those days can be some of the most exciting and beautiful days of the entire project!

Can you imagine what the people who were building this place of worship must have thought as they saw it all finally coming together?  They’ve just carved all these beautiful things, gilded them with gold, and decorated them with all kinds of precious stones.  They’ve just crafted beautiful works of art that were conceived in the very mind of God Himself.

Then they started bringing them forward to Moses, letting him look over each item to see that it was finished exactly as God had described them to him on the mountain.  They begin to put it all together, standing each piece up in its place.  They light the lamps, burn the incense, and put the tablets of stone, the very words of God, into the ark of the covenant, and Wow!  The work is finally complete!

The whole process concludes with these words:

“So all the work on the tabernacle, the Tent of Meeting, was completed. The Israelites did everything just as the LORD commanded Moses….And so Moses finished the work” (Exodus 39:32, 40:33b). 

What a powerful moment!  Have you ever heard about something called the “212 Principle,” popularized in a book by Mac Anderson and Sam Parker?  At 211 degrees Fahrenheit, water is hot, but at 212 degrees, water boils.  And when water boils, you get steam, and steam can power a locomotive.  Although there’s only one degree of difference between 211 and 212, that extra degree can be enough to take all the previous effort over the top!

I don’t know what kind of project you might be working on right now.  I don’t know if you’re at 211 degrees, or 150, or 98.6!  But I do know that we all have a tendency to wear out when we’re working on a project, even a project that God has clearly called us to do.  We can get to the point where we’re not sure if we can take one more step.  We’re not sure that we can raise the temperature one more degree.  But let me encourage you that if God’s called you to do it, keep on doing it!

The American inventor, Thomas Edison, worked non-stop for several years to perfect the light bulb.  He tested over 6,000 materials to use for filaments―everything from bamboo to cedar to hickory.  After thousands of tests and a pile of failed materials that stacked up outside his house high enough to reach his second floor window, Edison finally hit upon a material that burned long enough, and bright enough, for commercial success:  carbonized cotton.

Edison’s perseverance paid off, not only for himself, but for all of us who have benefited from his perseverance.  Edison said, “Many of life’s failures were men who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up.”

The Apostle Paul, who knew how hard it was to persevere in the work of the Lord year after year, even in the face of endless persecution, hardship and personal suffering, still had enough confidence in the end result of that perseverance that he wrote to the people living in Galatia:  “Let us not become weary in doing good, for at the proper time we will reap a harvest if we do not give up” (Galatians 6:9).

Don’t become weary in doing good!  Finish the work!  At the proper time, you will reap a harvest, if you do not give up.

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Finish The Work”

Lesson 49: The Glory Of The Lord Covers The Work

Scripture Reading: Exodus 40:34-38

We’ve come to the last five verses, and the spectacular conclusion, of the book of Exodus.  Take a look at what happens when Moses finishes the work:

“Then the cloud covered the Tent of Meeting, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.  Moses could not enter the Tent of Meeting because the cloud had settled upon it, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle. In all the travels of the Israelites, whenever the cloud lifted from above the tabernacle, they would set out; but if the cloud did not lift, they did not set out―until the day it lifted.  So the cloud of the LORD was over the tabernacle by day, and fire was in the cloud by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel during all their travels” (Exodus 40:34-38). 

What is it that Moses sees that so fills the tabernacle that he can’t even get into it?  The glory of the Lord―the very thing that Moses had asked to see back in Exodus 33:18 when he said, “Now show me your glory.”  But this time, Moses wasn’t the only one who got to see it―everyone got to see it!

There’s a lesson here for me, for you and for everyone who does their work as if working for the Lord:  when you’ve finished the work, been obedient to the vision, and brought it to its conclusion, the glory of the Lord can finally come down on your work in a way that everyone can see it.

I’ve had some experiences in my life where I’ve sensed the presence of God in a way that I can only describe as “the glory of the Lord.”  I’m not an expert in the glory of the Lord, but from what I’ve read in the Bible, from what I’ve learned from other Christians, and from what I’ve experienced in my own life, the glory of the Lord seems to be actual “stuff,” like the air we breathe.  It’s real, physical and tangible.  It can be seen, sensed and felt.

I’ve sensed it during worship, when one time I was just singing to God in what seemed to be a normal, enjoyable worship experience, and all of a sudden, the presence of the Lord was so real and tangible that I felt like I couldn’t move if I wanted to.  And I didn’t want to!  I wanted to stay in His presence as long as I possibly could!

I’ve sensed it during my quiet times, when once I was sitting back on my couch, writing in my journal, and suddenly felt like melted butter was being poured into my chest.  Maybe it was the oil of the Holy Spirit, if that sounds more palatable, but whatever words I would use to describe it couldn’t do justice to what I felt during those precious minutes with the Lord.

I’d love to be able to finish a project and see the glory of the Lord come down and cover it in a way that everyone could see it, so that I couldn’t even stand up anymore!  At that point, I wouldn’t care!  If my purpose in doing all that I do is to worship the Lord, as was the case for the Israelites, then who cares if He bowls me over when it’s done, and I’m laid out flat on the floor in His presence?  That’s right where I’d want to be anyway!  I wouldn’t want to go anywhere else!

If the Lord picked up and moved, I’d want to pick up and move with Him, like the Israelites who followed Him.  I wouldn’t want to stay back!  I’d want to be with God!

My prayer for you as you work on your own projects for the Lord, and even as you come to the the end of this study with me, is that when you’ve finished the work, been obedient to the vision, and brought it to its conclusion, that the glory of the Lord would show up in such a way that you, and everyone else, can see it.

Now, may the Lord show you His glory!

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “The Glory Of The Lord Covers The Work”

Lesson 50: Free To Worship

Scripture Reading: Exodus 3:12

Thanks for taking the time to go through this study of the book of Exodus with me.  I’ve learned a lot from the story of how God set the Israelites free, and I hope you have, too.

As we close out our time together, I’d like to remind you of three key points from this study that apply directly to each of our lives.

1) God set the Israelites free so they could worship Him―and that’s the same reason He set you free, too.

This reason is stated throughout the book of Exodus, from the first time that God called to Moses from the burning bush:  “When you have brought the people out of Egypt, you will worship God on this mountain’ ” (Exodus 3:12b).

To the words Moses spoke to Pharaoh:  “Go to Pharaoh and say to him, ‘This is what the LORD says: Let my people go, so that they may worship me’ ” (Exodus 8:1b).

To the concluding scene of the entire book, when the glory of the Lord descended on the place the Israelites built to worship Him:  “Then the cloud covered the Tent of Meeting, and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle” (Exodus 40:34).

To be truly free means to be able to worship God with your whole heart.  If you can worship God with your whole heart, regardless of whatever else might be going on around you, you’re free!  But if you can’t worship God in your heart, for whatever reason, you’re still in bondage, and God wants to set you free.

If that’s the case, you might want to review these lessons again to look for ideas to help you get fully free.

2) God helped the Israelites to stay free―and He wants to help you stay free, too.

God’s help included a system of rules to keep the Israelites, and each of us, from plunging back into bondage again.  These rules are summarized in the Ten Commandments:

“You shall have no other gods before me… 

You shall not make for yourself an idol… 

You shall not misuse the name of the LORD your God… 

Remember the Sabbath day by keeping it holy… 

Honor your father and your mother… 

You shall not murder. 

You shall not commit adultery. 

You shall not steal. 

You shall not give false testimony against your neighbor. 

You shall not covet…” (from Exodus 20:1-17). 

Rather than restricting us, these rules free us to live the abundant life God has created us to live.

Again, if you’ve gotten free in the past, but are struggling to stay free now, you might want to review these lessons again for more insights on how to restore the freedom you once had.

3) God invited Moses to take part in His plan to set others free―just like God is inviting you to take part in it, too.

Hundreds of years before Moses was even born, God had a plan for setting the Israelites free.  God told Abraham:

“Know for certain that your descendants will be strangers in a country not their own, and they will be enslaved and mistreated four hundred years.  But I will punish the nation they serve as slaves, and afterward they will come out with great possessions” (Genesis 15:14).

And that’s exactly what happened.  God had a plan in mind for setting His people free, and He called on Moses to help Him with that plan.

God has a plan for setting others free, too, and He’s called on you and me to help Him with that plan.

What’s His plan?  God knew that our sins would enslave us―and eventually kill us.  So God sent Jesus, His Son, to die for our sins so we could be free to live with Him forever:

“For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (John 3:16). 

After dying for our freedom, and rising again from the dead, Jesus asked His followers to do one more thing:

“Go into all the world and preach the good news to all creation” (Mark 16:15).  

He’s inviting you into His plan.  Won’t you join Him?

Want to learn more? You can watch a podcast with more discussion about this topic below.

Watch “Free To Worship”

Small Group Study Guide

I’m excited to offer this study guide for groups who want to study this material together!  While studying God’s Word on your own can be extremely rewarding, studying it with others can be even more so.  I’ve learned from my own experience that the words of Solomon are true:  “As iron sharpens iron, so one man sharpens another” (Proverbs 27:17).

This study is divided into fifty lessons, and the questions that follow can be used for personal reflection, group discussion, or a combination of both.

If your group wants to read and discuss each lesson together, they could meet once a week and complete this study in fifty weeks.  If your group wants to cover the material more quickly, group members could study several lessons on their own during the week, then discuss those lessons together with the group covering five lessons per week for a period of ten weeks.  A set of “summary questions” is also included for this approach.

However you choose to do it, I pray that God will speak to you through it!

Lesson 1

The Israelites may have felt weak since they were slaves in Egypt.  But the reason they were enslaved was because Pharaoh could see they would one day become incredibly strong, so he decided to suppress them before they could overpower him.

1. Is there an area of your life that God may want you to be strong, but because of circumstances or other situations, you feel weak in that area?

2. Could it be that God wants you to use that weakness for His glory somehow?

3. What are some ways He might be able to use it?

4. What are some steps you can take to start moving into what God may have in mind for you in this area?

Lesson 2

While the Israelite midwives faced threats from Pharaoh unless they killed all of the newborn Israelites boys, the midwives feared God more than they feared Pharaoh and decided to do what was right.  They let the boys live, and God blessed not only the Israelites, but the midwives, too.

1. Is there an area of your life where the “fear of man” is keeping you from fulfilling something that God might want you to do instead?

2. What’s the worst that could happen if you stepped forward in what you feel called to do?  

3. What’s the worst that could happen if you don’t step forward in what you feel called to do?

4. How might God bless you, and those around you, if you do step forward in what you feel called to do?

Lesson 3

When God was looking for someone to lead His people into freedom, He found someone in Moses whose heart was already committed to that end.  Even though Moses’ plans to set people free seemed to backfire from time to time, God eventually called Moses to set people free in a big way.

1. Is there something on your heart that you feel called to do, and may have tried to do in the past, but hasn’t yet been fulfilled?

2. If God were looking for someone to do what you feel called to do, what things in your past might show Him that you’re committed to that end, too?

3. What are some things you might do right now to demonstrate that commitment?

4. In what ways could you use some strengthening from God right now to help you carry out what He’s put on your heart to do?

Lesson 4

God came up with a plan to set the Israelites free:  He saw their misery, He heard their prayers, He was concerned about their suffering, and He wanted to rescue them.  But part of His plan also included using Moses, if He was willing, to be His human instrument to bring about that freedom.

1. Why would God want to involve His people in His plans, instead of doing it all Himself?

2. Are there some things going on in the world that make you want to ask why God isn’t doing something about them?

3. If so, is it possible that He might be wanting to ask you the same question?

4. If God were to invite you to take part in His plan, would you want to?

Lesson 5

When God invited Moses to take part in His plan of rescuing the Israelites, Moses protested:  he gave God many good reasons why he wasn’t the best choice for the job.  But God countered all of Moses’ reasons with just one reason of His own:  “I will be with you.”

1. What difference do you think it made to Moses to know that God would be with Him?

2. What difference do you think it would make to you if you knew that God would be with you in what He’s calling you to do?

3. What do you think about the statement, “It’s not a matter of whether you can or can’t, but whether you will or won’t”?

4. What are some things you could do to help you clarify whether God is calling you to do something or not, and whether or not He will be with you or not?

Summary Questions – Lessons 1-5

The book of Exodus is one of the most dramatic books in the Bible.  You may already be familiar with some of the stories contained within it, either from reading it before, or from famous movies based on various aspects of the story.

1. Flip through the pages of the book of Exodus, looking at just the headings of each section if you’d like, and share with the group a topic or two that you find.  (For instance, “the parting of the Red Sea,” or “baby Moses gets put in a basket.”)

2. The word Exodus means to flee or to “exit,” and the book of Exodus describes how God helped the Israelites escape from their bondage in Egypt.  What are some other bondages from which God might want to help His people escape?

3. In what ways did the “fear of man” enslave the Israelites, and in what ways can the “fear of man” enslave us today?

4. In what ways did the “fear of God” help the Israelites step into their divine destiny, and in what ways can the “fear of God” help us today to do the same?

5. What are some things that you see in the world around you that you hope God would do something about–and that He might be hoping you would get involved in doing something about, too?

6. Although it seems like God could have rescued the Israelites all by Himself, He chose to use Moses as His human instrument to accomplish His plan.  Share why you think God would rather work through His people than doing everything Himself?

7. Although Moses and God were on the same page regarding what they hoped would happen, what seemed to hinder Moses in jumping into God’s plan, and what seemed to help him finally agree to do it?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 1-5, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read 2 Chronicles 16:9a again, and share in what ways you might hope that God would strengthen you in the days ahead?

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that if God has called you to do something, He will be with you to help you do it.

Lesson 6

When Moses first approached Pharaoh about letting the Israelites go free, Pharaoh did just the opposite and increased the workload on the Israelites.  Moses could have been discouraged and even wondered if this was God’s plan at all, until he stopped to ask God again about the situation.

1. What does a home-improvement project usually look like when the remodeling begins?

2. How can knowing beforehand that things might get messy help you to keep your faith when you step out to do what God has called you to do?

3. When Moses saw the workload increase for his people, instead of setting them free, what did he do to make sure he was still on track?

4. Why is it important to win the battle of faith first, before even attempting the battle in the flesh?

Lesson 7

When Moses returned to God to make sure he was still on the right track, God assured him that he was.  God continued to promise Moses that it would be “because of my mighty hand” that Pharaoh eventually let the people go.

1. Have you ever had something in your life backfire, even when you were pretty sure it was God’s plan prior to that point?

2. What did God say to Moses to reassure him that Moses was still on track (see verses 2-8)?

3. If God has spoken to you about something you’re to do in life, is there something tangible that you could use as a visible reminder of what he’s called you to do, to help you through those “hump days” in your life?

4. There’s a phrase in the military that standing orders are good orders, meaning that if no new direction has been given, to continue doing the last thing you were told to do.  How might this apply right now to anything you’re going through in your own walk with God?

Lesson 8

In the process of setting the Israelites free, God sent plague after plague against the Egyptians who were holding them in bondage.  Although He might have been able to set them free instantly, He chose instead to use this lengthier, and more difficult process.

1. Which of the plagues do you think would be hardest on you personally, if you were an Egyptian living in Egypt in those days (not counting the final plague on the firstborn)?

2. Why does the Bible say God used this particular process to set the Israelites free?  

3. How can this story, and the stories of Daniel and David and Jonah, be an encouragement to those going through difficult trials in their lives?

4. If God had the choice to set you free in an instant, but you were the only one who would praise God in the end, or He could set you free in another way that might even painful to you, but many would praise God in the end, which would you want Him to do?

Lesson 9

Of all the plagues to strike the Egyptians, none struck as hard, it seems, as the one that took the life of every firstborn male in the land.  Even the Israelites had to make a sacrifice before getting their freedom.

1. Why do you think Moses didn’t take Pharaoh up on his initial offers to let the people go out in the wilderness and worship God for a few days, but leave the women and children, or animals behind?

2. Why do you think God required the sacrifice of the firstborn on the part of the Egyptians, and the sacrifice of an animal on the part of the Israelites, too?

3. How do you react to the idea of “plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever”?

4. How does the sacrifice in this story correspond to the sacrifice of Christ on the cross?

Lesson 10

When the Israelites celebrated their first “Passover,” it was a night marked by weeping and wailing in the Egyptian streets, as God’s Spirit passed over the houses that were marked by the blood of a lamb.  It was such a memorable event that even today, 3,500 years later, people still celebrate it.

1. Have you ever been through something that has been so difficult, that when you finally came through it, you’ve remembered it ever since?

2. What thoughts do you think were going through the Israelites minds during the night of that final plague in Egypt?

3. What thoughts do you think were going through the Egyptians minds during that night?

4. If you’re going through something difficult in your life right now, what hope might you take from this story?

Summary Questions – Lessons 6-10

The process of coming out of bondage in Egypt was a painful one, both for those who were in bondage and for those who were keeping them in bondage.  But in the end, there was something about the process that focused everyone’s attention on the One who was setting them free, making it a memorable event still for people today.

1. Flip through the pages of Exodus chapters 6-12 and have each person in the group mention one or two things that either the Israelites or the Egyptians had to go through that made their lives harder once Moses showed up, rather than easier.

2. How did Moses handle each of these seeming setbacks to God’s plan:  with superhuman faith, or with something more like what each of us might have felt, or some combination of the two? 

3. Why is it important to gear up for two battles when doing God’s will: the battle of faith (believing God will do what He says He will do), and the battle of flesh (doing the hard work itself).

4. Is there something you do, or something you have done in the past, to help you through the “hump days” of your life?

5. What did you think of excerpts from the stories about Moses, Daniel, David, and Jonah that indicated why God sometimes sets people free in the way that He does (so that all will come to know Him)?

6. What do you think of the idea of plunging your will into the depths of God’s will, there to be lost forever?  Is it an appealing, a frightening, or some combination of the two, and why?

7. The freedom the Israelites received was nothing short of remarkable.  The entire nation of slaves was set free on a single day, with the full permission of everyone in Egypt.  How did God bring such a remarkable event to pass?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 6-10, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read 1 Corinthians 11:24-25 again, and share in what ways communion, for the Christian, is in some ways related to the Passover Feast for the Jews.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that God often sets people free in a way that all will know that He is the Lord.

Lesson 11

God asked Moses and the Israelites to mark the date that they came out of Egypt in a way that they could remember, and their descendants could remember, the event forever.  The Passover is still celebrated annually all of these generations later, reminding them of the freedom they attained on that remarkable day.

1. What are some memorable dates in your life, dates that you would hope to remember for the rest of your life?

2. What value is there to you, and those around you, of remembering and even celebrating such dates?

3. And in particular, how might commemorating a date you were set free from something be helpful to you, or those around you?

4. In what ways might you want to commemorate for yourself, or share with others, an important date in your life?

Lesson 12

When God brought the Israelites out of Egypt, He put them on an indirect path to the Promised Land, rather than a direct path that led straight to it.  God said that this wasn’t a mistake, but that He did this on purpose, for their benefit.

1. What reason did God give for taking the Israelites the long way around to the Promised Land (verses 17-18a)?

2. Why do you think it’s sometimes true that “the shortest route in the long run is the longest route in the short run.”  Why or why not?

3. Is there anything going on in your life right now that God might be taking you on the longer route to get there so that the outcome in the end will be far better than taking you on a more direct route?

4. What did the Apostle Paul do, as he recorded in Philippians 3:13b-14–that you might do to–to help him keep moving forward on the path God had placed Him?

Lesson 13

After fleeing from Egypt, Moses and the Israelites came up against a wall of sorts:  the Red Sea was in front of them, and the Egyptian army was pursuing them from behind, as Pharaoh had once again changed his mind about letting them go free.  When God told Moses to “Stand firm,” he did, even though there seemed to be no possible way of escape.

1. Why is “standing firm” so hard to do sometimes?

2. What was the people’s reaction when they found themselves trapped in this fretful situation?

3. What did God say in response to their fears?

4. How can this story encourage you when you’re facing something in life where the odds seem insurmountably against you?

Lesson 14

After standing firm for just the right length of time, God told Moses to raise His staff and stretch out his hand over the sea.  Although it may have seemed pointless to Moses, he did it, and the sea parted in front of him, and the Israelites crossed over on dry ground with a wall of water on each side of them.

1. Why do you think God asked Moses to raise his staff and stretch out his hand over the sea, when the text says that it was God who drove back the sea with a strong wind?

2. While God certainly encourages us to pray about the situations in our lives, why is it that prayer alone may not always accomplish what God wants to accomplish?

3. Can you think of some other stories in the Bible where people put their faith in action and saw remarkable results, even though it was clear that it was God who was doing that which was remarkable?

4. Are there situations in your life where God might be calling you to “raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea,” even though doing so might seem unlikely to accomplish much of anything unless God intervenes?

Lesson 15

When the Israelites came through the Red Sea, having seen the waves part before them, then close in behind them on the encroaching Egyptian army, they sang a song to the Lord.  The song helped them express their love for their God, and has been sung and remembered for generations so others can express their love to God as well.

1. Have you ever written a poem or a song in honor of someone special, and if so, what was their reaction?

2. How might God react to such a song or poem, whether or not you wrote it yourself or sang one that someone else had written?

3. How might remembering what God has done for you in a song or poem help to solidify the event in your mind, as well as to others in the future?

4. Why not take some time right now to right down a few words or phrases of something you’d like to express to God about what He’s done for you in your life, then keep writing until they come together in a poem or song?

Summary Questions – Lessons 11-15

When God brought the Israelites out of Egypt, He did some specific things to help them to stay free, such as putting them on the longer path to the Promised Land, and to ask them to commemorate the event with an annual feast.  He also gave them some additional signs of His power among them by having them stand firm when things seemed to be caving in, and parting the sea in front of them when Moses raised his staff.

1. If you’ve seen the movies “The Ten Commandments” or “The Prince of Egypt,” share with the group your thoughts on how faithful those movies were to the story you read in the Bible about the parting of the Red Sea.

2. Look again at the story of the parting of the Red Sea in the Bible, and share what aspects of the story make you think this was not just a little creek or river they crossed, nor that the water simply receded on its own for a short period of time, like a tide that goes in and out with the phases of the moon.

3. What are some reasons that God wanted the Israelites to commemorate their coming out of Egypt year after year?

4. Why did God want to take the Israelites to the Promised Land on an indirect path, and why might God sometimes put us on indirect path in life as well?

5. What feelings might you go through if God set you free from something, only to find yourself backed up against a seemingly impassible wall–and then He told you to just “stand firm”?

6. When God is clearly the one who does some of the miracles in our lives, why is it that He still wants us to take some step of action toward bringing it about?

7. If you’ve written a poem or song about something God has done in your life, maybe you’d want to share it with the group at this point, so they can rejoice and be encouraged along with you!

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 11-15, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Proverbs 3:5-6 again, and share where you feel you are, on a scale of 1-10 (ten being the highest), in trusting the Lord with all your heart for the situations you’re facing in life.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that when we trust in the Lord with all our heart, He will make our paths straight.

Lesson 16

Three days after their dramatic flight through the Red Sea, the people were desperate for God again:  they grumbled against Moses for they had not found water in the desert for three days, and when they did it was undrinkable.  So Moses cried out to the Lord, and the Lord answered his prayer, showing him how to make the bitter water sweet.

1. What kinds of things cause people to go from praising God for one deliverance to grumbling against Him again in such a short time?

2. How would you describe the difference between “grumbling” and “crying out to God,” if there is any difference?

3. How, specifically, did God answer Moses’ cry?

4. If you were to cry out to God today with a specific prayer request, how confident are you that He might give you a specific answer to your prayer?

Lesson 17

Having discovered water and manna in the desert, the Israelites began to tire of the daily provision God had given them and they cried out for more.  God heard their cries, and in an effort to remind them that He was still the Lord their God, their provider, He told them to expect meat to eat every night and every morning.

1. God is our provider, yet sometimes we don’t connect our prayers with His provisions.  Have you ever taken time to write down your prayer requests, then gone back later to see how God answered them?

2. If so, share your experience.  (If not, you might consider trying it!) Have you ever had God answer your prayers in a way that you know that He’s the Lord, that He’s the only one who could have orchestrated the answer you received?

3. Even though God answered the Israelites prayers in this story, what is it about their request and God’s answer that seems to fall short of the beautiful relationship God wished to have with them?

4. What might we do in our prayer time that would both honor God for who He is, yet also express our practical needs to Him?

Lesson 18

When the Israelites ran out of water again, they took out their anger on Moses.  But instead of taking it personally, Moses took it to the Lord, and the Lord reminded them all that He was indeed still with them.

1. Have you noticed that people can be fickle at times, swaying from fully supporting something to fully opposing it on what seems like a moment’s notice?

2. When people oppose you, how well do you do, on a scale of 1-10 (with 10 being you do great) at taking it to the Lord instead of taking it personally?

3. What effect might if have on your heart and attitude if you knew that the Lord was with you in situations like this?  (Not that He is necessarily “siding” with you, but that He is indeed with you, nonetheless).

4. How did God answer Moses when Moses came to Him, and how might God answer you when you come to him?

Lesson 19

When the Israelites went into battle, Moses told Joshua to choose some men and go fight the battle, while Moses went with Aaron and Hur to the top of a hill.  Each man had to take his position and maintain his position in order to see the victory.

1. Why might Moses have sent Joshua into the battle, while Moses himself went up to the top of the hill with the staff of God in his hands?

2. What benefit did it seem to give Joshua and his men for Moses to hold his staff high in the air during the fight? (and why might they have faltered when Moses lowered the staff?)

3. Are there some ways in which this statement applies to you, too?  “It’s not a matter of whether or not you want to be a role model.  You are a role model.  The question is whether you’re going to be a good role model or a bad one.”

4. If you’re currently facing any battles in your life, what position has God called you to take, and how can you better take your position and maintain your position?

Lesson 20

In many ways, Moses has been almost totally alone in his efforts to set the Israelites free.  But in chapter 17, God begins setting the stage for others to join him in his efforts, when God tells Moses to take the elders with him as he takes his next step of faith.

1. What are some of the pros and cons of taking your steps of faith in public, versus taking them in private?

2. How is the challenge Moses faces in this chapter the same as some of the challenges he’s faced earlier?

3. What level of confidence do you think Moses felt in going and doing what God had called him to do, at least compared to the Israelites needed help with their water supply?

4. If God were to call you to take a few others with you on your next step of faith, who might you take, and how might they benefit from being with you?

Summary Questions – Lessons 16-20

Even after helping to set the Israelites free, Moses faced several battles in the desert:  battles of faith, battles within the camp, and battles outside the camp.  But whenever Moses cried out to God, God answered his prayers with miraculous provision and practical steps that Moses could take to meet the needs around him.

1. As much as the Israelites wanted to be free from their bondage, there were times when they seemed to wonder if it would have been better to have stayed in Egypt.  Why is that, and have you ever felt that way?

2. Having read about the Israelites fickleness about going back and forth in their view of their situation, what would you say is one of the keys to remaining firmly on course?

3. While we are always dependent on God for every breath we take, what happens that makes us feel like we can sometimes live without Him?  And what usually happens to make us realize our utter dependence upon Him once again?

4. Is it possible to express our practical needs to God in a way that still honors Him and expresses our trust in Him, rather than our frustration in Him?  If so, how?

5. How was Moses able to not take it personally when the people grumbled against him, and how can we not take it personally when people grumble against us?

6. In what areas of your life do you feel like your life is on display?  And how does what you display affect those around you?

7. Are most of your steps of faith ones that you’ve taken privately, or have you ever had to take steps of faith in public, in one way or another?  If so, what has been the effect of taking a public step of faith?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 16-20, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 28:20b again, and share what difference it would make in your life if you believed Jesus’ statement and took it to heart, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that Jesus is with you always, to the very end of the age.

Lesson 21

After some time in the desert, Moses began to feel the strain of Moses being the sole judge over the people’s disputes.  On the verge of wearing himself out, as well as the people, Moses’ father-in-law urged him to get help in the form of putting a system in place of additional leaders who could help Moses judge the people’s disputes.

1. How well can you relate with these words of Mother Teresa, who said, “I know God will not give me anything I can’t handle. I just wish He didn’t trust me so much.”

2. What do you think about the question, “Why would God give you more to do than one person to do?”

3. If you’re feeling overwhelmed by all you have to do, what do you think of these two options:  1) either God hasn’t give you all of those things to do and you might need to back out of some of them, or 2) God has given you all those things to do and you might need to find a new way to do them?

4. What kind of solutions might God be showing you right now about how to accomplish all that He’s given you to do?

Lesson 22

When the Israelites reached the mountain to which God told them to go, God also told Moses that He would allow the people to hear Him speaking to Moses, so that they would always put their trust in him.  God wanted to establish Moses in the eyes of the people, so that they would listen to and follow his lead for the rest of their time together.

1. Have you ever stepped out in faith for yourself, only to realize later that your step of faith encouraged others to step out in faith as well?  Consider some of the people who are in your “sphere of influence,” the people you encounter in a typical week (such as family, friends and co-workers, as well as others you come in contact with: bank tellers, postal workers, doctors, nurses, people on the Internet, etc.)

2. How might they be affected by your thoughts, words and actions this week?

3. What are some ways that God may have already “established” you in their eyes, as an ambassador for Him?

4. How might God use your faith in God this week to help others grow in their faith in Him?

Lesson 23

God gave Moses and the people a set of rules to follow, the Ten Commandments.  Those rules weren’t meant to put limits on the people to keep them in a new type of bondage, but to allow them to live as freely as possible and still stay in harmony with one another.

1. What’s your feeling about the Ten Commandments in general?  Do you see them more as unnecessary restrictions on your life and putting you back under a new kind of bondage, or as words of wisdom to help you live more freely?

2. We often think of the Ten Commandments in terms of how they apply to us personally. But how do you think the Ten Commandments helped Moses as he began to include other leaders in helping him judge the people’s disputes?

3. In your own leadership of those around you, whether at home or work or other activities, how can rules help everything and everyone work more smoothly?

4. Are there any rules you might need to, or want to, put into place in the days ahead to help things run smoother in your life?

Lesson 24

The Ten Commandments are followed by over 600 more rules for living that God gave to Moses and the people in the desert.  The rules would allow Moses and the people to know and understand how they could best live together in the coming years, and also to help the new set of leaders decide any disputes that arose among the people.

1. Do you think the Ten Commandments and the 600 rules that followed were altogether “new” rules that God wanted to give the people, or more likely a “codification” of the rules that God had already been using to help the people live together in harmony, or some combination of the two?

2. If God has given you wisdom in certain areas of your life, how might sharing that wisdom with others help them in their lives?

3. Consider some of the questions asked in today’s message and write down your answers:  What topics in life has God spoken to you about the most?  Or the most often? Or the most clearly? What questions have you struggled with, wrestled through, and found God’s answers?

4. What are some ways you might be able to share what you’ve learned from God with others?

Lesson 25

God promised the Israelites that He would bring them into a “promised land,”  but He also knew that they weren’t yet able to occupy the entire land, that it would become desolate and the wild animals would overrun it.  So God told them He would give it to them little by little, until they had increased enough to take possession of all of it.

1. What are some things you’re praying about right now where it seems God is delaying the answer?

2. How might this passage help you in seeing God’s perspective on those situations?

3. While you may feel like you’re ready for God’s full answer to your prayers, in what ways might He still want to “increase you” so that when the answer comes, you’ll be ready for it?

4. Read Ephesians 3:20, and consider what it might look like if God really answered your prayers in a way that was immeasurably more than all you could ask or imagine.  How willing would you be to wait for an answer like that?

Summary Questions – Lessons 21-25

After setting the Israelites free from Egypt, God began to expand Moses’ ability to lead them through the desert by raising up more leaders to help him.  God gave Moses and the people the Ten Commandments and over 600 other rules to help them live in freedom with each other, and by which the leader’s could judge the people’s disputes.

1. Look through the list of rules God gave the people in Exodus 20-23.  Share with each one or two of the rules that stand out as particularly interesting or unusual to you.

2. Why do you think the laws of many nations around the world are still based on the rules God gave to the Israelites in the desert so many years ago?  And what is it about the Top 10 that make them stand out from all the rest?

3. With all the wisdom Moses already had, why was it that Jethro was able to see a way for Moses to lead the people even better, a way that Moses either never considered before, or at least never implemented?

4. How might it affect you–in terms of what you say and do in your life–to know that others are watching your walk with God and could be directly influenced by it in one way or another?

5. What do you think of the idea of rules being like the tracks that enable a train to go as fast as it does, or a kite string that enables a kite to fly as high as it does?

6. What is one topic that you feel God has taught you the most about in life–or about which you have wrestled with the most and found some of God’s answers?

7. What reason did God give the Israelites for why He wasn’t going to give them the promised land all at once (see Exodus 23:29-30)?  And how might that apply to any situations you’re facing in your life today?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 20-25, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Exodus 20:1-3 again and share why you think God put this first commandment ahead of all the rest.  

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering the One True God you serve, and how very much He loves you.

Lesson 26

From the very beginning, God told Moses why He wanted to free the Israelites:  so they could worship Him freely.  And in chapter 24, Moses and several of his leaders finally got to go up to the mountain God had called them to, and they ate and drank in the presence of God.

1. Why does God seem to love it so much when we worship Him?  What does it do for Him?  And what does it do for us?

2. Even though there are more times of worship coming up for the Israelites, where everyone will be involved, what might have made this time of worship so special to God, to Moses, and to the elders that came with Him?

3. How do you best like to worship?  With words? Your music? In your heart? In other ways?

4. Why not take some time right now to worship the Lord, whether it’s in your favorite way, or just in your heart, right where you are (which might be your favorite way!)

Lesson 27

God told Moses to have the people make a sanctuary for Him, a place where He would dwell among them.  Just as God had spoken to Noah about the specific details of how to build the ark for the animals, God now gave Moses very specific instructions for how to build this place of worship.

1. What would you say to someone who says that God only speaks in generalities, such as “Love one another”?  

2. Why might God want to speak so specifically to His people at times?

3. Do you believe that God could still speak so specifically to you about the situations you’re facing in your life?  Why or why not?

4. Is there something you’d like to ask God for wisdom about?  Take a few minutes to ask Him now, and listen for His answer.

Lesson 28

God told Moses make sacred garments for his brother Aaron to give him dignity and honor as he served as the high priest.  God wanted to consecrate him in a special way for this special work of service.

1. Why do you think God may have wanted to set Aaron apart with special garments for his duties as a priest?

2. As you read through Exodus 28:1-40, what other reasons did God have for creating Aaron’s ephod and breastpiece the way He did, and who else would He be honoring through the specific symbols and engravings that He used?

3. Can you think of some people in your life who might benefit from being honored for the work they’re doing?

4. If so, are there some specific ways you might be able to give them such dignity and honor?

Lesson 29

God called Moses to anoint, ordain and consecrate Aaron and his sons for the work of service God had called them to do.  Moses was to anoint them with a special mixture of oil and spices, blended specifically for this purpose of consecrating them for this work.

1. Can you think of other people in the Bible whom God anointed for the work they were to do? (see 1 Samuel 10:1, 1 Samuel 16, 1 Kings 1:39, for examples)

2. What purpose does anointing people with oil seem to serve?

3. What purpose might anointing people with oil serve today?

4. In Luke 4:18, Jesus quoted the words of Isaiah the prophet and said that God had anointed Him for a specific purpose.  What was that purpose, and how might God want you to serve others with that same purpose?

Lesson 30

Moses was able to accomplish all the work that God had for him to do because he was able to put a system in place, a system that involved other people in the work.  Thankfully, he didn’t have to do it all alone, and God showed him specific steps he could take to make it happen all along the way.

1. Consider what might have happened to Moses had he not gotten others involved in the work?  What would his life have been like, and what would the people’s lives have been like that he served?

2. By involving others in the work, how was he able to expand the work that God had called him to do?

3. What are some barriers that might keep you from involving others in the work that God has called you to do?  And what are some of the benefits of involving them in the work?

4. When you weigh the barriers against the benefits, are there some things you might do differently in your own life having seen the example of Moses in this study?

Summary Questions – Lessons 26-30

God called Moses and the Israelites out of Egypt so they could worship Him freely.  Once in the desert, God gave the Israelites specific instructions for creating a place of worship that was beautiful and enthralling, setting apart various people for various purposes.

1. Read through some of the verses about why God wanted to set the people free from their bondage:  Exodus 3:12, 4:23, 7:16, 8:1, 8:20, 9:1, 9:13, 10:3, 24:1.  Why does bondage sometimes keep people from being able to worship?

2. Some people seem to be able to worship even while they’re being held captive by others.  Are such people really in bondage or not?

3. What do you think of the statement: “The degree of freedom we have in our lives is directly proportional to the degree to which we’re able to worship God from our hearts.”

4. Some people think God only speaks in generalities, like “Love one another.”  While that’s certainly true, can you give some examples from the Bible where God spoke to people very specifically?

5. Just as Moses was called to make sacred garments for the priests who served God alongside of him, are there some specific ways you can give “dignity and honor” to those whom God may have called to serve alongside you? 

6. Can you think of some examples of when God anointed people for His work? In what ways can we anoint, consecrate, or dedicate people to God’s work today?

7. In what ways might involving others in the work God has called you to do help to expand that work exponentially?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 26-30, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 11:28 again, and share what how worshiping God can help you ease your burdens and give you rest.  Share also how it might do the same for God!

10. Close in prayer for each other, remembering that God has called you out of bondage so you can worship Him.

Lesson 31

God called the Israelites to make an offering to Him twice a day:  once in the morning and once in the evening.  As they did this, He told them that He would meet with them and speak with them there.

1. While there are benefits of talking to God throughout the day, what’s the benefit of setting aside time every morning and every evening to come to talk with Him?

2. Do you have a routine in place that helps you to spend time with God at least once or twice a day?  If not, is it something you’d like to start?

3. What are some ways that using a devotional can enhance your quiet time with God, in addition to just reading the Bible itself?

4. Consider making a plan for spending quiet time with God twice a day. Write down what you might study during that time. If you don’t have anything in mind, consider looking for some devotionals or other tools that could help you make the most of your time with God.

Lesson 32

God asked Aaron to build an altar where he could burn incense every morning and at twilight.  Having a special place and a special activity to do at the altar created a fragrant offering to the Lord.

1. Do you have a special “place” where you have quiet time before the Lord?  

2. If you do have a special place, where is it?  And if you don’t, what are some places that might lend themselves to quiet moments with Him?

3. How can spending quiet time with God be like a fragrant offering to Him?

4. If there’s something else you’d like to do in your quiet time with God that would make it special, write it here.

Lesson 33

God asked Moses to make a bronze basin where people could wash their hands and feet before entering the Tent of Meeting.  Being washed clean first would keep them from dying.

1. While there’s value in coming to God “just as you are,” what value might there be in getting washed clean before coming into His presence?

2. What does unconfessed sin do to our intimacy with others?

3. How can unconfessed sin affect our relationship with God?

4. If you’re aware of any unconfessed sin in your life, read 1 John 1:19 again and be encouraged to bring those sins to God and receive His forgiveness and cleansing.

Lesson 34

After calling the people to make all kinds of beautiful things for their place of worship, God pointed out those whom He had given special skills to carry out that work.  He says He also filled them with His Spirit to take on these special tasks.

1. God seems to have equipped the Israelites with special skills even while they were in bondage.  How did He want them to use those skills now that they were free?

2. Even with the special skills God had given them, why did He also need to fill them with His Spirit?

3. What are some special skills God has given you that you, even skills that you may have acquired in a totally secular way, that you could now use for Him?

4. Ask God to fill you with His Spirit, to enable you to do those things He has called you to do.

Lesson 35

Even with all the work God called the Israelites to do, He also wanted to make sure they had a break one day out of every seven.  This followed the example He Himself set for us by taking a Sabbath of rest after creating the world in six days.

1. Are you ever reluctant to “rest” on the Sabbath day?

2. Why do you think God was so serious about people taking a Sabbath day of rest, saying that anyone who didn’t rest was to be put to death?

3. The Sabbath is a day to recharge our batteries, just like sleep recharges us at night, except that on the Sabbath, we get to stay awake and enjoy the time of rest!  What are some things you could do on the Sabbath, if you could do anything at all, that would bring “rest to your soul”?

4. Can you do any of those things on this coming Sabbath?  If so, why not give it a try?

Summary Questions – Lessons 31-35

God wanted to meet with the people at the Tent of Meeting.  He gave them several details for making the most of their meeting time with Him, from the timing and location, to the preparations they could make before and during their time together.

1. Why do you think God the Creator longs to meet with those whom He has created?

2. If you were in His place, why would you want to spend time with those you had created?

3. Why do you think God wanted the people to meet with and talk with Him every morning and at twilight?

4. If you have a regular place or time that you meet with God, where and when do you do it?  If not, where might you do it?

5. How can confessing your sins to God help you in your relationship with Him?

6. What kinds of skills has God given you that God might be able to use for Him?  And how would His filling you with His Spirit help you in using those gifts?

7. What would you do if you could do something on the next Sabbath day that would truly bring “rest to your soul”?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 31-35, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Matthew 11:28-30 again and think through how having daily, and even twice daily quiet times with God can help bring rest to your soul.  Share also how keeping the Sabbath free from work can also bring you God’s rest.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to help you take time out of your days and weeks to get recharged with Him.

Lesson 36

People are wired to worship, and they’re going to worship something, whether it’s God or something else.  God wants us to focus our worship on Him.

1. While God was telling Moses all the incredible things He wanted the people to do with their skills and resources, they created a golden calf worshiped it instead, as Moses had not yet come down from the mountain.  How does this reinforce the fact that people are “wired” to worship?

2. Even though we’re wired to worship, does it make much difference what we worship?

3. Can the same thing be said for love…if we’re wired for love, does it make much difference with whom we choose to share that love?

4. Are you worshiping anything other than what God wants you to worship?  If so, why not refocus your worship back on Him today?

Lesson 37

When the people turned away from God, God was ready to let them perish in their sinfulness.  But Moses reminded God of what would happen if He did, that the other nations would look at God as if He were evil, and the promises God had made for their future would be thwarted.

1. Some people think that God appears to be mean in the Old Testament.  But given all that He had done for the Israelites up to this point, do you think He was acting with evil intent?

2. Even though Moses might have been tempted to agree with God, that the people should be wiped out, why did He plead with God to spare them?

3. Do you ever encounter people, and their sins, whom seem to deserve any punishment God might dole out to them?

4. What might happen if you pleaded with God for mercy on them in their behalf?

Lesson 38

Moses pleaded with God for the lives of the Israelites, offering to have God’s wrath come upon him instead of upon them, even though they were the ones who have sinned.  God responded by dealing with their sin, but also in showing great mercy.

1. What did Moses say that God could do to Him if He wasn’t willing to forgive the people’s sins (verse 32)?  Why would Moses put himself on the line like that?

2. How does what Moses did compare to what Jesus did for us?

3. While we may have to deal with people who sin, how can we do it in a way that reflects the hearts of Moses and Jesus when people sinned around them?

4. How might someone act differently if they had a heart of hate for those who sin, instead of a heart of love?

Lesson 39

Moses was distressed that even though God wasn’t going to destroy the people for their sin of creating and worshiping the golden calf, that He wasn’t going to go with them on the rest of their journey either.  Moses made it a point thereafter to regularly meet with God in the “tent of meeting,” to continue pleading with God on their behalf.

1. How did Moses speak with God when they met at the tent of meeting?

2. Joshua was a young aid to Moses at this time, and later was selected to lead the people into the promised land.  How is Joshua’s heart for the Lord revealed in this passage (verse 11)?

3. What might you do to enhance your time with God, to be sure that you’ve truly met with Him during the day?

4. While Moses spoke with God face to face, how do we speak with God and hear from Him today (see John 16:13)?

Lesson 40

Just like Moses and Joshua stepped into the tent of meeting to meet with God, we, too can step into His presence at any moment, anywhere we are.

1. While some people wish they had a tent of meeting where they could visit with God, God has now given us His Holy Spirit, who dwells within us.  In what ways is this even better than the tent of meeting that Moses and Joshua had?

2. How free do you think you have to be before you can step into the presence of the Lord?

3. What sometimes keeps you from stepping into God’s presence maybe more than you might like to do?

4. As today’s devotional suggests at the end, why not take a little time to just step into His presence today?

Summary Questions – Lessons 36-40

People are wired to worship, but sometimes they focus their attention on things other than God.  When they do, God wants them to refocus on Him.  Moses, like Jesus, pleaded with God to forgive others of their sins, even though they may have deserved any punishment that He would have given them.  God wants us to have the same heart for others, pleading their cause even if they deserve otherwise.

1. When Moses saw the people sinning, after all the miracles they had seen, what could he have done instead of pleading for their forgiveness?  And what might have been the result if God did what he had said?

2. How did Moses’ heart for God carry over into his heart for the people (see Exodus 32:8-14).

3. What evidence in life makes you think that we really are “wired” to worship, even if we don’t always worship the right thing.

4. What can we learn from Moses’ conversation with God on behalf of the people in terms of how we can stand in the gap for others as well?

5. How can we deal with sin, yet with a heart like Jesus?

6. While Moses got to meet with God and hear from Him in the tent of meeting, how has God enabled each of us to meet with Him and hear from Him today (see John 16:13)?

7. These lessons are a reminder that you can step into and out of God’s presence at any moment.  How can this reminder help you face the week ahead?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 36-40, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Exodus 33:11 again and consider what it must have been like to be a young aid in the presence of Moses, watching him converse with God as he did.  Share how that experience may have prepared and equipped Joshua to eventually lead the people into the Promised Land.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to remind you step into His presence at any moment in the week ahead.

Lesson 41

For as many conversations as Moses had with God throughout their time before, during and after the Exodus from Egypt, Moses still asks to see more of God, saying “Now show me your glory.”  Moses continually longer for a more and more intimate relationship with God, asking God to reveal more and more of Himself to Moses.

1. For all that Moses and God had been through together, why might Moses have wanted to go deeper still in his relationship with God?

2. What does this say about our relationships with God, whether we’re new to that relationship or whether we’ve been in a relationship with Him for years?

3. How might you apply the biblical idea of “knowing” someone to your relationship with God?

4. What might happen if you were to ask God to show you His glory like Moses did? Why not ask and find out?

Lesson 42

Moses asked God to show him God’s glory.  God responded by letting His name pass before Moses, a name that described in His essence, who He was, in detail.

1. What’s been your view of God in the Old Testament?

2. Does God’s description of Himself here in Exodus 34:1-7 match the view you’ve had, or not?

3. In what ways did Jesus exhibit similar traits in the New Testament?

4. In what ways has God shown His grace to you (read Romans 5:8 again for ideas), and in what ways can you show that grace to others?

Lesson 43

When God passed in front of Moses, Moses’ response was immediate:  he bowed bowed down and worshiped, “at once.”  God often passes by us during the days, too, because He’s not just in the big things or just the little things―He’s in all things.

1. Have you ever had an experience where you felt like God passed by you, even if it were for a fleeting moment?

2. If so, what was your reaction at the time?

3. Why was “worship” an appropriate response for Moses when God passed by? And why is it appropriate for us as well?

4. When you ask God to show you His glory, be prepared to respond the way Moses did―with worship!

Lesson 44

God had many things He wanted to do for the Israelites, and He had many things He called Moses to do to help Him.  What resulted from their conversations in their quiet times together has impacted people for thousands of years.

1. If God can do all things, why does He need our help?

2. If He has so much He wants us to do, why do we need His help?

3. What’s the relationship between praying and doing the work God wants us to do?

4. Can you think of anything from your own quiet times with God that has changed the course of your life or the lives of others?

Lesson 45

After Moses had spent an extended time in God’s presence, he came out with his face shining so bright that he had to wear a veil in front of the people.  Just like the moon reflects the brightness of the sun, bringing light in the darkness, so we too can reflect the glory of God, bringing light to those around us.

1. How did being in God’s presence change King David?

2. How did being in God’s presence change Moses?

3. How can being in God’s presence change you?

4. How can your being in God’s presence change those around you, even without that being your initial goal?

Summary Questions – Lessons 41-45

Moses asked God to show him God’s glory and God did it, by making His name pass in front of Moses.  As a result, Moses got to know God more intimately than before, eventually even reflecting God’s glory to all those around him.

1. Why do you think one of God’s greatest gifts is to give us eternal life with Him? How long do you think it would take to get to know Him as intimately and as fully as possible?

2. Why do you think Moses would want to see more of God’s glory, even after all the miracles and amazing things Moses had seen already?

3. Why do we long for intimacy in our human relationships?  And how does this translate to our relationship with God?

4. What are some things that would be on God’s nametag, according to Exodus 34:5-7?

5. What was Moses’ immediate response when God did allow His glory to pass before Him?

6. What’s the relationship between prayer and the things God wants to do through us?

7. How did spending time in God’s presence change Moses?  And how can it change us (and even those around us)?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 41-45, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Psalm 4 again and consider why David often goes into God’s presence in distress and comes out of God’s presence with peace.  Share any similar experiences you may have had in your life.

10. Close in prayer for each other, asking God to change you as you come into His presence.

Lesson 46

When it came time to carry out the work that God had laid before Moses and the people, Moses made to the call to all who were willing and skilled.  The response was so overwhelming that Moses had to restrain the people from bringing more.

1. Why is it so hard for us to sometimes ask for help?

2. Rather than demanding people to participate, Moses called on everyone who was “willing.”  What difference do you think it made to the people for Moses to make his call the way he did?

3. What did Moses have to trust when he put out the call like he did?

4. If there’s something God has put on your heart to do for Him, and you don’t think you can possibly do it yourself, who might you call to help you out?

Lesson 47

After Moses made the call to all who were willing and skilled, the people set about doing the work that God had called them to do.  They followed God’s plan in every detail, and produced a masterpiece in the end: a beautiful place to worship God.

1. Have you ever been so consumed by the planning for a project that when it came time to put the plan into practice, you felt like you were out of steam?

2. What from Moses’ story might encourage you to do the work, even keeping to all the details, that God has called you to do?

3. Is there anything you or others could do to help you through this time, to give you strength for the work ahead?

4. Let me encourage you to do as the Israelites did:  Don’t give up.  Don’t give in. Don’t stop pushing now.  Dow the work!  And get it done!

Lesson 48

Moses and the people found the strength to finally “finish the work,” just as God had commanded them to do.  And as they did His reward for them was just around the corner.

1. Are there some projects in your life that might be at 211 degrees, just one degree short of that which would bring the fruit from all your labor?

2. What encouragement can you take from the examples in today’s devotional that  could help you add that one final degree of heat to “finish the work.”

3. What does the Apostle Paul say will be the result of our work, if we don’t get weary along the way (see Galatians 6:9)?

4. Determine in your heart today to finish the work God has given you to do.

Lesson 49

When Moses and the people had finished the work God called them to do, God showed up in a powerful way.  His glory so filled their place of worship that they couldn’t even get into it!

1. What did the glory of the Lord look like as it came down upon the work the people had finished?

2. How was this yet another specific answer to Moses’ prayer back in Exodus 33:18?

3. Who could see the glory of the Lord as it came down upon their work?  And what effect did that have on the people?

4. As you finish the work God has given you to do, ask God again to once again show you His glory!

Lesson 50

God had a reason for setting the Israelites free:  to worship Him.  After setting them free, God gave them specific ways to stay free and to set others free, too–ways which often involved worshiping Him!

1. If worshiping God from your heart is the measure of truly being free, how free do you feel?

2. What was God’s plan for the Israelites from even before they were taken away into bondage (see Genesis 15:14)?  And what happened?

3. What is God’s plan for your life from even before you were taken taken into bondage (see John 3:16)?  And what’s going to happen?

4. Reread Mark 16:15.  What can you do this week to join God in His plan?

Summary Questions – Lessons 46-50

After all the planning and praying about the work God had called the Israelites to do, the time finally came to do it.  They did the work, and God’s glory covered their work in a way that everyone could see it.

1. What’s the most exciting part of a project for you?  Getting the idea, starting the work, finishing the work, seeing the results of the work?

2. What can keep you motivated throughout the whole process?

3. When the time came for Moses to execute the plan God had given him to do, who did Moses call (see Exodus 35:4-10)?

4. Do you ever get tempted to give up on a project just when it’s time to finally do the work?  What encouragement can you take from the Israelites story in Exodus 36:8-13?

5. What’s the “212 Principle,” and how can might it apply to any situations you’re facing right now in your life?

6. What happened when the people finally finished the work?  What came down and covered it?  And how did this answer Moses’ prayer in Exodus 33:18?

7. What was the goal of the Exodus from the very beginning, as found in Exodus 3:12?

8. Look through the rest of the questions and your answers for Lessons 46-50, and share with the group one or two that might be particularly significant to what you’re going through in life right now.

9. Read Genesis 15:14 again and consider God’s long term plan for them from the very beginning.  Then take encouragement from God’s long term plan for you, as found in John 3:16!

10. Read John 4:23-24 and close in prayer for each other, asking God to help you to worship Him fully, in spirit and in truth.

About The Author

Described by USA Today as “a new breed of evangelist,”  Eric Elder is an ordained pastor, songwriter and the creator of The Ranch, a faith-boosting website that attracts thousands of visitors each month at TheRanch.org.

Eric is also an inspirational writer and speaker, having written about spiritual issues for publications like Billy Graham’s Decision Magazine, and spoken about freedom at national conferences like the International Freedom Conference.

This fresh work, filled with personal stories and practical applications, brings to life stories from the Bible that have been inspiring people for over 3,000 years.

To listen to, download or order more inspiring resources, please visit: inspiringbooks.com

Exodus: Lessons in Freedom

You're reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

How To Get Free, Stay Free And Set Others Free 
by Eric Elder

Fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books of the Bible.

PREFACE

Exodus is one of the most dramatic books in the Bible.  Feature films have told various stories from the book of Exodus, ranging from Cecil B. Demille’s epic, The Ten Commandments,to DreamWorks’ animated, The Prince of Egypt,to Stephen Spielberg’s classic, Raiders of the Lost Ark.

But what I like most about the book of Exodus is not how dramatic it is, but how practical it is.

I began this study at a time when I wanted to expand my own ministry.  I wanted to learn how God used Moses to set hundreds of thousands of people free.  I thought I might learn a few lessons for how God might use me to set others free, too.

I was right.  But instead of finding one or two lessons, I found fifty!

I began applying these lessons to my own life and  ministry and began to see results immediately.  These are the lessons that I’ll be sharing with you throughout this book―lessons from stories that are over 3,000 years old, and lessons from from my own life today; lessons that include some of my favorite Bible stories, and lessons that include some of my favorite personal stories of my own walk with God.

God wants to set you free.  He wants to keep you free.  And He wants to use you to set others free.  May God bless you―and many others―as you read and apply these lessons to your life.

Eric Elder

P.S. I’ve included a Scripture Reading with each devotional that I encourage you to read in your own Bible as well as reading my devotional.  It’s a great way to hear directly from God about subjects in your life that I may not have touched upon in my devotional, and when you’ve read all of the Scripture Readings, you’ll have also read through the entire book of Exodus.

Exodus: Lessons in Freedom, by Eric Elder

EXODUS: LESSONS IN FREEDOM, by Eric Elder, featuring fifty inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic, yet practical books in the Bible. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

How to get free, stay free and set others free.  Featuring 50 inspiring devotionals based on one of the most dramatic yet practical books of the Bible.  

This faith-building book contains some of my favorite personal stories of how God has spoken into my life. If you’re looking for a great devotional book for the New Year or anytime of the year, this book has great, short entries to read each day, and will help you learn how to get free, stay free, and set others free. 208 pages.

(Suggested Donation: $15 or more)

paypal-donate-button-cc-lgAlso available from Amazon.com or get the eBook for: iPhone, iPad, iPod, Kindle, or Nook.

News From The Ranch – September 2006

The Newsletter of Eric Elder Ministries

New E-Book: “What God Says About Sex”; New Website: http://www.InspiringBooks.com

What God Says About Sex

A new e-book by Eric Elder! To order, visit http://www.InspiringBooks.com

Dear Friends,

I’m thrilled to let you know that you can now order my new e-book online called “What God Says About Sex.”

The book contains a number of true and inspirational stories to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex.

I’d like to share with you a little bit about why I wrote this book, and who I wrote it for, as I mentioned in the preface of my book…

FROM THE PREFACE

I began this book as a way to summarize hundreds of letters I’ve written and conversations I’ve had regarding what God says about sex. But before I wrote the first word, I asked God who the readers of this book might be. I wanted to be able to picture them in my mind as I wrote these words.

Without hesitation, God spoke to my heart: “Write it for your children.”

My children?!? I thought. That’s not who I had in mind at all!

When I realized that God was serious, my passion and diligence for this project increased a hundredfold. I realized that the readers of this book would not just be people on the far side of the globe who could take or leave these words as they wished. The readers would be my own precious children, the ones I most wanted to see enjoy the fullness of sex without experiencing the pain that has fallen upon so many.

Then God nudged my heart again.

I realized that this would be the same audience He wanted to reach through this book: You, His own precious child, the one He most wants to see enjoy the fullness of sex without experiencing the pain that has fallen upon so many.

With that in mind, I invite you to read these words that I’ve written from the depths of my heart. For they’re not only my impassioned words to my beloved children, they’re also God’s impassioned words to you — His beloved child.

WHAT OTHERS ARE SAYING

I’d also like to share with you some of the things others have been saying about the book. One of my goals in writing the book was to limit it to 100 pages, a tough task for such a broad topic, but something I felt was important so people to be able to start AND finish it!

When one friend saw it, he said, “That’s a perfect size…short enough for my attention span, but long enough to have some good content!”

After a 16-year old guy read a copy I had with me at camp this summer, he later told me that it was probably only the second book he’d ever read in his life from cover to cover. Although that may not be saying much for his reading habits, it helped me to know that I had accomplished at least one of my goals! I then asked him what he thought about the book itself, wondering what a 16-year old might think. He said, “I totally agree with what you said in the book! You just spoke the truth. It felt as if you were talking right to me.” About a dozen other teens picked it up and passed it around that week, all with similar comments.

But it’s not just a book for teens. Here are a few more comments from people recommending the book for a variety of backgrounds and ages…

– John Smid, Executive Director of Love In Action in Memphis, Tennessee, (the oldest and largest ministry in the Exodus network dealing exclusively with sexual brokenness) writes:

“‘What God Says About Sex’ is heart warming, honest, insightful, simple, and quite provocative! It is a great book for study purposes as the principles are deep, rich, and incredibly challenging to think about much less to discuss in a committed group. Eric’s honesty lets the reader know that he is not preaching from ‘on high’ rather, from the point of understanding God’s grace for his own life.”

– Dan Mountney, Campus Pastor for Kensington Community Church in Troy, Michigan and a former television journalist for NBC News in Detroit writes:

“Finally, a book that explains a godly perspective on the topic of sex, in a way that any child — or adult — can understand! ‘What God Says About Sex’ is every parent’s new best friend.”

– Al Lowry, leader of GIG, a music ministry at Rick Warren’s Saddleback Church in Lake Forest, California writes:

“I always appreciate Eric’s writings, and although this new work may be short, it speaks volumes. The subject is treated firmly, yet lovingly; not an easy task in handling the ‘untouchables’ suggested in the title. I won’t reveal the surprise ending, but guarantee it will rock your boat. I look forward to the next in the ‘What God Says’ series.”

– Tim Wilkins, Executive Director of Cross Ministry in Wake Forest, North Carolina and a frequent speaker at conferences and colleges on the topic of sexuality writes:

“Eric Elder’s approach is as refreshing as is his testimony. The mass of reports and research purporting to be ‘authoritative’ on human sexuality pale into oblivion when you read ‘What God Says About Sex.'”

– Bridgette Booth, homeschooling mother and author of ‘Layla’s Faith,’ in Tyler, Texas writes:

“For me, sex is an awkward subject to discuss with my children. After only a few pages, I knew I could trust this book in the hands of my daughters because Eric combined the sweetness of setting high standards during courtship and marriage with candid, matter-of-fact explanations of sexual intercourse. This book is perfect for parents like me!”

– Russell Pond, homeschooling father and author of the ‘Season of Peace Devotional,’ in Dallas, Texas writes:

“This powerful, much-needed message on the topic of sex was artfully and delicately communicated through Biblical truths and anecdotes. It’s the kind of book I could read to my son and not be ashamed.”

– and Sue Bohlin, Associate Speaker for Probe Ministries, in Richardson, Texas writes:

“I wish we’d had Eric’s little gem of a book when it was time to tell our sons about God’s magnificent invention of sex! His direct but not prurient explanation of the technical aspects of sex is illuminated by his grace-filled sense of wonder and awe at God’s brilliance and goodness. That alone is worth the price of the book!”

From what I’m hearing, adults seem to appreciate the helpful insights and practical wisdom of this book, parents appreciate the tasteful approach to a delicate subject, and teens and pre-teens appreciate the openness, honesty, and humor which are woven throughout the pages of the book.

TELL YOUR FRIENDS!

One of my favorite things people tell me about the book is that it has touched them in ways that aren’t even directly related to sex, helping them to think through their relationships with God, their relationships with others, and their own view of themselves.

One friend commented that he wanted to give it to his friends because, “it’s more than just a sex manual, it’s an evangelistic tool.” I share in the book ways that God has used the issue of sex to bring people closer to Him, from the biblical story of the woman caught in adultery, to my own story of how God turned my life around when I put my faith in Christ.

If you’re like me, you probably know a number of people who could use a book like this: people who are struggling with some aspect or another of sexuality, people who want to do the right thing but may not know what the right thing is, or people who know what the right thing is, but need some practical help to just do it. I hope you’ll pass the announcement of this book on to your friends as well. Just forward this newsletter to them or point them to the website below.

INSPIRINGBOOKS.COM

To order a copy of this new e-book for yourself or your friends, you can go to a new website I’ve set up for this purpose called:

www.InspiringBooks.com

SUMMER GIVING

Lastly, like many ministries at the end of the summer months, any reserves we may have had during the year are typically used up by now. Although we always operate on a tight budget, right now it’s quite tight! Our total donations during June, July and August averaged $2,500 per month, from which we run all aspects of this full-time ministry.

If our ministry has been helpful to you, would you prayerfully consider making a donation sometime within the next two weeks? It would give us a tremendous boost personally as well financially! Thanks! Here’s the link for ways to make your donation:

Make A Donation

PLEASE PRAY WITH US

Thanks for your prayers already over the last few months and years for this book and for our ministry. We really appreciate it!

I’d love if you would pray with me again today…

Father, thank You…

  • for teaching us in Your Word how to have the best sex life possible,
  • for helping me to complete this book and make it available to others,
  • and for promising us that Your word will not return to You empty, but will accomplish what You desire and achieve the purpose for which You sent it. (Isaiah 55:11)

Now, Lord, we ask…

  • that You would take this word around the world
  • put it in the hands of those who need to hear it
  • and draw more people to The Ranch so they can draw closer to You.

In Jesus’ name, Amen.

Thanks and have a good week!

Sincerely,
Eric Elder
www.theranch.org

Here’s the link again to order the book:
www.InspiringBooks.com

The Ranch Fellowship is a non-profit 501(c)(3) religious organization whose purpose is to share the message of Jesus Christ throughout the world. Click here to read more about our ministry.

To give a gift to The Ranch and to yourself, please visit The Ranch Giftshop.
To make a donation without ordering, just click Make A Donation.

Appendix – What is Sex, Anyway?

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and they will become one flesh” (Genesis 2:24).

Sex is the process by which many living things reproduce, from plants, trees and animals, to birds, fish and people.

Sex is also one of the most incredible processes ever conceived in the mind of God.  I’ve been at the birth of each of my children, and the way a child is born is astounding.  But I’ve also been at the conception of each of my children, that moment in time when they were created, and I can say that the way a child is conceived in the first place is equally astounding, if not more so!

I’d like to describe that process to you here, as God has revealed it to us through the design of nature itself.  Although I’ve taken great care to describe this process in a simple way, don’t mistake my simple description for a simple process. The human reproductive system is one of the most intricate and complex systems ever created.

Sex 101

Babies are very fragile and need a safe place to grow, so God created just such a place inside each woman called a womb.  The womb is made of a soft, expandable tissue that gently cuddles a baby.

But a baby doesn’t start as a full-grown baby; it starts as a tiny egg, smaller than the dot at the end of this sentence.  When a woman reaches puberty, the age when she’s old enough to start having children, God designed her body to begin to release eggs into her womb.  About once every month, an egg is released from a small holding area, called an ovary, just above the wombWhen the ovary releases the egg, the egg glides down a thin tube towards the womb.  There are two of these ovaries and two of these tubes that lead into the womb.  Only one of the ovaries will usually release an egg each month.

The egg gradually makes its way through the tube, waiting to be fertilized, something I’ll discuss below.  If the egg isn’t fertilized within a few days, it simply travels on through the womb and down a larger tube that comes out of a woman’s body called the vagina.  The vagina is the central opening of the three openings between a woman’s legs.  The urethra, where the urine, or liquid waste comes out, is in front of the vagina, and the rectum, where the bowel movements, or solid waste comes out, is behind it.

The egg that comes out of the vagina is too small to be seen, but some of the blood that lines the inside walls of the womb does come out with the egg as a way of cleansing the womb before the process starts all over again.  Because this flow of blood containing the egg usually happens about once a month, or periodically, people call this monthly flow a period.  

The next month, the process starts over and another egg is released from one of the ovaries.  This egg then travels down the tube, called the fallopian tube, towards the womb, also called the uterus, to be possibly fertilized.  If the egg isn’t fertilized, it travels on through the womb and down the vagina, then comes out with the blood from the womb in the next period.

The release of eggs within a woman is important, but without fertilization, a baby can’t be created.  Fertilization is the spark that creates a new life.  Fertilization occurs when something called a sperm comes into contact with an egg.  Sperm are also very tiny; they’re even smaller than the egg.

But a woman’s body doesn’t produce sperm.  Sperm are only produced inside a man’s body.  Just as a woman’s body contains two ovaries where eggs are stored, a man’s body contains two testicles where sperm are produced.  These two testicles are held in a sack of skin, called the scrotum, found between a man’s legs.  The sperm must be kept a little cooler than the rest of the body, so God created this sack to hang just outside the man’s body to keep the temperature just right.

When a man gets old enough to start having children, his testicles begin to produce sperm.  Since a sperm and an egg must come into contact with each other in order to create a child, God designed a way to get the sperm and egg together without ever having to travel outside a human body.  And the way God brings the sperm and egg together is through this incredible experience called sex.

Our bodies are wired with special nerves near the surface of our skin that can make us feel great when someone gives us a hug or a kiss.  But God has saved a romantic kind of hugging and kissing that we can enjoy with our husbands or wives that can feel even more amazing.

During these special times of hugging and kissing, a man’s penis is stimulated by all the touching so that it becomes straight and firm, even though it’s still soft to the touch.  The penis becomes this way as blood rushes into it and flows into a unique type of body tissue found in the penis.

As the man and woman snuggle closer to each other, his penis begins to release a smooth, clear, lotion-like fluid called semen.  In the same way, the woman’s body releases a similarly smooth and clear fluid that lubricates her vagina, the tube that leads into her womb.  All of this naturally produced lotion makes the rubbing and touching even more smooth and wonderful.

God has designed the woman’s vagina to be soft and expandable so that her husband’s penis can fit softly and snugly inside it.  As a man and woman continue to love each other in this way, with his penis gently rubbing inside her vagina, the rubbing movements eventually trigger millions of these minuscule sperm to be released from the testicles and they combine with the semen.  The combined sperm and semen then travel up through the penis and into the woman’s vagina and then on into the woman’s womb.

The release of sperm from the man’s body is called  an ejaculation.  At this climactic moment, both the man and woman will often feel an intensely pleasurable sensation called an orgasm.  In this way, God is able to get the sperm from the man’s body into the womb of the woman’s body without ever having to travel outside the human body!

If one of the woman’s ovaries has already released an egg into the tube leading to the womb, the first sperm to reach the egg and come into contact with it sparks the process of fertilization.  When that happens, a moment called conception, a new life is created and begins to grow in the womb.

After the sperm has been released from the man into the woman, the man’s penis begins to relax, and the husband and wife can continue to hold each other, hugging and kissing as long as they want.

The biological term for this process is sexual intercourse, which is usually just shortened to the word sex.  Because this process feels so great and makes a husband and wife feel so loved by each other, the experience is sometimes called making love.

God calls it becoming one flesh:

“For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and they will become one flesh”  (Genesis 2:24).

I call it a miracle!  I’ve never experienced anything like it in all my life.

When I first learned about sex, I thought that it was one of the most unusual things I had ever heard.  But since then, I’ve learned that it’s not unusual at all to God.  This is the process He’s been using for thousands of years to create new life.

If you ever have questions about sex, or about anything for that matter, ask God to give you His wisdom.  He’ll be glad to pour it out on you in abundance:

“If any of you lacks wisdom, he should ask God, who gives generously to all without finding fault, and it will be given to him” (James 1:5).

Review Questions

1. What two things does God bring together through sex to create a child—one from a woman’s body and one from a man’s?

2. What happens to a woman’s egg if it has not been fertilized within a certain period of time?

3. What does God say that a man and his wife become when they are united together?  (Genesis 2:24)

4. What does God promise to give generously to those who ask Him for it? (James 1:5)

 

7 – The Difference God Makes

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“Therefore everyone who hears these words of mine and puts them into practice is like a wise man who built his house on the rock” (Matthew 7:24).

There’s so much more I still want to tell you.  There’s so much more God still wants to tell you!  But I hope that what I’ve told you so far will give you a good foundation for everything else that God says about sex.

While there are many other issues that I could address here, and that God does address in the Bible, I feel that those I’ve covered so far will help to put many of the others into place.

The evangelist D. L. Moody said, “The best way to show that a stick is crooked is not to argue about it or to spend time denouncing it, but to lay a straight stick alongside it” (Love is the Greatest, George Sweeting, p. 81).

I hope this book will serve as a “straight stick” for you as you come across other issues related to sex.

Here’s a recap of some of the main points I hope you’ve gotten from this book so far:

  1. God created sex for the twin purposes of intimacy and fruitfulness.  God loves people and He doesn’t want them to be alone.  Through sex, He’s made a way to fulfill the desires of His heart, while at the same time fulfilling the desires of our hearts.
  2. God wants us to stay pure both before and within marriage. God wants us to treat others as if they’re someone else’s husband or wife until the day that we marry them, because until that day, they still might be.
  3. God wants us to flee from temptation.  God knows what it’s like to be tempted and He will always provide us a way out of temptation if we’ll look for it and take it.  God wants us to learn to control our bodies, to pray against temptation, and to run from it!
  4. God wants us to confess our sins so we can become pure again.  God doesn’t want Satan to keep us down when we sin.  By confessing our sins to Him and putting our faith in Jesus, God promises to forgive us of our sins so that we can live the life He’s called us to live, both here on earth and on into heaven.
  5. God wants us to know our spouse intimately and regularly. God wants us to take time to know the husband or wife He has created for us, both before and after marriage.  The better we know them, the better we can treat them as the gifts from God that they truly are.
  6. God wants us to view children as blessings.  By asking God to give us His mindset towards children, we can’t help but experience His blessings, regardless of how many, if any, children God might give us.

Before I close, I’d like to share with you the most profound difference that God has made in my life when I finally put into practice what He says about sex.  There’s no doubt that God wants us to know what He says about sex.  But knowing what He says and putting it into practice are two different things.  Jesus said it this way:

“Therefore everyone who hears these words of mine and puts them into practice is like a wise man who built his house on the rock. The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house; yet it did not fall, because it had its foundation on the rock. But everyone who hears these words of mine and does not put them into practice is like a foolish man who built his house on sand. The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house, and it fell with a great crash” (Matthew 7:24-27).

Have you heard the story about the five frogs who were sitting on a log when one of them decided to jump off?  How many frogs were still left on the log?  All five!  One of them had only decided to jump off.

It’s one thing to decide to do what God says; it’s another to take the leap of faith and actually do it.  But when you do, hang on!  God will do for you more than all you could ask or imagine.

I know, because I’ve taken that leap myself.

The Difference God has Made for Me

I mentioned in the dedication of this book that my children might not be here today if it weren’t for the things I learned from God and have shared in this book.  I wasn’t kidding!

When I was living for my own desires, doing whatever felt good, I was on a path headed towards destruction and didn’t even know it.  I was just following my desires wherever they led me.

For a few years in college, my desires even led me into homosexuality, being sexually intimate with other men.  These relationships seemed to fulfill a valid need I had for close friendships with other men.  I didn’t realize that the way I was fulfilling that need wasn’t the way God wanted me to fulfill it.  I was just having fun, not realizing the danger that this presented to my life, nor the danger that this presented to God’s plan for my future.

The term AIDS was a new word at that time to describe the deadly condition that many homosexual men were contracting from their sexual activity with one another.  It never occurred to me that I could possibly get AIDS until several years later, just a few days after I had put my faith in Christ.  But that same week, someone happened to ask me if I had ever been tested for AIDS.  I hadn’t, so I went in for a test.  That’s when it hit me:  what I had been doing wasn’t just about fun and games, it was about life and death.  In the following week, as I waited for the results of the test to come back, I was afraid for my life.  I wasn’t afraid for my soul, because I had already put my faith in Christ.  I knew that God had forgiven me and that He would bring me to live with Him in heaven, even if I did die.  But I didn’t want to die.  I wanted to live the fullest possible life that God had created me to live.

You can imagine my relief when they gave me the results:  I didn’t have AIDS.  I don’t know why I was spared when others haven’t been, whether they’re Christians or not.  It certainly wasn’t because I deserved it.  But I knew that whatever the reason, I now had another shot at life.  I felt as if God had picked me up off the path of death and had put me on the path of life, and life abundant.

On this new path, God has given me a wife and six kids as a result of our sexual intimacy—life abundant!

What difference can it make to follow God’s plan for your life instead of your own?  For me, for my wife, and for our six kids who might never have been born, it’s made all the difference in the world.

God’s Blessing for You

The evangelist Billy Graham once gave a clear and concise summary of the difference God makes in our sex lives:

“Sex is the most wonderful thing on this earth, as long as God is in it.  When the Devil gets in it, it’s the most terrible thing on earth” (Just As I Am, Billy Graham, p. 244).

I couldn’t agree more.  If for any reason sex ever becomes, or has already become, one of the most terrible things on earth for you, I want to encourage you to keep turning to God and keep putting your faith in Him for everything in your life.  Ask Him to give you a new vision for how He wants you to view and experience sex.  There’s too much at stake for you to wait any longer—for you, for those around you, and for those who may not yet even be born.

Ask God to pick you up and put you on His path of life abundant, to send His Holy Spirit to keep you on that path, and to bless your life beyond all you could ask or imagine.

When you do, you’ll find that God is faithful.  When you delight yourself in Him, He will give you the desires of your heart.  That’s a promise straight from the Word of God:

“Delight yourself in the LORD and he will give you the desires of your heart” (Psalm 37:4).

And it’s my heartfelt prayer for you.

“May He give you the desire of your heart
and make all your plans succeed.
We will shout for joy when you are victorious
and will lift up our banners in the name of our God.
May the Lord grant all your requests.”
Psalm 20:4-5

Review Questions

1. How would you summarize at least three things that God says about sex in the Bible? 

2. What did Jesus say the difference would be between those who hear what God says and those who do what God says? (Matthew 7:24-27)

3. What difference did it make in the life of the author to get God’s perspective on sex?

4. What does God promise to give you if you delight yourself in Him? (Psalm 37:4)

 

6 – Viewing Children As Blessings

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“God blessed them and said to them, ‘Be fruitful and increase in number’” (Genesis 1:28)

If God wanted to bless you, what do you think those blessings might look like?  Don’t be surprised if they actually look a little bit like you!

For Adam and Eve, whom the Bible says were the first people that God “blessed,” God told them what form their blessing would take:  “God blessed them and said to them, ‘Be fruitful and increase in number’” (Genesis 1:28).  God could have blessed them and said, “Here, have four or five vacation homes!” or “Here, have nine or ten priceless cars!”  But instead He blessed them and said, “Here, have a bunch of kids!”  At first glance, some people might wonder if that was a blessing or a curse!

But a deeper look into the heart of God, as revealed from cover to cover in the Bible, shows that children are regarded as blessings from Him.  When God wanted to bless someone in the Bible, that blessing often took the form of a child.

When God “blessed” Adam and Eve, telling them to be fruitful and multiply, they did—having one child, then two, then three, and then “other sons and daughters” (see Genesis 5:4).

When God “blessed” Abraham and Sarah, He gave them a child, and told them that their descendants would one day be “as numerous as the stars of the sky and as the sand on the seashore” (see Genesis 22:17-18).

When God “blessed” Job after all of the tragedy that Job went through, God gave him all kinds of “stuff”—and ten children!  Those children had children of their own, who had children of their own, who had children of their own.  Job was eventually able to see “his children and their children to the fourth generation” (see Job 42:12-16).

I’ve noticed that most self-help books that talk about how to have a more blessed sex life rarely, if ever, mention the blessings of children that result from sex.  But from God’s point of view, the blessing of sex and the blessing of children go together, which brings us back full circle to the twin purposes for which God created sex in the first place:  for intimacy and fruitfulness.

This is not to say that if we don’t have children, or if we have only one child or a few children that we are not blessed by God.  As I’ve read through the Bible, God doesn’t give an optimal number of children for anyone.  Sarah had one, Rebekah had two, Eve had many—Jesus didn’t have any.  What I do find in the Bible is that each of these people viewed children as blessings from God regardless of how many, if any, they had.

But getting God’s mindset about children doesn’t always come naturally.

Getting God’s Mindset

When I was about twelve, an exchange student from another country lived with our family.  When she told us about her family and how she and her ten brothers and sisters all lived in a small house in what we would consider poverty, we felt sorry for her.  There were three of us kids in our family and we felt rich by comparison.  What a shock it was to later hear that her father felt sorry for us!  How poor that family must be, he thought, to have so few children.

I had to rethink my definition of what it means to be rich and what it means to be poor!  Several years later, when I was about to marry Lana, I had to rethink my definition even more!

As Lana and I talked about our future together, she told me that she wanted to have twelve kids!  She came from a family of nine and said that she always wished there were more kids around to play with.  In my family of three kids, I was thrilled whenever I had the peace and quiet of the house all to myself.  Somebody’s mindset was going to have to change!

With our wedding just a few months away, I began to pray that God would give us the exact number of children He wanted us to have.  Six kids later, I’m still praying!

As I began to read the Bible on the subject of children, I began to see that person after person viewed children as blessings.

When King Solomon wrote about children, he said, “Blessed is the man whose quiver is full of them” (Psalm 127:5a).  When Mary found out she was pregnant with Jesus, she said, “From now on all generations will call me blessed…” (Luke 1:48b).  When some little children came up to Jesus, the disciples tried to “shoo” them away.  Jesus responded with these classic words, “Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them, for the kingdom of heaven belongs to such as these” (Matthew 19:14).  Whether we have one child, ten children or no children, God wants our hearts towards children to be the same as His:  viewing them as blessings from Him and blessings to Him.

While my mindset towards children began to change when I got married, to be honest, my heart didn’t catch up until Lana was pregnant with our third child.  Not that I wasn’t thrilled for the first two!  But with the uncertainty of what to expect during the first pregnancy and with the health complications that Lana experienced early on with the second, it wasn’t until the third pregnancy that I was finally able to relax and genuinely feel that God was blessing me.  In fact, I felt it so strongly when I found out Lana was pregnant for the third time, we decided to name our third child with two names that mean “blessing”—a double blessing!  I felt that I could finally see the true blessing of children from God’s point of view.

Sex, with God’s Blessing

As our view of sex lines up more and more with God’s view of sex, the blessings that come from sex become much more evident.  Bill Allison, the founder of Cadre Ministries, tells the story about a time when he was praying the prayer of Jabez and asking God to expand his borders.  When his wife became pregnant with their sixth child, she said, “He prayed, and I’m the one who got expanded!”

Having God’s mindset about children can change the actual experience of sex, too.  To make love with your spouse without fear of pregnancy, but actually thinking about it and looking forward to it as a blessing from God, is enough to knock your socks off.  Sex can be more fun and more exciting when there’s no holding back, knowing that what you’re doing is with the full knowledge of, consent of, and blessing of God.

For me, when Lana’s been pregnant, our times of intimacy have been just as enjoyable, if not more so.  Perhaps it has something to do with knowing that the child conceived within her has been conceived as a result of our lovemaking, not to mention the fact that her hormones double daily during pregnancy.

On the other hand, someone might rightfully ask:  “But isn’t it a lot of work to take care of kids?”  Absolutely!

As blessings of any kind increase, so do the responsibilities.  Jesus says:

“From everyone who has been given much, much will be demanded; and from the one who has been entrusted with much, much more will be asked” (Luke 12:48b).

Anyone who actually owns two or three vacation homes or two or three cars—let alone nine or ten—would attest to this fact.  Between all of the maintenance, repairs, taxes, insurance, and the ongoing investment of time, all these things can threaten to steal the joy from even the most enthusiastic homeowner or car lover.  The key to keeping your joy is keeping God’s perspective at the forefront of your mind—not a trivial task some days!—but a task that can turn something that might feel like a burden back into the blessing that God intended it to be.

God wants us to get His perspective on life, which doesn’t always come naturally.  As God says:

“For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways,” declares the Lord.  “As the heavens are higher than the earth so are my ways higher than your ways and my thoughts than your thoughts” (Isaiah 55:8-9).

But when we ask Him to, God will help us to close the gap between His thoughts and ways and ours.  And when He does, it can make all the difference in the world, as I’ll share in the next and final chapter.

Review Questions

1. When God blessed Adam and Eve, with what did He bless them? (Genesis 1:28, Genesis 5:4)

2. What are some other examples from the Bible where children were viewed as blessings? (Genesis 22:17-18, Job 42:12-16, Psalm 127:5, Luke 1:48)

3. What also increases as the blessings of God increase? (Luke 12:48)

4. How different are our thoughts and ways compared to God’s? (Isaiah 55:8-9)

 

5 – Knowing Your Spouse

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“Now Adam knew Eve and she conceived and bore Cain” (Genesis 4:1, NKJV).

You may have heard about the group of scientists who got together and decided that man had come a long way and no longer needed God.

They picked one scientist to go and tell Him that they were done with Him.  The scientist walked up to God and said, “God, we’ve decided that we no longer need You.  We’re to the point that we can clone people and do many miraculous things, so why don’t You just go on and get lost.”

God listened patiently to the man and when the scientist was done talking, God said, “Very well!  How about this?  Let’s have a man-making contest.”

To which the man replied, “Okay, great!”

But God added, “Now we’re going to do this just like I did back in the old days with Adam.”

The scientist said, “Sure, no problem,” and bent down and grabbed himself a handful of dirt.

God just looked at him and said, “No, no, no.  You go and get your own dirt!”

We may think that our new reproductive technologies are remarkable, like in vitro fertilization, where a man’s sperm and a woman’s eggs are extracted from their bodies and then coaxed together in a test tube.  Or cloning, where scientists take a few cells from one body and try to fuse them together with an egg from another body, and then try to spark life into them by using an electric shock in a sterile lab.  These technologies are remarkable, but compared to the way God designed sex to create a new life in the first place, there’s no doubt in my mind which process is more remarkable—and more fun!

Given the choice, I think most people would rather create a new life the old-fashioned way:  by making love, not just making babies.  The reason for this goes deeper than just the fact that lovemaking can be tremendously fun.

Yada!

The reason is that God wants us to know our husband or wife, deeply and intimately, and making love with them is one of the deepest ways we can know them.  In fact, one of the Hebrew words that is often used in the Bible to describe making love is yada, which literally means “to know.”

For instance, the Bible says:

“Now Adam knew Eve and she conceived and bore Cain” (Genesis 4:1; see also Genesis 4:17, 1 Samuel 1:19, NKJV).

To know someone, in the biblical sense, means to have sexual intercourse with them.  An easy way to remember what the word intimacy means is to think of the phrase “into-me-see.”  When we’re intimate with our husband or wife, we’re allowing them to see into us and they’re allowing us to see into them.

Why does God want you to know your spouse so intimately?  Because God wants you to use your hands, your eyes, your words, your ears, your heart—your whole being—to express His love to them, as well as your own.

As much as God wants to fulfill the desires of your heart, He also wants to fulfill the desires of your spouse’s heart—through you!  In order to do that effectively, it’s  vitally important that you know your spouse, deeply and intimately, so that you can touch them in the way God wants them to be touched.

Why Don’t You Marry Her?

The first time this struck me, that God wanted to work through me to fulfill the desires of Lana’s heart, started before I even thought about marrying her.

Lana was still living in Michigan and I was living in Texas.  Even though we had dated in college, we had broken up two years earlier, but we still talked on the phone from time to time.  One night, Lana told me that she was wondering if God wanted her to stay at her current job or not.  I told her that I was planning a special time of prayer and fasting that week, so I’d pray about her job decision, too.

By day two of my fast, I was feeling spiritually stronger, but a little lightheaded.  I was sitting by a pool in the warm Texas sun, having taken the day off work to pray.  When I began praying for Lana, I didn’t picture her wearing a suit and tie, working for a large corporation for the rest of her life—I pictured her at home, married and raising a family.

That’s it, Lord!  She doesn’t need a different job.  What she needs is a husband who will take care of her so that she can stay home.  I began to pray that God would bring her a husband.

Then these words floated through my mind as clear as the water in front of me:  “Why don’t you marry her?”  

What?!?  That’s not what I was praying about at all!   Maybe the fast was affecting me more than I thought!

But two weeks later, even after my fast was over, the question was still at the forefront of my mind:  “Why don’t you marry her?”

I began to ask myself the same thing:  “Why don’t I marry her?”  It wasn’t that I didn’t like her.  In fact, when we dated in college, I was totally in love with her.  But the reason we broke up two years earlier was because God had already been working on my heart and I felt He was the one prompting me to break up with her.  At the time, I didn’t even know why God would want us to break up.  But in the months following our breakup, both of us decided to put our faith in Christ.  We then began to learn what God says about sex and realized that what we had been doing was wrong.

Now, two years later, and having both given our lives to Christ, maybe God really did want us to get back together!  I had to find out, one way or the other, so I decided to set aside the next three months to pray and see if this question was really from God or not.  Lana and I still talked from time to time, but I didn’t tell her about my prayers, both for her sake and for my own.  I just wanted to hear clearly from God without the pressure of a relationship.

Over those next few months, God put a love in my heart for Lana that surpassed anything I had ever felt before.  I was able to listen to her from a distance and see how she felt on issues that were important to me, her relationship with Christ, and her dreams and desires.  I tried to look at her the way God looks at her to see if I could really meet her needs the way God wanted them to be met.

By the end of the three months of praying, I was about ready to burst!  I was so in love with her that I told God I’d be really mad at Him if He didn’t let me marry her!

Knowing Your Spouse Before Marriage

God cares deeply about who we marry.  I don’t know whether or not God has prearranged, from the beginning of time, who He wants us to marry.  But I do know that He has a definite stake in the decision.

There are certain things that God wants us to know about our spouse even before we marry them.  In several places in the Bible, God gives us clear guidelines, as well as specific guidance, about the person He wants us to marry.

I remember when our first two kids were younger, they wondered if they could marry each other when they grew up.  I’m glad they liked each other so much at the time to even think of it, but we said, “No, God will give you someone else to marry.”

How did we know this and they didn’t?  Because we knew it was against the law and they didn’t, and also because we had read it in the Bible and they hadn’t.  Some of the things we take for granted are obvious to us only because we, or someone before us, has discovered them in God’s Word.  Here are a few of the general guidelines that God gives in the Bible for who He wants us to marry—and not marry.

God wants believers in Christ to marry other believers:  “Do not be yoked together with unbelievers, for what do righteousness and wickedness have in common?” (2 Corinthians 6:14a).

God doesn’t want us to marry someone who would turn our hearts away from Him:  “You must not intermarry with them [those who serve other gods], because they will surely turn your hearts after their gods” (1 Kings 11:2b).

God tells us who is off-limits for sexual relations, and therefore off limits for marriage:

  • We’re not to have sexual relations with any close relative: “No one is to approach any close relative to have sexual relations. I am the LORD” (Leviticus 18:6).  In the same chapter, God then goes on to define close relatives as our parents, children, brothers and sisters, grandparents, grandchildren, aunts and uncles, and nieces and nephews;
  • We’re not to have sexual relations with anyone who is already married, which would be adultery; “Do not have sexual relations with your neighbor’s wife and defile yourself with her” (Leviticus 18:20);
  • Nor with animals, which is called bestiality: “Do not have sexual relations with an animal and defile yourself with it” (Leviticus 18:23a);
  • Nor with people who are the same sex as us, which is called homosexuality among men and lesbianism among women: “Do not lie with a man as one lies with a woman; that is detestable” (Leviticus 18:22) and “Because of this, God gave them over to shameful lusts. Even their women exchanged natural relations for unnatural ones. In the same way the men also abandoned natural relations with women and were inflamed with lust for one another. Men committed indecent acts with other men, and received in themselves the due penalty for their perversion” (Romans 1:26-27).

Those in the Bible who ask for God’s input about who to marry are invariably blessed, such as Isaac and Rebekah (see Genesis 24) and Jacob and Rachel (see Genesis 29).  Those who don’t follow God’s advice invariably pay the price, such as Amnon and Tamar (see 2 Samuel 13:1-21) and Solomon and his foreign wives (see 1 Kings 11:1-4).

This is not to say that God can’t redeem and restore any marriage—because He can and He has!  I’ve seen Him do it several times!  But those who have gone into marriage without listening first to what God says will be the first ones to tell you that they wished they had followed God’s advice.

God cares who you marry because He cares about you, He cares about your spouse, and He cares about the children who may result from your marriage.

A Gift From God

During those three months that I prayed about marrying Lana, I was able to find out several things about her.  I could see that she was a believer and that she would encourage me in my walk with the Lord, not turn me away from Him.  I already knew she wasn’t a close relative, she wasn’t married, she wasn’t an animal, and she wasn’t a man.  So far so good!

When my three months of prayer came to an end, I decided to call Lana and tell her everything that was on my heart.  When we started talking, she told me she had finally decided to quit her job.  She knew it was the right thing to do, but she didn’t know what she was going to do next.  I told her I had an idea!

When I asked her to consider moving to Houston so we could pray together about possibly getting married, she was the one that went into shock!  What?!? she thought.  That’s not what I was praying about at all!  

Now she needed some time to pray about it.  During those next few months, there was nothing I could do but wait.  At one point during this time, when I honestly didn’t know what Lana might decide, I read this passage in the Bible:

“May he give you the desire of your heart and make all your plans succeed. We will shout for joy when you are victorious and will lift up our banners in the name of our God.  May the LORD grant all your requests” (Psalm 20:4-5).

Once again, the words of the Bible seemed to leap off the page.  I knew in that moment that Lana was the desire of my heart.  Although I knew it might sound like a childish prayer, I said, “Lord, You’ve already given me more than I deserve by forgiving my sins and giving me eternal life with You.  But if I could ask you for only one gift the rest of my life, it would be to marry Lana.”   I had no idea if God would grant me my request, and I was willing to trust Him whatever the outcome, but I also knew that I would “shout for joy,” as it said in Psalm 20, if He did let me marry her!

Less than a year later, as we were standing at the altar exchanging our wedding vows, I looked at Lana with tears in my eyes and a lump in my throat and said, “Lana, ever since I read Psalm 20 that said, ‘May He give you the desire of your heart’ I’ve known that you are the desire of my heart. … You are a gift from God to me, and I plan to treat you as a gift.”

Making Love

A husband or wife really is a gift from God—and God wants us to treat them as gifts.  That includes the way we treat them sexually.  One of the problems with sex is that people often use it to get what they want, rather than to give what God wants.  Making love is more than just another term for sex, it also describes the way we should do it.

There are times when I’ll look at Lana and ask myself, If God were here right now, what would He do to bless her?  How would He want me to use my hands, my words, my eyes, my ears, and my heart to bless her in a special way?  Sometimes I’ll sense that God wants me to caress her forehead, stroke her hair, or give her gentle kisses on her lips and cheeks.  While it’s nearly impossible for me not to take pleasure in this, too, my honest motivation at times like these is not to satisfy my own desires, but to let God work through me to satisfy hers.  I usually find that by blessing her, God uses her to bless me back!

By knowing our spouse, deeply and intimately, we can better minister to their needs.  The Bible says that husbands and wives ought to care for each other’s bodies as if they were their own:

“In this same way, husbands ought to love their wives as their own bodies. He who loves his wife loves himself. After all, no one ever hated his own body, but he feeds and cares for it, just as Christ does the church—for we are members of his body” (Ephesians 5:28-30).

Ironically, some people will joke with their spouse when they don’t want to have sex by saying, “Not tonight, honey, I have a headache.”  But in reality, sex might be just what the doctor ordered.  I’ve been amazed that throughout our married life, whenever my wife really does have a headache, godly caressing and lovemaking has brought about the complete and total cure!  God has been able to work through me to bring about the healing she needs.

I’d like to give you a short list of suggestions for how to truly make love with your spouse, all of which revolve around knowing your spouse.

  1. Treat one another with love and respect.  God wants to use our hands, our bodies and our words to express His love to our spouses, not in any way that is hurtful or disrespectful.  Does this delight my spouse?  Does it make them feel truly loved and respected?  Does it make them feel appreciated and genuinely cared for?  “However, each one of you also must love his wife as he loves himself, and the wife must respect her husband” (Ephesians 5:33).
  2. Build each other up, not tear each other down.  Some types of touching may be exciting to us, but may cause physical or emotional harm to our spouse or to ourselves.  God has wired our bodies to sense pain so that we can tell when something needs extra care.  “Love is patient, love is kind. It does not envy, it does not boast, it is not proud.  It is not rude, it is not self-seeking, it is not easily angered, it keeps no record of wrongs. Love does not delight in evil but rejoices with the truth.  It always protects, always trusts, always hopes, always perseveres” (1 Corinthians 13:4-7).
  3. Make love regularly.  The Bible doesn’t give us a “norm” for how often a married couple should engage in sex, but it does say that we should not deprive each other of these times of intimacy, except when both spouses agree and only for a limited time.  Ask God what He wants you to do for your spouse, inviting His Holy Spirit into your lives to help you find what may even be creative ways to bless them.  “The husband should fulfill his marital duty to his wife, and likewise the wife to her husband.  The wife’s body does not belong to her alone but also to her husband. In the same way, the husband’s body does not belong to him alone but also to his wife.  Do not deprive each other except by mutual consent and for a time, so that you may devote yourselves to prayer. Then come together again so that Satan will not tempt you because of your lack of self-control” (1 Corinthians 7:3-5).
  4. Take time to learn the differences between your own body and your spouse’s.  While most men can be aroused and have an orgasm within just a few minutes, it takes most women twenty minutes or more to have an orgasm.  While a man may be ready to engage in full sexual intercourse within the first few minutes, he would find his wife is much more receptive after taking twenty minutes or more to just talk and touch and caress her until she is ready, too. I shared this simple fact with a friend before his wedding and when he came back from his honeymoon, he said that knowing this fact had made all the difference in the way he approached sex with his new wife and their mutual experience of it.  If there’s one book about sex that I would recommend to you so that you can learn more about your spouse and godly lovemaking, it would be Dr. Ed and Gaye Wheats’ book, Intended For Pleasure.
  5. Recognize the unique way God created humans to make love.  Did you know that human beings are the only creatures that can engage in sexual intercourse face-to-face?  This is one of many facts I learned from the Wheats’ book that has helped me to appreciate even more the way God created our bodies to relate sexually.  While many books about sex go into great detail about various sexual positions a couple might try, don’t think it’s a small thing to make love in one of the most obvious positions of all—face-to-face with your husband or wife, a position that God has reserved for humans alone.
  6. Pray for each other daily. One simple thing that Lana and I have done since the beginning of our marriage is to go to bed together at the same time whenever we can, and to pray for each other, out loud, every night before going to sleep.  This has helped us to know each other even better, as we share about the important things in our lives needing prayer.  It allows us to cover each other in prayer, as well as to regularly “clear the air” if there has been any tension between us during the day, as the Bible encourages all of us to do:  “Do not let the sun go down while you are still angry…” (Ephesians 4:26b).  This time of spiritual intimacy is often a precursor to a time of physical intimacy.

Our lovemaking can and should be life-giving, not destructive in any way.  As Jesus said:

“The thief [Satan] comes only to steal and kill and destroy; I have come that they may have life, and have it to the full” (John 10:10).

By knowing your spouse, deeply and intimately, this can be yet another way that you can experience just such a full and abundant life.  And as you’ll see in the next chapter, it can bring about an abundance of life in other ways, too!

Review Questions

1. What is the meaning behind the Hebrew word “yada” which the Bible uses to describe sexual relations? (as used in Genesis 4:1, NKJV)

2. Who are some of the people listed in the Bible with whom God does not want us to engage in sexual relations or marriage? (2 Corinthians 6:14, 1 Kings 11:2, Leviticus 18)

3. How does God want husbands and wives to treat each other’s bodies? (Ephesians 5:28-30)

4. What are some additional ways that God wants us to treat each other that can also be applied to sexual intimacy? (Ephesians 5:33, 1 Corinthians 13:4-7, 1 Corinthians 7:3-5)

 

4 – Becoming Pure Again

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1:8-9).

Your purity matters so much to God that He’s made a way for you to become pure again—even if you mess up.  And at some point in our lives, we all mess up!

God isn’t surprised when we sin.  None of us have a perfect moral scorecard, from Adam and Eve all the way down to you and me.  When we do sin, most of us feel what Adam and Eve felt:

“At that moment, their eyes were opened, and they suddenly felt shame at their nakedness. So they strung fig leaves together around their hips to cover themselves.

Toward evening they heard the LORD God walking about in the garden, so they hid themselves among the trees. The LORD God called to Adam, ‘Where are you?’

He replied, ‘I heard you, so I hid. I was afraid because I was naked’” (Genesis 3:7-10, NLT).

When we sin, we feel naked and ashamed, trying to cover our nakedness and then running away from God.  But that’s the time we most need to run back to God.   He wants to restore us to purity again.  God loved Adam and Eve too much to leave them alone.  He went looking for them, just as He goes looking for us because of His great love for us.

“But God demonstrates his own love for us in this:  While we were still sinners, Christ died for us” (Romans 5:8).

If you find yourself feeling naked and ashamed of your sin, you don’t have to run away.  Just turn around.  You’ll find that God has been running after you and is eager to take you back and make you pure again.

The same Bible that shows us how to have the best possible sex life is the same Bible that shows us how to be forgiven when we fall short of God’s best.

Falling into Sin

I didn’t realize how far I had strayed from what God says about sex until the year after I got out of college and began to read the Bible for myself.  The more I read, the more I realized that the things I had done sexually were wrong in God’s eyes—and could even destroy my life if I continued to do them.  I began to see that the bad choices that I had made, and the sins that I had committed, might actually cause my own death.  I was especially struck by a verse in the Bible that clarified for me that if I did die, I would simply be reaping the consequences of my own sinfulness, the wages—or what I had earned for my sin:

“For the wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord” (Romans 6:23).

When I saw that these words applied specifically to my life, I decided to take a long walk with God along a bayou that ran through downtown Houston.

As I walked, I wondered if some of the things I had done sexually might have already done irreparable damage to my body through sexual diseases I might have contracted.  I had never given it much thought before, but after reading what the Bible said about the natural consequences of sin, I knew that it was quite possible that I would eventually reap what I had sown.

At the same time, I was starting to see that God really did have a plan for the world, and more specifically, for my life, too.  I realized that my sins would not only bring me down, but would also bring down the plans God had for my life.  I could see that God had a better path in mind for me than the one I was on, and I wanted more than anything to find out how to get onto it.

But how? How could I undo what I had already done?  How could I change my wrongful thoughts, feelings and desires?  How could I change the habits that I had fallen into that were still threatening to destroy me?

As if in answer to my questions, I ran across another story in the Bible—the story of two blind men who came to Jesus to be healed.  I was carrying my Bible with me as I walked along the bayou, reading from the book of Matthew.  I was intrigued by Jesus’ words in response to the pleas of the blind men.  They called out to Jesus, “Have mercy on us, Son of David!” (Matthew 9:27b).  In other places in the Bible, Jesus healed people by bending down to make a paste of mud to put on their eyes, or by telling them to dip in a certain pool of water.  But not with these two.  Jesus asked them a question:

“Do you believe that I am able to do this?” (Matthew 9:28b).

Based on their answer, Jesus would or would not heal them.

I wanted Jesus to heal me of my wrongful sexual desires and actions, just like the blind men asked Him to heal their eyes.  I felt like He was asking me the same question:  “Eric, do you believe that I am able to do this, too?”  I thought about everything I had ever learned about Jesus:  how He healed the sick, walked on water and raised the dead.  I knew that if anyone could do it, Jesus could.

I stopped along the path and put my hand up into the air.  Just like the blind men, I answered, “Yes, Lord.”  And just like the blind men, Jesus healed me:

“Then he touched their eyes and said, ‘According to your faith will it be done to you,’ and their sight was restored” (Matthew 9:29-30a).

I knew in that moment that I had been healed.  It was as distinct as if I had been blind and now could see.  The next day I put my faith in Christ for everything in my life, asking Him to forgive me of my sins, and receiving from Him the gift of eternal life.  Doing this turned out to be the turning point for the rest of my life.

David’s Turning Point

If you’ve ever sinned, you’re in good company—or at least a lot of company.  We all share this common trait.

The Bible says, “…for all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God” (Romans 3:23), and “We all, like sheep, have gone astray, each of us has turned to his own way…” (Isaiah 53:6a).

Sin—of any kind—does more to short-circuit the abundant life God has for us than perhaps anything else.  Sexual sin seems to be especially devastating.  Why?  The Bible says,

“Flee sexual immorality.  All other sins a man commits are outside his own body, but he who sins sexually, sins against his own body” (1 Corinthians 6:18).

But God has given us a way to overcome a short-circuit to bring us back to full power again:  through confession.

To confess means “to agree with,” to recognize that what we’ve done is wrong with a desire to make it right again.  Confession is what David expressed to God when his sin with Bathsheba finally caught up to him.

You might remember that David was one of the greatest kings of all time, but that he fell into sexual sin with Bathsheba, a woman who was married to another man.  When David looked out from his palace and saw her bathing naked on her roof, he wanted her.  He asked her to come to him and fell to one of the lowest points of his life.  He might have remained at that point until the day he died except that God, through one of David’s counselors, confronted David about his sin.  When David realized what he had done, he poured out his heart in confession to God.

David’s words are recorded in Psalm 51:

“Have mercy on me, O God, according to your unfailing love; according to your great compassion blot out my transgressions.  Wash away all my iniquity and cleanse me from my sin.  For I know my transgressions, and my sin is always before me. … Cleanse me with hyssop, and I will be clean; wash me, and I will be whiter than snow. … Create in me a pure heart, O God, and renew a steadfast spirit within me” (Psalm 51:1-3, 7, 10).

David and Bathsheba, and those around them, paid a price for their sin.  Bathsheba’s husband died when David had him killed in the cover-up attempt.  Then the son born to David and Bathsheba died soon after his birth.  To top it all off, their sin was recorded in the Bible for all time for all of us to see.

But all was not lost.  Because David confessed his sin and turned back to God, God did for David what he asked:  God cleansed him, washed him, and made him whiter than snow.  God gave him a pure heart again and renewed his spirit.  David married Bathsheba and they conceived another son.  That son, Solomon, went on to become one of the richest and wisest kings in all of history.  The turning point in David’s life hinged on David’s confession to God and his cry to make things right again.

It’s the same turning point that can determine the outcome of our future, too.

The Power of Confession

I met with a couple one night to pray that they would be able to have a child.  They had wanted one for years but were unable to conceive.  The doctor had finally declared the wife infertile, meaning she would never be able to have children.

Before I prayed with them, I asked them to tell me a little more about what they were going through and what they wanted God to do for them.  It turned out that there was more to their story than infertility.  Soon after they were married, they discovered they had a sexually transmitted disease, or STD.  STD’s are usually only passed from person to person by sexual contact.  This particular STD was terribly painful—each time they made love, it would flare up again and cause one or the other of them pain in their sexual organs.

They didn’t know how they had gotten the STD, or who had brought it into the relationship, because each of them had been sexually active with others before they were married.  But the result was that it lead them both to an underlying hurt and resentment that hadn’t gone away.

Before praying for their fertility, I led them in a time of prayer and confession to each other of their past actions and their present hurts that were brought on by their sin.  The healing that God performed in their hearts was immediately visible on their faces, as they beamed with forgiveness and a new appreciation of each other.  By the time we got to praying for their fertility, there was little left to do but to simply ask God to heal their bodies as well.

Over the next few months, the husband called me several times to tell me what a huge difference those prayers had made in their marriage, including their sex life.  Just over a year later, this “infertile” couple gave birth to a child—the fruit of their renewed intimacy.  Although they still carried within their bodies the disease from their former sin, God found a way to bypass that condition and continue on with His plan for their lives—and for the life of their child.

Our prayers of confession are powerful.  They have a real and practical effect.  But they’re not a “magic formula” that help us get whatever we want.  In fact, the couple I mentioned above wanted more children after the birth of their first, but they’ve not been able to conceive again.  There are many factors that can contribute to how our prayers may or may not be answered, which is why continual prayers for wisdom and continual trust in God is important regardless of the outcome.  But confession can be one of the things that can bring us the healing we need to move on with God’s plans for our lives.  The Bible says,

“Therefore confess your sins to each other and pray for each other so that you may be healed.  The prayer of a righteous man is powerful and effective” (James 5:16).

I’ve seen this same pattern repeat over and over as I’ve talked with other people who have been at an impasse in their sexual lives.  They often see a breakthrough when they finally confess their sins, first to God, and then to their spouse.

A man who had struggled with pornography and illicit chat rooms for years confessed his sin to me.  We prayed through it together, seeking God’s forgiveness for what he had done.  I then encouraged him to confess it to his wife, as his sin had affected their sexual relationship, too.  Although the husband was fearful to confess it to her, he did.  When she forgave him, he was finally free, not only from the pornography that had gripped him, but free to to love his wife intimately again.

Another man confessed to me that he had struggled with true intimacy with his wife for years.  He told me some of the personal struggles in his life that he had never shared with his wife for fear that she would leave him.  I encouraged him that in order to break through to the true intimacy he wanted with his wife, he needed to confess those things to her.  With much fear and trepidation, he did.  His wife was shocked, went for a walk, and prayed.  When she came back, she told him:  “I still love you.”  He later told me, “Eric, she’s told me thousands of times that she loved me, but this was the first time that I’ve ever really believed her.”

God is in the life-changing business.  He’s been turning people’s lives around from sexual sin for thousands of years.  Read what the Apostle Paul wrote in a letter to the Christians in the church of Corinth about 2,000 years ago:

“Do you not know that the wicked will not inherit the kingdom of God?  Do not be deceived:  Neither the sexually immoral nor idolaters nor adulterers nor male prostitutes nor homosexual offenders nor thieves nor the greedy nor drunkards nor slanderers nor swindlers will inherit the kingdom of God.  And that is what some of you were.  But you were washed, you were sanctified, you were justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and by the Spirit of our God” (1 Corinthians 6:9-11).

There’s a little word in there that says a lot:  it’s the little verb were.  “And that is what some of you were.”  They struggled with all kinds of sins, but they didn’t stay that way.  They were changed, transformed, and made new again, just like I was.  Although there are consequences for our sin, some of which can last a lifetime, none are so serious that they can’t be washed, sanctified and justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and by the Spirit of our God.

God-Given Purity

Confession is more than just good for the soul.  It’s good for finally living the life for which God created you to live.

If you’re wrestling with unconfessed sin in your life, I want to encourage you to prayerfully consider when, where and to whom to confess it.  While it may seem terrifying to admit your sins to God and to the ones you love, the truth is that God already knows about them—and the ones you love are probably already feeling the effects of them.  Finally confessing them will help to identify the source so that things can begin to change.

None of us are without sin, but none of us are beyond God’s forgiveness either.  Whenever we confess our sins to Him, He promises to forgive us and make us pure again.

“If we claim to be without sin, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us.  If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1:8-9).

If you ever find yourself in need of a prayer of confession and don’t know what to say, here are a few words to help you get started.  One heartfelt prayer can be the turning point of your life, too.

Father, I’m sorry for the sins I’ve committed against You and against others.  I know I can’t make up for these sins, but I know that Jesus has already paid the price for them when He died on the cross.  I am putting my full faith and trust in Jesus right now and I ask Him to be the Lord of my life.  Fill me with Your Holy Spirit so that I can be washed, cleansed, purified, and made righteous again in Your sight.  I pray this all in Jesus’ name, Amen.

Review Questions

1. What did God do to demonstrate His love for us, even while we were still sinning? (Romans 5:8)

2. What question did Jesus ask the blind men when they wanted to be healed? (Matthew 9:28)

3. What is one thing James says we can do so that we may be healed? (James 5:16)

4. What does God promise to do if we confess our sins to Him? (1 John 1:8-9)

 

3 – Dealing with Temptation

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“But when you are tempted, he will also provide a way out so that you can stand up under it” (1 Corinthians 10:13b).

Adam and Eve were lucky, weren’t they?  They didn’t have to think about staying pure before marriage.  God just plopped Eve onto Adam’s lap, they knew they were meant for each other, and God told them to be fruitful and multiply!

How lucky can you get?

But staying pure isn’t easy for any of us, even for Adam and Eve.

In the next sentence of their story, Satan came onto the scene and started asking questions:  “Did God really say…?” 

This is one of Satan’s most effective strategies for taking us down:  to get us to question what God said—even though what God said may have been perfectly clear at the time.  God had told Adam that he could eat from any tree in the garden except one, because if he ate from it, he would die.  Later, Satan simply asked them:

“Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?” (Genesis 3:1b).

Well, no, that’s not what God really said (see Genesis 3), but it was enough to catch Adam and Eve off guard.  They began to wonder if there might be a way around what God really did say in order to get what they wanted.  Although initially they fought it, eventually they fell for it.

So did I.

Guessing at God’s Intentions

Even though I grew up going to church, when I got to high school, I found myself torn between wanting to indulge my sexual desires and knowing that it wouldn’t be right to do so.  I began to give in, a little bit at a time.  By the time I graduated from college, I was well down the road of sexual indulgence.

Lana followed a similar path.  When she started dating, she wasn’t quite sure where God wanted her to draw the line physically with the guys she was dating.  As she would come to a new boundary line in her physical relationships, she would wonder if she should cross it or not.  Each time she came back to the conclusion that God wanted her to be happy—and what she was doing made her really happy!  So she guessed that what she was doing must be okay.

Lana and I both found out that once we were able to justify crossing one boundary, it was easier to cross the next.  While the fear of pregnancy kept us both from engaging in full sexual intercourse with anyone before marriage, we didn’t understand that the things we were doing were still setting us up for potential physical problems down the road—and guaranteed heartbreak—both of which could have been avoided.

Lana was right that God did want her to be happy!  But the way to be truly happy is to be truly holy—staying pure in the eyes of God as well as your own.  Like Adam and Eve found out, when we just guess at what God might say about how to be happy, instead of finding out what God really does say, we’ll soon find that what we thought would make us happy is very short-lived—and can actually cause more unhappiness than we could have imagined.

Two Questions

From our human point of view, some of the sexual activities in which people engage may not seem to be clear misuses of sex.  But when we swirl around and take a look at them from God’s viewpoint, the uses and misuses of sex become much more apparent.

We bought some dog treats one day to help train our new puppy.  We thought they’d encourage her to do some things that were good for both her and us.  We also had a toddler at the time who happened to find the treats!  She started feeding them to the puppy one after another after another.  Our puppy thought it was great!  She got to eat all the treats she wanted!  But how do you think it made us feel?  We wanted the puppy to get the treats at some point—we obviously bought them for her—but the way in which she was getting them undermined the purpose for which we bought them in the first place.

God must feel the same way when we engage in sex in ways that don’t fulfill His purposes for creating it.  He wants us to enjoy the treat of sex at some point—He obviously designed it to be enjoyable for us—but He doesn’t want us to engage in sex in ways which undermine the purposes for which He designed it in the first place.

The best way to stay pure before and within marriage is to swirl around and take a look at sex from God’s point of view.  You can usually see in a heartbeat if what you’re doing is just for the sake of the treat, or for God’s sake.

Here are two questions you can ask yourself to help decide if something you’re doing, or considering doing, is in line with God’s desires for you or not:

  1.  Will this lead to greater intimacy with the husband or wife God has created for me?
  2.  Will this lead to greater fruitfulness with the husband or wife God has created for me?

If any activity doesn’t lead you into greater intimacy or fruitfulness with your spouse, it’s more likely to destroy intimacy or fruitfulness.

A Way Out

I know how hard it can be to hold back from things that are sexually enticing.  But as I mentioned before, God not only wants us to stay pure, He will also help us to stay pure.

Jesus is not some guy who’s “out there” and who doesn’t have a clue about the struggles we face.  The Bible says this about Jesus, who is described here as our high priest:

“For we do not have a high priest who is unable to sympathize with our weaknesses, but we have one who has been tempted in every way, just as we are—yet was without sin” (Hebrews 4:15).

Jesus knows and understands what it’s like to be tempted.  But He also shows us that God always provides us a way out of temptation.

I used to love to play a computer game called Dark Castle.  The purpose was to try to escape from a castle in which you were trapped. Each room in the castle had a different challenge.  Sometimes you had to throw rocks at bats, jump across moving stones, or duck out of the way of flying objects.

In each room there was something special to help you through it:  a bag of rocks to throw, a special keystroke to help you jump higher, or a jet pack to help you fly.  I would look around each room until I found the way of escape.  When I found it, I would take it and move on to the next room.  Eventually, I made it to the end.  I defeated the enemy, escaped from the castle and was finally free.

God has promised that whenever we face a temptation, He has provided a way of escape.  We may not always see it right away, or even want to see it, but it’s always there.  The Bible says:

“No temptation has seized you except what is common to man. And God is faithful; he will not let you be tempted beyond what you can bear. But when you are tempted, he will also provide a way out so that you can stand up under it” (1 Corinthians 10:13).

A friend of mine was traveling in another country when he was tempted to go into an area of a town that was known for all kinds of sexual activity.  He said he just wanted to see what it was like.  As he got onto the subway, he said a short prayer, asking God to provide a way out if God didn’t want him to do this.

When the train stopped at his destination, he stepped onto the platform and was soon surrounded by a group of people who asked him to come with them.  Although he had trouble understanding their language, he could tell they must be Christians and that they were inviting him to their church.  Remembering his prayer, he decided to go with them instead of going to where he had originally planned.  Amazingly, when he got to their church, they baptized him.  They gave him a cup of hot tea and another subway ticket to get back home—which he promptly used for that purpose!

Of course, it would have been easier if my friend had simply not gotten on the train when he first thought about heading into sin.  But the fact that God still answered his prayer and provided him yet another way out, is a demonstration of the lengths to which God will go to lead us out of temptation.

Jesus knew how real and significant our temptations would be.  He knew that it was so important that He included it in His model prayer that He taught to His disciples to pray, which we now call the Lord’s Prayer.  It says, in part:  “And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one” (Matthew 6:13).

The Apostle Paul felt that resisting temptation was so important that he wrote to the people living in Corinth:  “Flee from sexual immorality.” (1 Corinthians 6:18a).

Joseph felt that fleeing from temptation was so important that when temptation came to him, he ran the other way!  Take a look at what Joseph did when Potiphar’s wife tried to seduce him:  “She caught him by his cloak and said, ‘Come to bed with me!’ But he left his cloak in her hand and ran out of the house.” (Genesis 39:12).  Joseph got thrown into jail for running away, but jail was nothing compared to the price he would have paid if he had stayed!  In the end, God honored Joseph’s obedience and made him second in command over all of Egypt.

When we’re tempted, God always provides a way of escape—even if it’s just to turn and run—and He wants us to take it every time.

Learning Self-Control

One of the best ways to deal with temptation is to remove ourselves from its path as much as possible.  Although we can’t eliminate all temptations, we have more control over them than we might think.

I found this out for myself when I put into practice something else that I learned from my conversation with John Smid.  After talking about the way I treated others physically, the conversation turned to the way I treated myself physically.  John asked me whether or not I still masturbated, which is a way of touching yourself that stimulates your sexual organs to an orgasm without having sexual intercourse with someone.  I said that I did.  Even though I had wondered what God thought of masturbation, I was never able to find enough evidence against it in the Bible to convince me to stop.

John told me that the reason he asked about masturbation wasn’t so much about the issue of masturbation itself, but about the issue of self-control—because self-control is specifically mentioned in the Bible:

“It is God’s will that you should be sanctified: that you should avoid sexual immorality; that each of you should learn to control his own body in a way that is holy and honorable, not in passionate lust like the heathen, who do not know God” (1 Thessalonians 4:3-5).

John went on to say that he had found that masturbation was not only an issue for those who were single, but also for those who were married.  If people regularly masturbated before they got married, they would usually continue to masturbate after they got married.  The struggle over masturbation is not a struggle over sexual release, but a struggle over self-control.

When John interviewed several wives to ask what they would think if they knew their husbands were still masturbating after they got married, not one of the women responded with a positive view of it.  The responses ranged from wondering what they, as wives, might be doing wrong sexually, to wondering what else their husbands might be doing if they weren’t able to control themselves in this way.

Then John said something that inspired me:  he told me that he—and many other people that he knew—had made a commitment to give up masturbation completely.  Each of them could testify to the tremendous difference it had made in their lives.  He had thrown down a gauntlet, a challenge that I had to decide whether or not I was going to pick up and apply to my own life.

I decided it was worth a try.  So I made the commitment to myself and to Lana that I was going to try to give up masturbation completely, even before we got married.  And as a way to hold myself accountable to that commitment, I told her that if I ever did give in to masturbation, I would confess it to her before the end of that same day.

I wish I could say I have been perfect in my resolve on this issue, too, but I can’t!  But I can say that I have kept my commitment to telling Lana before the day was out whenever I have given in.  After just a few times of having to make that embarrassing confession, my resolve was set for good.  This doesn’t mean that the temptation has gone away or that I wouldn’t like to give in to those temptations, but it does mean that my desire for self-control has overtaken my desire for giving in.

Drawing a Line in the Heart

That one decision has kept me pure in more ways than one over the years.

When I happened to run into John Smid again, sixteen years later, I showed him a picture of my family, which was still just a glimmer in my eye at the time when we had first talked.  I thanked him for the nuggets of truth he had shared with me and told him about how my decision to stop masturbating had kept me pure in other ways, too.

Gaining control over masturbation has kept me from other sexual activities that are more serious and are clearly condemned in Scripture, such as:

  • Adultery, which involves sex with someone who isn’t your husband or wife, and is listed as one of the top Ten Commandments:  “You shall not commit adultery” (Exodus 20:14).
  • Prostitution, which involves paying someone to have sex with you:  “Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ himself? Shall I then take the members of Christ and unite them with a prostitute? Never! Do you not know that he who unites himself with a prostitute is one with her in body? For it is said, ‘The two will become one flesh’” (1 Corinthians 6:15-16).
  • and Pornography, which involves looking at things like books, magazines, pictures, tapes, or movies that are designed to arouse you sexually.  Jesus said:  “You have heard that it was said, ‘Do not commit adultery.’  But I tell you that anyone who looks at a woman lustfully has already committed adultery with her in his heart” (Matthew 5:27-29).

A question people often ask is, “How far can I go?” meaning, “How far can I go with someone physically before God considers it a sin?”  It’s a common question, but I think it’s the wrong question.  Jesus, in his quote about adultery, reveals that the sin doesn’t occur just when we cross a physical boundary, but when we cross a boundary in our heart.  The best place to draw the line is not in the flesh, but in the heart, because once a line has been crossed in the heart, it’s that much easier to cross it in the flesh.  The Bible explains how these wrongful desires of our heart can lead us into wrongful actions, which can lead to destruction:

“When tempted, no one should say, ‘God is tempting me.’  For God cannot be tempted by evil, nor does he tempt anyone; but each one is tempted when, by his own evil desire, he is dragged away and enticed. Then, after desire has conceived, it gives birth to sin; and sin, when it is full-grown, gives birth to death” (James 1:13-15).

Tim Wilkins, Executive Director of Cross Ministry, which also helps people overcome their sexual struggles, tells this helpful story for dealing with temptation:

An affluent, aristocratic woman reviews resumés from potential chauffeurs to drive her Rolls Royce.  She narrows the applicants to three men and invites them to her palatial home.

She escorts each one individually to her driveway and the brick wall beside it.

She asks, “If you were driving my Rolls, how close do you think you could come to that brick wall without scratching my car?”

The first applicant says, “I can drive within a foot of that wall and not damage your Rolls.”

She brings out the second applicant and asks, “If you were driving my Rolls, how close do you think you could come to that brick wall without scratching my car?”

He scratches his head and says, “I can drive within six inches of that wall and not damage your car.”

She invites the third applicant and asks, “If you were driving my Rolls, how close do you think you could come to that brick wall without scratching my car?”

He does not hesitate, “Ma’am, I do not know how close I could come to the wall without damaging your car, but if I was driving your car, I would stay as far away as possible from the wall so as not to damage your car.”

Guess who got the job?

Tim adds, “When addressing sexual temptation, the point is not how close one can get to the temptation without getting ‘scratched,’ but staying as far away as possible.  ‘Keep to a path far from her, do not go near the door of her house…’ (Proverbs 5:8).

For me, by drawing a line in the sand way back at masturbation, I have been able to keep from being drawn into activities that are further down the road and that could be much more destructive to God’s desires—and my desires—for my life and my marriage.  It has helped me to keep my thoughts in check, knowing that there’s no need to linger on a tempting thought for more than a moment because I know I won’t be following through on that thought, even if it were “only” through masturbation.

John Smid said that he continues to recommend that people give up masturbation, especially if they struggle with other sexual temptations, for two reasons:  1) because it builds a person’s confidence in their ability to gain control over their own body, and 2) because even if they do occasionally fail in this struggle, the results are not as devastating as if they fall into more serious temptations.

This one nugget of truth, related to controlling our bodies and based on the Word of God, has saved me, my wife and my family from a lifetime of grief.  No wonder I love the Bible so much!

The Bible takes the guesswork out of wondering what God says about sex.  In the next chapter, I’ll share the first thing I read in the Bible as an adult regarding sex, something which turned out to be one of the most significant turning points of my life.

Review Questions

1. What is one of Satan’s most effective strategies to get us to sin? (Genesis 3:1)

2. What two questions can you ask yourself to help determine if a sexually stimulating activity is in line with God’s purposes or not?

3. When you are tempted to sin, what does God say He will always do for you? (1 Corinthians 10:13)

4. What does God want us to learn to control? (1 Thessalonians 4:3-5)

 

2 – Staying Pure

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“The man and his wife were both naked, and they felt no shame” (Genesis 2:25).

In the very next sentence of Adam and Eve’s story, God gives us one of the best pieces of wisdom for how to enjoy the best possible sex life:

“The man and his wife were both naked, and they felt no shame” (Genesis 2:25).

This is God’s desire for every couple:  that on their wedding day—when the ceremony is over and the guests have gone home—the bride and groom can take off their wedding clothes, with nothing to hide and with no sense of shame, and can finally become one flesh.  Once they’re married, God wants them to be able to continue to come together like this, naked and unashamed, over and over and over again.

While this may seem easy enough in concept, once our hormones kick in, triggering our God-given sexual desires, it can be a long and difficult wait until our wedding day.  The wait is worth it, though, and God makes it clear that He not only wants us to wait, but He will help us to wait.

God’s Protective Seal

In the days when Moses led the people of Israel out of Egypt, the Israelites had a marriage custom that proved whether or not a woman was a virgin—someone who has never had sex—on her wedding day.

When any woman has sex for the first time, the man’s penis presses through a thin membrane of tissue, called the hymen, that partially covers the opening to her vagina.  When the penis passes through the hymen for the very first time, a small amount of blood is produced as the hymen stretches open.  This stretching occurs only once in a woman’s lifetime, then the hymen remains fully open forever.  The hymen acts like a protective seal on a medicine bottle:  once the seal is broken, you know the bottle has already been opened.

In Moses’ day, the newly married couple would save this first release of blood from the broken hymen on a piece of cloth.  The cloth served as proof that the girl was indeed a virgin on her wedding day.  If a man were to have sex with his new wife and find that there was no such sign of this proof, he had the right to bring her back to her father’s house for swift and serious judgment.  The law regarding this, as recorded in the Bible, says:

“If, however, the charge is true and no proof of the girl’s virginity can be found, she shall be brought to the door of her father’s house and there the men of her town shall stone her to death. She has done a disgraceful thing in Israel by being promiscuous while still in her father’s house. You must purge the evil from among you” (Deuteronomy 22:20-21).

A man, too, was expected to be a virgin on his wedding day.  While a man’s body has nothing comparable to the hymen that could break during sexual intercourse to prove his virginity, the Bible is just as clear that a man is not to have sex with anyone before marriage either, as described in detail in the rest of Deuteronomy 22.

(Please note that some women today do not bleed the first time they make love, especially those who have been active in sports or who have used tampons.  Such activities can stretch the hymen prior to making love.)

While we no longer put people to death for breaking these laws, it’s not because the laws are no longer valid, and not because the laws are no longer valuable.  Thankfully, it’s because when Jesus came to earth, He paid the price for our sins, including our sexual sins, so that whoever puts their faith in Him does not have to pay the penalty for their sins themselves, and is even able to live forever with Him.  To finish the quote I began earlier about how much God loves people, the Bible says:

“For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life” (John 3:16).

Jesus made it clear that while the law is still valid and valuable, He was willing to pay the penalty for our sins Himself, even the death penalty, because He loved us so much.

In a story that illustrates this, some people brought to Jesus a woman who had been caught in the act of adultery, which means she was having sex with someone else’s husband.  They asked Jesus if she should be punished and stoned to death according to the law or if she should be set free.  The Bible says that the people were doing this to try to trap Jesus.  His response revealed both His own brilliance and the wickedness of their hearts:

“If any one of you is without sin, let him be the first to throw a stone at her” (John 8:7b).

Amazingly, they all dropped their stones and left.  They knew, as Jesus knew, that everyone has sinned at some point in their lives.  Jesus also knew something that they didn’t know:  He knew that He Himself was about to pay the penalty for her sin, not to mention their sins, and yours and mine.  The law was still valid and would soon be fulfilled by his death.  But by taking her place and extending forgiveness, Jesus also extended her life, allowing her to fulfill the rest of the purposes for which God had created her in the first place.  After all the other people had left the scene, Jesus asked the woman to turn away from the sins that almost got her killed:

“Woman, where are they? Has no one condemned you?”
“No one, sir,” she said.
“Then neither do I condemn you,” Jesus declared. “Go now and leave your life of sin” (John 8:10b-11).

God’s expectations for, and the great value of, being sexually pure on our wedding day remains the same for us today as it was for the people in Moses’ day.  In order to have the best possible sex life within marriage, the first step is to stay pure before marriage.  How can we do that?  God tells us that, too.

A Pivotal Conversation

A few months before I married Lana, I had a brief, but pivotal conversation with a man named John Smid, Executive Director of an organization called Love in Action.  I had heard that John regularly counseled people regarding their sexual relationships, so I called him to ask about ways to safeguard my upcoming marriage so that it could be all that God wanted it to be.

Within the first few minutes of our conversation, I could tell that his words were going to be like nuggets of gold for my marriage.  The first nugget appeared when he asked me about my current physical relationship with Lana.  Did we kiss, hold hands and romantically touch each other in other ways?  I told him we did.  He then challenged me by asking me if she were someone else’s wife, would I touch her in these ways?  No, of course not!  Then why, he asked, would I touch her in these ways before we got married?  Because the truth was that until the day that we actually did get married, it was still possible that either of us could become someone else’s husband or wife.  Although I felt no hesitation about our commitment to our upcoming marriage, I knew that anything was possible and that John was telling me the truth.

A friend of ours told us recently about a sad situation involving her brother.  He was engaged to be married to the girl of his dreams, but one month before the wedding, he succumbed to his temptations and had sex—not with the girl of his dreams, but with her sister, who had been unsuccessfully pursuing him for some time.  Afterwards, he felt terrible about what he had just done, but his fiancé forgave him and they continued to plan for their wedding.  Sadly, just days before the wedding, the sister discovered that she was pregnant with this man’s baby.  Torn between what he should do now, he married the girl’s sister so that the child could have a father.  Even more sadly, the sister then had a miscarriage shortly after the wedding, leaving the man in a marriage he hadn’t planned on, leaving their unexpected child dead from the miscarriage, and leaving the girl of his dreams all alone.  What a heartbreaking story, one that could have been avoided, even for two people who were “absolutely, positively” going to be married within a month.  The truth is that we simply don’t know what might happen prior to marriage.

Another woman wrote me to tell me that she and her boyfriend were living together, and although they weren’t engaging in full sexual intercourse, they were, in her words, “simulating” sex.  They hoped to get married sometime in the future, but not right now.  She said she had heard that some Christians felt it was wrong to have this kind of sexual contact before marriage, but that she would need lots of explanation if this was wrong, because she craved the affection of her boyfriend and because she felt it was so natural to touch someone she loved.

Since I had just been shopping that day for a small rug for the entrance to our house, I used my shopping experience as an illustration to help her see the issue from God’s perspective.  Whenever I’d pull a rug off the shelf to see how it looked on the floor in the store, my two youngest sons would immediately start to walk on it.  I kept having to tell them not to step on any of the rugs because they weren’t ours yet.  I didn’t think someone else would want to buy a rug that had been walked on and soiled from other people’s shoes.  I know I wouldn’t!

I told her that if that’s how we’re to treat a rug that’s not yet ours, even though it is designed for being walked on, how should we treat someone else’s precious and delicate body?  If it’s not ours, we shouldn’t act as if it is, even if we’re hoping it will become ours at some point.  We wouldn’t treat a rug as if it’s ours until we went to the counter and paid for it properly, and we shouldn’t treat another person as if they’re ours until we walk down the aisle and commit our lives to each other “until death do us part.”  It is then—and only then—that we become husband and wife and belong to each other, as the Bible describes in the book of First Corinthians:

“The wife’s body does not belong to her alone but also to her husband. In the same way, the husband’s body does not belong to him alone but also to his wife” (1 Corinthians 7:4).

Waiting to Awaken Love

This sense of belonging to each other only comes within marriage between husbands and wives.

If this is the case, then where do we draw the line in our physical relationship with someone before marriage?  The safest place to draw it is in the same place that we would draw it with someone else’s husband or wife.  Would I romantically kiss someone else’s wife?  Would I let my hand linger on her knee?  Would I touch her breasts or her bottom, whether she were clothed or naked?  Would I sexually stimulate her in any way, or let her do the same to me, whether it involved full sexual intercourse or just a “simulation” of the real thing?  Absolutely not!  And furthermore, would I want someone else to touch my future wife in these ways before I married her?

In one of the most romantic books in the Bible, the Song of Songs, one of the lovers in the book cautions repeatedly:

“Promise me, O women of Jerusalem, by the swift gazelles and the deer of the wild, not to awaken love until the time is right” (Song of Songs 2:7b, and again in 3:5b and 8:4b, NLT).

God doesn’t want us to even awaken romantic love until the time is right.  Once love is aroused in a relationship, it is very difficult to back up again without tearing apart our hearts in the process.

I talked to another woman who was living with a man to whom she wasn’t married.  She told me that this man really treated her poorly, but that she had already gotten involved with him and didn’t know how to get out of it.  She asked me what to do.  I told her, “Stop the relationship right now.  Ask him to leave your house.  Don’t give your heart to someone who’s not willing to commit to taking care of it for the rest of your life!”  Her eyes were opened to what she was doing.  Unfortunately, instead of stopping the relationship right then, it took her another month before she finally asked him to leave.  In another sad turn of events, after he had finally left, she found out that she had become pregnant with his baby during their final month together.  By the time she found out, the father was gone.

Please, don’t do anything that would awaken love until the time is right.

This isn’t to say that you can’t give people a friendly hug or a “holy kiss” of greeting.  But there’s a big difference between a friendly hug or a holy kiss and a romantic, sexually arousing hug or kiss.  Any activity that is sexually stimulating or arousing with anyone other than your husband or wife is unnecessary, unproductive and potentially damaging.  You might ask, “What harm can it do?”  That’s a great question.  Like the examples I’ve just given, it can do a lot of harm!  But even if there weren’t pregnancies or diseases to deal with, the damage that can be done to your heart is serious enough to warrant not “awakening love” with anyone but your husband or wife until “the time is right.”   One of the main regrets that people tell me they have about their sexual relationships prior to marriage is that they bring those memories into their marriage, memories that interfere with an otherwise beautiful relationship with their spouse, and which cannot be erased.

What harm can it do?  Plenty.  But there’s still a better question:  “What good can it do?”  If engaging in sexual activities doesn’t fulfill one of the twin purposes for which God created sex in the first place, to build intimacy or yield fruit with the husband or wife God has created for you, then it is more likely to be destructive to you or to others, whether now or down the road.

Not Even a Hint

There’s no need to step on a rug to see if it’s the one for you.  You can, and should, look at it, admire it, and even carefully examine it before you commit to buying it, but you don’t need to walk on it, soil it, or worse yet, muddy it up so much that no one else would even want it, which unfortunately happens in many sexual encounters.

Where, then, should we draw the line in our physical relationships?  The Bible says that we should not have even a hint of sexual immorality among us:

“But among you there must not be even a hint of sexual immorality, or of any kind of impurity, or of greed, because these are improper for God’s holy people” (Ephesians 5:3).

My conversation with John Smid gave me new eyes regarding my relationship with Lana.  Even though she and I were engaged to be married several months later and had already gone beyond the “hinting” stages in our physical relationship, I felt it was important that we pull back physically for those remaining months to the point where we physically treated one another as if we were someone else’s husband or wife—because as remote as the possibility seemed, until our wedding day, there was still a chance that either of us could become someone else’s husband or wife.  It wasn’t easy to keep our distance, and we weren’t perfect at it, especially since we had already crossed those lines before.  But I still saw the value in waiting to even kiss Lana again until that moment in the ceremony when the pastor finally said:  “You may kiss the bride!”

And what an awesome moment that was when it finally came, to be able to kiss Lana, knowing that I would soon be able to fully embrace her, with all the rights and privileges that marriage gives to husbands and wives.  By intentionally trying to refrain from even a hint of sexual immorality before marriage, it made the transition from singleness to marriage all the more sweet.

Review Questions

1. What did Adam and Eve not feel when they were first together, even though they were both naked? (Genesis 2:25)

2. In the days of Moses, what did the law say should be done if a man or woman had sex before marriage? (Deuteronomy 22:20-21, Deuteronomy 22:29)

3. Why do we no longer enact the punishments for these laws?  Because they are no longer valid or valuable?  Or because of some other reason? (John 8:1-11)

4. What does God not want us to have “even a hint of” in our lives? (Ephesians 5:3)

 

1 – Why God Created Sex

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“Delight yourself in the LORD and he will give you the desires of your heart” (Psalm 37:4).

Why did God create sex?  Why did He take one of the most complicated processes in the world—the creation of a child—and make it so simple that almost anyone could do it, without even taking a class in sex education?  As I’ve looked through the Bible, I’ve found two reasons:  through sex, God created a way to fulfill the desires of His heart, while at the same time fulfilling the desires of our hearts.

And what are the desires of His heart?  We find out in the first words God spoke to the first couple on earth.  You might be surprised that His first words to them were about sex, but they were!  Take a look at what God said to Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden:

“God blessed them and said to them, ‘Be fruitful and increase in number; fill the earth and subdue it’” (Genesis 1:28a).

God told them to be fruitful and increase in number, and the way that people are fruitful is through sex.

Some people might think that the Bible is boring, but not the way I read it!  Here in the opening scene you have two people, completely naked, standing in the middle of an exotic paradise, and the first thing their Creator says to them is, “Have at it!  Be fruitful!  Multiply!”  Whew!  If a movie came out this summer with an opening scene like that, teens and adults alike would line up around the block to go see it!

My wife Lana and I have taken those words to heart, and six kids later we’re still having an awesome time fulfilling those first words that God spoke to the first people on the earth!

What do God’s words to Adam and Eve tell us about the desires of His heart?  On the surface, they tell us that He wants us to be fruitful and multiply.  But why?  Why does God want so many people?

Why?  Because God loves people.  He absolutely loves them, including you and me.  God loves people so much that He wants the earth to be filled with them.  One of the most famous verses in the Bible says, “For God so loved the world…” (John 3:16a).

God created sex for more than just to give Adam and Eve something to do on a Saturday night!  God wanted them to be fruitful and multiply because He loves people and wants to have an intimate relationship with each and every one of us.  God was so eager to see that you were born that He made it as easy and as attractive as possible for your parents to get together and create you.

The Desires of My Heart

But if you go back just a little further in the story of Adam and Eve, you’ll see that God didn’t create sex simply to fulfill the desires of His heart.  He also created sex in a way that it would fulfill the desires of their hearts.

The day I discovered that God wanted to fulfill Adam and Eve’s desires was the same day I asked Lana to marry me.

Lana and I had met several years earlier when we both were in college together at the University of Illinois.  But after we graduated, I moved to Texas and she moved to Michigan.  A few years later, we wondered if God might want us to get back together again—this time for marriage.  So Lana moved to Texas so that we could pray about the decision together.  Early one Saturday morning, Lana came to my apartment and we went to watch a friend run a race.  After the race, we came back to my apartment for some quiet time with God before going on with our day.  Lana went to the living room with her Bible and I went to my bedroom with mine.

Just a few days earlier, I had finished reading through the entire Bible for the first time in my life, so I wasn’t sure where to start reading again.  I decided to start over from the beginning.  I opened up to the first page of the first book of the Bible.  I began to read about Adam, the first man on earth, and how God had set him in the Garden of Eden to work the land and take care of the animals.  But in the midst of this beautiful setting, surrounded by all kinds of great things, God saw that Adam was still alone: 

“The LORD God said, ‘It is not good for the man to be alone. I will make a helper suitable for him’” (Genesis 2:18).

So God put Adam to sleep, took a rib from his side and created Eve, the first woman on earth.  Then God brought her to Adam.

Even though I had heard this story since I was a kid, this was the first time I had seen it from God’s perspective.  As I read the story, my heart fell, as I’m sure God’s must have fallen, when God saw how lonely Adam was.  Then my heart rose again, as God’s must have risen, when God created Eve and brought her to Adam.  I’ll bet the smile on Adam’s face was about a mile wide!

As I pictured this scene in my mind, I suddenly had an intense awareness that God was looking down at me in the same way!  There I was, surrounded by all kinds of great things, yet I was still alone.  In that moment, God spoke to my heart in a way that went beyond words.  He showed me that He had created a woman for me, too, and had brought her to me—right there in the next room!  After months of praying, I finally knew that God really did want to fulfill the desires of my heart.  He really did want me to marry Lana.

I ran down the hall to tell Lana what God had just told me.  I didn’t stop to look in the mirror as I ran, but if I did, I’ll bet the smile on my face was about a mile wide!  We talked, we cried, I asked her to marry me and she said, “Yes!”

When we were married a few months later, I discovered that God had fulfilled my desire for intimacy in a way that went beyond all I could ask or imagine.  Sexual intimacy with my wife has become the most consistently exhilarating, off-the-charts experience of my life!

Throughout this book, I want to tell you not only how God has fulfilled the desires of my heart, but how God longs to fulfill the desires of your heart, too—because in doing so, God also fulfills the desires of His heart. 

God’s Twin Purposes for Sex

When you put these two scenes together from the life of Adam and Eve, you get a rich snapshot of God’s twin purposes for creating sex:

  • God wants us to be intimate.
  • God wants us to be fruitful.

Through sex, God has made a way for us to do both, simultaneously.

If you want to have the best possible sex life, you’ll want to keep this snapshot at the forefront of your mind.  At first glance, it may seem obvious that God created sex so that husbands and wives could be intimate and fruitful.  But many people, myself included, have engaged in sex in ways that aren’t obvious at all.  Ways that don’t lead to intimacy with anyone, let alone the husband or wife God has in mind for them.  Ways that would never produce life.  Ways that could even lead to death—whether it’s their own, someone else’s, or the death of a child who has been unexpectedly conceived.

My hope with this book is to make the obvious…well, obvious again!  I know how other things can cloud our minds to God’s Truth, but I also know how God’s Truth, when we honestly seek it, can break through and clear away the clouds.

I know that it wasn’t until I discovered what God says about sex that I began to get a picture in my mind of the kind of sex life God had in store for me all along—one that He was still holding out for me if I was willing to take hold of it.  One that He’s still holding out for you, if you’re willing to take hold of it, too.

God’s Desires for You

How does God’s picture of an off-the-charts sex life line up with yours?  How do God’s hopes and dreams for your life line up with your hopes and dreams?  Perhaps you even wonder if God has any hopes and dreams for your life?  My prayer is that the truths that I’ve learned from God’s Word will help you to see that God does have hopes and dreams for your life, just as they’ve helped me, and many others, to see that God has hopes and dreams for our lives.

I’m excited for what God wants to share with you.  In all the years that I’ve been applying these truths from God’s Word to my sexual life, I’ve found that there is still no experience on earth that comes anywhere close to my sexual relationship with my wife.

The fact that you’re reading this book at all makes me think that you want to experience this kind of abundant life, too—a life where your dreams and desires line up completely with God’s.  I believe you really want to do the “right thing,” but I also know how hard it can be to know what the “right thing” is until someone speaks the truth with clarity.

Would you believe me if I told you that God wants to fulfill the desires of your heart even more than you want them fulfilled?  That God really does have desires for your life that you may have only caught a glimpse of so far?  In spite of sounding like a sensational headline on a check-out line magazine, it’s true that God really does want you to have an awesome sex life!  He really is for you, not against you, in your passionate pursuit of fulfilling the desires of your heart.

I’d like you to take a look at the review questions below.  When you’re done, we’ll take a look at one of the best pieces of wisdom that God has ever given me regarding sex.

Review Questions

1. What were God’s first words to the first couple on earth? (Genesis 1:28)

2. Why did God create Eve and bring her to Adam? (Genesis 2:18)

3. What are the twin purposes for which God created sex, as revealed in these two scenes?

4. Why would God want the world to be filled with people? (John 3:16)

 

Introduction – How To Know What God Says About Anything

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

“All Scripture is inspired by God and is useful to teach us what is true…” (2 Timothy 3:16a, NLT).

I was working on a project a few years ago called What God Says About Angels.  One day, someone asked me, “How do you know what God says about angels?”

It was a great question.  How did I know what God says about angels?  How did I know what God says about anything?

For me, whenever I’m ever looking for “a word from God,” the first place I look is in the Bible—it has over 800,000 of them!  The words in the Bible have given me encouragement and guidance, hope and inspiration, insight and understanding.  The Bible has given me more practical wisdom than any other book in the world.

I think this is true for two reasons:

  1. The words of the Bible have stood the test of time.  These words were written by people who have been extremely close to God—people who have asked God honest questions and listened for His honest answers.  What happened in their lives as a result of hearing and doing what God said was phenomenal.  So phenomenal, in fact, that even to this day, thousands of years later, the Bible is still the most widely read, published and translated book in the world.
  2. The words of the Bible have stood the test of trial and error.  My own trial and error!  Whenever I’ve read something in the Bible and have wondered if it might work in my own life, I’ve put it to the test.  What’s happened to me as a result of hearing and doing what God said has been phenomenal, too, as you’ll see in this book.

After putting into practice hundreds of things that I’ve read in the Bible, I’ve come to the same conclusion as the Apostle Paul who wrote:

“All Scripture is inspired by God and is useful to teach us what is true and to make us realize what is wrong in our lives. It straightens us out and teaches us to do what is right” (2 Timothy 3:16, NLT).

In perhaps no other area of my life has this proven more true than in the area of what God says about sex.

I’d like to say a special word to those of you who may be learning about sex for the very first time.  I’ve written a special chapter just for you at the end of this book called, “What is Sex, Anyway?”  You’ll want to read this special chapter first as it will give you a good foundation as you go through the rest of this book.

For those of you who already know about sex, you might still want to read this special chapter first.  This may be the first time that you’ve ever heard sex described like this and it will give you a good foundation as you go through the rest of your life.

What God Says About Sex

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

You’re reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

An inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex
by Eric Elder

Readers Write:

“..heartwarming, honest, insightful and quite provocative!”
John Smid, Executive Director, Love In Action

“Eric Elder’s approach is as refreshing as is his testimony.”
Tim Wilkins, Executive Director, Cross Ministry

“I won’t give away the surprise ending, but guarantee it will rock your boat.”
Al Lowry, Founder of GIG, a music ministry at Saddleback Church

“This book is every parent’s new best friend.”
Dan Mountney, Campus Pastor, Kensington Community Church

“After only a few pages, I knew I could trust this book in the hands of my daughters.”
Bridgette Booth, author

“It’s the kind of book I could read to my son and not be ashamed.”
Russell Pond, filmmaker

Dedication

To my children who—had I not learned the things I share in this book—might never have been born.

Preface

I began this book as a way to summarize hundreds of letters I’ve written and conversations I’ve had regarding what God says about sex.  But before I wrote the first word, I asked God who the readers of this book might be.  I wanted to be able to picture them in my mind as I wrote these words.

Without hesitation, God spoke to my heart:  “Write it for your children.”

My children?!?  I thought.  That’s not who I had in mind at all!

When I realized that God was serious, my passion and diligence for this project increased a hundredfold.  I realized that the readers of this book would not just be people on the far side of the globe who could take or leave these words as they wished.  The readers would be my own precious children, the ones I most wanted to see enjoy the fullness of sex without experiencing the pain that has fallen upon so many.

Then God nudged my heart again.

I realized that this would be the same audience He wanted to reach through this book:  You, His own precious child, the one He most wants to see enjoy the fullness of sex without experiencing the pain that has fallen upon so many.

With that in mind, I invite you to read these words that I’ve written from the depths of my heart.  For they’re not only my impassioned words to my beloved children, they’re also God’s impassioned words to you—His beloved child.

Eric Elder

What God Says About Sex

You're reading WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

An inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex
by Eric Elder

Listen here, read below, or click here to download the PDF
Also available in Paperback or Audible

READER’S WRITE:

“This book is every parent’s new best friend.”

“After only a few pages, I knew I could trust this book in the hands of my daughters.”

“It’s the kind of book I could read to my son and not be ashamed.”

“Eric Elder’s approach is as refreshing as is his testimony.”

“I won’t give away the surprise ending, but guarantee it will rock your boat.”

DEDICATION

To my children who–had I not learned the things I share in this book–might never have been born.

PREFACE

I began this book as a way to summarize hundreds of letters I’ve written and conversations I’ve had regarding what God says about sex.  But before I wrote the first word, I asked God who the readers of this book might be.  I wanted to be able to picture them in my mind as I wrote these words.

Without hesitation, God spoke to my heart:  “Write it for your children.”

My children?!?  I thought.  That’s not who I had in mind at all!

When I realized that God was serious, my passion and diligence for this project increased a hundredfold.  I realized that the readers of this book would not just be people on the far side of the globe who could take or leave these words as they wished.  The readers would be my own precious children, the ones I most wanted to see enjoy the fullness of sex without experiencing the pain that has fallen upon so many.

Then God nudged my heart again.

I realized that this would be the same audience He wanted to reach through this book:  You, His own precious child, the one He most wants to see enjoy the fullness of sex without experiencing the pain that has fallen upon so many.

With that in mind, I invite you to read these words that I’ve written from the depths of my heart.  For they’re not only my impassioned words to my beloved children, they’re also God’s impassioned words to you–His beloved child.

Eric Elder

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION: HOW TO KNOW WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT ANYTHING

“All Scripture is inspired by God and is useful to teach us what is true…” (2 Timothy 3:16a, NLT).

I was working on a project a few years ago called What God Says about Angels.  One day, someone asked me, “How do you know what God says about angels?”

It was a great question.  How did I know what God says about angels?  How did I know what God says about anything?

For me, whenever I’m ever looking for “a word from God,” the first place I look is in the Bible–it has over 800,000 of them!  The words in the Bible have given me encouragement and guidance, hope and inspiration, insight and understanding.  The Bible has given me more practical wisdom than any other book in the world.

I think this is true for two reasons:

  1. The words of the Bible have stood the test of time.  These words were written by people who have been extremely close to God–people who have asked God honest questions and listened for His honest answers.  What happened in their lives as a result of hearing and doing what God said was phenomenal.  So phenomenal, in fact, that even to this day, thousands of years later, the Bible is still the most widely read, published and translated book in the world.
  2. The words of the Bible have stood the test of trial and error.  My own trial and error!  Whenever I’ve read something in the Bible and have wondered if it might work in my own life, I’ve put it to the test.  What’s happened to me as a result of hearing and doing what God said has been phenomenal, too, as you’ll see in this book.

After putting into practice hundreds of things that I’ve read in the Bible, I’ve come to the same conclusion as the Apostle Paul who wrote:

“All Scripture is inspired by God and is useful to teach us what is true and to make us realize what is wrong in our lives. It straightens us out and teaches us to do what is right” (2 Timothy 3:16, NLT).

In perhaps no other area of my life has this proven more true than in the area of what God says about sex.

I’d like to say a special word to those of you who may be learning about sex for the very first time.  I’ve written a special chapter just for you at the end of this book called, “What is Sex, Anyway?”  You’ll want to read this special chapter first as it will give you a good foundation as you go through the rest of this book.

For those of you who already know about sex, you might still want to read this special chapter first.  This may be the first time that you’ve ever heard sex described like this and it will give you a good foundation as you go through the rest of your life.

CHAPTER 1: WHY GOD CREATED SEX

“Delight yourself in the LORD and He will give you the desires of your heart” (Psalm 37:4).

Why did God create sex?  Why did He take one of the most complicated processes in the world–the creation of a child–and make it so simple that almost anyone could do it, without even taking a class in sex education?  As I’ve looked through the Bible, I’ve found two reasons:  through sex, God created a way to fulfill the desires of His heart, while at the same time fulfilling the desires of our hearts.

And what are the desires of His heart?  We find out in the first words God spoke to the first couple on earth.  You might be surprised that His first words to them were about sex, but they were!  Take a look at what God said to Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden:

“God blessed them and said to them, ‘Be fruitful and increase in number; fill the earth and subdue it'” (Genesis 1:28a).

God told them to be fruitful and increase in number, and the way that people are fruitful is through sex.

Some people might think that the Bible is boring, but not the way I read it!  Here in the opening scene you have two people, completely naked, standing in the middle of an exotic paradise, and the first thing their Creator says to them is, “Have at it!  Be fruitful!  Multiply!”  Whew!  If a movie came out this summer with an opening scene like that, teens and adults alike would line up around the block to go see it!

My wife Lana and I have taken those words to heart, and six kids later we’re still having an awesome time fulfilling those first words that God spoke to the first people on the earth!

What do God’s words to Adam and Eve tell us about the desires of His heart?  On the surface, they tell us that He wants us to be fruitful and multiply.  But why?  Why does God want so many people?

Why?  Because God loves people.  He absolutely loves them, including you and me.  God loves people so much that He wants the earth to be filled with them.  One of the most famous verses in the Bible says, “For God so loved the world…” (John 3:16a).

God created sex for more than just to give Adam and Eve something to do on a Saturday night!  God wanted them to be fruitful and multiply because He loves people and wants to have an intimate relationship with each and every one of us.  God was so eager to see that you were born that He made it as easy and as attractive as possible for your parents to get together and create you.

The Desires of My Heart

But if you go back just a little further in the story of Adam and Eve, you’ll see that God didn’t create sex simply to fulfill the desires of His heart.  He also created sex in a way that it would fulfill the desires of their hearts.

The day I discovered that God wanted to fulfill Adam and Eve’s desires was the same day I asked Lana to marry me.

Lana and I had met several years earlier when we both were in college together at the University of Illinois.  But after we graduated, I moved to Texas and she moved to Michigan.  A few years later, we wondered if God might want us to get back together again–this time for marriage.  So Lana moved to Texas so that we could pray about the decision together.  Early one Saturday morning, Lana came to my apartment and we went to watch a friend run a race.  After the race, we came back to my apartment for some quiet time with God before going on with our day.  Lana went to the living room with her Bible and I went to my bedroom with mine.

Just a few days earlier, I had finished reading through the entire Bible for the first time in my life, so I wasn’t sure where to start reading again.  I decided to start over from the beginning.  I opened up to the first page of the first book of the Bible.  I began to read about Adam, the first man on earth, and how God had set him in the Garden of Eden to work the land and take care of the animals.  But in the midst of this beautiful setting, surrounded by all kinds of great things, God saw that Adam was still alone: 

“The LORD God said, ‘It is not good for the man to be alone. I will make a helper suitable for him'” (Genesis 2:18).

So God put Adam to sleep, took a rib from his side and created Eve, the first woman on earth.  Then God brought her to Adam.

Even though I had heard this story since I was a kid, this was the first time I had seen it from God’s perspective.  As I read the story, my heart fell, as I’m sure God’s must have fallen, when God saw how lonely Adam was.  Then my heart rose again, as God’s must have risen, when God created Eve and brought her to Adam.  I’ll bet the smile on Adam’s face was about a mile wide!

As I pictured this scene in my mind, I suddenly had an intense awareness that God was looking down at me in the same way!  There I was, surrounded by all kinds of great things, yet I was still alone.  In that moment, God spoke to my heart in a way that went beyond words.  He showed me that He had created a woman for me, too, and had brought her to me–right there in the next room!  After months of praying, I finally knew that God really did want to fulfill the desires of my heart.  He really did want me to marry Lana.

I ran down the hall to tell Lana what God had just told me.  I didn’t stop to look in the mirror as I ran, but if I did, I’ll bet the smile on my face was about a mile wide!  We talked, we cried, I asked her to marry me and she said, “Yes!”

When we were married a few months later, I discovered that God had fulfilled my desire for intimacy in a way that went beyond all I could ask or imagine.  Sexual intimacy with my wife has become the most consistently exhilarating, off-the-charts experience of my life!

Throughout this book, I want to tell you not only how God has fulfilled the desires of my heart, but how God longs to fulfill the desires of your heart, too–because in doing so, God also fulfills the desires of His heart. 

God’s Twin Purposes for Sex

When you put these two scenes together from the life of Adam and Eve, you get a rich snapshot of God’s twin purposes for creating sex:

  • God wants us to be intimate.
  • God wants us to be fruitful.

Through sex, God has made a way for us to do both, simultaneously.

If you want to have the best possible sex life, you’ll want to keep this snapshot at the forefront of your mind.  At first glance, it may seem obvious that God created sex so that husbands and wives could be intimate and fruitful.  But many people, myself included, have engaged in sex in ways that aren’t obvious at all.  Ways that don’t lead to intimacy with anyone, let alone the husband or wife God has in mind for them.  Ways that would never produce life.  Ways that could even lead to death–whether it’s their own, someone else’s, or the death of a child who has been unexpectedly conceived.

My hope with this book is to make the obvious…well, obvious again!  I know how other things can cloud our minds to God’s Truth, but I also know how God’s Truth, when we honestly seek it, can break through and clear away the clouds.

I know that it wasn’t until I discovered what God says about sex that I began to get a picture in my mind of the kind of sex life God had in store for me all along–one that He was still holding out for me if I was willing to take hold of it.  One that He’s still holding out for you, if you’re willing to take hold of it, too.

God’s Desires for You

How does God’s picture of an off-the-charts sex life line up with yours?  How do God’s hopes and dreams for your life line up with your hopes and dreams?  Perhaps you even wonder if God has any hopes and dreams for your life?  My prayer is that the truths that I’ve learned from God’s Word will help you to see that God does have hopes and dreams for your life, just as they’ve helped me, and many others, to see that God has hopes and dreams for our lives.

I’m excited for what God wants to share with you.  In all the years that I’ve been applying these truths from God’s Word to my sexual life, I’ve found that there is still no experience on earth that comes anywhere close to my sexual relationship with my wife.

The fact that you’re reading this book at all makes me think that you want to experience this kind of abundant life, too–a life where your dreams and desires line up completely with God’s.  I believe you really want to do the “right thing,” but I also know how hard it can be to know what the “right thing” is until someone speaks the truth with clarity.

Would you believe me if I told you that God wants to fulfill the desires of your heart even more than you want them fulfilled?  That God really does have desires for your life that you may have only caught a glimpse of so far?  In spite of sounding like a sensational headline on a check-out line magazine, it’s true that God really does want you to have an awesome sex life!  He really is for you, not against you, in your passionate pursuit of fulfilling the desires of your heart.

I’d like you to take a look at the review questions below.  When you’re done, we’ll take a look at one of the best pieces of wisdom that God has ever given me regarding sex.

Review Questions

1. What were God’s first words to the first couple on earth? (Genesis 1:28)

2. Why did God create Eve and bring her to Adam? (Genesis 2:18)

3. What are the twin purposes for which God created sex, as revealed in these two scenes?

4. Why would God want the world to be filled with people? (John 3:16)

CHAPTER 2: STAYING PURE

“The man and his wife were both naked, and they felt no shame” (Genesis 2:25).

In the very next sentence of Adam and Eve’s story, God gives us one of the best pieces of wisdom for how to enjoy the best possible sex life:

“The man and his wife were both naked, and they felt no shame” (Genesis 2:25).

This is God’s desire for every couple:  that on their wedding day–when the ceremony is over and the guests have gone home–the bride and groom can take off their wedding clothes, with nothing to hide and with no sense of shame, and can finally become one flesh.  Once they’re married, God wants them to be able to continue to come together like this, naked and unashamed, over and over and over again.

While this may seem easy enough in concept, once our hormones kick in, triggering our God-given sexual desires, it can be a long and difficult wait until our wedding day.  The wait is worth it, though, and God makes it clear that He not only wants us to wait, but He will help us to wait.

God’s Protective Seal

In the days when Moses led the people of Israel out of Egypt, the Israelites had a marriage custom that proved whether or not a woman was a virgin–someone who has never had sex–on her wedding day.

When any woman has sex for the first time, the man’s penis presses through a thin membrane of tissue, called the hymen, that partially covers the opening to her vagina.  When the penis passes through the hymen for the very first time, a small amount of blood is produced as the hymen stretches open.  This stretching occurs only once in a woman’s lifetime, then the hymen remains fully open forever.  The hymen acts like a protective seal on a medicine bottle:  once the seal is broken, you know the bottle has already been opened.

In Moses’ day, the newly married couple would save this first release of blood from the broken hymen on a piece of cloth.  The cloth served as proof that the girl was indeed a virgin on her wedding day.  If a man were to have sex with his new wife and find that there was no such sign of this proof, he had the right to bring her back to her father’s house for swift and serious judgment.  The law regarding this, as recorded in the Bible, says:

“If, however, the charge is true and no proof of the girl’s virginity can be found, she shall be brought to the door of her father’s house and there the men of her town shall stone her to death. She has done a disgraceful thing in Israel by being promiscuous while still in her father’s house. You must purge the evil from among you” (Deuteronomy 22:20-21).

A man, too, was expected to be a virgin on his wedding day.  While a man’s body has nothing comparable to the hymen that could break during sexual intercourse to prove his virginity, the Bible is just as clear that a man is not to have sex with anyone before marriage either, as described in detail in the rest of Deuteronomy 22.

(Please note that some women today do not bleed the first time they make love, especially those who have been active in sports or who have used tampons.  Such activities can stretch the hymen prior to making love.)

While we no longer put people to death for breaking these laws, it’s not because the laws are no longer valid, and not because the laws are no longer valuable.  Thankfully, it’s because when Jesus came to earth, He paid the price for our sins, including our sexual sins, so that whoever puts their faith in Him does not have to pay the penalty for their sins themselves, and is even able to live forever with Him.  To finish the quote I began earlier about how much God loves people, the Bible says:

“For God so loved the world that He gave His one and only Son, that whoever believes in Him shall not perish but have eternal life” (John 3:16).

Jesus made it clear that while the law is still valid and valuable, He was willing to pay the penalty for our sins Himself, even the death penalty, because He loved us so much.

In a story that illustrates this, some people brought to Jesus a woman who had been caught in the act of adultery, which means she was having sex with someone else’s husband.  They asked Jesus if she should be punished and stoned to death according to the law or if she should be set free.  The Bible says that the people were doing this to try to trap Jesus.  His response revealed both His own brilliance and the wickedness of their hearts:

“If any one of you is without sin, let him be the first to throw a stone at her” (John 8:7b).

Amazingly, they all dropped their stones and left.  They knew, as Jesus knew, that everyone has sinned at some point in their lives.  Jesus also knew something that they didn’t know:  He knew that He Himself was about to pay the penalty for her sin, not to mention their sins, and yours and mine.  The law was still valid and would soon be fulfilled by his death.  But by taking her place and extending forgiveness, Jesus also extended her life, allowing her to fulfill the rest of the purposes for which God had created her in the first place.  After all the other people had left the scene, Jesus asked the woman to turn away from the sins that almost got her killed:

“Woman, where are they? Has no one condemned you?”
“No one, sir,” she said.
“Then neither do I condemn you,” Jesus declared. “Go now and leave your life of sin” (John 8:10b-11).

God’s expectations for, and the great value of, being sexually pure on our wedding day remains the same for us today as it was for the people in Moses’ day.  In order to have the best possible sex life within marriage, the first step is to stay pure before marriage.  How can we do that?  God tells us that, too.

A Pivotal Conversation

A few months before I married Lana, I had a brief, but pivotal conversation with a man who regularly counseled people regarding their sexual relationships. So I called him to ask about ways to safeguard my upcoming marriage so that it could be all that God wanted it to be.

Within the first few minutes of our conversation, I could tell that his words were going to be like nuggets of gold for my marriage. The first nugget appeared when he asked me about my current physical relationship with Lana. Did we kiss, hold hands and romantically touch each other in other ways? I told him we did. He then challenged me by asking me if she were someone else’s wife, would I touch her in these ways? No, of course not! Then why, he asked, would I touch her in these ways before we got married? Because the truth was that until the day that we actually did get married, it was still possible that either of us could become someone else’s husband or wife. Although I felt no hesitation about our commitment to our upcoming marriage, I knew that anything was possible and that this man was telling me the truth.

A friend of ours told us recently about a sad situation involving her brother. He was engaged to be married to the girl of his dreams, but one month before the wedding, he succumbed to his temptations and had sex—not with the girl of his dreams, but with her sister, who had been unsuccessfully pursuing him for some time. Afterwards, he felt terrible about what he had just done, but his fiancé forgave him and they continued to plan for their wedding. Sadly, just days before the wedding, the sister discovered that she was pregnant with this man’s baby. Torn between what he should do now, he married the girl’s sister so that the child could have a father. Even more sadly, the sister then had a miscarriage shortly after the wedding, leaving the man in a marriage he hadn’t planned on, leaving their unexpected child dead from the miscarriage, and leaving the girl of his dreams all alone. What a heartbreaking story, one that could have been avoided, even for two people who were “absolutely, positively” going to be married within a month. The truth is that we simply don’t know what might happen prior to marriage.

Another woman wrote me to tell me that she and her boyfriend were living together, and although they weren’t engaging in full sexual intercourse, they were, in her words, “simulating” sex. They hoped to get married sometime in the future, but not right now. She said she had heard that some Christians felt it was wrong to have this kind of sexual contact before marriage, but that she would need lots of explanation if this was wrong, because she craved the affection of her boyfriend and because she felt it was so natural to touch someone she loved.

Since I had just been shopping that day for a small rug for the entrance to our house, I used my shopping experience as an illustration to help her see the issue from God’s perspective. Whenever I’d pull a rug off the shelf to see how it looked on the floor in the store, my two youngest sons would immediately start to walk on it. I kept having to tell them not to step on any of the rugs because they weren’t ours yet. I didn’t think someone else would want to buy a rug that had been walked on and soiled from other people’s shoes. I know I wouldn’t!

I told her that if that’s how we’re to treat a rug that’s not yet ours, even though it is designed for being walked on, how should we treat someone else’s precious and delicate body? If it’s not ours, we shouldn’t act as if it is, even if we’re hoping it will become ours at some point. We wouldn’t treat a rug as if it’s ours until we went to the counter and paid for it properly, and we shouldn’t treat another person as if they’re ours until we walk down the aisle and commit our lives to each other “until death do us part.” It is then—and only then—that we become husband and wife and belong to each other, as the Bible describes in the book of First Corinthians:

“The wife’s body does not belong to her alone but also to her husband. In the same way, the husband’s body does not belong to him alone but also to his wife” (1 Corinthians 7:4).

Waiting to Awaken Love

This sense of belonging to each other only comes within marriage between husbands and wives.

If this is the case, then where do we draw the line in our physical relationship with someone before marriage?  The safest place to draw it is in the same place that we would draw it with someone else’s husband or wife.  Would I romantically kiss someone else’s wife?  Would I let my hand linger on her knee?  Would I touch her breasts or her bottom, whether she were clothed or naked?  Would I sexually stimulate her in any way, or let her do the same to me, whether it involved full sexual intercourse or just a “simulation” of the real thing?  Absolutely not!  And furthermore, would I want someone else to touch my future wife in these ways before I married her?

In one of the most romantic books in the Bible, the Song of Songs, one of the lovers in the book cautions repeatedly:

“Promise me, O women of Jerusalem, by the swift gazelles and the deer of the wild, not to awaken love until the time is right” (Song of Songs 2:7b, and again in 3:5b and 8:4b, NLT).

God doesn’t want us to even awaken romantic love until the time is right.  Once love is aroused in a relationship, it is very difficult to back up again without tearing apart our hearts in the process.

I talked to another woman who was living with a man to whom she wasn’t married.  She told me that this man really treated her poorly, but that she had already gotten involved with him and didn’t know how to get out of it.  She asked me what to do.  I told her, “Stop the relationship right now.  Ask him to leave your house.  Don’t give your heart to someone who’s not willing to commit to taking care of it for the rest of your life!”  Her eyes were opened to what she was doing.  Unfortunately, instead of stopping the relationship right then, it took her another month before she finally asked him to leave.  In another sad turn of events, after he had finally left, she found out that she had become pregnant with his baby during their final month together.  By the time she found out, the father was gone.

Please, don’t do anything that would awaken love until the time is right.

This isn’t to say that you can’t give people a friendly hug or a “holy kiss” of greeting.  But there’s a big difference between a friendly hug or a holy kiss and a romantic, sexually arousing hug or kiss.  Any activity that is sexually stimulating or arousing with anyone other than your husband or wife is unnecessary, unproductive and potentially damaging.  You might ask, “What harm can it do?”  That’s a great question.  Like the examples I’ve just given, it can do a lot of harm!  But even if there weren’t pregnancies or diseases to deal with, the damage that can be done to your heart is serious enough to warrant not “awakening love” with anyone but your husband or wife until “the time is right.”   One of the main regrets that people tell me they have about their sexual relationships prior to marriage is that they bring those memories into their marriage, memories that interfere with an otherwise beautiful relationship with their spouse, and which cannot be erased.

What harm can it do?  Plenty.  But there’s still a better question:  “What good can it do?”  If engaging in sexual activities doesn’t fulfill one of the twin purposes for which God created sex in the first place, to build intimacy or yield fruit with the husband or wife God has created for you, then it is more likely to be destructive to you or to others, whether now or down the road.

Not Even a Hint

There’s no need to step on a rug to see if it’s the one for you.  You can, and should, look at it, admire it, and even carefully examine it before you commit to buying it, but you don’t need to walk on it, soil it, or worse yet, muddy it up so much that no one else would even want it, which unfortunately happens in many sexual encounters.

Where, then, should we draw the line in our physical relationships?  The Bible says that we should not have even a hint of sexual immorality among us:

“But among you there must not be even a hint of sexual immorality, or of any kind of impurity, or of greed, because these are improper for God’s holy people” (Ephesians 5:3).

My conversation with this man gave me new eyes regarding my relationship with Lana. Even though she and I were engaged to be married several months later and had already gone beyond the “hinting” stages in our physical relationship, I felt it was important that we pull back physically for those remaining months to the point where we physically treated one another as if we were someone else’s husband or wife—because as remote as the possibility seemed, until our wedding day, there was still a chance that either of us could become someone else’s husband or wife. It wasn’t easy to keep our distance, and we weren’t perfect at it, especially since we had already crossed those lines before. But I still saw the value in waiting to even kiss Lana again until that moment in the ceremony when the pastor finally said: “You may kiss the bride!”

And what an awesome moment that was when it finally came, to be able to kiss Lana, knowing that I would soon be able to fully embrace her, with all the rights and privileges that marriage gives to husbands and wives. By intentionally trying to refrain from even a hint of sexual immorality before marriage, it made the transition from singleness to marriage all the more sweet.

Review Questions

1. What did Adam and Eve not feel when they were first together, even though they were both naked? (Genesis 2:25)

2. In the days of Moses, what did the law say should be done if a man or woman had sex before marriage? (Deuteronomy 22:20-21, Deuteronomy 22:29)

3. Why do we no longer enact the punishments for these laws?  Because they are no longer valid or valuable?  Or because of some other reason? (John 8:1-11)

4. What does God not want us to have “even a hint of” in our lives? (Ephesians 5:3)

CHAPTER 3: DEALING WITH TEMPTATION

“But when you are tempted, He will also provide a way out so that you can stand up under it” (1 Corinthians 10:13b).

Adam and Eve were lucky, weren’t they?  They didn’t have to think about staying pure before marriage.  God just plopped Eve onto Adam’s lap, they knew they were meant for each other, and God told them to be fruitful and multiply!

How lucky can you get?

But staying pure isn’t easy for any of us, even for Adam and Eve.

In the next sentence of their story, Satan came onto the scene and started asking questions:  “Did God really say…?” 

This is one of Satan’s most effective strategies for taking us down:  to get us to question what God said–even though what God said may have been perfectly clear at the time.  God had told Adam that he could eat from any tree in the garden except one, because if he ate from it, he would die.  Later, Satan simply asked them:

“Did God really say, ‘You must not eat from any tree in the garden’?” (Genesis 3:1b).

Well, no, that’s not what God really said (see Genesis 3), but it was enough to catch Adam and Eve off guard.  They began to wonder if there might be a way around what God really did say in order to get what they wanted.  Although initially they fought it, eventually they fell for it.

So did I.

Guessing at God’s Intentions

Even though I grew up going to church, when I got to high school, I found myself torn between wanting to indulge my sexual desires and knowing that it wouldn’t be right to do so.  I began to give in, a little bit at a time.  By the time I graduated from college, I was well down the road of sexual indulgence.

Lana followed a similar path.  When she started dating, she wasn’t quite sure where God wanted her to draw the line physically with the guys she was dating.  As she would come to a new boundary line in her physical relationships, she would wonder if she should cross it or not.  Each time she came back to the conclusion that God wanted her to be happy–and what she was doing made her really happy!  So she guessed that what she was doing must be okay.

Lana and I both found out that once we were able to justify crossing one boundary, it was easier to cross the next.  While the fear of pregnancy kept us both from engaging in full sexual intercourse with anyone before marriage, we didn’t understand that the things we were doing were still setting us up for potential physical problems down the road–and guaranteed heartbreak–both of which could have been avoided.

Lana was right that God did want her to be happy!  But the way to be truly happy is to be truly holy–staying pure in the eyes of God as well as your own.  Like Adam and Eve found out, when we just guess at what God might say about how to be happy, instead of finding out what God really does say, we’ll soon find that what we thought would make us happy is very short-lived–and can actually cause more unhappiness than we could have imagined.

Two Questions

From our human point of view, some of the sexual activities in which people engage may not seem to be clear misuses of sex.  But when we swirl around and take a look at them from God’s viewpoint, the uses and misuses of sex become much more apparent.

We bought some dog treats one day to help train our new puppy.  We thought they’d encourage her to do some things that were good for both her and us.  We also had a toddler at the time who happened to find the treats!  She started feeding them to the puppy one after another after another.  Our puppy thought it was great!  She got to eat all the treats she wanted!  But how do you think it made us feel?  We wanted the puppy to get the treats at some point–we obviously bought them for her–but the way in which she was getting them undermined the purpose for which we bought them in the first place.

God must feel the same way when we engage in sex in ways that don’t fulfill His purposes for creating it.  He wants us to enjoy the treat of sex at some point–He obviously designed it to be enjoyable for us–but He doesn’t want us to engage in sex in ways which undermine the purposes for which He designed it in the first place.

The best way to stay pure before and within marriage is to swirl around and take a look at sex from God’s point of view.  You can usually see in a heartbeat if what you’re doing is just for the sake of the treat, or for God’s sake.

Here are two questions you can ask yourself to help decide if something you’re doing, or considering doing, is in line with God’s desires for you or not:

  1.  Will this lead to greater intimacy with the husband or wife God has created for me?
  2.  Will this lead to greater fruitfulness with the husband or wife God has created for me?

If any activity doesn’t lead you into greater intimacy or fruitfulness with your spouse, it’s more likely to destroy intimacy or fruitfulness.

A Way Out

I know how hard it can be to hold back from things that are sexually enticing.  But as I mentioned before, God not only wants us to stay pure, He will also help us to stay pure.

Jesus is not some guy who’s “out there” and who doesn’t have a clue about the struggles we face.  The Bible says this about Jesus, who is described here as our high priest:

“For we do not have a high priest who is unable to sympathize with our weaknesses, but we have one who has been tempted in every way, just as we are–yet was without sin” (Hebrews 4:15).

Jesus knows and understands what it’s like to be tempted.  But He also shows us that God always provides us a way out of temptation.

I used to love to play a computer game called Dark Castle.  The purpose was to try to escape from a castle in which you were trapped. Each room in the castle had a different challenge.  Sometimes you had to throw rocks at bats, jump across moving stones, or duck out of the way of flying objects.

In each room there was something special to help you through it:  a bag of rocks to throw, a special keystroke to help you jump higher, or a jet pack to help you fly.  I would look around each room until I found the way of escape.  When I found it, I would take it and move on to the next room.  Eventually, I made it to the end.  I defeated the enemy, escaped from the castle and was finally free.

God has promised that whenever we face a temptation, He has provided a way of escape.  We may not always see it right away, or even want to see it, but it’s always there.  The Bible says:

“No temptation has seized you except what is common to man. And God is faithful; He will not let you be tempted beyond what you can bear. But when you are tempted, He will also provide a way out so that you can stand up under it” (1 Corinthians 10:13).

A friend of mine was traveling in another country when he was tempted to go into an area of a town that was known for all kinds of sexual activity.  He said he just wanted to see what it was like.  As he got onto the subway, he said a short prayer, asking God to provide a way out if God didn’t want him to do this.

When the train stopped at his destination, he stepped onto the platform and was soon surrounded by a group of people who asked him to come with them.  Although he had trouble understanding their language, he could tell they must be Christians and that they were inviting him to their church.  Remembering his prayer, he decided to go with them instead of going to where he had originally planned.  Amazingly, when he got to their church, they baptized him.  They gave him a cup of hot tea and another subway ticket to get back home–which he promptly used for that purpose!

Of course, it would have been easier if my friend had simply not gotten on the train when he first thought about heading into sin.  But the fact that God still answered his prayer and provided him yet another way out, is a demonstration of the lengths to which God will go to lead us out of temptation.

Jesus knew how real and significant our temptations would be.  He knew that it was so important that He included it in His model prayer that He taught to His disciples to pray, which we now call the Lord’s Prayer.  It says, in part:  “And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one” (Matthew 6:13).

The Apostle Paul felt that resisting temptation was so important that he wrote to the people living in Corinth:  “Flee from sexual immorality.” (1 Corinthians 6:18a).

Joseph felt that fleeing from temptation was so important that when temptation came to him, he ran the other way!  Take a look at what Joseph did when Potiphar’s wife tried to seduce him:  “She caught him by his cloak and said, ‘Come to bed with me!’ But he left his cloak in her hand and ran out of the house.” (Genesis 39:12).  Joseph got thrown into jail for running away, but jail was nothing compared to the price he would have paid if he had stayed!  In the end, God honored Joseph’s obedience and made him second in command over all of Egypt.

When we’re tempted, God always provides a way of escape–even if it’s just to turn and run–and He wants us to take it every time.

Learning Self-Control

One of the best ways to deal with temptation is to remove ourselves from its path as much as possible.  Although we can’t eliminate all temptations, we have more control over them than we might think.

I found this out for myself when I put into practice something else that I learned from my conversation with this same man who was encouraging me in my purity. After talking about the way I treated others physically, the conversation turned to the way I treated myself physically. He asked me whether or not I still masturbated, which is a way of touching yourself that stimulates your sexual organs to an orgasm without having sexual intercourse with someone. I said that I did. Even though I had wondered what God thought of masturbation, I was never able to find enough evidence against it in the Bible to convince me to stop.

He told me that the reason he asked about masturbation wasn’t so much about the issue of masturbation itself, but about the issue of self-control—because self-control is specifically mentioned in the Bible:

“It is God’s will that you should be sanctified: that you should avoid sexual immorality; that each of you should learn to control his own body in a way that is holy and honorable, not in passionate lust like the heathen, who do not know God” (1 Thessalonians 4:3-5).

He went on to say that he had found that masturbation was not only an issue for those who were single, but also for those who were married. If people regularly masturbated before they got married, they would usually continue to masturbate after they got married. The struggle over masturbation is not a struggle over sexual release, but a struggle over self-control.

When he had interviewed several wives to ask what they would think if they knew their husbands were still masturbating after they got married, not one of the women responded with a positive view of it. The responses ranged from wondering what they, as wives, might be doing wrong sexually, to wondering what else their husbands might be doing if they weren’t able to control themselves in this way.

Then he said something that inspired me: he told me that he—and many other people that he knew—had made a commitment to give up masturbation completely. Each of them could testify to the tremendous difference it had made in their lives. He had thrown down a gauntlet, a challenge that I had to decide whether or not I was going to pick up and apply to my own life.

I decided it was worth a try. So I made the commitment to myself and to Lana that I was going to try to give up masturbation completely, even before we got married. And as a way to hold myself accountable to that commitment, I told her that if I ever did give in to masturbation, I would confess it to her before the end of that same day.

I wish I could say I have been perfect in my resolve on this issue, too, but I can’t! But I can say that I have kept my commitment to telling Lana before the day was out whenever I have given in. After just a few times of having to make that embarrassing confession, my resolve was set for good. This doesn’t mean that the temptation has gone away or that I wouldn’t like to give in to those temptations, but it does mean that my desire for self-control has overtaken my desire for giving in.

Drawing a Line in the Heart

That one decision has kept me pure in more ways than one over the years.

When I happened to run into this man again, sixteen years later, I showed him a picture of my family, which was still just a glimmer in my eye at the time when we had first talked. I thanked him for the nuggets of truth he had shared with me and told him about how my decision to stop masturbating had kept me pure in other ways, too.

Gaining control over masturbation has kept me from other sexual activities that are more serious and are clearly condemned in Scripture, such as:

  • Adultery, which involves sex with someone who isn’t your husband or wife, and is listed as one of the top Ten Commandments:  “You shall not commit adultery” (Exodus 20:14).
  • Prostitution, which involves paying someone to have sex with you:  “Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ himself? Shall I then take the members of Christ and unite them with a prostitute? Never! Do you not know that he who unites himself with a prostitute is one with her in body? For it is said, ‘The two will become one flesh'” (1 Corinthians 6:15-16).
  • and Pornography, which involves looking at things like books, magazines, pictures, tapes, or movies that are designed to arouse you sexually.  Jesus said:  “You have heard that it was said, ‘Do not commit adultery.’  But I tell you that anyone who looks at a woman lustfully has already committed adultery with her in his heart” (Matthew 5:27-29).

A question people often ask is, “How far can I go?” meaning, “How far can I go with someone physically before God considers it a sin?”  It’s a common question, but I think it’s the wrong question.  Jesus, in his quote about adultery, reveals that the sin doesn’t occur just when we cross a physical boundary, but when we cross a boundary in our heart.  The best place to draw the line is not in the flesh, but in the heart, because once a line has been crossed in the heart, it’s that much easier to cross it in the flesh.  The Bible explains how these wrongful desires of our heart can lead us into wrongful actions, which can lead to destruction:

“When tempted, no one should say, ‘God is tempting me.’ For God cannot be tempted by evil, nor does He tempt anyone; but each one is tempted when, by his own evil desire, he is dragged away and enticed. Then, after desire has conceived, it gives birth to sin; and sin, when it is full-grown, gives birth to death” (James 1:13-15).

Tim Wilkins, Executive Director of Cross Ministry, which also helps people overcome their sexual struggles, tells this helpful story for dealing with temptation:

An affluent, aristocratic woman reviews resumés from potential chauffeurs to drive her Rolls Royce.  She narrows the applicants to three men and invites them to her palatial home.

She escorts each one individually to her driveway and the brick wall beside it.

She asks, “If you were driving my Rolls, how close do you think you could come to that brick wall without scratching my car?”

The first applicant says, “I can drive within a foot of that wall and not damage your Rolls.”

She brings out the second applicant and asks, “If you were driving my Rolls, how close do you think you could come to that brick wall without scratching my car?”

He scratches his head and says, “I can drive within six inches of that wall and not damage your car.”

She invites the third applicant and asks, “If you were driving my Rolls, how close do you think you could come to that brick wall without scratching my car?”

He does not hesitate, “Ma’am, I do not know how close I could come to the wall without damaging your car, but if I was driving your car, I would stay as far away as possible from the wall so as not to damage your car.”

Guess who got the job?

Tim adds, “When addressing sexual temptation, the point is not how close one can get to the temptation without getting ‘scratched,’ but staying as far away as possible.  ‘Keep to a path far from her, do not go near the door of her house…’ (Proverbs 5:8).

For me, by drawing a line in the sand way back at masturbation, I have been able to keep from being drawn into activities that are further down the road and that could be much more destructive to God’s desires–and my desires–for my life and my marriage.  It has helped me to keep my thoughts in check, knowing that there’s no need to linger on a tempting thought for more than a moment because I know I won’t be following through on that thought, even if it were “only” through masturbation.

The man who was encouraging me in my purity said that he continues to recommend that people give up masturbation, especially if they struggle with other sexual temptations, for two reasons: 1) because it builds a person’s confidence in their ability to gain control over their own body, and 2) because even if they do occasionally fail in this struggle, the results are not as devastating as if they fall into more serious temptations.

This one nugget of truth, related to controlling our bodies and based on the Word of God, has saved me, my wife and my family from a lifetime of grief.  No wonder I love the Bible so much!

The Bible takes the guesswork out of wondering what God says about sex.  In the next chapter, I’ll share the first thing I read in the Bible as an adult regarding sex, something which turned out to be one of the most significant turning points of my life.

Review Questions

1. What is one of Satan’s most effective strategies to get us to sin? (Genesis 3:1)

2. What two questions can you ask yourself to help determine if a sexually stimulating activity is in line with God’s purposes or not?

3. When you are tempted to sin, what does God say He will always do for you? (1 Corinthians 10:13)

4. What does God want us to learn to control? (1 Thessalonians 4:3-5)

CHAPTER 4: BECOMING PURE AGAIN

“If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1:8-9).

Your purity matters so much to God that He’s made a way for you to become pure again–even if you mess up.  And at some point in our lives, we all mess up!

God isn’t surprised when we sin.  None of us has a perfect moral scorecard, from Adam and Eve all the way down to you and me.  When we do sin, most of us feel what Adam and Eve felt:

“At that moment, their eyes were opened, and they suddenly felt shame at their nakedness. So they strung fig leaves together around their hips to cover themselves.

“Toward evening they heard the LORD God walking about in the garden, so they hid themselves among the trees. The LORD God called to Adam, ‘Where are you?’

“He replied, ‘I heard You, so I hid. I was afraid because I was naked'” (Genesis 3:7-10, NLT).

When we sin, we feel naked and ashamed, trying to cover our nakedness and then running away from God.  But that’s the time we most need to run back to God.   He wants to restore us to purity again.  God loved Adam and Eve too much to leave them alone.  He went looking for them, just as He goes looking for us because of His great love for us.

“But God demonstrates His own love for us in this:  While we were still sinners, Christ died for us” (Romans 5:8).

If you find yourself feeling naked and ashamed of your sin, you don’t have to run away.  Just turn around.  You’ll find that God has been running after you and is eager to take you back and make you pure again.

The same Bible that shows us how to have the best possible sex life is the same Bible that shows us how to be forgiven when we fall short of God’s best.

Falling into Sin

I didn’t realize how far I had strayed from what God says about sex until the year after I got out of college and began to read the Bible for myself.  The more I read, the more I realized that the things I had done sexually were wrong in God’s eyes–and could even destroy my life if I continued to do them.  I began to see that the bad choices that I had made, and the sins that I had committed, might actually cause my own death.  I was especially struck by a verse in the Bible that clarified for me that if I did die, I would simply be reaping the consequences of my own sinfulness, the wages–or what I had earned for my sin:

“For the wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord” (Romans 6:23).

When I saw that these words applied specifically to my life, I decided to take a long walk with God along a bayou that ran through downtown Houston.

As I walked, I wondered if some of the things I had done sexually might have already done irreparable damage to my body through sexual diseases I might have contracted.  I had never given it much thought before, but after reading what the Bible said about the natural consequences of sin, I knew that it was quite possible that I would eventually reap what I had sown.

At the same time, I was starting to see that God really did have a plan for the world, and more specifically, for my life, too.  I realized that my sins would not only bring me down, but would also bring down the plans God had for my life.  I could see that God had a better path in mind for me than the one I was on, and I wanted more than anything to find out how to get onto it.

But how? How could I undo what I had already done?  How could I change my wrongful thoughts, feelings and desires?  How could I change the habits that I had fallen into that were still threatening to destroy me?

As if in answer to my questions, I ran across another story in the Bible–the story of two blind men who came to Jesus to be healed.  I was carrying my Bible with me as I walked along the bayou, reading from the book of Matthew.  I was intrigued by Jesus’ words in response to the pleas of the blind men.  They called out to Jesus, “Have mercy on us, Son of David!” (Matthew 9:27b).  In other places in the Bible, Jesus healed people by bending down to make a paste of mud to put on their eyes, or by telling them to dip in a certain pool of water.  But not with these two.  Jesus asked them a question:

“Do you believe that I am able to do this?” (Matthew 9:28b).

Based on their answer, Jesus would or would not heal them.

I wanted Jesus to heal me of my wrongful sexual desires and actions, just like the blind men asked Him to heal their eyes.  I felt like He was asking me the same question:  “Eric, do you believe that I am able to do this, too?”  I thought about everything I had ever learned about Jesus:  how He healed the sick, walked on water and raised the dead.  I knew that if anyone could do it, Jesus could.

I stopped along the path and put my hand up into the air.  Just like the blind men, I answered, “Yes, Lord.”  And just like the blind men, Jesus healed me:

“Then He touched their eyes and said, ‘According to your faith will it be done to you,’ and their sight was restored” (Matthew 9:29-30a).

I knew in that moment that I had been healed.  It was as distinct as if I had been blind and now could see.  The next day I put my faith in Christ for everything in my life, asking Him to forgive me of my sins, and receiving from Him the gift of eternal life.  Doing this turned out to be the turning point for the rest of my life.

David’s Turning Point

If you’ve ever sinned, you’re in good company–or at least a lot of company.  We all share this common trait.

The Bible says, “…for all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God” (Romans 3:23), and “We all, like sheep, have gone astray, each of us has turned to his own way…” (Isaiah 53:6a).

Sin–of any kind–does more to short-circuit the abundant life God has for us than perhaps anything else.  Sexual sin seems to be especially devastating.  Why?  The Bible says,

“Flee sexual immorality.  All other sins a man commits are outside his own body, but he who sins sexually, sins against his own body” (1 Corinthians 6:18).

But God has given us a way to overcome a short-circuit to bring us back to full power again:  through confession.

To confess means “to agree with,” to recognize that what we’ve done is wrong with a desire to make it right again.  Confession is what David expressed to God when his sin with Bathsheba finally caught up to him.

You might remember that David was one of the greatest kings of all time, but that he fell into sexual sin with Bathsheba, a woman who was married to another man.  When David looked out from his palace and saw her bathing naked on her roof, he wanted her.  He asked her to come to him and fell to one of the lowest points of his life.  He might have remained at that point until the day he died except that God, through one of David’s counselors, confronted David about his sin.  When David realized what he had done, he poured out his heart in confession to God.

David’s words are recorded in Psalm 51:

“Have mercy on me, O God, according to Your unfailing love; according to Your great compassion blot out my transgressions. Wash away all my iniquity and cleanse me from my sin. For I know my transgressions, and my sin is always before me. … Cleanse me with hyssop, and I will be clean; wash me, and I will be whiter than snow. … Create in me a pure heart, O God, and renew a steadfast spirit within me” (Psalm 51:1-3, 7, 10).

David and Bathsheba, and those around them, paid a price for their sin.  Bathsheba’s husband died when David had him killed in the cover-up attempt.  Then the son born to David and Bathsheba died soon after his birth.  To top it all off, their sin was recorded in the Bible for all time for all of us to see.

But all was not lost.  Because David confessed his sin and turned back to God, God did for David what he asked:  God cleansed him, washed him, and made him whiter than snow.  God gave him a pure heart again and renewed his spirit.  David married Bathsheba and they conceived another son.  That son, Solomon, went on to become one of the richest and wisest kings in all of history.  The turning point in David’s life hinged on David’s confession to God and his cry to make things right again.

It’s the same turning point that can determine the outcome of our future, too.

The Power of Confession

I met with a couple one night to pray that they would be able to have a child.  They had wanted one for years but were unable to conceive.  The doctor had finally declared the wife infertile, meaning she would never be able to have children.

Before I prayed with them, I asked them to tell me a little more about what they were going through and what they wanted God to do for them.  It turned out that there was more to their story than infertility.  Soon after they were married, they discovered they had a sexually transmitted disease, or STD.  STD’s are usually only passed from person to person by sexual contact.  This particular STD was terribly painful–each time they made love, it would flare up again and cause one or the other of them pain in their sexual organs.

They didn’t know how they had gotten the STD, or who had brought it into the relationship, because each of them had been sexually active with others before they were married.  But the result was that it lead them both to an underlying hurt and resentment that hadn’t gone away.

Before praying for their fertility, I led them in a time of prayer and confession to each other of their past actions and their present hurts that were brought on by their sin.  The healing that God performed in their hearts was immediately visible on their faces, as they beamed with forgiveness and a new appreciation of each other.  By the time we got to praying for their fertility, there was little left to do but to simply ask God to heal their bodies as well.

Over the next few months, the husband called me several times to tell me what a huge difference those prayers had made in their marriage, including their sex life.  Just over a year later, this “infertile” couple gave birth to a child–the fruit of their renewed intimacy.  Although they still carried within their bodies the disease from their former sin, God found a way to bypass that condition and continue on with His plan for their lives–and for the life of their child.

Our prayers of confession are powerful.  They have a real and practical effect.  But they’re not a “magic formula” that help us get whatever we want.  In fact, the couple I mentioned above wanted more children after the birth of their first, but they’ve not been able to conceive again.  There are many factors that can contribute to how our prayers may or may not be answered, which is why continual prayers for wisdom and continual trust in God is important regardless of the outcome.  But confession can be one of the things that can bring us the healing we need to move on with God’s plans for our lives.  The Bible says,

“Therefore confess your sins to each other and pray for each other so that you may be healed.  The prayer of a righteous man is powerful and effective” (James 5:16).

I’ve seen this same pattern repeat over and over as I’ve talked with other people who have been at an impasse in their sexual lives.  They often see a breakthrough when they finally confess their sins, first to God, and then to their spouse.

A man who had struggled with pornography and illicit chat rooms for years confessed his sin to me.  We prayed through it together, seeking God’s forgiveness for what he had done.  I then encouraged him to confess it to his wife, as his sin had affected their sexual relationship, too.  Although the husband was fearful to confess it to her, he did.  When she forgave him, he was finally free, not only from the pornography that had gripped him, but free to to love his wife intimately again.

Another man confessed to me that he had struggled with true intimacy with his wife for years.  He told me some of the personal struggles in his life that he had never shared with his wife for fear that she would leave him.  I encouraged him that in order to break through to the true intimacy he wanted with his wife, he needed to confess those things to her.  With much fear and trepidation, he did.  His wife was shocked, went for a walk, and prayed.  When she came back, she told him:  “I still love you.”  He later told me, “Eric, she’s told me thousands of times that she loved me, but this was the first time that I’ve ever really believed her.”

God is in the life-changing business.  He’s been turning people’s lives around from sexual sin for thousands of years.  Read what the Apostle Paul wrote in a letter to the Christians in the church of Corinth about 2,000 years ago:

“Do you not know that the wicked will not inherit the kingdom of God?  Do not be deceived:  Neither the sexually immoral nor idolaters nor adulterers nor male prostitutes nor homosexual offenders nor thieves nor the greedy nor drunkards nor slanderers nor swindlers will inherit the kingdom of God.  And that is what some of you were.  But you were washed, you were sanctified, you were justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and by the Spirit of our God” (1 Corinthians 6:9-11).

There’s a little word in there that says a lot:  it’s the little verb were.  “And that is what some of you were.”  They struggled with all kinds of sins, but they didn’t stay that way.  They were changed, transformed, and made new again, just like I was.  Although there are consequences for our sin, some of which can last a lifetime, none are so serious that they can’t be washed, sanctified and justified in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ and by the Spirit of our God.

God-Given Purity

Confession is more than just good for the soul.  It’s good for finally living the life for which God created you to live.

If you’re wrestling with unconfessed sin in your life, I want to encourage you to prayerfully consider when, where and to whom to confess it.  While it may seem terrifying to admit your sins to God and to the ones you love, the truth is that God already knows about them–and the ones you love are probably already feeling the effects of them.  Finally confessing them will help to identify the source so that things can begin to change.

None of us are without sin, but none of us are beyond God’s forgiveness either.  Whenever we confess our sins to Him, He promises to forgive us and make us pure again.

“If we claim to be without sin, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us.  If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness” (1 John 1:8-9).

If you ever find yourself in need of a prayer of confession and don’t know what to say, here are a few words to help you get started.  One heartfelt prayer can be the turning point of your life, too.

Father, I’m sorry for the sins I’ve committed against You and against others.  I know I can’t make up for these sins, but I know that Jesus has already paid the price for them when He died on the cross.  I am putting my full faith and trust in Jesus right now and I ask Him to be the Lord of my life.  Fill me with Your Holy Spirit so that I can be washed, cleansed, purified, and made righteous again in Your sight.  I pray this all in Jesus’ name, Amen.

Review Questions

1. What did God do to demonstrate His love for us, even while we were still sinning? (Romans 5:8)

2. What question did Jesus ask the blind men when they wanted to be healed? (Matthew 9:28)

3. What is one thing James says we can do so that we may be healed? (James 5:16)

4. What does God promise to do if we confess our sins to Him? (1 John 1:8-9)

CHAPTER 5: KNOWING YOUR SPOUSE

“Now Adam knew Eve and she conceived and bore Cain” (Genesis 4:1, NKJV).

You may have heard about the group of scientists who got together and decided that man had come a long way and no longer needed God.

They picked one scientist to go and tell Him that they were done with Him.  The scientist walked up to God and said, “God, we’ve decided that we no longer need You.  We’re to the point that we can clone people and do many miraculous things, so why don’t You just go on and get lost.”

God listened patiently to the man and when the scientist was done talking, God said, “Very well!  How about this?  Let’s have a man-making contest.”

To which the man replied, “Okay, great!”

But God added, “Now we’re going to do this just like I did back in the old days with Adam.”

The scientist said, “Sure, no problem,” and bent down and grabbed himself a handful of dirt.

God just looked at him and said, “No, no, no.  You go and get your own dirt!”

We may think that our new reproductive technologies are remarkable, like in vitro fertilization, where a man’s sperm and a woman’s eggs are extracted from their bodies and then coaxed together in a test tube.  Or cloning, where scientists take a few cells from one body and try to fuse them together with an egg from another body, and then try to spark life into them by using an electric shock in a sterile lab.  These technologies are remarkable, but compared to the way God designed sex to create a new life in the first place, there’s no doubt in my mind which process is more remarkable–and more fun!

Given the choice, I think most people would rather create a new life the old-fashioned way:  by making love, not just making babies.  The reason for this goes deeper than just the fact that lovemaking can be tremendously fun.

Yada!

The reason is that God wants us to know our husband or wife, deeply and intimately, and making love with them is one of the deepest ways we can know them.  In fact, one of the Hebrew words that is often used in the Bible to describe making love is yada, which literally means “to know.”

For instance, the Bible says:

“Now Adam knew Eve and she conceived and bore Cain” (Genesis 4:1; see also Genesis 4:17, 1 Samuel 1:19, NKJV).

To know someone, in the biblical sense, means to have sexual intercourse with them.  An easy way to remember what the word intimacy means is to think of the phrase “into-me-see.”  When we’re intimate with our husband or wife, we’re allowing them to see into us and they’re allowing us to see into them.

Why does God want you to know your spouse so intimately?  Because God wants you to use your hands, your eyes, your words, your ears, your heart–your whole being–to express His love to them, as well as your own.

As much as God wants to fulfill the desires of your heart, He also wants to fulfill the desires of your spouse’s heart–through you!  In order to do that effectively, it’s  vitally important that you know your spouse, deeply and intimately, so that you can touch them in the way God wants them to be touched.

Why Don’t You Marry Her?

The first time this struck me, that God wanted to work through me to fulfill the desires of Lana’s heart, started before I even thought about marrying her.

Lana was still living in Michigan and I was living in Texas.  Even though we had dated in college, we had broken up two years earlier, but we still talked on the phone from time to time.  One night, Lana told me that she was wondering if God wanted her to stay at her current job or not.  I told her that I was planning a special time of prayer and fasting that week, so I’d pray about her job decision, too.

By day two of my fast, I was feeling spiritually stronger, but a little lightheaded.  I was sitting by a pool in the warm Texas sun, having taken the day off work to pray.  When I began praying for Lana, I didn’t picture her wearing a suit and tie, working for a large corporation for the rest of her life–I pictured her at home, married and raising a family.

That’s it, Lord!  She doesn’t need a different job.  What she needs is a husband who will take care of her so that she can stay home.  I began to pray that God would bring her a husband.

Then these words floated through my mind as clear as the water in front of me:  “Why don’t you marry her?”  

What?!?  That’s not what I was praying about at all!   Maybe the fast was affecting me more than I thought!

But two weeks later, even after my fast was over, the question was still at the forefront of my mind:  “Why don’t you marry her?”

I began to ask myself the same thing:  “Why don’t I marry her?”  It wasn’t that I didn’t like her.  In fact, when we dated in college, I was totally in love with her.  But the reason we broke up two years earlier was because God had already been working on my heart and I felt He was the one prompting me to break up with her.  At the time, I didn’t even know why God would want us to break up.  But in the months following our breakup, both of us decided to put our faith in Christ.  We then began to learn what God says about sex and realized that what we had been doing was wrong.

Now, two years later, and having both given our lives to Christ, maybe God really did want us to get back together!  I had to find out, one way or the other, so I decided to set aside the next three months to pray and see if this question was really from God or not.  Lana and I still talked from time to time, but I didn’t tell her about my prayers, both for her sake and for my own.  I just wanted to hear clearly from God without the pressure of a relationship.

Over those next few months, God put a love in my heart for Lana that surpassed anything I had ever felt before.  I was able to listen to her from a distance and see how she felt on issues that were important to me, her relationship with Christ, and her dreams and desires.  I tried to look at her the way God looks at her to see if I could really meet her needs the way God wanted them to be met.

By the end of the three months of praying, I was about ready to burst!  I was so in love with her that I told God I’d be really mad at Him if He didn’t let me marry her!

Knowing Your Spouse Before Marriage

God cares deeply about who we marry.  I don’t know whether or not God has prearranged, from the beginning of time, who He wants us to marry.  But I do know that He has a definite stake in the decision.

There are certain things that God wants us to know about our spouse even before we marry them.  In several places in the Bible, God gives us clear guidelines, as well as specific guidance, about the person He wants us to marry.

I remember when our first two kids were younger, they wondered if they could marry each other when they grew up.  I’m glad they liked each other so much at the time to even think of it, but we said, “No, God will give you someone else to marry.”

How did we know this and they didn’t?  Because we knew it was against the law and they didn’t, and also because we had read it in the Bible and they hadn’t.  Some of the things we take for granted are obvious to us only because we, or someone before us, has discovered them in God’s Word.  Here are a few of the general guidelines that God gives in the Bible for who He wants us to marry–and not marry.

God wants believers in Christ to marry other believers:  “Do not be yoked together with unbelievers, for what do righteousness and wickedness have in common?” (2 Corinthians 6:14a).

God doesn’t want us to marry someone who would turn our hearts away from Him:  “You must not intermarry with them [those who serve other gods], because they will surely turn your hearts after their gods” (1 Kings 11:2b).

God tells us who is off-limits for sexual relations, and therefore off limits for marriage:

  • We’re not to have sexual relations with any close relative: “No one is to approach any close relative to have sexual relations. I am the LORD” (Leviticus 18:6).  In the same chapter, God then goes on to define close relatives as our parents, children, brothers and sisters, grandparents, grandchildren, aunts and uncles, and nieces and nephews;
  • We’re not to have sexual relations with anyone who is already married, which would be adultery; “Do not have sexual relations with your neighbor’s wife and defile yourself with her” (Leviticus 18:20);
  • Nor with animals, which is called bestiality: “Do not have sexual relations with an animal and defile yourself with it” (Leviticus 18:23a);
  • Nor with people who are the same sex as us, which is called homosexuality among men and lesbianism among women: “Do not lie with a man as one lies with a woman; that is detestable” (Leviticus 18:22) and “Because of this, God gave them over to shameful lusts. Even their women exchanged natural relations for unnatural ones. In the same way the men also abandoned natural relations with women and were inflamed with lust for one another. Men committed indecent acts with other men, and received in themselves the due penalty for their perversion” (Romans 1:26-27).

Those in the Bible who ask for God’s input about who to marry are invariably blessed, such as Isaac and Rebekah (see Genesis 24) and Jacob and Rachel (see Genesis 29).  Those who don’t follow God’s advice invariably pay the price, such as Amnon and Tamar (see 2 Samuel 13:1-21) and Solomon and his foreign wives (see 1 Kings 11:1-4).

This is not to say that God can’t redeem and restore any marriage–because He can and He has!  I’ve seen Him do it several times!  But those who have gone into marriage without listening first to what God says will be the first ones to tell you that they wished they had followed God’s advice.

God cares who you marry because He cares about you, He cares about your spouse, and He cares about the children who may result from your marriage.

A Gift From God

During those three months that I prayed about marrying Lana, I was able to find out several things about her.  I could see that she was a believer and that she would encourage me in my walk with the Lord, not turn me away from Him.  I already knew she wasn’t a close relative, she wasn’t married, she wasn’t an animal, and she wasn’t a man.  So far so good!

When my three months of prayer came to an end, I decided to call Lana and tell her everything that was on my heart.  When we started talking, she told me she had finally decided to quit her job.  She knew it was the right thing to do, but she didn’t know what she was going to do next.  I told her I had an idea!

When I asked her to consider moving to Houston so we could pray together about possibly getting married, she was the one that went into shock!  What?!? she thought.  That’s not what I was praying about at all!  

Now she needed some time to pray about it.  During those next few months, there was nothing I could do but wait.  At one point during this time, when I honestly didn’t know what Lana might decide, I read this passage in the Bible:

“May He give you the desire of your heart and make all your plans succeed. We will shout for joy when you are victorious and will lift up our banners in the name of our God.  May the LORD grant all your requests” (Psalm 20:4-5).

Once again, the words of the Bible seemed to leap off the page.  I knew in that moment that Lana was the desire of my heart.  Although I knew it might sound like a childish prayer, I said, “Lord, You’ve already given me more than I deserve by forgiving my sins and giving me eternal life with You.  But if I could ask you for only one gift the rest of my life, it would be to marry Lana.”   I had no idea if God would grant me my request, and I was willing to trust Him whatever the outcome, but I also knew that I would “shout for joy,” as it said in Psalm 20, if He did let me marry her!

Less than a year later, as we were standing at the altar exchanging our wedding vows, I looked at Lana with tears in my eyes and a lump in my throat and said, “Lana, ever since I read Psalm 20 that said, ‘May He give you the desire of your heart’ I’ve known that you are the desire of my heart. … You are a gift from God to me, and I plan to treat you as a gift.”

Making Love

A husband or wife really is a gift from God–and God wants us to treat them as gifts.  That includes the way we treat them sexually.  One of the problems with sex is that people often use it to get what they want, rather than to give what God wants.  Making love is more than just another term for sex, it also describes the way we should do it.

There are times when I’ll look at Lana and ask myself, If God were here right now, what would He do to bless her?  How would He want me to use my hands, my words, my eyes, my ears, and my heart to bless her in a special way?  Sometimes I’ll sense that God wants me to caress her forehead, stroke her hair, or give her gentle kisses on her lips and cheeks.  While it’s nearly impossible for me not to take pleasure in this, too, my honest motivation at times like these is not to satisfy my own desires, but to let God work through me to satisfy hers.  I usually find that by blessing her, God uses her to bless me back!

By knowing our spouse, deeply and intimately, we can better minister to their needs.  The Bible says that husbands and wives ought to care for each other’s bodies as if they were their own:

“In this same way, husbands ought to love their wives as their own bodies. He who loves his wife loves himself. After all, no one ever hated his own body, but he feeds and cares for it, just as Christ does the church–for we are members of His body” (Ephesians 5:28-30).

Ironically, some people will joke with their spouse when they don’t want to have sex by saying, “Not tonight, honey, I have a headache.”  But in reality, sex might be just what the doctor ordered.  I’ve been amazed that throughout our married life, whenever my wife really does have a headache, godly caressing and lovemaking has brought about the complete and total cure!  God has been able to work through me to bring about the healing she needs.

I’d like to give you a short list of suggestions for how to truly make love with your spouse, all of which revolve around knowing your spouse.

  1. Treat one another with love and respect.  God wants to use our hands, our bodies and our words to express His love to our spouses, not in any way that is hurtful or disrespectful.  Does this delight my spouse?  Does it make them feel truly loved and respected?  Does it make them feel appreciated and genuinely cared for?  “However, each one of you also must love his wife as he loves himself, and the wife must respect her husband” (Ephesians 5:33).
  2. Build each other up, not tear each other down.  Some types of touching may be exciting to us, but may cause physical or emotional harm to our spouse or to ourselves.  God has wired our bodies to sense pain so that we can tell when something needs extra care.  “Love is patient, love is kind. It does not envy, it does not boast, it is not proud.  It is not rude, it is not self-seeking, it is not easily angered, it keeps no record of wrongs. Love does not delight in evil but rejoices with the truth.  It always protects, always trusts, always hopes, always perseveres” (1 Corinthians 13:4-7).
  3. Make love regularly.  The Bible doesn’t give us a “norm” for how often a married couple should engage in sex, but it does say that we should not deprive each other of these times of intimacy, except when both spouses agree and only for a limited time.  Ask God what He wants you to do for your spouse, inviting His Holy Spirit into your lives to help you find what may even be creative ways to bless them.  “The husband should fulfill his marital duty to his wife, and likewise the wife to her husband.  The wife’s body does not belong to her alone but also to her husband. In the same way, the husband’s body does not belong to him alone but also to his wife.  Do not deprive each other except by mutual consent and for a time, so that you may devote yourselves to prayer. Then come together again so that Satan will not tempt you because of your lack of self-control” (1 Corinthians 7:3-5).
  4. Take time to learn the differences between your own body and your spouse’s.  While most men can be aroused and have an orgasm within just a few minutes, it takes most women twenty minutes or more to have an orgasm.  While a man may be ready to engage in full sexual intercourse within the first few minutes, he would find his wife is much more receptive after taking twenty minutes or more to just talk and touch and caress her until she is ready, too. I shared this simple fact with a friend before his wedding and when he came back from his honeymoon, he said that knowing this fact had made all the difference in the way he approached sex with his new wife and their mutual experience of it.  If there’s one book about sex that I would recommend to you so that you can learn more about your spouse and godly lovemaking, it would be Dr. Ed and Gaye Wheats’ book, Intended For Pleasure.
  5. Recognize the unique way God created humans to make love.  Did you know that human beings are the only creatures that can engage in sexual intercourse face-to-face?  This is one of many facts I learned from the Wheats’ book that has helped me to appreciate even more the way God created our bodies to relate sexually.  While many books about sex go into great detail about various sexual positions a couple might try, don’t think it’s a small thing to make love in one of the most obvious positions of all–face-to-face with your husband or wife, a position that God has reserved for humans alone.
  6. Pray for each other daily. One simple thing that Lana and I have done since the beginning of our marriage is to go to bed together at the same time whenever we can, and to pray for each other, out loud, every night before going to sleep.  This has helped us to know each other even better, as we share about the important things in our lives needing prayer.  It allows us to cover each other in prayer, as well as to regularly “clear the air” if there has been any tension between us during the day, as the Bible encourages all of us to do:  “Do not let the sun go down while you are still angry…” (Ephesians 4:26b).  This time of spiritual intimacy is often a precursor to a time of physical intimacy.

Our lovemaking can and should be life-giving, not destructive in any way.  As Jesus said:

“The thief [Satan] comes only to steal and kill and destroy; I have come that they may have life, and have it to the full” (John 10:10).

By knowing your spouse, deeply and intimately, this can be yet another way that you can experience just such a full and abundant life.  And as you’ll see in the next chapter, it can bring about an abundance of life in other ways, too!

Review Questions

1. What is the meaning behind the Hebrew word “yada” which the Bible uses to describe sexual relations? (as used in Genesis 4:1, NKJV)

2. Who are some of the people listed in the Bible with whom God does not want us to engage in sexual relations or marriage? (2 Corinthians 6:14, 1 Kings 11:2, Leviticus 18)

3. How does God want husbands and wives to treat each other’s bodies? (Ephesians 5:28-30)

4. What are some additional ways that God wants us to treat each other that can also be applied to sexual intimacy? (Ephesians 5:33, 1 Corinthians 13:4-7, 1 Corinthians 7:3-5)

CHAPTER 6: VIEWING CHILDREN AS BLESSINGS

“God blessed them and said to them, ‘Be fruitful and increase in number'” (Genesis 1:28)

If God wanted to bless you, what do you think those blessings might look like?  Don’t be surprised if they actually look a little bit like you!

For Adam and Eve, whom the Bible says were the first people that God “blessed,” God told them what form their blessing would take:  “God blessed them and said to them, ‘Be fruitful and increase in number'” (Genesis 1:28).  God could have blessed them and said, “Here, have four or five vacation homes!” or “Here, have nine or ten priceless cars!”  But instead He blessed them and said, “Here, have a bunch of kids!”  At first glance, some people might wonder if that was a blessing or a curse!

But a deeper look into the heart of God, as revealed from cover to cover in the Bible, shows that children are regarded as blessings from Him.  When God wanted to bless someone in the Bible, that blessing often took the form of a child.

When God “blessed” Adam and Eve, telling them to be fruitful and multiply, they did–having one child, then two, then three, and then “other sons and daughters” (see Genesis 5:4).

When God “blessed” Abraham and Sarah, He gave them a child, and told them that their descendants would one day be “as numerous as the stars of the sky and as the sand on the seashore” (see Genesis 22:17-18).

When God “blessed” Job after all of the tragedy that Job went through, God gave him all kinds of “stuff”–and ten children!  Those children had children of their own, who had children of their own, who had children of their own.  Job was eventually able to see “his children and their children to the fourth generation” (see Job 42:12-16).

I’ve noticed that most self-help books that talk about how to have a more blessed sex life rarely, if ever, mention the blessings of children that result from sex.  But from God’s point of view, the blessing of sex and the blessing of children go together, which brings us back full circle to the twin purposes for which God created sex in the first place:  for intimacy and fruitfulness.

This is not to say that if we don’t have children, or if we have only one child or a few children that we are not blessed by God.  As I’ve read through the Bible, God doesn’t give an optimal number of children for anyone.  Sarah had one, Rebekah had two, Eve had many–Jesus didn’t have any.  What I do find in the Bible is that each of these people viewed children as blessings from God regardless of how many, if any, they had.

But getting God’s mindset about children doesn’t always come naturally.

Getting God’s Mindset

When I was about twelve, an exchange student from another country lived with our family.  When she told us about her family and how she and her ten brothers and sisters all lived in a small house in what we would consider poverty, we felt sorry for her.  There were three of us kids in our family and we felt rich by comparison.  What a shock it was to later hear that her father felt sorry for us!  How poor that family must be, he thought, to have so few children.

I had to rethink my definition of what it means to be rich and what it means to be poor!  Several years later, when I was about to marry Lana, I had to rethink my definition even more!

As Lana and I talked about our future together, she told me that she wanted to have twelve kids!  She came from a family of nine and said that she always wished there were more kids around to play with.  In my family of three kids, I was thrilled whenever I had the peace and quiet of the house all to myself.  Somebody’s mindset was going to have to change!

With our wedding just a few months away, I began to pray that God would give us the exact number of children He wanted us to have.  Six kids later, I’m still praying!

As I began to read the Bible on the subject of children, I began to see that person after person viewed children as blessings.

When King Solomon wrote about children, he said, “Blessed is the man whose quiver is full of them” (Psalm 127:5a).  When Mary found out she was pregnant with Jesus, she said, “From now on all generations will call me blessed…” (Luke 1:48b).  When some little children came up to Jesus, the disciples tried to “shoo” them away.  Jesus responded with these classic words, “Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them, for the kingdom of heaven belongs to such as these” (Matthew 19:14).  Whether we have one child, ten children or no children, God wants our hearts towards children to be the same as His:  viewing them as blessings from Him and blessings to Him.

While my mindset towards children began to change when I got married, to be honest, my heart didn’t catch up until Lana was pregnant with our third child.  Not that I wasn’t thrilled for the first two!  But with the uncertainty of what to expect during the first pregnancy and with the health complications that Lana experienced early on with the second, it wasn’t until the third pregnancy that I was finally able to relax and genuinely feel that God was blessing me.  In fact, I felt it so strongly when I found out Lana was pregnant for the third time, we decided to name our third child with two names that mean “blessing”–a double blessing!  I felt that I could finally see the true blessing of children from God’s point of view.

Sex, with God’s Blessing

As our view of sex lines up more and more with God’s view of sex, the blessings that come from sex become much more evident.  Bill Allison, the founder of Cadre Ministries, tells the story about a time when he was praying the prayer of Jabez and asking God to expand his borders.  When his wife became pregnant with their sixth child, she said, “He prayed, and I’m the one who got expanded!”

Having God’s mindset about children can change the actual experience of sex, too.  To make love with your spouse without fear of pregnancy, but actually thinking about it and looking forward to it as a blessing from God, is enough to knock your socks off.  Sex can be more fun and more exciting when there’s no holding back, knowing that what you’re doing is with the full knowledge of, consent of, and blessing of God.

For me, when Lana’s been pregnant, our times of intimacy have been just as enjoyable, if not more so.  Perhaps it has something to do with knowing that the child conceived within her has been conceived as a result of our lovemaking, not to mention the fact that her hormones double daily during pregnancy.

On the other hand, someone might rightfully ask:  “But isn’t it a lot of work to take care of kids?”  Absolutely!

As blessings of any kind increase, so do the responsibilities.  Jesus says:

“From everyone who has been given much, much will be demanded; and from the one who has been entrusted with much, much more will be asked” (Luke 12:48b).

Anyone who actually owns two or three vacation homes or two or three cars–let alone nine or ten–would attest to this fact.  Between all of the maintenance, repairs, taxes, insurance, and the ongoing investment of time, all these things can threaten to steal the joy from even the most enthusiastic homeowner or car lover.  The key to keeping your joy is keeping God’s perspective at the forefront of your mind–not a trivial task some days!–but a task that can turn something that might feel like a burden back into the blessing that God intended it to be.

God wants us to get His perspective on life, which doesn’t always come naturally.  As God says:

“For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways,” declares the Lord. “As the heavens are higher than the earth so are My ways higher than your ways and My thoughts than your thoughts” (Isaiah 55:8-9).

But when we ask Him to, God will help us to close the gap between His thoughts and ways and ours.  And when He does, it can make all the difference in the world, as I’ll share in the next and final chapter.

Review Questions

1. When God blessed Adam and Eve, with what did He bless them? (Genesis 1:28, Genesis 5:4)

2. What are some other examples from the Bible where children were viewed as blessings? (Genesis 22:17-18, Job 42:12-16, Psalm 127:5, Luke 1:48)

3. What also increases as the blessings of God increase? (Luke 12:48)

4. How different are our thoughts and ways compared to God’s? (Isaiah 55:8-9)

CHAPTER 7: THE DIFFERENCE GOD MAKES

“Therefore everyone who hears these words of Mine and puts them into practice is like a wise man who built his house on the rock” (Matthew 7:24).

There’s so much more I still want to tell you.  There’s so much more God still wants to tell you!  But I hope that what I’ve told you so far will give you a good foundation for everything else that God says about sex.

While there are many other issues that I could address here, and that God does address in the Bible, I feel that those I’ve covered so far will help to put many of the others into place.

The evangelist D. L. Moody said, “The best way to show that a stick is crooked is not to argue about it or to spend time denouncing it, but to lay a straight stick alongside it” (Love is the Greatest, George Sweeting, p. 81).

I hope this book will serve as a “straight stick” for you as you come across other issues related to sex.

Here’s a recap of some of the main points I hope you’ve gotten from this book so far:

  1. God created sex for the twin purposes of intimacy and fruitfulness.  God loves people and He doesn’t want them to be alone.  Through sex, He’s made a way to fulfill the desires of His heart, while at the same time fulfilling the desires of our hearts.
  2. God wants us to stay pure both before and within marriage. God wants us to treat others as if they’re someone else’s husband or wife until the day that we marry them, because until that day, they still might be.
  3. God wants us to flee from temptation.  God knows what it’s like to be tempted and He will always provide us a way out of temptation if we’ll look for it and take it.  God wants us to learn to control our bodies, to pray against temptation, and to run from it!
  4. God wants us to confess our sins so we can become pure again.  God doesn’t want Satan to keep us down when we sin.  By confessing our sins to Him and putting our faith in Jesus, God promises to forgive us of our sins so that we can live the life He’s called us to live, both here on earth and on into heaven.
  5. God wants us to know our spouse intimately and regularly. God wants us to take time to know the husband or wife He has created for us, both before and after marriage.  The better we know them, the better we can treat them as the gifts from God that they truly are.
  6. God wants us to view children as blessings.  By asking God to give us His mindset towards children, we can’t help but experience His blessings, regardless of how many, if any, children God might give us.

Before I close, I’d like to share with you the most profound difference that God has made in my life when I finally put into practice what He says about sex.  There’s no doubt that God wants us to know what He says about sex.  But knowing what He says and putting it into practice are two different things.  Jesus said it this way:

“Therefore everyone who hears these words of Mine and puts them into practice is like a wise man who built his house on the rock. The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house; yet it did not fall, because it had its foundation on the rock. But everyone who hears these words of Mine and does not put them into practice is like a foolish man who built his house on sand. The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house, and it fell with a great crash” (Matthew 7:24-27).

Have you heard the story about the five frogs who were sitting on a log when one of them decided to jump off?  How many frogs were still left on the log?  All five!  One of them had only decided to jump off.

It’s one thing to decide to do what God says; it’s another to take the leap of faith and actually do it.  But when you do, hang on!  God will do for you more than all you could ask or imagine.

I know, because I’ve taken that leap myself.

The Difference God has Made for Me

I mentioned in the dedication of this book that my children might not be here today if it weren’t for the things I learned from God and have shared in this book.  I wasn’t kidding!

When I was living for my own desires, doing whatever felt good, I was on a path headed towards destruction and didn’t even know it.  I was just following my desires wherever they led me.

For a few years in college, my desires even led me into homosexuality, being sexually intimate with other men.  These relationships seemed to fulfill a valid need I had for close friendships with other men.  I didn’t realize that the way I was fulfilling that need wasn’t the way God wanted me to fulfill it.  I was just having fun, not realizing the danger that this presented to my life, nor the danger that this presented to God’s plan for my future.

The term AIDS was a new word at that time to describe the deadly condition that many homosexual men were contracting from their sexual activity with one another.  It never occurred to me that I could possibly get AIDS until several years later, just a few days after I had put my faith in Christ.  But that same week, someone happened to ask me if I had ever been tested for AIDS.  I hadn’t, so I went in for a test.  That’s when it hit me:  what I had been doing wasn’t just about fun and games, it was about life and death.  In the following week, as I waited for the results of the test to come back, I was afraid for my life.  I wasn’t afraid for my soul, because I had already put my faith in Christ.  I knew that God had forgiven me and that He would bring me to live with Him in heaven, even if I did die.  But I didn’t want to die.  I wanted to live the fullest possible life that God had created me to live.

You can imagine my relief when they gave me the results:  I didn’t have AIDS.  I don’t know why I was spared when others haven’t been, whether they’re Christians or not.  It certainly wasn’t because I deserved it.  But I knew that whatever the reason, I now had another shot at life.  I felt as if God had picked me up off the path of death and had put me on the path of life, and life abundant.

On this new path, God has given me a wife and six kids as a result of our sexual intimacy–life abundant!

What difference can it make to follow God’s plan for your life instead of your own?  For me, for my wife, and for our six kids who might never have been born, it’s made all the difference in the world.

God’s Blessing for You

The evangelist Billy Graham once gave a clear and concise summary of the difference God makes in our sex lives:

“Sex is the most wonderful thing on this earth, as long as God is in it.  When the Devil gets in it, it’s the most terrible thing on earth” (Just As I Am, Billy Graham, p. 244).

I couldn’t agree more.  If for any reason sex ever becomes, or has already become, one of the most terrible things on earth for you, I want to encourage you to keep turning to God and keep putting your faith in Him for everything in your life.  Ask Him to give you a new vision for how He wants you to view and experience sex.  There’s too much at stake for you to wait any longer–for you, for those around you, and for those who may not yet even be born.

Ask God to pick you up and put you on His path of life abundant, to send His Holy Spirit to keep you on that path, and to bless your life beyond all you could ask or imagine.

When you do, you’ll find that God is faithful.  When you delight yourself in Him, He will give you the desires of your heart.  That’s a promise straight from the Word of God:

“Delight yourself in the LORD and He will give you the desires of your heart” (Psalm 37:4).

And it’s my heartfelt prayer for you.

“May He give you the desire of your heart
and make all your plans succeed.
We will shout for joy when you are victorious
and will lift up our banners in the name of our God.
May the Lord grant all your requests.”
Psalm 20:4-5

Review Questions

1. How would you summarize at least three things that God says about sex in the Bible? 

2. What did Jesus say the difference would be between those who hear what God says and those who do what God says? (Matthew 7:24-27)

3. What difference did it make in the life of the author to get God’s perspective on sex?

4. What does God promise to give you if you delight yourself in Him? (Psalm 37:4)

APPENDIX: WHAT IS SEX, ANYWAY?

“For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and they will become one flesh” (Genesis 2:24).

Sex is the process by which many living things reproduce, from plants, trees and animals, to birds, fish and people.

Sex is also one of the most incredible processes ever conceived in the mind of God.  I’ve been at the birth of each of my children, and the way a child is born is astounding.  But I’ve also been at the conception of each of my children, that moment in time when they were created, and I can say that the way a child is conceived in the first place is equally astounding, if not more so!

I’d like to describe that process to you here, as God has revealed it to us through the design of nature itself.  Although I’ve taken great care to describe this process in a simple way, don’t mistake my simple description for a simple process. The human reproductive system is one of the most intricate and complex systems ever created.

Sex 101

Babies are very fragile and need a safe place to grow, so God created just such a place inside each woman called a womb.  The womb is made of a soft, expandable tissue that gently cuddles a baby.

But a baby doesn’t start as a full-grown baby; it starts as a tiny egg, smaller than the dot at the end of this sentence.  When a woman reaches puberty, the age when she’s old enough to start having children, God designed her body to begin to release eggs into her womb.  About once every month, an egg is released from a small holding area, called an ovary, just above the wombWhen the ovary releases the egg, the egg glides down a thin tube towards the womb.  There are two of these ovaries and two of these tubes that lead into the womb.  Only one of the ovaries will usually release an egg each month.

The egg gradually makes its way through the tube, waiting to be fertilized, something I’ll discuss below.  If the egg isn’t fertilized within a few days, it simply travels on through the womb and down a larger tube that comes out of a woman’s body called the vagina.  The vagina is the central opening of the three openings between a woman’s legs.  The urethra, where the urine, or liquid waste comes out, is in front of the vagina, and the rectum, where the bowel movements, or solid waste comes out, is behind it.

The egg that comes out of the vagina is too small to be seen, but some of the blood that lines the inside walls of the womb does come out with the egg as a way of cleansing the womb before the process starts all over again.  Because this flow of blood containing the egg usually happens about once a month, or periodically, people call this monthly flow a period.  

The next month, the process starts over and another egg is released from one of the ovaries.  This egg then travels down the tube, called the fallopian tube, towards the womb, also called the uterus, to be possibly fertilized.  If the egg isn’t fertilized, it travels on through the womb and down the vagina, then comes out with the blood from the womb in the next period.

The release of eggs within a woman is important, but without fertilization, a baby can’t be created.  Fertilization is the spark that creates a new life.  Fertilization occurs when something called a sperm comes into contact with an egg.  Sperm are also very tiny; they’re even smaller than the egg.

But a woman’s body doesn’t produce sperm.  Sperm are only produced inside a man’s body.  Just as a woman’s body contains two ovaries where eggs are stored, a man’s body contains two testicles where sperm are produced.  These two testicles are held in a sack of skin, called the scrotum, found between a man’s legs.  The sperm must be kept a little cooler than the rest of the body, so God created this sack to hang just outside the man’s body to keep the temperature just right.

When a man gets old enough to start having children, his testicles begin to produce sperm.  Since a sperm and an egg must come into contact with each other in order to create a child, God designed a way to get the sperm and egg together without ever having to travel outside a human body.  And the way God brings the sperm and egg together is through this incredible experience called sex.

Our bodies are wired with special nerves near the surface of our skin that can make us feel great when someone gives us a hug or a kiss.  But God has saved a romantic kind of hugging and kissing that we can enjoy with our husbands or wives that can feel even more amazing.

During these special times of hugging and kissing, a man’s penis is stimulated by all the touching so that it becomes straight and firm, even though it’s still soft to the touch.  The penis becomes this way as blood rushes into it and flows into a unique type of body tissue found in the penis.

As the man and woman snuggle closer to each other, his penis begins to release a smooth, clear, lotion-like fluid called semen.  In the same way, the woman’s body releases a similarly smooth and clear fluid that lubricates her vagina, the tube that leads into her womb.  All of this naturally produced lotion makes the rubbing and touching even more smooth and wonderful.

God has designed the woman’s vagina to be soft and expandable so that her husband’s penis can fit softly and snugly inside it. As a man and woman continue to love each other in this way, with his penis gently rubbing inside her vagina, the rubbing movements eventually trigger millions of these minuscule sperm to be released from the testicles and they combine with the semen. The combined sperm and semen then travel up through the penis and into the woman’s vagina and then on into the woman’s womb.

If one of the woman’s ovaries has already released an egg into the tube leading to the womb, the first sperm to reach the egg and come into contact with it sparks the process of fertilization.  When that happens, a moment called conception, a new life is created and begins to grow in the womb.

After the sperm has been released from the man into the woman, the man’s penis begins to relax, and the husband and wife can continue to hold each other, hugging and kissing as long as they want.

The biological term for this process is sexual intercourse, which is usually just shortened to the word sex.  Because this process feels so great and makes a husband and wife feel so loved by each other, the experience is sometimes called making love.

God calls it becoming one flesh:

“For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and they will become one flesh”  (Genesis 2:24).

I call it a miracle!  I’ve never experienced anything like it in all my life.

When I first learned about sex, I thought that it was one of the most unusual things I had ever heard.  But since then, I’ve learned that it’s not unusual at all to God.  This is the process He’s been using for thousands of years to create new life.

If you ever have questions about sex, or about anything for that matter, ask God to give you His wisdom.  He’ll be glad to pour it out on you in abundance:

“If any of you lacks wisdom, he should ask God, who gives generously to all without finding fault, and it will be given to him” (James 1:5).

Review Questions

1. What two things does God bring together through sex to create a child–one from a woman’s body and one from a man’s?

2. What happens to a woman’s egg if it has not been fertilized within a certain period of time?

3. What does God say that a man and his wife become when they are united together?  (Genesis 2:24)

4. What does God promise to give generously to those who ask Him for it? (James 1:5)

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Described by USA Today as “a new breed of evangelist,” Eric Elder is an ordained pastor, the father of six kids, and the creator of The Ranch, a faith-boosting website that attracts thousands of visitors each month at www.TheRanch.org.

Eric is also an inspirational writer and speaker, having written about God for publications like Billy Graham’s Decision Magazine, and spoken about sex at national conferences like the International Freedom Conference.

By combining the topics of God and sex into this one book, Eric has created a short work that speaks volumes. Adults will appreciate his helpful insights and practical wisdom, parents will appreciate his tasteful approach to a delicate subject, and teens and pre-teens will appreciate his openness, honesty, and sense of humor which are woven throughout the pages of this book.

To listen to, download or order more inspiring resources, please visit: www.TheRanch.org

What God Says About Sex, by Eric Elder

WHAT GOD SAYS ABOUT SEX, an inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex, by Eric Elder. Also available in paperback and eBook formats in our bookstore for a donation of any size!

An inspirational book to help you discover and put into practice what God says about sex.

A great book on a compelling topic for people of all ages, from those just learning about sex to those who would like a clear understanding of what God says about sex in the Bible.  A reader writes: “…heartwarming, honest, insightful and quite provocative.” Another writes: “Although this is a short work, it speaks volumes.” A mother writes: “After only a few pages, I knew I could trust this book in the hands of my daughters.” A father writes: “It’s the kind of book I could read to my son and not be ashamed.”  118 pages.

(Suggested Donation: $12 or more)

paypal-donate-button-cc-lgAlso available from Amazon.com.

News From The Ranch – July 2006

The Newsletter of Eric Elder Ministries

Persevering to finish God’s work, summer speaking, Clover Ranch update

The result of perseverance: Thomas Edison's 1880 light bulb that finally succeeded after thousands of failed attempts.

The result of perseverance: Thomas Edison’s 1880 light bulb that finally succeeded after thousands of failed attempts.

Dear Friends,

If you’ve been waiting for answers to your prayers, you’re not alone! I want to encourage you today to persevere…God will honor your persistent prayers.

I’ve been working on and off for the past seven years writing a little book called“What God Says about Sex.” It’s only about 100 pages long, but I’ve found, like many others, that condensing a book into as few words as possible is often harder than writing everything we could possibly write on a topic.

Every time I’ve felt like I was getting close to completing it, I just didn’t feel like it conveyed what I was trying to convey. Many times I’ve felt like giving up, but I knew that I needed to press on. When working on other projects, I usually finally reach a point where I think, “That’s it! That’s just what I wanted it to look like!”

But after seven years, I just couldn’t get to that point, and I wondered if this time I might not get there. I didn’t know if it was still years away from finishing it, or if the end was just around the corner. A few months ago, I was at that point of questioning again if I’d ever be able to finish it when I was encouraged by a quote by Thomas Edison.

Edison had worked non-stop for several years trying to perfect the light bulb, experimenting with literally thousands of ideas for a filament that would burn bright enough to give off light, but last long enough to be practical in a common home.After testing more than 6,000 ideas for filaments, from bamboo to cedar to hickory, he finally landed on something that burned bright enough and long enough to work: carbonized cotton.

He finally patented his idea on January 27, 1880. The picture above is of one of his bulbs from 1880, and shows that it is almost identical to the bulbs used in millions of homes today, every day. Edison’s perseverance paid off, not only for him, but for all of us who have benefited from his perseverance (otherwise I’d have to type this email by candlelight!)

Edison’s quote that kept me going was this:

“Many of life’s failures are people who did not realize how close they were to success when they gave up.”

I wondered if I was closer to being finished than I thought, so I pressed on. Within a few weeks, I finally finished the book, and I’m thrilled with the way it’s turned out.

I’ll share more with you about the book in the future, as I’m still praying about the best way to publish it. But for today, I just wanted to share my story and Edison’s story with you to encourage you to persevere in whatever God has called you to do.

Maybe you’re needing to persevere in praying for a family member, or co-worker, or friend to turn their life over to Christ. Maybe you’re needing to persevere in your in ministry or in your business. Maybe you’re needing to persevere in a relationship that God has ordained but that is currently struggling. Or maybe you’re needing to persevere in breaking off a relationship that God hasn’t ordained but that you’re struggling to give up.

Whatever God has put on your heart to do, do it! It’s the most loving thing you can do for yourself, for God and for others. Love and perseverance go together, as the Bible tells us in one of the most famous passages about love:

“It always protects, always trusts, always hopes, always perseveres.” (1 Corinthians 13:7).

Take heart from Thomas Edison! Take heart from my story! Take heart from the words of God in the Bible! You may be closer to success than you think!

Eric Elder


Summer Speaking

I was able to finish my book on “What God Says about Sex” in time to give a workshop on the topic at the national conference for Exodus International in June. The conference is specifically for those struggling with various sexual issues in their lives, including homosexuality and lesbianism, and for those who minister to others regarding their sexuality. Although the conference is over, you can still get a copy of my talk on CD for yourself, or for someone you know who might benefit from it. The CD’s are available from the company that taped the conference at this link (mine is the first workshop listed on the page):
http://www.catapes.com

Lana and I also got to speak several times in the past few months. Lana led the devotionals one morning for the youth from our church at a youth conference she attended in Tennessee with Karis and Lucas. Then Lana and I led several of the morning devotionals for a group of about 85 of us from Streator who spent 9 days camping together at the Cornerstone Music Festival. And Karis and Lucas joined us for speaking at two churches about our missions trip to Africa last March. It’s been a busy couple of months, but has been a great way to combine ministry time and family time!


Back at The Ranch

Clover Ranch LevelingBack at The Ranch website, we’re continuing with the final 15 lessons of a 50 lesson study through the book of Exodus. You can watch these half-hour videos which I upload each week to the website, or you can read a condensed text version which I send out to over 12,000 people weekly as part of the ministry of This Day’s Thought (www.thisdaysthought.org). If you’re not yet receiving these weekly devotionals but would like to, you can sign up for them.

Back at the “real” ranch, our newly purchased Clover Ranch in central Illinois, we’re continuing to work on the house and the grounds. We’ll have a list in the future of special needs that you might want to help out with, and/or opportunities for you to come and visit yourself! But for now, we’d appreciate your prayers that God will give us His wisdom and vision for how best to develop the property into a place where people can seek God…and find Him.


Please Pray With Us

Father, thank You

  • for encouraging each of us to persevere and finish what You’ve put on our hearts,
  • for the chances we all have to speak about you to our friends, family, and those seeking Your answers to life’s questions,
  • And for helping the ministry of The Ranch reach out to people in person and over the Internet.

Father, we pray

  • for the perseverance to finish all that You’ve put on each of our hearts to do, including getting this book published to reach as many people as possible,
  • for wisdom as we convert Clover Ranch into a place that can draw people to You,
  • And that You would continue to help people find their way to The Ranch on the Internet so they can find their way to You.

We pray this all in Jesus’ name, Amen.

Thanks for your prayers!
Eric Elder

The Ranch Fellowship is a non-profit 501(c)(3) religious organization whose purpose is to share the message of Jesus Christ throughout the world. Click here to read more about our ministry.

To give a gift to The Ranch and to yourself, please visit The Ranch Giftshop.
To make a donation without ordering, just click Make A Donation.

Planting Hope In Swaziland

A five-minute summary of our garden-planting trip to Swaziland in March, 2006. As told by Eric & Lana Elder, Karis and Lucas Elder, and Felicia Lamb. This trip was organized by Heart for Africa, also known as Dream for Africa, which was founded by Bruce Wilkinson, author of the Prayer of Jabez.

Read The Video Transcript

(Lana) After planning and praying for more than a year, the day finally came when we were packed and ready to go on our missions trip to Africa. We were headed to the Kingdom of Swaziland, a small country nestled in the mountains of South Africa. Our goal was to plant hundreds of backyard vegetable gardens for the beautiful Swazi people. It was an experience we’ll never forget.

(Lucas) After landing in South Africa, we still had a five hour bus ride to get to our hotel in Swaziland. But it was fun because we got to meet some of the other people who came on the trip. There were a total of 80 of us, including a small group of kids. It turned out that we would spend a lot of our time in Swaziland driving…and driving…and driving…

(Eric) We were told that the region we’d be planting in was one of the hardest to reach in the country, and I’m sure it was. You wouldn’t have found any of these roads on MapQuest! We had split up into 13 smaller teams and each day our team would drive about two hours through the mountains on winding dirt roads to reach our area. The first day, our task was to meet with the chiefs of the chiefdoms where we would be planting. Since our chief had recently died, we met with some other leaders of the area in their community building. After our host pastor explained the planting process and we all exchanged greetings (Sanibonani, yeabo), we were ready to plant our first gardens.

(Felicia) The gardens we were planting were small, backyard gardens with tomatoes, onions, cabbage and spinach. The Swazi’s already grow a lot of corn, and that’s typically what they eat throughout the year…corn meal, corn bread, roasted corn, corn everything! But because the Swazi’s have the highest rate of HIV infections in the world — 42% — they need more nutrition in their diet to help them fight off diseases. So by planting other kinds of vegetables right near their homes, they’ll have a better chance of living a longer life.

(Karis) When we were done with one garden, we’d get back into the van, or we’d take a long walk to the next home. Because we were trying to reach as many homes as possible, the people were told to go and prepare a small piece of land near their home, digging up the ground and putting up a fence to keep animals out. Depending on the number of people in the household, we would give them a different number of these small gardens, each about the size of a door. Even though we weren’t there long, we were glad that we got to spend a our lot of time in Swaziland planting…and planting…and planting.

(Lana) We also spent a lot of time praying. We would pray for every garden when we were finished, and we would pray for anyone who was sick or in need in their homes, like the family whose father and mother and two children who were all HIV positive, or the woman who had been struck by lighting, or the family where a seventeen year old boy had recently died. When we were rained out from planting one day, we went on a prayer-walk in the city of Manzini, sharing about Jesus with people on the street and praying for the sick at a medical clinic.

(Karis) One of the highlights of the trip was getting to spend some time with the orphans and other kids at the El Shaddai orphanage and the Moneni Care Point. We got to worship with the kids at the orphanage, and planted a large garden at the care point. We had so much fun making balloon animals for the kids and giving out gifts. We were able to give them dolls and blankets and hats that some friends had donated for our trip.

(Lucas) The people at El Shaddai made a big lunch for everyone. I even tried the chicken heads. They tasted like, uh, chicken. The kids sang a lot of songs for us … and then we sang some songs for them.

(Lana) To everyone who helped out with this trip, through your gifts and prayers, please know that each one of you really did make a difference. The people were so thankful that we had come. They were thankful for the prayers, for the seedlings and most of all for the hope that God still cares for them.

By the end of the trip, it felt like what we were doing for the people of Swaziland was just a drop in the bucket for what they needed. But all of our drops added up.Because of your help, eighty of us were able to plant and distribute over 8,000 gardens; we were able to pray and spend time with hundreds of people along the way; and we were able to be the hands of Christ to people who truly needed a hand.

From all of us, to all of you, thank you.

(Thank You in Siswati) Translation: What she is saying now is thank you very much for giving her seedlings, because she knows that those seedlings belong to her, and now they are coming up alright, she’s going to eat and have a very good meal.

Note: To find out more about future missions trips to Africa, visit Heart for Africa at www.heartforafrica.org.

Douglas Gresham — Now, once again loaded with responsibilities…

Now, once again loaded with responsibilities- two orphaned teenage boys, an elderly alcoholic brother, and a household- bereaved and sorrowing, ill and tired, Jack [C. S. Lewis] discovered one of the greatest secrets of life: that no matter what is actually happening around you, you can still be content if you hand your life over entirely to Christ.  Jack settled into a contentment that is hard to understand.  He had to retire from Cambridge University.  He was no longer able to go for the long walks he had delighted in.  He was not allowed to drink wine or beer, not allowed to eat anything other than a strict diet prescribed by his doctors.  All the pleasures of his life had been taken away from him as also had been the love of his life [the loss of his wife], and yet he was content.  He was in that rare stature in which his physical disabilities and his emotional distresses no longer affected his happiness or lack of it.  He had finally become able to make God the center of his life and to regard himself as merely a bit player in the drama.  He was not exactly happy; he had merely come to the conclusion that his happiness was not what he should be seeking at all.  In fact it was completely irrelevant, and therefore he was content to be without it.
Douglas Gresham

John Donne — The whole life of Christ…

The whole life of Christ was a continual Passion; others die martyrs but Christ was born a martyr.  He found a Golgotha even in Bethlehem, where he was born; for to his tenderness then the straws were almost as sharp as the thorns after, and the manger as uneasy at first as his cross at last.  His birth and his death were but one continual act, and his Christmas day and his Good Friday are but the evening and morning of one and the same day.  And as even his birth is his death, so every action and passage that manifests Christ to us is his birth, for Epiphany is manifestation.
John Donne

Rachel Van Crème — Lost Christmas…

Lost Christmas

Why wait till Christmas time again is here?
Why spend those precious hours in hectic ways
Doing the things that you could do all year
And let the noise of whirl of festival days
Drown out the angel’s song?  Why not take time
To lift the eyes to candles in the sky;
To walk some silent night, while carols chime
And hear the hush of wings brush softly by?
Take time to mediate:  to catch the spell
Of childish trust, that simple faith you knew
When love was everywhere, and all was well…
The gift you lost may now come back to you.
Seek not for Christmas in the busy mart
But cradled somewhere in a trusting heart.

Rachel Van Crème